The origin and development of Bhojpuri

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.com to remove the THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT oj of r BHOJPURI TIWARI UDA...

Author: Udai Narain Tiwari

290 downloads 13052 Views 22MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!

Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.com to remove the

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT

oj of r

BHOJPURI

TIWARI UDAl NARAIN TIW1\RI

THE I PARK

ASIATiC SOCIETY SOCiETY ASiATIC STREET IIli KOLKATA t\OLKATA 700 0 0)I n.

=

Gift.

'THe ORiuiN~ & DEVELOPMENT OF BHOjPURi

I

I I

I

I I I

I

I I

i i I i I I i I I

I

I

I I I

I

I I I

I

I I I

I

I I

i i I i I I

I

I

I I I

I I

I I

I I

I I

i i I I i I i I I

-

I

I

I I

I I

I I I

I

I I I

I

I I

i i I i I I i I I

I

I

I

I

~··~ft. '- 1\. . '

"

THE ORIGIN A1~D

DEv~L()PMEN'~

OF

BHOJPURI

UDAl NARAIN TIWARI

THE ASIATIC SOCIETY I PARK STREET. KOLKATA 700 016

Monograph Series Vol. X

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF BHOJPURI by UDAl NARAIN TIWARI

© Tne Asiatic Society ISBN 81 7236 1076

Firs! Published in ! 960 Reprinted in March 2001

Published by Professor Manabendu Banerjee General Secretary The Asiatic Society i Park Street

Koikata- iOO 0 i 6

Printed at Arunima Printing Works 81, Simla Street Kolkata-700 006

Rs. 350

,-.

I

r-

, r I t:.

'" .......

i \ '.- '

(fll

. ,;..

lET Vi

F:r:1016

Ace. No. G. ~~ -:1:~ ..•• DA T E . -. '.'2.1, 2 . 03 •••, ••• • • t.'.

FOREWORD Inspired by the advice of Professor Suniti Kumar Challl~ljl:c.', Udal Narain Tiwrui produced the valuable treaUse cntltlt'd 'A Diall'ct of Bhojpuri: This work was the out.come of TiwarI's wt'll .wf!ualntann' with the various specimens of Bhojpuri dialect. lit' gathcrt,tl knowledge oHhis languagt: after touring exh'llslv(' part of tht, BhuJpun area. It is due to the initiativ(~ of Professor S. K. Chat It'rjt·t' lhat tht· book in a modiJled form, Witil the titit· of'11ll' Oligin and lkv('lopmt'ul of Bhojpuri'. was published by the Ac.;iatic Society In ) 900. '111l' book having a critical and scientific analysis of Bhojpuri is in gn'at tlt'mand to the teachers and studt.'nL'i of Linguistics. For a few yt'ars t ht' book is out of stock, but because of tht.' non-stoppnl lIt'mawl for this book from persons of diff('n'nt parts of our ('Olllltry, W(' art' glad to announce the rt.'publlcation of Tiwari's laboul'l'd lTeatioll.

Kolkata 26.03.2001

Manabcndu (I('rU'rnl

8anc~cc

S('crefu~1

PH)O~FACE

It WI\3 in the Oriental Conference at Patna when I had a chance to come in close contact with Prof. Suniti Kumar Chattcrii and other llr"at linguiaticians for the first time that .'. ardent desire to" st.udy my mothl r tongue, Bhojpurl, on scientific lir.. arose in my mind. Back fro ill Patna, I approached Dr. Dhirendrf. Varma of the University of Allahahl"l who introduced me to Dr. Babu Ram Saxena He was then writing ) :.. theais on THE EVOLUTION OF AWADHI. Dr. Saxena in coDlultati)Jl with Prof. Suniti Kumar Chatterji ruh'ised IDe to prepare a monogra;lh on the 'Bhojpurl dialect' on the lincs of his ' Lakhfmpurl '. The WI .. k that I produced afwr this advice WIll'I written out in 1932 and publild,,'(1 ill the Journal oJ the Bihar !lnd Ori8,~a R(,.1f.arch Society, Volt!. XX, XXln 'III XXI, Part III, und,,'r the title' A Diale('t of Uhujpurl' (1934.36). During the y('l\f8 1933 to 1935. ~ mll,llt' cxtt'nsive tours thruugh .• ut the Bhojpurl area-Ballii, ShihA.b~l, SAran, Champirnn, Gorakh, ur, the Nepai tarAI, Basil, Azamgarh, Ranbis, Mil'zapur and ot.h('r pil\('(';I· and colle('ted specimens of Bhojpurl. Grlunmatical peculiarities Wt'rt' noted dO\\Ta and detailed systemat.ic giammaiS of the different .1iaJectn \t·cr(~ prepared. The exact limits of the Bhojpurl-spfmking area \n'rll invtlHti~atl'tJ nnd accordingly a map was prepared whi('h is appended herewit.h. DlIfiu~ this period, the following ('ontrihutions ,,"('rt' puhlishctl in tho' Hirulusta.1I1 'jOllnl&1 of the HindustAnI Academy, Allahahaci. IImnd~': 'The Bhojpl ri Pf(nerbR' (Bhojpuri Lokoktiya) (~pril, ]939, Ilull ,July, HI:J9) , 'BhojplII'i Idioms' (BhQjpuri Muhaware) (April, 1940, Odoht'r, 1940, nnd ,TI\II1IILry, 1941), amI 'The Bhojpllri Rilldk:,' (Bhojpllri Prthrliyii) (Odolll'r-Dct'\'1111"'r, 1942). I worked for about three years under tlw ahle flUpCrvisioll of j)r, Babu Ram Saxena whQ gn.,·c me every kind of help in the (l!\rly ~tu.gt· ..; of my work, a.nd bllt for whose erH'ouro.gemcnt t hiM work ('Oil It! rWV(lr );a V(' been undertaken, . The thesis was a.ccepted by the Allahabad Univers.ity for the dcgl'll' of Doctor of Letters in 1945. It was the first thesiu on a dialect which cla.im/; t.() be the biggest dialect of our country, with about 30 miiHon speakers ill and outside India. It has inspired a number of scholars to work on other aspects of Bhojpllri-Dr. Vishwa Nath Prasad on Bhojpuri phonet,kH. Dr. Krishna. Dev Upadhyaya on Bhojpuri songs, and Dr. Satya. Vl'llta Sinha. on Bhojpurt ballads. A few other!! are still pursuin~ their I:Itudi~'" on some aspects of the dialect. The preaent thesis aspires to make lome new contributioris to Indiall dialectology. The chief among them are:(1) Historical a.nd comparative treatment of tho material!!. (2) Phonology in a manner quite different from Rnernle's treatmf'nt. (3) Affixes in fuller detail than in Roornle. ~~) !r0noUJl8 _ 1 .. (5) Uompountl8 ~ mamly new. (6) Verbs ) The sources of information utilized by me for the thesis are the matcrialfo: collected by me during my tours, plul those listed on pages 22 to 24 flf th~ thesis and a few forma in the writings of Kablr and other writers. The system of transliteration followed in the theam is that of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. For the port.ion on phonology,

( v

)

vi

. . ..Ac.

however, the scheme of the International Phonetic Association haa been adopted. I am especially indebted to P-rOf. SUfiiti KumaI' Chattefji" foi' aU thi.t I mm. My pet subjects were Mathematics and Economics. I paased my M.A. in Economics and much la.ter in Hindi and Pali. It waa Prof. Chatterji who Rave me the first lessons. in Linguistics. He gave me inspiration and time n.nd invaluable guidance during the preparation of this thesis (1940-44). He patiently read the whole work and gave me the benefit of his critical observations. He even partly corrected the proofs and suggested improvement!1 while it waa paaaing through the press. I have to thankfully acknowledge obligations to Shri Rahul Sankrityayan ", Shri S. N. Chaturv('di, utI) H. K. Ghosh of Indian Press, Allahabad, Prof. K. Chattopadhyaya, Prof. Sukumar Sen and many others for particular fa.vours conferred on me daring my studies at Caicutta and work at Allahabad. I must express my gratefulness to my colleague and friend Dr. Hardev Bahn for the a=ist&nce he gave me in proof.. oorrectLWJg. Thanks are a.lso due to a long line of philologists and teachers, whose works havo benefited me in genera.l, and to many known and unknown poets of Bhojpur Pradesh whOse composition" have enabled me to make 8. critical a.nd scientific analysi£l of Bhojpurf. 16·4·57 The University, Allahabad.

UDAl NALUN TIwARI

CONTENTS W'It. _ _ _

rage

Foreword Preface Detailed Contents

iii v

ix

Abbreviations

xix

Signs

xxi

Introduction Part I-Phonology II-Morphology Appendices Maw. ....... u..r

xxiii 1 75

204

DETAILED CONTENTS INTRODUCTION,

pp. ni-xliv

§1: Position of Bhojpurf, p. xxi; §§2, 3, 4, ;'): Name of th.. language, pp. xxi-xxiv. §§6, 7, 8. 9: Different names of Bhojpurl: Buxarias, Pa~imi, KhoUi, De'will. Mulkl, Purbiyi, Chaparahiyi. Bananl, Banga. rahl. MaUl, KiAI, pp. xxiv·xxv. §§10, 11, 12: Import.ance of Bhojpurl as a living language. pp. xxv·xxvi. §§13. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19: Materials for the study of Bhojpurf, pp. xxvii-xxxii. §§20, 21: Linguistio houndaril'8 of Bhojpurf, pp. xxxii.xxxiii. §22: Dialect.s of Bhojpurl, I)P. xxxiii· xxxiv. §§23, 24, 25, 26, 27: Comparative study of Bhojpurl dialects; Southern Standard Bhojpurl; Northern Stanclarrl Bhojpuri-Gorakl)Jlurl and Sarwari!; Western Bhojpur!; N&e"PuriA or Sadint, Pile xxxiv=x!. §28: The modem representatives of Migadhl Apabhrarblia.-Bengali, A88l1.mC8e. <>riyi, Magahl, Maithill. Bhojpurl, p. xl. §29: Chatterji'8 classification of modem Migadhan speeches-Eastern, Central and Western groups; characteristics common to all Migadhan; characterilltks of West Migadhan j characteristics common to West and Contral Migadhan, pp. xl-xlii. §30: The probable time of separation of various Milgadhan groU}lH from each other, p. xlii. §§3I, 32: Vocabula.ry of Bhojpurl, pp. xlii-xli\'. §33: Orthography of Bhojpurl, p. xliv.

PART I PuONOLOO¥,

pp. 1-73

Oltapter I: Phonetiu §34: The pronunciation of the Standard Bhojpurl of Ballia (Baliyi). p. 3. §35: The phonemes of Standard Bhojpur!, p. 3. §36: Division of the sounds of Bhojpurl phonemes in tabular form~I. (a) Consonants, (6) Vowels, II, Formation of Bhojpur[ Vowels. pp. 3·4. §37: Analysil'l of Table II, p. 4. §38: Detailed description of the BOunds: the vowels (i:), (i), (l), pp. 4·5. §39: (e:), (e). p. 5. §40: (e), p. 5. 141: (cie), p. 5. §42: (a:), (a), p. 5. §43: (A), p. 6. §44: (a:), (a), p. 6. §45: (0:), (0). p. 6. §46: (u:), (u), (il), p. 7. 147: Nasalized vowels excepting (ae), pp. 7·8. §48: Vowels in contact, pp. 8.9.149: The consonants: The labial pl08ives and aspirates (p, ph, b, bft), p. 9. §60: The dental stops and aspirates (t, th, d,
.tee:

DETAILED OONTEXTS

strees, pp. 16·17. §76: Intonation, pp. !7.Ht 177: Representation of intona.tion, p. 18. §78: Representation of intonation by dots, pp. 18-20. §79: A normal Bhojpurl sentence consisting of more than one sense-group represented, p. 20. --

Ohapter II: OIA and MIA Vowel8 '''' B1&ojpuri: Fi7Ud Vowe18, pp. 21-22 • §80 :..~88 of O~ final vowels in BhojpurI, p. 21. §81: OIA and MIA final a.-1UlI088, p. "'1. §82: Loss oi iinai voweia in deai words, p. 2i. §83: Loss of final' a' in tao and ata., p. 21. §84: Final' a.' in Ap. and in Bhoj., p. 21. §85: OIA final i.-its 1088 in BhojpurJ, pp. 21-22. §86: OIA-it; ·I-its loss in Western BhojpurJ and half pronunciation in St. Bh., p. 22. §B7: OIA and MIA -e-its ioss in Bhoj., p. 22. Ohapter III: IniCial Vowe18, pp. 23-27 §88: Loaa by aphaereais, 'p. 23. §89: Post-consonantal 'It.' before a single co!'..!!onant remaine, p. 23. §90: OL4. and MIA ' ! ' in initial syllables followed by two or more consonants. pp. 23-24. §91: OIA 'r' before single or conjunct consonants, p. 24. §92: Initial 'A' and 'A' in initial syllables. p. 24. §93: Weakening of' A' to' I' in case of stre88 , p. 24. §94: OL4. • !!. '-ite lo!!!! before conjunct consonant!!, p. 24. §95: Shortening of OlA ' A' to 'I' on account of accent, p. 24. §96: OlA • I' in the initial syll&ble becomes '1£' in lfiA remains '1£' when in the next syllable it is followed by , A' in a position of stroaa, p. 24. §97: OIA and MIA '1', 'i' in initial syllables followed by one consonant, p. 25. §98: OlA and MIA 1, I, in initial syllables followed by one consonant retains its quantity, p. 25. §99: OIA I, I and f followed by two or more consonants, p. 25. §lOO: Weakening of I to 1 on account of accent, p. 25. §101: ii, ii initial and in initial. syllables followed by one cOIf80nant, p. 25. §102: OIA and MIA initial 0. ii before two or more consonants. 1>. 25. n03: WeakeninR of il to 0 through accent, p. 26. §104: MIA ' e " i ai', ' ay' becomes e, e before one consonant, p. 26. §105: ML.t\ C e', OL-\ e, ai, &y becomes I, e before two consonanta, p. 26. §106: The reduction of qua.ntityof 'e' in monosyllabic and on account of accent. 1>. 26. n07: OIA and MIA ~. O. before one consonant, p. 26. §108: Weakening of 0 to ~ on account of accent, p. 26. §109: OLJ\. and ML4 ~, 0 before two or more oor.sonante, p. 26. §llO: 0 becomes~, on a.ccount of sUau, p. 26. §lll: Interchangeof'i' and • e' and • u' and « o' before doubie consonants, pp. 26-27.

e', au '

Ohapter IV: Vowe18 in eM Interior oJ WorM: Vowel8 not i'" conCact ift. MIA, p.28 §ll2: Elision of vowels in the middle of words, p. 28. §Il3: Weakening or ioss of OIA and MiA i in Bhoj., p. ·28. §i i4: Loss of OiA and r.lA _yo, -1-, in Bhoj., p. 28. §115: Loss of' u' not so common in Bhoj., p. 28.

Chapter V : Reter':ior. o/l,u,rior Vo-a!;, p. 29 fIl6: Of a, p. 29. §1l7: Of A .. MIA -1-, -1-, p. 29. 1118: p. 29. §IlD: Of -fi-, p. 29. 1120: Of -eo, p. 29.1121: Of -0-, p. 29.

O£

-1-,

Ohapter VI: VotDd.t ita Oonlt.Jcl! pp. 30-37 . ··1122: TreIltment of vowela.in contact, p. 30. 1123: Threefold treatmen' af vowcls in contact in MIA lang-d• •, p. 30. flU: Glide =ue!:

DJITAILBD OONTBNTS

xi

_yo, -W-, p. 30. §125: Diphthongization of vowels in contact, p. 30: §126: y-4ruti in Jain Pk., p. 30. §127: Diphthongization of vowels in ('ontact

in Bhoj.

iiG

in BengAli and Aua.weae, p. 31. ;128: The Sk. diphthongs

• ai' and • au' in Bhoj., p. 31. §129: The vowel-group ai, aU: its contraction into diphthongal sounds, p. 31. §130:; and w glides in Bhoj., p. 31. §131: -II glides in Bhoj., p. 31. §132: -h- glide in Bhoj., p. 32. §133: Contraction of udvrtta vowels in MIA and its inheritance in Bhoj., pp. 32-33. §134: Treatment of OIA r in Bhoj., pp. 33-34. §135: Naaalizat·ion of vowels in MIA and NIA. (i) Final anuavira, (U) class nasals and interior o.nusvira in MIA, p. 34. §136: Clus nasals before stops and 8spiratf:'s in Bhoj., pp. 34-35. §137: Instances of na.salization of \'0\\"('18 in Bhoj. through clua nasals and anusvira, p. 35. §138: Retention of voiced palatal and cerebral stops and aspirates in Bhoj., p. 36. §l39: Two nasalR of MIA-its change, p~ 36. §14O: Sibilants "'ith pre(~e(fing anusvira ill Bhoj., p. 36. §141: Loss of OIA anusvlra, p. 36. §142: Spontaneous fiasa.lization in NIA, exampies in Bhoj.: nasaiizat.ion ioiiowed hy one consonant and two consonants, pp. 36-37. §143: Absence of nasalization ill MIA a.nd Bhojpurl, p. 37. §!44: N!\8!\!izlltion through intervoce.! .' m '. and -no, p. 37. Ohapter VII: I ntrusitle Vowels: A naptyxis or V iprakar,a, pp. 38·39

1145: Insertion of vowel between a combination of sounds: vipraka~ll in lA, in Bhoj., in foreign loan-words. p. 38. §146: Prothesis of vowels in ts. words, in Awadhl, in Bhoj.,. in Iw., pp. 38·39. §147: Epenthesis: anticipation of an -1- or -u- before the consonant: its example in St. Bh. and in Sadlnl, p. 39. 01w.pter V I I I : 80urcu 0/ Vowels in Bhojpuri, pp. 40-43

§148:0f'a',p.40. §149:0f'A',pp.40.41. §160:0f'I',p.41. §151: Of'l', p. 41. §152: Of'u', pp. 41-42. §153: Of'O', p. 42. §154: Of it p.42. §i55: Oi'o', '0', pp. 42-43. . 01w.pter IX : General ~ine8 o/01w.nge to Bkojpuri, pp. 44-50 (A) P1I.e OIA 001&80114""": §156: Connection of NIA phonology with MIA, p. 44. §157: Consonantal changes from OIA to MIA, p. 44. §158: Change of consonants during the MIA period, p. 44. §159: Change of (tt) and (r. r+dental) in NIA stage, p. 44. §160: The 10Rs·of intervocal stops during the second MIA stage, p. 44. §161: Condition of intervocalic stops during the early NIA period, p. 45. §162: The change of (-vy) to (-r.;-) and then to (-1»-) in Bhoj.t p. 45. §163: The los; affinal MIA vow~l= in modem Bhoj., p. 45. §164: General lines of cha.nge to Bhoj.: (i) single conaonanta. (ii) consonantalllrOu1)s. 1)1). 45-47. §I65: (B) Aspiration and de~upir&tion',--p. 47. 1166: ~Cau8e8 of aspiration, pp. '47-48: §167: Ex· ampI~ ~( aspirat!on _in_~hoi., p.~. ~1~ The ~pira~~o..~ of_final ~nd medial 't', p. 48. §169: Aspira.tion in 1w., p. 4~. t17U: JJe·aspJratiOD in Bhoj., p. 48. 1171: Voicing and unvoicing in Bhoj., pp. 48·49. 11'72: Jrletatheais-examplesinBhoj .• p. 49. 1173: Haplology, p. 49. 1174: Eoho-~orda, p. 49. 1175: Translation compounds, p. 49. §176: Compound words with native elementa, p. 50. 11'77: Blending of words, p. 00. §178: CouoDanta in contact, p. 60. 11'79: Assimilation and change of consonanta, p. 60. 1180: DilsimiJation, p. GO.

DBTAILBD OOll'l.BX'l'S

Okapler X: Tile Sourcu 0/ BAoJpur.l Ooruor&antl, pp. 1S1-73

§181: Of initial 'k', p. 51. 1182: or intorvocal and final 'k', p. 51. §183: Of initial'kb', pp. 51-52. 1184: Of intorvocal and final 'kb', p. 52. §185: Ofinitial 'g', p. 52. fl86: Of medial and final 'g', pp. 62-53. f187: Of initial 'Ill!'. p. 53. 1188: Of media! and final ' Ilh·, p. 53. 1189: Of initial 'c'. p. 53. . §100: Of medial and fini.l 'c', p. 64. f191: Of initial • ch', p. 54. §192: or medial and final • cb', p. 54. fl93: Of initial 'j'. pp. 54-55. §194: Of medial and final • j'. p. 55. §195: Of initial' Jb'. pp. 55·56. §196: Of medial and final 'jb', p. 56. §197: Of' t', p. 56. §198: Of medial and final' t', pp. 56-57. §199: Of initial 'th', p. 57. §200: Of mediai and finai 'th', pp. 5'1·58. 1201: Of initiai '4', p. 58. 1202: Of medial and final 4>r, pp. 58·59. 1203: Of initial '4h', p. 59. 1204: Of medial and final 4b == rh, pp. 59-60. §201S: or initial 't·. p. 60. 1206: or medial and final 't', pp. 60·61. 1207 :. Of initial ' th', p. 61. 1208: or medial and final 'th', pp. 61·62. §209: Of.ipjtial 'd', p. 62. §210: Of medial and final 'd'. p. 62. 1211: Of initial 'db', pp. 62·63. 1212: Of medial and final 'dh', p. 63. 1213: Of initial ' P'. p. 63. 1214: Of medial and final' p', pp. 63-64. §215: Of initial 'ph' .l>. 64. §216: Of medial and final 'ph'. p. 64. §217: Of initial 'b', pp. 64-65. 1218: Of medial 'b', p. 60. 1219: Of initiai 'bh'. p. 65. §220: Oi medial and finai 'bh'. pp. 65·66. §221: The nasal. in modern Bhoj .• p. 66. §222: The nual 6(u). ft(p) in Bhoj .• p. 66. §223: i1 in Bl;loj., p. 66. §224: OIA single intervocal -m- reduced to nasalization in Bhoj.,pp. 66·67.. §225: The reveraeproce8B of nasalization spontaneously, p.67. §226: The ft sound in Bhoj., p. 67. 1227: The sound' D ' in Bhoi .. P. 67. §228: The sources of initdal D-. P. 67. 1229: The source of initial ; pp. 67:68. §230: Tho source of initiai m-, p. 68. §231: The source of medial and final -m-, p. 68. 1232: Sources of semi-vowels' y' and' v', p. 69. §233:' v· in Kaithl character, p. 69. §234: MIA -vv- in Bhoj., p. 69. §235: OIA (·tavya-) becomes MIA -vv- becomes -1;-: in Bhoj., p. 69. §236: Liquids (1', 1), pp. 69·70. §237: The' i' ~ound, p. 70. 1238: Sourc-6i of Bhoj. • r', p. 70. §239:' r' in the interior of a,. word, p. 70. §240: Sources of initial' l' in Bhoj., p. 70. §241:' l' in the interior of words, pp. 70·71. §242: Interchange between 'D' and 'I' in initial positions. P. 71. §243: The palatal Ii and the dental 8. p. 71. §244: The cerebral becom-es gutturai' kb' in Bhoj., p. 71. §245:Source8 of Bhoj. • s', pp. 71·72. §246 : The change of single intervQcalsibUant to' h'. p.72. §247: Voiced and unvoiced' A' in Bhoj .• p. 72. §248: Sources of initial Bhoj. 'fl', p. 72. §249: Medial and final' fl' in Bhoj., p. 73. 1250: The sources of Bhoj. -At-, -It-, p. 73. §251: Prothetic I in Bhoj., p. 73. 1252: The intrusive -h- in Bhoj., p. 73. §253: Unvoiced' h' in Bhoj., p. 73.

n;.

i,'

PART II MoRPHOLOGY

OTtapCer 1 : J'omICIt'" Ajfl.zu, pp. '75-96

;254: NIA a.ftiXeiI! primary and secondary ..mxw, p. 77. (A).SuSixea: 12M (1) "jil, p. 77. 1266: (2) the &"olffix ..(a~, p. 77. §267: (3) the suliz -akkarJr, p. 77. 1258: (4) -atli', p. 78. 1259: (IS) -ad, p. '78. 1260: (6)' -..,,; 'pp. 78-79. 1261: (7) -8I1t1i' (aemi-tatsama), p. 71. 1262: (8)'-1, p. 71. §263:(I)-II,p••. 1264: (10)-11., p. 80. 1265:(11).18. p. 60. 1266: (12) -1kIt. Iktr. pp. SO-AI. 12&7: (13) ...., p. 81. ----

xiii

(10&) -IWI, -P", p. 81. §269: (16) -Ir.., p. 81. §270: (16) -Irt or -Irl, p. 81. §271: (17) -I... ... , p.___ 81. _ 1272: (18) -I-.a,-... p. 82. §273: -Iwan ... _ Oft IAI'\\ Oft . , . " . . . IAI \ ....... _ 00 ro,.,.,.(19) Ion, aL_.1 p.

.""~

CUi.

1""'.; ,""VI -.-. p.

0"".

lJ""'V; ,""AI-lUI,.. p. 0,"".

I""V;

'''''''I -.....

&,

p.82. §277: (23) -I,.. p. 83. 1278: (20&) -i. p. 83. §279: (25) -lylllIC, pp. 83·M. §280: (26) -III. p. M. §281: (27) -I, p. M. §282: (28) -u, p. 84. -1283: (29) -ul. p. M. §2M: (30) -utJll, p. M. 1285: (31) -0. p. 85. §286: (32) -era, p. 85. §287: (33) -e.... -ell, p. 85. §288: (34) -011. p. 85. §289: (31S) -kIl. -alqf. -Ik... -ulqt. pp. 85·86. §290: (36) - __-, -..kI. -..kl, p. 86. §291: (37) awatt. p. 87. §292: (38) -aulllC. p. 87. §293: (39) -th... -Ihl. p.87. §294: (40) -ra, -rl. p. 87. §295: (41) -rA, p. 87. §296: (42) -rat -rA, -rl. pp. 87·88. §297: (43) -tl. p. 89. §298: (44) -nl. -101. p. 80. §299:' (45) -rOo p. 89. §300: (46) -I... -II. -11. ~. 89. §301: (47) -wlr... pp. 89·90. §302: (48) -will. p. 90. 1303: (49) -wi. -wI. -I. p. 00. §304: (50) - .... -sl. p. 90. §305: (lSlr-sal'Jll. -sari. p. 90. §300: (52) :'han... pp. 90·01. §307: (53) .har... p. 91. §308: (54) -bAllIC. p. 91. §300: (oa) -hlrl. p. 01. Foreign Suffixes: §310: (56) -liil. p. 91. §311: (57) -kolna. p. Oi. §3i!!: (58) -kbor. p. 92. §313: (59) -gar. p. 02. §314: (60) -alrI. p. 92. §315: (61) -cA. p. 92. §316: (62) -cl, p. 92. §317: (63) -din. -dAni. p. 92. §318: (68) -dlr. p. 93. §319: (65) -nawis... p. 93. §320: (66) -band. -bandit p. 93. §321: (67) -biJ... p. 93. §322: (68) -win. p. 93. (D) PrElfix(,3: 'radbhava and to.tsama. §323: (I) a-I 1-. p. 94. §324: (2) an-. p. 94. §325: (3) atl-. p. 94. §326: (4) awa-. aya-. a-I p. 94. §32i: (:i) ku-. p. 01. §328: (6) dur-. du-, dO-. p. 94. §329: (7) 01-. p. 94. §:J30: (8) 8U-. sa-, p.95. Foreign Prefixes: Persian: §331: (1) kam-, I)' n.;. §!J!J2: (2) khus-. p.95. §333: (3) aar-, aayar-, p. 95. §334: (·1) dar-, p. 95. §:J3li: (fj) nl-. p.95. §336: (6) phl-. p. 95. §337: (7) bad-, p. 00. §338: (8) be-. p. 96. §339: (9) bar-. p. 96. English: §340: Head. half and 8ub. p. 96.

Chapter II: Compound.", PI). 97-102 §341: Bhojpuri compounds, p. 97. §342: ClaliMifirat.ioll of HhojpnrI compounds, p. 97. §343: Copulative or Dwandwa. 01' collectivo compoumlH, pp. '97-99. -§344: Determinative or '.ratpurW}a compounrla, IJP. 99-101. §345: Bahuvrlhi or attributive compounds, pp. 101·102.

Chapter III: Deck1l8Um oj the N01tn, pp. 103-115 §346: Declination&lsystem in the' NIA and Bhojpurlla.ngua.ges, p. 103. §347: (A) Stems, pp. 103·104. §348: Forms of the stem. p. 104. §349: -wi, p. 104. §3lSO: Redundant forms, p. 104. (B) Gender: §351: Sense of gender in Bhojpurl, pp. 104·105. 1352: Neuter noun ending In -I. p. 105. §353: Gender by the agreement of adjective, p. 106. §3M: Noune denoti.-lg a.nimate beings,'p. 105. §35lS: Some DOUDI, p. 105. §356: Nouns denoting 0. collection, of livinR beiDp, p. 105. §SlS7: Maaculine forms 8,S common gender, pp. 105·106-: §308: Formation of the feminine, p. 106. 1359: Number, pp. 106·107. §360: Plural in Bhojpurf. p. 107. §361: Peri· phrastic piurai, p. i07. 1362: Case iniie:dons. p. i08. 1363: Nomi· native, p. 108. §364: Instrumental, pp. IOS·109. 1365: The Modem Bhoj. purl po8tpoaition se, ai, p. 109. §366: Locative, pp. U)9.110. 136'7: Poet.· positions -ml, -par, p. 110. §368: Genitive, p. 110. 1369: The origin aadeumplesofgenitive, pp.110.UI. 1370: The -ke genitive of Bhojpurl, p. 111. 1371: The source of dative postposition, pp. 111·112. 1372: Ablatiye, p. 112. §373: Use ofpostpositional words, pp. 112-116.

xiv

DIITAILIID OOBTDT8

Ol-pw.lV: 'I'hs .A~it.'6jpp. !!6-125 1374: Forms of adjectives in Bhojpurl, p. 116. §376: -akA, -akawl, i376: -han, -har, p. li6. i377: Disagreement between adjective and gender, p. 116. §378: The formation of feminine adjective, p. 116. §379: DeclenSion of the adjective, p. 116. 5380: Degrees of comparison, pp. B6·117. §381: Formation of comparison by uing anala, bla, p. 117. §382: Superlative: sabh mlor sabh se or sabh ml barhl ke, etc., p. 117. 1383: Emphatio forms of adjectives, p. 117. §384: Pronominal adjectives. p. 117. §385: The numeral, p. 117. (1) Cardinals: §386: pp. 117-119. 138'1: The numerais in BhojpurI, p. i20. §388: The liilA -is, p. i20. 1389 : • on' for • un', p. 120. §390: The intrusive • r'. p. 120. §391:' r' explained, p. 120. §392: Use of ' bI=' as an a{ijectiv6, p. 120. §393: Ao, tho, till, p. 120. §394: The origin of Ao, tho, etc., p. 120. §395: Formation of car· dinais above hundred, pp. i20·i2i. 1396; Cardinaia from iOi to iw•. P. 121. §397: Ca.rdinals from 101 to 118, p. 121. §398: Cardinals from 119 -to 168, p. 121. §399: Accent on -the antePenultimate, . p. 121. §400: -1-. p. 121. (2) Orl'li'la.!s. §401: The strong And redundant forms, p. 121. §402: The first four ordinals, p. 121. §403: Other ordinals: addition of -wi. p. 122. i404: Difference between the formation of gender and adjective, p. -122~ (3) §405: Multiplicative numerals, p. 122. §~: Worde for multiplication tables, p. 122. §4:07: Multiplie.a.tion t.a.ble, pp. 122.123. (4) §408: C!.t'll'\. WordsmL.to ....expre88 aggregate sums, p. 123. §409: n_ll __ ..... _____ • _ 'In" ___ ..1_ -.I.I.. JI ....... 1.1•• 'In.. .. .. ,'I. p. li6.

-1-.

~

VUlleClilvea; Oil •

.1"

~"'o).

If*~V;

~Ile

WUIUlt

ca_. uua_.

_.&..-

_

ew.,y-.

~"'o).

If*~~;

Numeral compounds, eklharl. d6harl. etc., p. 123. 1412: Numeral com· pounds, with blr.ber1.etc.,p. 123. (5)1413: Proportionala,p.123. 1"14: 'Contracted forms duAuni. etc., p. 124. (6) §415: Subtractive. numeral's, p. 124. (7) 1416: Diitributive number&, p. 124. 1417: Words for :repetition, p. 124. (8) §418: Fractional numbers. p. 124. (9) 1419: DeSnitives, p. 124. (10) 1420: Indefinitives. p. 125. 1421: Suilix elE. ekidb. p. 125. Ohapter V :

The Pf'OftOUft, pp. 126-150

1422: Pronominal forms, p. 126. §423: Personal pronouns, p. 126. (A) 1424: First person, p. 126. §425: Various Bhojpurl forms: standard and dialectical, p. 127. 1426: TypicaJ. forma in· other dialeot&, p. 127. 1'27;

Westem BhojpurI, pp. 127.128. §428: NagpuriiL or Sa.dinl, p. 128. §4:29: (B) 1430: The pronoun of the second person, p. 129. 1431: Forms of the pronoun of the second person, pp. 129·130. §432: Typica~ forms in other dialects of Bhojpurl: Northem-Standard BhofpurI, p.130. §4-33: WeeternBhojpurf, p. 131. §4-34: N~apu..wil or &din!, p. 131. §43li: Origin of the· basio forms, p. 131. (C) §-i36: The pronoun of the third ))erson, p. 131. §437: Remote demonstrative, p. 132. The demonatratives:§438: Proximate demonstratives, pp. 132.133. §439: Typi....1 forms L"l other dia'!ects of Bhojpu. .'!: Nor+..h.ern S•.A.nda.M Bhojpurf, p. 133. §4M): Western Bhojpurl, p. 133. §441: Nagpurii or Sadlnl, p. 133. 1442: Origin, p. 134. .§443; The remote dewonj("1ii'iotive: FOi'iiii, pp. 134.1SO. §444: _The typical forms. in other diale~~ !>f Bhojp~~: Northern Standard BhojpurJ. p. 13li. §oMli: Westem Bhojpurl. p. 136. lMe: Nagpurii or Sa.dinJ, p. 136. §447: Origin: The old Bhoj. forma for the i'8Diote dewoDltf.tive. pp. 138.137. §448: The re1&tive Ji:lviiOun: FOI'ID8, p. 137. I"~: Typical f0I'll1" in o~er_ dialects _~~ .Bhojpurl: N~ Standard Bhojpurl. p. 137. §460: Western Bhojpud. pp. 197.188: MOl: Namurii Or 8&dInJ. D. 138. 1462: Old Bhoi; formI: re..tiv~· ~noun •. p,"Ia8. (I') The Correlative ~oun: §4A: Forma of ~atiTe"prcao_·.; pp. IS8.1S9. 1'&': TYPic=! ferm; of Nc.-'J=m Origin, pp. 128·129.

*

DftAILBD OOltTBNTS

ltV

Standa.z:d Bhojpurl, p. 139. §455: Western Bhojpurl, p. 139. §466: Naspuni or Sadinl, p. 139. §467: The correlative pronoun: Old Bhojpurl (""ms, pp. 139-140. §458: Eumplea ohelativeor correiative, pp. i40-j.ji. (G) Interrogative pronoun: §469: Distinction between animate and in. animate forms, pp. 141-14:2. §460: Typical forms of Northern Standard Bhoj~url, p. 14:2. §461: We~~rn Bhojpurl, pp. 142·143. §-I62: Nagpuriii or &dInt, p. 143. §463:. OrIgm, pp. 143-144. §464: Indefinite prOIlOUIi. p. 144. §465. Origin, pp. 144·145. (H) §466.: sab. sabh. p. 145. §467: Origin, ~..145. (I) The reflexive pronoun: §-l68: apinA. apine, p. I·lfi. §469: .Ongm, p. 146. §470: nlJa. p. 146. (J) Honorific pronouns: §471 : Forms, p. 146. §-l72: raurl. raurl, etc., p. 146. §473: Origin, p. 14';. §474: Compound pronouns, p. 147. §475: Pronominal adjecti\'('H, p. U';. §476: Pronominal adjectives of manner or quality, p. 147. §477: Orillill. p. 147. §478: Oblique forms in I. p. 148. -§-I70-: ·Gender. JI~ 14M. §4HU: Pronominal adjectives of quantity and number, p. HS. §UU: Corn'li· ponding forms in Maithiii, p. i4B. §-i82: Origin, I'. i48. §4K:i: ~our(,(,1i ofform-groups of at, et, etc., p. 148. §484: -hat. etc" p. 14H. §·U4G: -nl. p . 149; §486: Forme of mata!!, matln, p. 149. §487: l'rono!uinll! n.dvcrbM of manner, p. 140. §488: Derivation, p. 149. §489: l'ronomilllll adverb of time, p. 149. §490: The origin of be....l. p. 14Q. §401: }'rlJliominlil adverbs of place, p. 149. §492: Origin, p. 100. §"93: Sourl'cR ofthl, hlhl. etc., p. 150. §494: Sources of JI or JI, p. 150. §495: Origin of -than, etc., p. 150.. §-l96: P~nominal adverbs of direction, p. 150. §497: Origin (If fOJ1ll8 enl, etc., p. 150. §498: bar-, p. 150.

Ohapter VI: The Verb, pp. 151-196 §499: (A) Principal Bhoj. roots, p. 151. §500: Primary rooUi, pp. 151-152. §001: Prefixed roots, pp. 152-153. §502: Primary roots and Bhoinurl. n. 153. c· .------.~--.

&503: Modification&.. n. 153. IIJ-------------~.

,&--

----

6504: Primarv mota of .,----

--~---.,

-----

--

causative origin, pp. 153-154. §505: Some examples of thia cl&118 of verbs, p. 154. §506: Sts. roots in Bhoj., p. 154. §507: A number of roots which do not look like secondary. p. 154. §508: SecOndary Of derivative roots, p. 154. §509: Source of -Aw in MIA, p. 155. §51O: Double causative: -wiw, p. 155. 1511: I: I, p. 155. §512: Causative in -Iw, p. II)/). §513: Denominatives, p. 155. 1514: Denominatives in -1-, p. 155. §lH5: Denominative roots from MIA in Bhojpurl, p. 155. §516: Roots without -1-, pp. 155-156. §517: Sanskrit denominatives in ta. or sts. in Bhojpurl, pp. 166-157. §518: Foreign denominatives, p. 157. §519: Compounded and suffixed roots, p. 157. §520: Suffixes, p. 157. §521: Absence of -I. p. 157. §522: Suffix -k-, pp. 157-158. §523: AOix -t-, p." 15ft §J>24: Roots in ' r'. p. 158. 1525: Roots in ' r'. p. 158. §526: Roots in I, p. 158. §627: Roots ill "=•• , p .. 159. §528: Roote in ..c-; p. 159. §529: Clnasifie~tion of onomatopoeti\18, p. 159. 1530: Origin of onomatopoetic roots, p. 159. i531: Onomato1)Oetica in Bhoi .• p. 159. §532: Compound verb formation, p. 159. 1533: -Examples of onomatopoetic verbs i.n Bhoj., pp. 159-160. §534: Roots re~ted, p. 160. 1535: Roots and verbal nouns in Bbojpurl, p. i60. §636: (B) Kinds oi verbs: transitive and intransitive, pp. IS0-UH. §537: Formation of traDSitive from primary intransitive roott', p. 161. §538: TraDSitive verb and its object. p. 161. §539: (C) ~oods.' p. 161. §540: Optative in -J. pp. 161.162. §541: Je, p. 162. §542: Subjunctive mood, p.162. 1M3: Impel'ative mood. p. 162. (D) Voice: §544: Passive, p. 163. fM6: lDftected paasive. p. 163. §546: Old inflected passive, pp. 163-164. §6'7: Inflected paeaive in Bhoj .• p. 164. §M8: Analytical formation oHbe

DBTAlLBD OOlft'Blf'J'S

XVI

pa=ive, p. 164. 1549: Origin of JI~ pauive, p. 164. §MO: The paseive in -1-, p. 165. §551: The -1- passive explained, p. 166. §lS62: Force of I pflo88ive in Bhoj., p. 165. §553: The p888ive·a.ctive coll8truction in Bhoj· purl, p. 165. §554: (E) The tenses of Bhojpurl verbs: simple tenses, compound tenses, pp. 165·166. (I) Simple tenses: §Mi5: The radical, p. 167. §556: Origin of the forms of tho radical p. 167. §557: First person, pp. 167·168. 11"1>8: Second person, p. 168. 1559: Third perSOll, pp. 168·169. §560: 8:>11- in ~eoond a.nd third person, p. 169. 1-561: 8future, p.169. §562: Origin, pp. 169·170. §563: Tho third person singula.r call, caUbi, p. 170. Pa.rticipia.l tenses: §564: (i) Simple paat, p. 170. §565: Past without -I, p. 170. §566: Conjuga.tion of root ydekh, pp. 170-171. 1567: Origh'1, p. 171. §568: First person, p. 171. §569: Second person, p. 171. §570: 'fhird person, pp. 171·172. §571: Past base with -i, p. i 72. §572: Form oi past tense with i- past, p. i 72. §573: 'Ibis refers to momontary action, p. 173. §574: Used conjunctively, p. 173. §575: cal, p. 173.§576: Origin, p. -173. §577: Past base-with Intransitive root: -1, p. 173. §578: Forma, p. 173. §579: (ii)'Simple future or -I; future, p. 174. §580: This refers to future action, p. 174. §581: Origin, p. 174. §582: dekhab, p. 174. §583: Past conjunctive, pp. 174·175. §584: Conditional clause, p.175. §585: Origin, p. 175. §586:Terminations, p. 175. §587: -Ii, pp. 175-176. §588: ~IA present, p. l76. §589: The substantive verb, p. 176. §590: The root aeb or leh, p. 176. §591: Its deriva.tion, pp.176.177. §592: Root: ha, ho, p. i 77. j593: Substantive verb: hai, p. i 77. §594: Forms of the emphatic verb bau!, p. 178. §595: Roots: bo and hokb, p. 178. §596: nalkhi and khe, p.178. §597: Tense·forms of ho, hokh, p. 178~ §598: Affixes of all the persons, p. 178. §599: ho and rah, p. 178. §600: The root rab, pp. 178·179. §60i: Its deriva.tion, p. 179. §602: Iis tense.forms, p. 179. §603: Forms of root rah, p. 179. §604: The fonns of the third person ordinary and contemptuous (singular, pbiral), p. 180. §605: Formation of the past progre.'!!iv6 conjunctive rah. p. 180. §606: Root: bit. pp. 180·181. §607 : Tho source of the root: OIA vrt", p. lSI. §608: Tense·forms of the root in Standard Bhoj., p. 181. §609: The root 'iiiiWi', pp. 181·182. (II) Com· pound or periphrastic tenscs: §610: Progressive tenses, p. 182. §611: Present progre!!ive, p. 182. §612: Form with -at. bAt. p. 182. §613: Thi .. refers to present and future action, p. 182. §614: Present progressive (negative) with -iiiilkhi, p. 182. §615: Past progressiVe, p. 182. §818: F-uture pro· gressive, p. 183. §617: Present progressive conjunctive, p. 183. §618: COntinuous conditional action, p. 183. §619: Past progressive conjunctive, 'D. 183. 6620: Continuous action in the 'D&8t. 'D. 183. §621: Future Dro· greasive conjunctive, p. 183. §622: Conditional progresSive a.ction in -the future, p. 183. §623: Perfect tenses. p. 183. 1624: -ai, pp. 183·184. §625: Present perfect with -bini, -iDl, p. 184:. §626: Difference between Dresent Derfect and simDle 'D&8t. 'D. 184. §a27: Present verfect (ne2ative) With -nalkhl, p. 184. -§628: Put perfect: Ile- with, etc.• p. UK. - §629: Difference. between. put perfect and =im.ple paat. p. 1M. 1630: F-.1ture perfect, pp. 184·185. §631: This refers to some particular time in future, p. 185. §632: Present periect conjunctive, p. iSo. §OSS: T-nis refers to a conditional action ~ the past. p. 185. §634: Past perfect conjunotive, p. 185. §635: Thisrefere to a conditionel completed action in the paet, p. 185. §636: Future perfect oonjunctive, p. 185. 1837 : This refera to • conditional _on to be completed in future, p. i80. §GS8: Vooaiio roots, p. 180. 163th Roots ending in -I, pp. 185·186. §MO: a>h, p. 186. §6'1: Roots ending in I, p. 186. i8'2: Boote ending in •a " p. 186. §643: Roots ending

teIlfI".

y

. ~. in.I."pp. lle-la? .§M': L-r. uIar verbe, p.117. §MIS: The verba vm!r, AIH

DBTAILED CONTBNTS

xvii

'\Ide: etc., p. 187. §M6: Radiral tenae, p. 187. §64i: -lAo p. 187. §648: v'kar, ydhar, p. 187. §&t9: Pdt ten., ilulicut.i\'e mrod in t"lJUlar form, §650: Tense-forms in modem St. Bhr>jnuri, p. IR8. §MI: v'inar~ §652: Present conditional, p. INS. §653: mual3. marab3, p. ISS. §6r'" : via, p. 188. §655: lib, jllb, p. 189. ~6.i6: Tenll('.jorrns oftht' IU'1'Rt'nt, conjunctivo, p. J89. §fJ;'i'i: Th('l infinit.ive: V de~ p, ISO. §6a~: Tl'nK('· forms for the fu' UI\', p. 190. §6,;9: Tt'IlK·!.{o"ms: prt's'mt, cflnditionl\I, fl. 190. §660: dlbit: )lllst l'onditional, fl. 190, (F) Thl'! Pa.rticipll'~: §tSI>1 : The present partit'ipll', p. Ir.O. §66:! : 'fhl' pas' (plllUtiw) pnrti(:ipll', p. 11I0. §663: (0) (',onjl1nctiw.l'. 19t. ~64: Th(' origin of -I, p. IIH. §flO,;: (H) C.•usdivE', 1'. 191. §66ti: lfollollylJ.lLh· prirnitivp nl'utl'r v('rh•. p. WI. §667: C.>gnatl· .!iphthoufo!. p, 19~. §668:' gm.li!' !tml' YTf!hi ',p. HI:!. §!\@: SurvivAl of ori~in:d passive'. p. Hl~. §1l70: Shorl vnwel for Ow inl rUllsi- iw ami long fur the tmIlMiti\'C'. p. l!):? ~(i71: J.o:xl·f'ptknll, )I. HI:!. §07:!: Double c>au8,\t.i\'l\ in Bhoj .. 1'. W:!. §lii:l: Ori~dn, p. 192. §6i4: Simpl.· root wi~h long \·,)wl·l, p. 19~. §6i;"i: Irro~\llarl!. p. I!J:!. §67f1: I>.l\1hll' CCi.U9;1~ive, JJ. lO:t §077: (I; Plt'noniina!iV(aH p. in:,§A7R: J\ffixP!'( -8-, -ya-, etc., to jimn th(! (lcnominativ('s, p. W:I, ~tii!): (.J) V.. rh" I :"\11111111, T'Jl. 193·194. *mm: V(·rhal noull in -abo p. 194. §O~I: (K) Duplil'a\l'cl Verbs, p. !!H. ~6N:!: Ib.. tt! in \llcil'H, p. W4. §6~:l: Vt'rblll nOU'l j,f I'('(·j. pl'Ocit~·. Pl'. Hl4. H);;. §6li4: (L) (!oml'0ulIll vorhM, p. JO!i. §6M!i: ('nmrnullIl verbs quo~I'(1 by Dr. ('h,\U('rji, p. 19;;. §f)/oIli: T.\')"~N IIf ('(Impc unci vl'rhll ill Bhoj.: Xomina:H allli \'('rldlol, P)I. Hl!i·1!IIi. p. 187. p. 188.

('l/(Jpt r r

r II

: .I,/vcrb.q,

)I".

Wi- 100

§68i: OI,.\ !l1111 M JA ullvllriJt!. p. Jfl7. ~fI~nl: Allvl'r"" of t,iIlU:\. fl. )!Ii. §689: IJroiiomiii:d "i(h.~t"rbs. ctliiihined Or ffi'iCat'~'I, p. In7. §fiHn: Itt.,lu.ti\~l· combined wi!h l'olTt'ljponllinJ,{ indefinitt, ad\'Mh, p. 197. §6lH: Allvl'rlJM of p!!!.('o. pp. W7-IOM §092: AdverbH of "HUm('f; p, HJI( §fm:l: Advl'!'b" of number. p. 19M. §69·': Adverbs of qlllLlltity, p. WH. §60!l: Advl'rllM of affirmation Ilnd nq~ation, p. 198. ~69tj: Nouns II lui lI.IljodivCR m. affirmo.tic)ll. p. 198. §697: PC1'8ian I\fl(l Arabit: wordM' aM Ildv('rhK in Bhoj .. p. 19~. §69S: CompoundC'cll\clVt.'rhial phraRolI. p. )90. ~690 : ConjUlll't.iv(·

participle!!, p. 100.

§iOO:

he, e, p. 199.

Ckaptn V III: Conju.nction.,·,

"p.

200-202 1701: Division of Bhoj. conjunctions, p. 200. §702: Co.(mlinAtinJ( conjunctions: Kinds, p. 200. §703.: Cumulative conjunctions. p. 200. §70t: AdverMt.iV(l col1jUll(~tions. p. 200. §70,): Dilljunr.tive cllnjun(·tionH, pp. 200·201. §706: IIIativu conjunctions. p. 201. §707: Suh.nrdin;\t inJ( conjunction II, pp. 201·202.

ellapier IX,' InlerjectifJll, p. 20:. p.

§708: Vocative interjections, p. 203. §709, a, A. blh, hi hA, c-te., ~710: Words of aalutation, p. 203.

~03;

APPBNDICES:

pp. 204-241

Appendix I-Old Bhojnurl Texts and ])oc'umenta, etc., with tmnlllatiol1, pp.~222.

Appendix II-Modem Bhojpurl Texts and Trallldntion, pp. 223-241. Appendix III-Word Index. Fp. 24.1-282.

ABBREVIATIONS A. Ap. As.

Dg. Dh., Dhoj. B., Beng. Br. Be . . • der... E. Beng. E. HincH fro (J. Go . . .

H.

H.C. IA . . . IE . . . Ind. Ant.

JASD. JRAS. K.G. Kh. Boli L.M. or Langue lJarathe

LSI. Lw •.. lI. lIag. Ap. M.D. or M. BenR'. MIA. lIi. .. Xid. Bhoj. Xod. Bhoj. or ~ew Bhoj. !tl .. Nep. N.Bh.

N.D. N. India NIA.

O.

O.D. O.Dh.

ODDL. OIA.

O.P.

O.W.R. Pa. . . Perh. Pel'll. Pen.·Ar. Pk •.. Prob.

R.V.S.

S.

tk. S.Gr. Sk ••• St. Dh.

A--.. Apabluaa\ai.... Azamgarh. Dagheb. BhojpW'r. Bengali. BrajabhRkhA. Danara.•. Derivatioll. Eoat. Bengali. Eoat Hilidl. "·rom. n ujaritl. Gorakhpur .. HindI. Hema Candr". Indo·Aryan. Illdo.Europol~n . Imlian Antiqullry. Journal of th.. AMilui.· SOl'i.·ty of HeIlJl"J. Joumal of the 1(0\,,,1 AMj"til' K()~i('tv rtr C:i'rii; liritniii and Ireland. • . Kablr OranthAwl~U ...dit ...J by Shymn SllIlclar UUM. KharibOb. I.... Jo'onnation de LI\ LlmR'ue ~1.1rRthc·. l,y ., .. lrM IlIneh. Linguistic Sun-py of Indi". Loan wonls. Marithr. MAgadhJ ApabhrlUHIl. )liddle Bengali. .Middle Indu.Aryliii. Xirzapuf. Middle DhojpW'r. Modem BhoJpuri. Nepali. Northent Htandl\rd Bhujpuri. Nepali Di('tionllry. by H. I•. T,mwr. Northorn Indi... New Indo.Aryan. Oriyi. Old UOlIg.,li. Old Bhojpurl. Origin and Dl'".elopnwlIl of n"IIV"" !.IIII II'II"!!,", loy 8. K. Chattf'rji. Old Indo.ArYI.. '. Old PeRian. Old \VCfltorn Hiijn·.r I,,;nl. Pili. Porhapll. P"rtlian. I'e1'llO·.o\rahic. Prilkrit. Probably. Itig Veda Samhit.". Sindhf.

SJran.

t.y n .....""',,·RIU...j ...H. JU.:.-... Seven GralluDars of tho Did,,.·,,, and 8;1),· Di"Il'C't" the DibAr, Lanl1ul1"~, by n ..\. f1rie1"!"".

'Srj.k~J;la.KlrH""II"·,

Saoekrit. IUAndard Bhojpuri.

xix

)

fIr

xx Ste.

Tb. T •• U ......

ABBBBVlATIOlfS 8erni·t&tMma.

Tadbbava. Tateama. 'LTJr.i='7ekti=Pr-..kL-=~&

of DL-nCd&r& P&1}4ita. edited by lid Jina Vijaya Mum. BMralfya Vidyii. number 4. V ......h. Ill...

V.B. W.B.

W.B. W. Lecture. Z.D.M.O.

V~:R;.td"kara of JyotirlAvara.Kavi &kharicirya. edited by 8. K: Chatterii and Babua Miera. 1940. West B e n g a l i . ' . Western Hindi. Wilson Philological Lectures, by R. G. Bhandarkar. Zeitechrift der DeutlChen MorgenlAndilChen 0-11· IK'haft..

S[GNS

> <

moans gives, lel\ds tu, iH chnr1lol.'d II>, ,'I.·.

•

befora n. word or Bllilt indicn.t(\14 " but J'G('onst·ructcu.

means comos from, ill d"rin,ll f"OIll, l'ft·. h~I''''h(''i''1I1

form 1101 \u·.·..pf\·(',1 in Iilnl'.\tul'''

bofore a word or fonn indioato14 "ouht "H tn till' form Pl'oIM' .... ,,1 .. rIll 1.\", fonn being tho IIOUI'1'O of tho word or ('unnl'..t("d with th., wonl 1U1t"'r .Ii".·u""illn,

..I

means root.

+

joins up the comp"nent part.. which IIr.· I I,.. " ..... it< "" .\ !\I",It,ru I nd".AI'YRU ot.her word,

'.11'

t.he hyphen: usc.i to ulllliY,I(' worci" into 1I1t"1' ,·onl·,; Hn.i .\!l1x..... \\,ill'n" word is given with hyphon I\t tho (.>nd, it, iruli.·",o" rn.·rdy th .. IIIL"" form III ",hid. tho other addit,ions or 81111lXIJ14 or inftoxinll'i \\"'I'll 1111\.1". I'l'f~tix.·~ 1,,\\'1' n hYI'hl'n after thum 1m" sutnx'·,;'I\n.1 inftexiuliH ".,f(,r(! tI,,·IIl. streSll,

INTRODUCTION

II.

BhojpurJ 1 is the western· mOlt speech of tbo eastern or Migatlhall of t.he Arvan lanaulWlOl of India. Grienon has lliven thl' name (If 'Bihirl' to this ·Migadhan -group of speeches. By 'DibirI' he· jmp1i~ I~ single language of which' MagahI', • Maithib' and I Bhojpurl ' are thl'\'Cl dialt'tl .•. From the strictly philological standpoint.• Grit'l'8Cln is correct: but n ftl\\' noteworthy differences are there (e.g. the diRtincth'l' Maithilt l'mpluyment of root 'ada' or 'cIaa' for the substantive vt!rb, ~'hidl is abllCnt in Bhojpufl and Magaht, and the Maithill and Magaht (.'Onatructiun of th~ Yf'rh whi('h jl' so far foreign to Bhojpurt), and these ('ombillClI wit.1t the fc.·elillJ( (pn.rti. cularty among the BrihmM.'8 who have been t.he nat-uml l"a!lt'l'M of t h(· masses) that Magahl, Maithilt and Bhujpurf sJlOOches are distinct ~rolll)ll. and with the 2I'Owth of a sel)arate literl,ture ill each of these sDOOchtlH (a recognized literature in Mafthili and an Ulll'\lc.ognizcd one (lOlIfli~tinK of folk.songs and poems in the~other two) h~vo boon f(·sponsible for tho present. sentiment amollg the speakers of the BihArl dilliocts that thoir speeches are not so much dialects of a common ll\llguagc (thllfO is no common literary iorm ior the basic • DihAri 'j but &8 independcnt speecnl"s capahie of inde. pendent employment in litt'rature. There is, it must bo Ilotl'd. perfect intelligibility among the speakel'H of Maithill. Maglthl and Bhojpuri. . Of t,hese thnm speeches (or languages, C:~on8iderill~ the point nf vie\\' just noted), Bhojpuri coven much thelo.rgcst extent oftho country, nmning north and south from the foot of the Himala.ya" down to Snrgllja in I·he Central Provinces. In BihAr, it occupies tho whole of the districtll of ShlhAbl.d, SAran, ChampAran, RAncbl, the State of Jisbpur, a part of PalAmau and .the north. west comer .of MllzafflLrpur. It also extends to the eastern districts of the Uttar Pradesh and includes Baniras (in. ciuding a part of the Baniras Statej, Ghizipur, DI,Hii and iho major parts of the districts of Jallllpur and Mirzipur as well as those of Gorakhpur. DOUD

!zamgarh and Basti up to the rive: Kuwino in Tab8~1 Harayyi. Dr. Chatterji has classified the MAgadhan spceche.s in thrae ,.,rruups and

he ig evidentlv inclined to take all the eastern or MiaadhlLn sDOechpN Bhoj p~i ~~bcl;)~g~ ~ tile - ;;~~;:;'-~~fig~'-J~~II group, Maithill and Magahi to Central )fii.gadha.n and Benglll, AHSnm(lM(' and Otiyi to tho eastenl Migac:lhan group. ThU8 we wiII 800 that BengAli, Assamese and Oriyi are the immediate COUlJin.Cf of Bhujllllri if Magahl an,1 Maithili call be called its sisten. following Gri('1'I«1n in this ma.tter. §2. The name Bhojpllrl or Bhojpuriya has been derived from Bhojpur, a paragana or fiscal division of Shihibid district. Dr. Buchanan who travelled extensively in the interior of the Shlhibld district visited Bhojpur in 1812. He mentions the legend of the conquest of Chcl'fllJ (an aboriginal tribe of Austric orilrin) bv the Uiiaini mien} RiiD11t11 c1aiminll their desoont from R&ji Bhoja of MalwiL. •• ..' •• ..

t;,

~g~th~r.-.- A~~rd~g~~i<)~ hi~m :

1 Some writers have made the form' BMi'fI'J"yO • .. an adjective from' Bhojpur'. The .tIx i8 of 00QI'!!e ~t, in the tpMCb toO indi('.at.e connection, •• much .. -I. But. a alight contempt or funiliarit.1 is implied which ia abfJent in -I. For t.hie IMIIOIl . . weD .. becawIe t.he ·1· form is the ahorter one and becauee it f.Ua ill line with other adjectivee like BtattgrU-Batlg4R. Aldftl-A-'mf, NeptJl··-N,fIIli. I am using BItoJpurI rather than BW"..,... Beeidea th., the fonn 'Bhojpiirl'. or • Bhojpuri'. h.. hem uaed br Beunea, Hoemle and Grierlon and baa t,huB berome more lamiHAI' and current..

.':p

by.''''''

( wi )

xxiv

INTRODUCTION

Blocluuann 111 ills 'notes from Mohammedan illstorians on unU1
Near

Jr.,. i.,. j'

the

'VIii.

TIle name • Bhoja· of the famoua kiDp of DhArA a~n to be an old title for of that..". and Dot only the name of an individual (Aitan!oya BrlhmIblA.

JU[v

From the oid city of Bhojpur, the name spread over the entire area to t.he BOuth of it, and the name of Bhojpur 808 a parganah and " district at one time covered the northern half of ~h8 present district of A..ih Oi SbAbibld. In James Kennell's &fUJal AtlQ8 of 1781 (whieh givcs the firlIt. proper maps of Bengii and Bihar after adequate survey;, we havo' Boujepotlr or SAatDtlbad' ( ... Bhojpur or Shihlbld) as tho naUle of II diad.riel, forminJ( the northern part of the 'pl'Cdent district of Arrih or SbAhibid, tho 8out.horn pa..rt forming ¬hcr district with tho name Rollu ( .... Roht.A8 or RoJhitM). Thus the name Blwjpur at tho end of tho oight.c<'ntb ct>nt.ury l'ompriscd R good bit of (,'tiuniry. Gradually, the ji.dject~ve Bhnjpurl (ir Bhojpui'iyi\ W8o8 extended to mean the people as well 808 tho speech of tbiM I\rca. and 3!o1 the spe6<,h WaB (ll!m>nt in trac~ to the north; Rout.h !loud \Wllt of Uhojpnr district or parganah. it W808 naturally cnouJ,(h applied to thll penplc ami la.nguage e\~en beyond tho olcllimit.s of tho BhojpUi c:uuntiY. §4. It is remarkable that tho sp('{lch of oVt'r 20 millinnM of IlC.'IOl'll' ruund about Bhojpur shollid nt· caiit'd by t.ho llI,n\(' of t.his piacp. 'fh6 a.rea of Bhojpuri really covers the old trlwtM of tho •Kisia' and tht~ •Mallia' • plus a pOrtion of w('Stern )Ia~a.dhal\n(l J hit.II' KhaQI.la (now Chhot.A. NIi.~pur). The absence of 1\ single nl\nl(~ (·mbrn.ciJl~ all this wide tract in ancimlt timeM WIloB made good by the name Bhojpllr (and BhojpurO in Mogui times, whell evidently the prowess of the Bhojpur H.I.'\jpfltR in fighting tho O"-"I\t Mogul raised the prestige of their brothcnc in specch nmonJ( whom t.ho naml' became an illustrious one, til be a.dopted wit.h pride in ref~rrin~ to thpmsolv('" &H distinguished frum t.heir nl'ighbours round "bout. §5. It '\\'38 during tho seventeenth anti ei;rhtaent.h cr;ntnriOR tha.t tht' name Bhojpurl to mean the speakers of this form of Mi\ga.c1han bl'oomo l'Stab· lished. The Bhoiuuria or Bhoiuurivii.s had" l'Cuutation for fiilhtilill nnd wart! later much in delila.nd in the Rrmic; of the Moguls and follmvillg t.ilflm of the British, p.~rticu!8r!y up to the days of the mutiny_ The o!f! Haying quoted oolow, which is widely curflmt in Bihir, indic"ws the lx,Jlicose spirit of the Bhojpuri, incidentally giving the namo by which his SpetlC;' and people a.ftnow known:BhAllalpur ke bhagoliyA, Kahal-alw ke thag, Patani ke dewAllyA- tlnu nimaJad ; aunl pAwe • BhoJpurlyi "

ta tInD ke tirE rag. • The people of Bbaga.!pur are prone to ru..'l away; the people of ¥..ahaI=g!w are cheats; the people of Pa~ni are bankrupt.s (i.e. Rwindlers)-all the/4(l three are notorious. But if a" BhojpllriviL" comos to hear of them, he will break the heads of all the three. ' .. . . The use of the same term 1.1) mean the people and their la.'lguage 18 oommon enough in the following verse (Grierson: Seven Gramma.rs of the Dialecta and Sub.Dialecta ofthe Diha.ri Language, Part I, front page). Hern we havo the use of the term Bhojpnriyi to mean the tongue:-

'J[aaa, laua' J[aaamara; 'ldnl' Maaahll, 'U' Bhojpurll, 'kI'TlralautJl.

•I'm.: .. w~~' ~.mara (Siran) hae _ _ _ _ aDd Ibp.hl . . . ; Bhojpurl baa I:i and Tirhutl ii.·

Thus it becolDelJ clear that the name Bhojpurl or Bhojpuriyi for the language and the people hae been in use since at 1eaet the late Mogul period. But the f.rst written Uii6 of tt.e w-urd in this i6ili6 _ppea.-s to date from

xxvi

INTBODVO'l'IOlf

1789, in the following note given by Sir George Gi'ienioD in •Addeada' et Corrigenda Minora' forming supplement 11 to Vol. I of the Linguistic 8!L1'Vey of India., p. 22, &clditionAl note for page 4.7, VoL V, p..pt !!:-, 1789. • Two days after, as a regiment of sepoys, on its way to Chunarghui', Wa.& marching through the City at day-break, I went .out, and \ViiS standing to see it pass by, the Regiment. halted; and a few men from the centre ran into a dark iane, and iaid hoid of a hen and SOOle roots; the 0e01)le screamed. II Do not make so much noise". said one of the men in his -Bodjpooria idiom; II we go today with the Ffenghees, but we are all servallte (tenante) to CIw.!yt=8ing, and :may come back tomorrolv with him j and then the question will be not about your roots but about your wivt"s and dauRhtcrs" , (Raymond. Translation of the 8eir Ml1taQherin. 2nd Ed .. TranslatOr's ,Jrofaee, i). 8). • . . The!l lve have John Beames in 1868 in an article to the Jourll.4l 0/ fils Royal Asiatic Society published in Vol. III, pp. 483-508, ('ntitlcd 'Notes Ull the Bhojpuri Dialect of Hindi. spoken in Western Bihar', first definiteiy IIIling the term •Bhojpuri' for the language. Evidently, he had foUO\\"l-d (·urrent usage in so employing the term. This article was rearl c,'('n a year cl~rlicr on February 17, 1867. . §6. There are other names also for the Bhojpllris and their language. In Mogul t,imes, the name' Baksariya' (from thl' city of Buxar near Bhojpur) uppears to IUlYe hocn UHed commonly in Delhi and elsewhere in the west for the Bhojpuri pcopll·, particularly to denote soldiers from the Bhojpuri tract.' BabUl' (Bllxar) and Bhojpur evidently were two of the most noted BhojpurI rentres in those days-the first for reoruitment of soldiers in t·he Mogul army in the se\'cntcenth and eighteenth centuries and this name was mlonted bv the BritiHh a.lso in t,he form Bttxeries in the eillhteenth centurv when thcj, weI"(> in the habit of recruiting Bhojpuri aepoys in BengaL (800 William Ir\/jn~: The Army of the In{tian Moghuls, London, 1903, liP. 168-169.) In BengA.i WhN'C Bhojpuris go in their thousands, they are simpi.v l',.Ued •Hindusthini' or merely 'PaScimis', i.e. westerners, in contradistinction to the local people; ana other na.mes accepted equally by Bhojp\1ri !!ojou11lors a·re • Dcswili' and 'Kho~~ii. '. The last is used ,\ little in contempt. NaturaHy, neither the sojourning Bhojp\1ri who is of a humbie rank, llsun.11y going to earn a living in Bengal as a watchman or labourer or a small· tradE'f, nor the Bengali who employs him or with whom he has «le.a.lings; h.as any idea that their speeches Bengili a.nd Bhojpul'l ha.ve a. great deal in common. Both think that the speech of the Bhojpurl is a kind of Hindi or- HincluatbAnJ. particularly', beoaUi& the Bhojpurt if literate is literate in Hindi and not in Bhojpuri as a separate language. It IIhouJd be noted. however. anronoa the term -IWwi.li '. that when t.hey -~;-; ~-c~~t~~t,-~riih-~~; ~u~th;; i~ -Cai~~ti';:';-; ~fBenI&i: they characterize therniielv6i vis-a-vis the Be,.glli&, '~w'll' or • Mulki • and call their language • DcSwilt BOli '-the word 'DeS' and 'Mulk' meaning country. i.e. 'faiiow· countrymen' or 'Compatriots' or 'broth~ from the same s'PCech '. But in this conneotion. it should also be noted that' De8w&li' or 'Mulk" varies in connotati()Jl arid even one Western Hindi speaker addressing another Western Hindi speaker addresses him as 'DeSwill' or ':afujki' and glyes the same name to his ianguage. . 17. In the U1)J)er provinoee. the 1)OOple of BhojpurJ area are sometimes called 'Purabiyi ,- -and- their .I&nguaie 'Purbl balf'. Hobeon-Jobeon (A G!oeea."1 of Colloquial AngIo.Tndian Words and Phraeee 8!"d of Kindred T8l"IU by Henry ''ft Yule and A.. O.___Burnell, _ _ _ _ .&. ____ __ __ '- ___ I_ pp. 724J gives the folIo1ring aOOUf.,:.t"OOruu· ana ··ruorueaa· ;. .

otherpa$

~_1J

~on

'L ___

.t

~

'''I_~...1I'''''

INTRODUCTION

xxvii

'In upper India, the term means uauall,v Oudh, the &narw division ...nd Bihar. Henoe Poorbeea (Pl1rbiyA), a man of those countriea, was, in the days of the old BongAI army, or-ten used for It Rt'poy. the majority btainJ( rocruited in those provinces.' Thus it will he 8e('n that tht' • PurabiyA' and' Purbi bOil' will include tht' people of KOMIa (Awadh) and the-ir language. In fallt, the term •Purabiyi' is indefinite, vague and relative. It is the modern collnterpart of the term 'Prieya' found in the Br&hmanii.s and in Ql'et'k writers (as Praaioi) to· indicate Easterners (i.e. people to the east of t.he- •MadhYI"I_' in general). Even the inhabitants of Ko4a1a call the people of BihAr' Plirabiyi , which tht'ly themselv('s arc tI.~ge ~. delivered at the thirteenth a.nnh·t~I'AAr,\' of 'the B:\lIii Hindi Praciru,1 Sabhi' has preferred the name •Malli' to 'Bhojpll,.r. . Malin' WM nne of the sixteen Mahiijanapadas of the days of Buddhl'. Whitt wns its exact .bounda~y; it is very difficult to 8a.~·. 'rhc .Jain 'KlLlpuiitra.· referK t.o runt· Mallakls but the Buddhist texts spea.k of thrl'c • Manas' nnly. TheHr' ~rc the Manas of • Kusinari'. •PAvii.', and' Anupiyil.'. They hall severlll lmportant cities, namely, • Bhogn-hagar', 'Anupiyii.' and • Urllvelakappa'. Both • Kusinari' and •Pi\'ii.' have been identified with' Kasii' and' Pada· rn.oni' in the district of Deorii. in the Uttar PI·a.d6~a.. whenl Bhojpuri is spoken a.t present. It shouid be noted in this cnnnr.r.tinll that 'Maiia' and 'KiAI' would go together &8 old names of this t.rad but it will be ra.thel' late in the eta..)· t.o revive them to replar..e BhojpUTl \vhich h~\~ n,n eKtabliahcrl tradition of at least.three hundred years. §1O. Bhojpuri is a lallJ[ua(le which is very mu(,h aliv(,. AlthollJ[h theprimary and seCondary eclucatio'n in the Bhojpurt area is imparted through the medium of the standard HindI and Urdu and the literary language. too, is Hindi and Urdu. yet Bhojpurl occupies a place of honour and prestig(' in the hearts of Us speakers. The oral explanation of difficult portions ill Hindi and Urdu is frequently made in class in Bhojpurl when teachers ami students both are Bhojpurt. speakers. The students, both in their class· rooms and outside, talk to each other in Bhojpurl and even they would address the teacher in the mother tongue in tho lower claMes. •Sanskrit Pandits' in old style Sanskrit schools (Pi~haMlis) do the same thing amI scarcely use KharlbOlr. If anybody talks to his own people in villages in n 1ang-.Jag6 ot~er than: Bhojpurl, he is looked down on with contempt an.-l i~ regarded either as a pedant or as on& who gives superior airs. In every 'D&l't of tile Bhoinurl area. the neonle discuss all sorts of pOlitical. social and 8conomio matt8rs~ their tOngue. Every type of aermon and dis· 001U'IIe is given in the dialect of the people. In marriages and other cere· monies, the letters and invitations when issued in MBB. are in Bhojpuri, Dut when printed, Hindi is, nowadaYII, employed. On all auspicious occaaions. women ling BhojpurI songs e.nd they are very much liked by all sections of the people. In MUzlpur.and in BanArae, a special type of song known as •Kajarl" ill very much prevalent. Such sonp are exclusively in Bhojpur!. Th... ale luug by the common people in the 'month of Slwan (July-August).

in'

on

xxviii

INTBODl1O'1'ION

Very dear indeed iii the mother tongue to the heart oi the Bhojpurl people and they hold it in great esteem. Even when outside their Jingaiatic area they !1..ever fail to show their love for the language and they will alwaYii be cultivating it wherever and whenever they congregate. In Ca.lcutta, for instance, which can be described as a centre of Bhojpurllife and Bhojpurt • culture', as there are hundreds of thousands of BhoiDUri sneakers in the city, and more in the suburbs and along the Bhlgiiathi v;'lloy j~~ mill ~'reae, as in Hyde Park in London, the 'Maidi.,' is the centre where the masses gather; and, at the foot of the Ochterlony Monument in the' MaidAn' there is a iarge informai gathering of Bhojpuri people, particularly on Sunday evenings, under the shadow of the '~nl-Math' (as the Bhojpuri Hpeakers have tmniiformed the English word monument), we have the regular sight of Bhojpuri people amusing themselves with folk-songs, folktales a.nd informal ta.lks and speeches. ill. In spite of this grea.t love for their language, it is strallge how tittle Bhojpuri is cultivated nowadays and had been so little cultivated in olden times compared with oiher sister or cousin speeches like Benglil, Maithili and KMali. not to speak of Braj. But Bhojpurl Brihm&J)8 who ought to have set the example (as the Brilunays of Bengal, }fithili, KOMia and of the Braj area did) apJX>ar to ha.ve concentrated on Sanskrit at Baniras. The fact of BanAras being the intellectual centre of Hindu India was reHponsible for drawing· all the energy of the Brihm&J}8 of the Bhojpurl area to tho cultivation of the sacred language, to the neglect of the mother tongue. But a popula.r writer like Kahil' could not wholly neglect it, although the rapidly developing 'KharibOU' of the west and the Braj, weH established as the literary· langua.ge of the Western U.P. 8Ild . Panjib, claimed his first attention. Below, I have discussed how far KahIl wrote in Bhojpur! and how far other Bhojpurr writers are found. At the present moment Hindi is overshadowing Bhojpllrl as the language of education and public life but, nevertheiess, there is a strong undercurrent of literary Ufo in Bhojpurl as soon from a m&8S of Bhojpurl foik-SODgB and ballads and poems which see the print in cheap editions costing a few coppers. These come out regularly from Banlras-BaijDith PrasAd alld Co. a.nd Gulln PrasAd Kedirnlth, Booksellers and Publishersand from Diidh NAth Press, SalIda, Howrah. Bhojpurl songs are on the lips of ali BhojPllri peopie. Moreover, a slight attempt at re-establishing BhojpurJ as a language of literature has started, and this also is noted below. 512. For the last fift-een years, a spedal type of BhojpurI drama.s known as 'Bidesiyi'-the subject being the suffering of the wife on account of separation from her husband who has gone far away from home for a. job-written by one Bhikhi.rl 'fhikur of Chhaprl has become very popular. .Pirated editions of tht'l!!e • Bidesiyi N!!.tek· have come out. The popularity of these dramas can be jud~ from· t.he fact that no oth~r book except the RimiyaQa of Tulasldii is iiO much read. by the common people 68 these dramas of BbikhArI 'fbikur. These dramas are very important from the linguistio point of view also, inasmuch as they give the specimens of the current language of the people. . Very recently some eight small dramas b&ve been written by Rihul. SI6luityiyana in Bhojpurl. These dramas contain intereetiDg dialogues and record the most current forms spoken in the Siran district . .&18iilkrityiyana baa also contributed an article (Hadlaa, Sept.-Oct., 1M2) ~,$M 'liDPiatio problem of India' and he is of opiniontbat.fIhe medium ofinstraotion in the Bhojparl LI"ea Ihould be Bhojpurt iDateed·ofP.indI.

IN'1'RODUcrIOM

xxix

913• The great. want of Bhojpurl is the print.ed Jiterat.ure of higher type.. Even before the advent of the modem Hindi, the literary men, e.!peA~Al1y poets, employed K04< (Aw~hi) and 80iiit\t·imc;t Braj-bhiLkhi for lIterary purposes. At present owmg t.o the prefl,l't'nre of l"xotit' Hindi, all works of any importance are wriUl'n I\IlII }lublislwd in Himl!. In fact, only those books pay which are wantl'f. fur thl~ l'fitu.'I\tioll of tht' }X-'Ople and, for this purpOse, the exot.ic Hindi is the onlv nwtiium. Still many saints beJonging to this a.rea of whil'h Ka.bir WM the flll"t'n\llst ,'um. posed songs in Bhojpuri. §14. Kablr was probably born in th" year A.D. I:m!l (Summt 1456) and died in 1518 (Samvl\t 1575). Th(~ book 'Kabir Orallthihmli '. l'llilt." by Syii.m Sundar Das, has been publish(·d by the Nagnri Pml·ti.riJ.li &.bhl\, KMI. i t 18 baSed on two l\is..'i., \lno of A.D. 1504 (Ramv"t 1561) and th .. other of A.D. 1824 (Sam vat. 1881). pres('r,cd in the Jihrnry of thll Nii.gaJ'i Praciri~i &bhA. The language of t·his edit.ion iR full of t.ho Panjih. teiiurns mid phrast'.s. Kabir haN contps!:Iotl that his lIlotht·r ton~\l(' WlloS RlmiLI"MI-bOli -a dialect of the Western Bhojpurt. Naturallv tho cl1I('stion ariHM. wh\" this Panji.bi influence. It may- be eit-her (hl~l to t.illl t.ranHcril)(>; wh~' replaced the Bhojpurr idioms and phras('s by t.Iw Panjibi Ollt'" or it may be due to his association with the PanjibI saints. AeC'Clrtiing to I);ls, t.hl· latter is mainly responsible for it.. nut t.he fifllt callse I«'f'm" to hn.vlI btllln more potent. What had happened to Kabir's language, I!x:~ctly the Harne thing lu.ppcncd to the I"nguage of Buddha who WM born about t.wo LhllllsILnd years before Kabir. Sylvain Levi in a very important articln in the Jourrud .48iatique, 1912 (' Sur une Langue Pre-l'anoniqlU' Ilu BOUlltlhiMrne '), (ifllt. Muggested that behind Pili of the Southern Buddhists which ill MIIPI)(ISI,d to be the oldest Buddhist canon, there was another CiiiiOfi in tho nriginnl ('astern dialect of the Buddha himself, tr.Lc..e3 of which in words and f"rmil are seen to survive below the current Pali text. Pili ill g(!m~ra.1 hWi midland or western affinities but these eastern form" are the J'('lics of till' originlLI • Buddha-vacana '. This point has been also demonstrated by H(linrir.h Ladera (,Bruchstacke Buddhistischer Dramcn', Berlin, 1911, pp. 40, 41). . The same has happened in the case of Ka.bir also. We know tha.t hl! was not an. educated man. Naturally he had no option buL to compose ill his mother tongue the 'Bauirai-boll' or dialec:t of his IlILtivc town UanAr&H. This Baniras speech, i.e. Bhojpurl of tho day, WaK a provincial dialcd lacking the prestige of both '~raja-bhikhi ' which had inhcriu,d the trll,ditieJII of Sa.uraseni Apabhram~a, as well as of the newly developing' KharihOli' which was the Indian language current in the Muslim court. For intelligibility in the tracts to the west of the Bhujpuri area whore Kabir'l; message spread, Braj and KharlbOli were more suitable than Bhojpuri. Cor.eequentIy it was necessary t.o have ICabir'e ·'P"ADJI' and '8fikh.ilt r.~· written in Braj or Kharlbolt or in a mixture of both, so that from Western Paniib to Bengil and from the HimilaY.LQ slopes to Gujarlt and Mii.lwii and -in further Bouth, the teachings of the saint -coul,1 spread. This translation into 'Braj' and 'KharlbOll' could be caai1y done by changing thr iorma oi the words a bit here and there. It is a.Iao equally likely that Kabir himself as a •Sidhu' who had wandered a lot would be knowing the speeches of the west, viz. 'Braj'. • Kharlball', as well as 'KaDlI', and he himself wrote in these speeches. Both the alternatives are equally likely. But considering that in the text as printed from a MS. of 15(M by 8ylm Sundar Dis, we can see quite transparently Bhojpurt forma below the surface of •Braj " 'KaMli' and

=

'.Kha.w!b61I' like eastern for!!!! ....Iow the su...wface of P!ii, it mOf8 libl,· that thefirat alternative wae largely the case. • Below are given a few' eumplea from the above •Kablr GrantbAwall' of DAs which go to 8upport the above statement:<eI) The noun 8tem in Bhojpurl baa generally two form8-one short and one iong. Such furm8 are fuund in this book, e.g. khlbhawl (line 13, p. 94) pauwl (II 14. p. 96) pabarawl (.. 13. p. 96) .... a .. a....& .................

I". _ \"

.614I,},_

lnQ\

&VOI

khBtI!BwI . (II la, p. !!2) rabatawl ( II .l2. p. 165) (6) The verb in the • Past Tense' in Bhojpurt haa -al, -ale, etc. This is "Iso 'found in many places in_ihis edition, e.g. (ij juliihitJ t&iil bunl pAra na pAwala, t.he weaver could not weave (line 14, p. 104). (il) trlQul)a rablta phala ramt hama rlkhala, I kept the fruit which is beyond thnx,t>lements (line 14, p. 104). (iii) nl hama jlwata nl:l m6wlli (muwali?) mlhll neither I am .. among the alive nor among the dead (line 19, p. 108). (iv) plpl para1~ Jlhl abhlQi, the sinner got (became) unfortunate (line 17, p. 132). (e) The third person singular future verh in Bhojpurl ends in -Ihl. Th(l following are the examples from the above book:(i) .harl ~arlb" (marlbl?) tfUl hamah6 marth" (marthl ?). if God will die. I will alao die (line 21, p. 102). (il) tdrl 8wldl bl...,. rasl bablb~ (bahl~I?) naraki paAJ panl rima na kabl~ (kahlhi the five sensea will flow towards woridiy enjoyments. They wiU go to heil, but will not utter the name of'Rim' (line 13, p. 134)_

n.

That with least efforts, the poem8 of this, edition can be restored in Bhojpurl also proVeIS that moat probably the I)riginal Bhojpurl forms were repiaced by ihe forms of a William diaiect. In the foHowing exampie, a.t ftrat, the poem &8 printed in the Nigari Pra.c-iriij.i edition will be given and then the restored Bhojpurf version. The restored forms will be given in brackets:-

ltui

IlftBODl1O'1'IO:M

iaraki parake eaba (JlgatArt). hama dbarl cOra (puaraI6) hi rima. tin! (HbalC) bini (Hball). (UbaI6) goc)a kl paOwl. Ita uta dtawata katbawana (llhall). mlc)a calawanl c)ailwA h6 rima. 'I am tiJed of weaving, yet I am not relieved of it. In the southtlftl direction, when the dog barked I thought of the auspicious moment. I found all the children awake, 80 I slept away as a thief. I took tho weaving instruments (tIDI and bIDI) and the sandale of my foot. Whit., looking here and there, I took the brush that rubs the starch.' . Besides the above authentic edition of Kabrr, there are others also in which we find the Bhojpuri element more prominent. or such ones. tho Benglll edition of Prof. ~itimohan Sen of Sa.ntinikctan is pre.emincnt. In fact, the' nirguna' songs of Ko.brr arc so popular in Bhujpurl area thllt -t:ven the illiterate people remember one or two of them. f15. Dharam Die was another saint of the line of Ko.blr, wlio also composed poems and songs in Bhojpuri. We know not,bing Vl~y dennite about him but it is said that he was 0. disciplo of Kahlr and survived him by fifteen years. Some of thc poems of Kahir have oo('n add1'e88Qd to Dharam Die and thil} clearly proves his connection wit.h Kahir .. The bciok •Dharam Dis jl ki Sabdiwali' was published by the Belvl'rmting Works, Allahabad, in 1923 along with the workH of Kahir. On., of Hu>.· poems from this cdition is givcn below:. mllau ma,..yA sunl karl glllil. apana balama paradeaD nlkarl g""lo, hamar, ke kachuwo na guna dal gllJlo. joglna hoi Ice mal bana ban a 4h14116, hamarA ka blraha baJrlga d"" a1lJl6. slaa kJ sakbl saba pAra ularl gllJll, bama dhana thl4hJ akell rahl glll10, dharama dis yaba arJa karatu hal,

sara salida iiumlno.

d.

g.;G.

'My friend went away leaving my hut empty. My beloved pa8IJOd away- to a foreign land. (But) he did not leave for me any good thing (literally, good qualities). Becoming a female Yogi, I search for him (rum forest to forest. He has gone away giving me the pangs of sepa.ration. All the friends of my company passed on to the other shore, (while) I was the only girl who remained standing, Dharam Dis makes this petition: (He) gave me the Best (Highest) Name (of Godlas a remembrancc.' 116. ~iv NL-iyan W&8 anether 8&int born itl the village of Cand.w-swir in the GbAZipur district, who composed a number of books which are fowld in MS. forms but have not been published as yet. One of his books' Guru Any.' was composed in A.D. 1734 (Samvat 1791). Siv Nlriyan has employed 'DohA' and 'Ca,J1pil' metres-the metres ~d by two famous Awacihi poets Malik Muhammad Jiyasi and Iuiaeiais for •P8dmiwat' and •Rimacarit Manas'. His language is K06all (Awadhl) which had attained a literary dignity in Bhojpurl area aleo. But he has compoeed also 'Jltsiri'-thO song of the grinding mill-&nd 'ghlt.o'-the song sung in the month of C8tra, and in these songs he has 1I.IIed Bhojpurl which was hie mother tongue. His works have been in circulation in JISS. and they largely circulate in this faahion.

xxxii

tJrTBODUC'l'ION

i17. DharanI Dis of Mljhi, district SIran, in Bihir, was a poet. sainf who composed some vetBes in Bhojpurl. Two of his books 'S8.bda Prakis' and 'Frem.PragAs' have been preserved in manuscript forms in the library of Mljhl. These I have consulted. As in the case of aiv Narayan, he composed his work in. K06aIl in the narrative portion em· ploying d5ha. and ctSlpaI hut the 80~g; are invar.aably in Bhojpurl. In 'Prem.Prag!!.e', he has given the dat.e of hie renunciation A.D. !656 (Bamvat 1713):simat satra so call gl\Jii. Terah adh!k tAll! para bh..,ii. Sihjahl chori duni!i. pasarl Aurangjeb dohAI. Soc blearl itmA jAgl. Dharanl dhareu bhes bVrlgl. '&mvat !700 was co!!!plet.ed and thirt-cen nlore years had pa=ed a.!ao. Bhahjahii.n cC&sed to cxercise 1iis worldly powcr a.nd the rule of Aurangzeb had begun. (At this time), after contemplation, the soul awoke and· Dharani renunciated this world.' The following lines have been taken from a manuscript of 'Prem· Pragas' which was compieted on 21st date of Bhid5 (year 1281 Fasll), A.D. 1873, by Mahan.t ltamdiis of Mljhi for Jinakidasl alias Barata Kulra. of the same place, The language is Bhojpuri mixed with Awadhl I\nd the metre is payir which is very common in Bengali :sumlru sumlru mana sirajana.;hAra, jlnha kiiJlA sura "ara saraga patila. rabl sasl aglnl pawana kvla panl jia jantu ,Ani ,ini ini ani bani. dharatl samudra ban a parabata sumeru, kamatha Dhanindra.indra balktlth kuberu. gura lie carana raja sirwi cacJhAI, . jinha lela bhlUljala bu4ata bacal. dewata pitara blnawalo kara jorl, sewa leba mini alpa budhi mori. jahllagl jagata bhagata awatiiira, more to jlwana dhana prAna adllAra. tlratha barata cAro dhima Sall.grama, mathe hathe parasl karvlo praniima. chota motl jii jantu jahllal1i jhirl baku! bakasllehu IUIguna hamarl.

'0 mind I always remember the name of Creator who has created tbe gods, men, 118&,'on ang the region under the earth; who has .created the sun, the moon, the fire, the air, the water and the various kinds of beasts and other creatures: who has created the oo.rth, the ocean, tho forest and tho .. Sumeru" mount&ins &8 well &8 - the tortoise who bears tho universe, Indra, the serpent (Viisuk'), the heaven of Vi~u, and Kubara. Putting the dust of my Guru's feet upon my bead-the dust which saves men from sinking in. this ~orldlyocean-I pray to the gada and the de· parted souls of my forefathers with folded hands. You pleaae iioC~'pt this ~lutation (w~f. East BengAlI IsI;G and Assamese :rr~ == prGr4T.tJ, salutation) because my mind is weak. In this world, wherever the devotees h~ve come, they, indeed, are my life's treasures and the rest of my soul. Touching my head with my handa, I bow down to all the holy places, the reIigiQus fasts and feasts, the four peat sacred pJaoea (tl1t4mtJ) and V~Ou

IlftBODUOTJOJl'

xxxiii

I aJso bow dow'lI to all crMtlln'S, You pleA8e', excU8e my (ault.' fiS. In.adition to the iew poem8 by Kablr. Dharam »As and Dharl'lli DiB quoted alxwe, there is no literary document of Bhojpurl whiC'h ('an 11\' taken up for the study of this language historically. A few lett~rs 'Yilt documenta in BhojpurJ fl"9m the eighteenth l'8ntllry are also found. Thesl' have all been given together with BOrne poems by Kablr. Dharam DiM and Dbaranl Dis in the Appendix. Modem BhQjpurl 80ngB and balh\Cls, en· tirely of the character of Colk-literature, are Ullt's was prohahl~' the first mnn whll made an attempt t() acquire it for 8('iclH't,. He contributed an artiel.,, . Notes on the Bhojpurl Dialeet.s of Hindi spok('n in Western BihAr', ill JR.AB., Vol. III, 1868, pp. 483-508. The art.ide was n'M e\'('I1 a year eaflief oii Februiiry 17, 1867. Tht'fi' a.n; thi'l'e 8t,t:t,icmll in thiN anic·le-th.· first includes the phonoloffY and the deC'lension of nOllns and I'rllnollllS; the' second, the conjugation of ,'erh8 and the d(·rh·"tionll of the> p<.I8tpollitionK ; Rnd the third is a )jilt of common Bhojpurl Wort)H. Mr. J. R. Reid also attempted to givt" a l'il'tul'C of the BIUljl'url ()h,lcC't in his • Notes on thl' Diale-ct. ('urrent in Azamgarh' in Appendix Nu. II. Settlement &port, 1877. In this pRp«-r the> grammar of thr. diall'c:t h,ut boon trl'ated in brief. It includes (a) sounds (prnnunriatilln). (h) nflunll, (e) ad. j"ctives, (d) pronouns, and (e) verhs. In 1880, A. F. Rudolf Hoonlle published hill 'Comparative Gramnmr tlf the Gaudian Language8' with special refcrerwel to t.he "~astcrn Hinel:. For the \Vestem Bhojpurl of Baniras, Hoernle lu'll given t.he name' F~tt~rn Hindi'. This ill a unique work from the philfll(l~ical {Joint of \'i"w aB it ill both historicui .\IId comparative. GE'orge A. Oricn(ln has provided rich Dl"wrialH fOf the Neil'lIt.ilie Hturl.\ IIf the Bhojpiii'i dia.lect by his iiUiii('..-fiiijj ('ontributimi/i. 'rlu,,".: ("ali },,' snmmed up, in brief, as followl:I;(i) The Song of Alh~ 'II MarrilL~I'; A Bhlljpurl I<~J1i(·. Ind. Ant .. August, 1885, pp. 209-227. (ll) Folk-songs in Modem Bhojpurl with T('!xt and English 'l'mnHlatiml. JR.A8., Vol. XVI (New Series), Part II, 18S4. (iii) Somo Bhojpurl Folk-songs with Text and Translation. JRA,"i. (New SeriC8), 1886. pp. 207-235. It is a collection (If 4:.! Birhiia, collected from the ShihiLbiLd district. (iv) Folk-lore from Eastem Gomkhpur (N.W.P.) (in modcm Bhojpml verse) by Hugh Fro.ser t rommunicawrl hy F. H. 14'jSh(!f and edited by G. A. Gl'iel'KHn. J.ABB" Vol. UI, No. I, 188:1. uP. 1-32. (v) Essays on BihiLrl DcclcllIJion and Conjugation. JA8B., Vol. LIJ, 1883, pp. 119-159. Note on the 31>0\'0 in the same Jouma.1 by A. F. Rudoif Hoemie, pp. i59-i63. (vi) Baiswiifl Folk-songs collected by Habu Jogelldra Nath Ra«., Ghazipur, contributed by W. Irvine and edited by O. A. GriCl'SOn. J..ABB., No.2, 1884. 'The Kajarl GIt', No.7, and 'Jatasid', No.8, are in the Bhojpurl dialect. (vii) The Git Bijai Mal, a lOng in old Bhojpurl, J.A8B., Vol. LIlI, Part I. special number. 1884, pp. 94-160. in the form of the SiUgrima 8tone.

IIIDall and great, wherever they are found.

xxxiv

:mTBODUCTlON

versioraa of the BOng ofC-cpi Ohand With tr&n81&tion. JA,8B., Vol. LIV, Part I, No. I, 1886-the Magahl and the Bhojpurl versions of the BOnK of RAil GoDf Chand are Kiven side bv side on the same page. -. ~ " (ix) Notes on the Verr&&cn!&r Dialects spoken in the Di=trict of SL--a.n by Girindranath Dutt, Superintendent, RAJ Hatwi. communicated by G. A. Grierson. j.ASB., Vot LXVI, No.3, 1897, pp. 194-212. A noteworthy feature of this article is this, that it furnishes the specimens of the dialect of Maghaiyi Doms of Siran, Siarmarwi dialect obtained from Gomkhpur and Natui dialect at Hatwi. (x) Selected sp8cimens of the Bihirj Language, Part II-The Bhojpuri Dialect-The G§t Naiki. Banijarwi.. ZDMG., 1889, pp. 468509. (xi) Fables and pialogues in the Saran Bhojpuri collected by Bise&l.r Pardd of Dahilw, edited and trar.tSlated by Oriarson in the Seven Grammars of the Dialects and Sub-Dialects of the Biharl Language, Part ii, Appendix I, pp. i48-i56. Pubiished in 1884. Also Bhojpurt songs collected from the ShihAbAd district vtrith the help of Munsl-J P~h& IAl, Deputy Ii"lSpe~'i' of Schools, in the above book, Appendix II, pp. 157-195. (xii) The Linguistic Survey of Inciia, VoL V, Part II, contains 1\ skeleton 2rammar with the usual specimens of BhoiDuri, both standard and dialectical, as well M a Nagpurii or &dint grammar (as a form of Bhojpnr!) with specimens. Over and above, the following printed materials are .also available fUl" the study of BhojpurI :~ (i) Bhojpuri words, agricultural songs, idioms and sayings, etc. in Fallon's New HindustanI.English Dictionary, published in 1876. (ii) Also all the above lexical matter from Grierson'8 'Bih1i.r Peasant Life I (1st and 2nd editions). (iii) The Dialogues and Folk-lore of Banaras Bhojpuri at the end of Hoomle's 'Comparative Grammar of the Gaudian Languages', published in 1880. (IV) 'Badmis.Da..-palJ.' by Tagh AU-a collection of songs in the dialeet of Baniras city, published at Baniras, 1889. (v) More than a score of smaii books containing Bhojpurl songs and ooems published from Baniras and Howrah. The followinj( ii.re lloteworthy:(a) Bidesiya., (6) Kaj&l'iS. These books seil for an anna or a little more and have frequent impressions. (vi) Eight smaii dramas written by Rahula SiDkrityiyana (Rihui Bibi.). These are: (1) Jaramanwa. ke 1Iir Nihicaya., (2) Japaliiy& Ri.chhachh; "(3) Des-Racchak, (4) J?hunmuii New", (5) Meha....a,run ke Dun!ps, (6) Naiki duniyii.. (7) 1 Hamar LarI.I, and (8) J3k-published in 1942-1943. (vii) Bhojpuri Lok Git, in two pal'liii-oolleetA;d by Pt. Krishna. Deo Upidhyaya., M.A., and published by the Hindi Sihitya Sa.'!lme!a.n, Prayig. 1943. 120. BhojpUrl embraces an &l'tla of BOme 43,000 sq. miles. Its boundIUY line does· correspond to the political boundary of any province. To the eYt of Bhojpur! lie its two met.en Maithill and Magahl. I.~ving the course of the· Gailgi a few milee west of Pafnl, the boundary line takes the oounc; of the ~ii wtaich it leaves .t its bc,ud near Ruhtl&, whence it (viii)

T-NO

not

m'l'BODUOTlON

xxxv

takes & 8Outh.eaate:ly (iirection. Here it creates & wonder by making & linguistic peninsula of the Rincbi Plat~au with its neck as tilt' river SOn. Ita IiOUth-east line !Z008 up to 20 lUiJ&J t:Mt uf Rinchi and DUlk('s 8. rn.nid curve round Bondt! reaching nt'ar Kharsawan at its ot.hcr end.·· H;~·-it tu..--n8 to tho west leaving Oriy! on ita left dank n,nd making a. deep penetration into the south it ~h('n turns to the north cowring Jashpur Staw wiih Chbatiisgarhi and. BagQf'li Oil its It·fi sicil'. iil'ILcning Bhandarii., it turns first towards north-west and t.hen north·cast Ilntl, liilally, touching Son, it completes the linguistic pt'ninsul:L of NO:gpuriii. lmwch of Uhojpurt. Crossing the river Son, Bhojpurt tOU<'ill'S AW3dhf. makl's !!. ma.rdl a.!ong the course of Son up to 82° longitude, and tlum it turns north to ml'et the COUrSl\ of the Gangi 15 miles west of Mirzipur. I1l,rt' the line agl,in turns to the cast, crosseS the Gangi. at Mirzi.pur and with Awatlht on ita left, marches straight to the north crossing the Gmnll Trunk Ronl! nt Tn,mancbii.bii.d, running a few miles cast of the JI,unpur city. Then it. juiu8 tho course of the river Gha~ra near Akbarpnt and Tanda. 'rn.kiii).; tho iiurthern course of the GhigriL, it again turns to the west up to N2° IOlljotitucll'. Thero it takes a. zigzll.g course to the lIort.h-west of th(\ Bnstl tihitrid tOlleiling the Nepl frontier north of Jurwii. Hl!rtl the line euclu~c'" a long Ht.rip nf land along tho Tarii iK'lrt!y fronl the Indian and part Iy fiOiii t he }~;jlH·dese t.erritory up to the north of the Bl\hmic'h· tli~trid. ",11I're livt, tlw Tharu peoria who speak a iurm of Bhujp"rl. This strip IIi IruilJ-Nupaielill bollluiury is, at places, hardly 15 mill'.8 wide. The nortbem boundary line having II. Htrip tlf )I\ull flf thn K06alf (Awadhi) RflCaKing people to the left; bt!t.wccn (;orkhll.!Y or N!!pii.!! and Bhojpuri, takes a (lip to the soutb ncar ~3° longitude, gOt'S st.raight to tho (~ast round Rumminidl'i (the an dent Lumbini, HII' hirth.place flf tIlt' Ruddha) and then it turns to the north-ca.st round Bu~wa) whl'llce it takes an easterly course up to 15 miles cast of Amll!khgn.nj in Nppa!. There it turns to the south witb Maithili to its cast. Reaching up to 10 milCH of }{uzaffarpu~, it tUiilS to the west and t.ak£!& th(~ course of the riv(~r OaJ.i(.Iak to join tbe Ga.ngi. at Pa~ni. §21. Tho boundary Hne of Bhojpuri as indicated abOV(l cliffeI'M in minor details from that of Grierson's, pllrticuhuly in th~ north. The Indo-~Jepalese frontier is not quite sharply tlefined Itt; j'f;t finiii th~ linguistic point of view. Hero Grierson has contented himself by following the poiiticai boundary, though he indicak'8 t.hat the BhojpurI i8 Hpokcn up to the lower ranges of the HimAlayas. By personal investigation, I have been able to fix the northern. boundary of BnojpurI to a line· furthol to the north of that inr1i c..a.t.oo by Grierson within the frontier of Nop!!. This boundary line has been fixed after careful enquiry at several points. The strip of land penetrating deep into Kijja,l1 contains Thirus as itk permanent inhabitanta. -The Koail (Awadhi) speaking people migrate to this ~a du...1'ing ool't3in 8eAAOD8 of tilt! yea.r for trade but its permanent inbabitants, the Thirus, speak Bhojpuri. 122. BhojpUi'l has, iii GrieI'Son ha.s carefully noted, four dialecticai divisions. These are the Northern Standard, the Southern Standard,· the Western Standard and the Nagpurii. The Northern Standard is spoken in the north of the river Ghigri. This area is again subdivid.ed into two iiub-dialectw, Sik-war'.& and Gorakhpur.&. By drawing a lino along the river Gandak up to the Indo-Nepa.1ese frontier, thence a eurve to the westward of a few miles east of Gorakhpur up to Barha.j, we have divisions of the dialect Sarawarii in the west and the GorakhDuri in the east. . The whole of the Bhojpurl area, a little sOuth of the river 86n. is iDbabitGd by th8 pacp18 I:r=-king N&lPur.l. The Bhcjp".L.-I r.-a& bet.aeD

xxxvi the Northern Standard and the Nagpu.....i.l, may ag&in be 8ubdivided by drawing a line southwards from Barhaj to Ghlzlpur and thence to the river SOn. To the east of this line lies the Southern Standard Bhojpurt while to the west of it is the Western Bhojpurl. Throughout the long strip of land along the Iodo..Nepalese frontier, the Thiru Bhojpuri is the current dialect. These dialectical divisions have been shown in the map. In fact, the Southern Standard Bhojpur! is the stantt...rd Bhojpur!. It centres round the town of Bhojpur which is situated on the bank of the GangA i.n the north-west of the Shihibid district. From here it extends to the cast and south owr the whole of that district and is bounded in the rd"St of these directions by the river Son, which, however, it crosses at the south, reaching for 0. few miles into the district of PalAmau. To the west, it cro.sacs the frontier between the iower provinces and those of the United Provinces (now Uttar Pradesh)- and covers the whole of the south Ganaetic portion of Ghizlpur. . Standa..~ Bhojpur! is also spoken in the north of the GiU\ga in the distric~ which border in the Gangi and arc opposite ShihAbid, viz. Siran, Ballia. and GhiJ.zlpur. It is spoken over the whole of BalliA. over the south and the eastern -half of Ghkipur. In Siran, it is confined to the morc southern pa.w-gan8S. The Northern Standard Bhojpuri slightly differs from the true standard Bhojpuri. It may be called tho speech of ihe DoIh of the G&J)Qak and the Gha.gri, omitting the tract of country immediately opposite Shihi.biid. This- Doab includes the districts of Siran, Gorakhpur and Basil excludi~g the Tahsil Haraiya. and the language varies slightly as we go north-west.. As we go further north into Gorakhpur, we find two distinct subdialects, that to the east beinR commonly known as Gorakhpuri a.nd that to the west as Sarwarii. . The latter extends still further to-the west and covere the Bast! district up to the river Kulno i.Y!. Tahs~l Haraiya. The word 8anoariti. comes from SarwAr, which is a corruption of Sarayi-pdra (MIA Sarari-vara) or •trans-Sarayii '. that is to say. the tract of country on the far side of the Saray" or Ghigri (Gogra) river, looking L--om the city of Ajodhyi near the modern town of Faiz!bid. Strictly speaking, it should have included the whole of the districts of Bahraich, GonQi. Basti, Gorakhpur and Siran; but owing to a iocai tradition, it nowadays only means the country on the left bank of the Ghigri between Ajodhyi in FaizibAd and lfajhauli in Gorakhpur. §23. Below is given a brief comparative study of the ~hojpu..'1 di&lec+.. in relation to the standard form of the language (the Southern Standard as current in Bhojpur and Ballii):

(i)

NOUii8;

In the St. Bh., the feminine nouns have very o:P.,an Cit mort 00 in the end but this is dropped in other dialects, e.g. 1kIiI, eye;' PAkhl, feather. in St. Bh. (l:S&lliI), but eisewhere Ikh and plkh. in some wOlds in N.Bh. of Gorakhpur, there is nasalization (spontaneous IUWl&lization): bhlt, bard; nld, ;, tub, eto., but there is no such nasalization in St; BIl. of BalliI. There the forms are simply Did and bhlt. (See also below, under Ad. jectives.) In Siran (f) soD',letimes becomes (r) due to the infiuenoe of Maitbill. Thus IlhGri. hono. of the St. Bh. beoomes IlhGri in SIran. . The plural iii the Ii.Bh. -ie, sometimes, formed bi addiDg iheayDable .. (~ 150), e.g• •~;l,=• • hcr.=.

Dft'BODtTO'l'ION

xxxvii

(ji) Pronouns:

The N.Hh. of Oorakhpur p~I1(,r\'f"!I many Mchaic forms, e.g. m~l', I. which is undoubtedly the (lId. Bhoj. fnim, is fiJund pn.~al~rVf!tl in tht~ iltliUina .. tivc (,8S(,. It oc('urs only in proYl'rbs IUlII in archaie or Rtt'n'Ut')'IIt.'I\ ('xpr,'s. sions cisewnert'. A shorter form m6 is "illl! Vt'ry l'omrnCln in t.hii'llll· "hidl is equally lwcoming archaiC' in St. Hh. In ~.Uh. of OorakhJ-lur t{lj iii '''~'l llSl,d for -the second pt·rson bt'Sides tft. The int£l'rrogative pronoun (n(~!!t{'r) keth!. \, hat,. ht.'(·on1(·~ k(.\!huli in the N.Bh. (iii) Adjectiv('s:

.r-or nllml'rai l\djl'ctivt"S 11 to I M, we hn"tl cg~lrl\.J, bllr'ti. ter",. t,tt' amI thus -h whi('h is so promi/wnt in t hL {'nd of tlll'l'It· 1111111 ht,/,s ill tilt, Stundard HhojpUl'i is druppt·tl ill tlU' XOl'thern Htalldartl Hhojpmi. AJ,tllin for artis, thirty.t·ight, artiilis, forl.y-t'i,!.:ht.. satsathl, ~iXt.y'lo1t·\'!'!!; arsuthl, sixty·pight, WI' hl1.\·I' nll:iali1.1'el fOJ'/Il;! iiratis. iir~ltiilis, siirs~.,h. ursath in the N.Bh. of GUiukhpui". (iv) Verhs:

A. Auxiliary Verbs. The V£'rb Rllhstantivc bare, hI' is, ofil'n takl's the ro/'/II bate in nil distri('ts north of the Gangi, though t ht, if'frll bare i:i al:.;o u~('d. 1'hu~ we gE't forms Iikl' bat! in first pt'rslln nllhlf'llline; bii,n, bate, ate ill IIII' sE'cond person mnlie'tlline anci baj@j, AjQJ. bay. ay ill til(' thirrj Jll'rl'lll/l masculine, etl'.; tilt' Stmlllard ba is not. fOlllle\ ill th., N.Bh. dialed.. B. :Finite Verbs. Simple Prt'Sent--optionul forms U8('el in Sam-n are 2ne\ I'ing. dckhue, dekhues, 31'cl sing. dekhue, dekhl\J; 3rd pI. dekhen, 1'wd.- --Htt· ('hllfa'" teristic '1' is fOUil,l in aU the dialects of Bhojpuri but in l'u.lu,riiu,ii th,~ I,-~t.tt:i , u' is also found, Examples.-'i'he foiiowing forms in usc in Siirlm urI' .hlll til tiw ill. fluence of t-he Maithili spoken to the el\.'4t of the Ga/,II.1ak ItS lIot~'d in t.he T !O! T u.tJ ..... , 'T~I ... VI . . .U.

,

Vn~"

.a. ..AU

TT

A,.&,

~ ')<)r;;._ 1'" ~~II.-

First {l£>rBon-ham dekhAUyain-ili mwd when the ohjed of Uw Vl'rh is in the third person and llpecia.j resp«:'ct is Rhown to it. Thus, ham riijake dekhAUyaln, I saw His Majesty the King. ham dekhAUyllwA is only 1I8ed whIm the object of the v.>,·" iH ill thp second pt"!'son, and tlpecial re8ped is shown to it. Thul4, ham raUra-ke dekhAUAwa, I saw Your Honour. Second pel'8on-t6 dekhilahus-is only 1!fled when contE'mpt iii Khown to the object in the third person. Thus, ttl maUyii-kA dekhilahus, you 8&W the wretched gardener.

the t~:~~.hU~h:ii~:~~kihd~~~l:'~~~~ ;~~\:,;cH~~}~~i~;~:.

in Past Conditional-2nd sing. dekhAtes, 3rd pI. dekhiten. 524. As stated above, the Northern Standard Bhojpuri has again been divided into two Bub-dialects, 'Gorakhpuri' and'Sarawarii'. The GorakhpUi'l dialect }-Uiii a few local peculia.;ticii as noted by Grierson in his L.S.I., Vol. V, Part II, p. 229. The one which most prominently strikes the eye is the me.thod adopted for writing the broad a·sound which is reoreaenteci bv writinll the Jetter a twice. i.e. 88. Examoles are daa, 1a& for &lA, I.; etc. The only other point regarding pronunciation which is wcr"uhy of note is that the letter r is prefea"T8d to r. Thus

xxxviii we have paral; it ftlll; instead of papl. In the StAndA-rd. Bhojpu..1'! of BalliA we have para) and paral both. _ As regards the use of the auxiliary verb, bite is preferred to the Standard Bhojpurt bAre. he is. The Sarwarii sub-dialect of BhojpurI is spoken all over the district of Butt and oyer the western half of Gorakhpur. The following peculiarities of the S&rw&..-i! dialect of Bast!, noted by Grierson in his I... S.I., Vol. V, Part I,p. 239, have been tested by personal investigation : We find the samo reluctance to use the cerebral (r) in Bastl that we observed in Gorakhpur. Thus, we find paral. it fell, used instead of paral. The termination of tho genitive is kU. with an oblique fOrID ki. This is borrowed from western Bhojpuri. . There are several peculiarities in the declension of pronouns. The oblique form of the genitive always ends in e instead of I. Thus, the forms tuhlre, yours, oklril his. in-ki, his (reSPectful). aplne, vou (respectful). etc. are· found: . . .. .. .. In verbs, the moet noteworthy peculiarity of the BastI dialect is that the third person singular of the past ends in -is instead of -as or .asi of the Standard Bhojpurl. Thus kahllJs. he said; so also, dlhllJs. gave,-lihllJs. took, kailis. did. and others. The form oithe verb substantive with ($) is preferred to that with (r). Thus, bite, he is, and so on. §25. Tho Bhojpuri spoken in the distripti; of Faizibad, Jaunpur, Azamgarh and BanAras, in .the centre of Mirzipur, and the west of Ghizlpur differs in many particuiars from the Standard Bh6jpuri. The most striking point is the abandonment of the oblique form of nouns and pronouns which ends in At a.nd "91'Jch is so characteristio of all the dialects of Bihirl. a.~d the substitution of an oblique form in i, such as we meet in Standard HindI. Wesiem Bhojpuri is, in fact, the most wesiem outpost of the easiem group of the Indo-Aryan family of Ia.nguages, and possesses some of the features of its cousins to its west. . The following are the principal points in which Wf"~tem Bhojpurl dift'ers from the standard form of the dia.lect:(i) Nouns:

The following differences arc noticea.ble in the noun-forIDs of Standard and west.ern Bhojpuri. e.g. Standard Bhojpuri (Ballii) iakth6. a kind of sweetmea.t khlc. a bip; basket bhlt, a ba.rd

slrll.!!. buH jib. muzzle Standard BhojpurY (Ballil)

1lI1. a cow

IkIll. eye

pfthl. feather

b~,abard

ilGfh.a bull

Wesiem Bhojpurt (Azamgath) iakthA khlcl bblt

sir

jAbl

western BhojpurI (BanL-a=)

xxxix

nn'BODl10'l'10lf

The postposition for the genitive is ka, ~ in th~ western Bhojpurl (Azamgarh, Banlras and llirzipllr). It may be stated as a gt"n(\ral rule that, \\~hiJe in Standaa-d Bhojpuri the oblique form of many nouns and pronouns ends in A, in western Bhojpurl it ends in i. Tho 10('aUve postposition in tho w('.srern Bhojpurt (BanlrM and Azamgarh) is se, in the· Standard Bhojpurt of Ballil it is si or sl, but in Shihibid it is Ie. Thus: per se patalilirat bly, lean'S raU from thl' tree (Ranii.ratl). pher 5e or sl patal glratll (Ballii) and pher Ie patal glratiA (Shihii.bAd). FOI' other postpositiollS, such as •for', w(,gt('rn Bhojpllrl (BanlrM and Mirzipur) has khltin ami bade Rnll sonwtimcs khltJr also. but Standard Bhojpuri (Ballii) hn.s khltir only. Thus tori bade or tori khatln; for you (Ba.n!rA-"°a.nd Mirziip!!r) a.nll t~hra khatlr (Bn!!ia). Similarly for 'officiating' or • "X('IUlIIgl' tilr', WI'HWrn Rhojpurl hll)l santi nnd santin but Standarll Bhojpllri (BlllliiL) lutR sill only. (ii) Adjectives:

The cardina.l numh('rs of Stn,Jldl~rll Il,ml WI·tltl.rn Bhojpurl II/wo hl'('n compared in §:18(;. 1'hc following diffel'('~c(,1f in th\l mllltil'lit'atioll tt~bll~ of Stal1flard and WC'st('rn Bhnjpuri arc nllhlwort.hy :-1'hu8 t.llI'Y My du pAce, du sate. du lithe. t't~., in t,hl.~ Sta.ndlLrll Bhujpuri of Hllllii, hut. du pace, du sate, du athe, etc., in the wt'Stcrn Bhojpuri of AZI\ml(lLrh, Ra.naras and l\Iirzapur. (iii) Pronouns: The

pronoull~

of Rt~LllIlartl and WI'Rtcrn Rhojpuri

havc~

hl'c'lI

"nmpnrt~(l

in §§427ff.

(iv) Vt'rhs·: We find the first person singular much mom 1J~(,tl gl'nerally in ot.hnr dialects than in St. Rh. §26. We have seen that on the extreme northern border of the PI~Iii.mall district the language is Standard Bhojpurl, and that on tho north,c'ast comer of the same district, where it abuts on GayiL, it is Magahl. In the rest of the Paliman district, and over nearly the whole of t.ho R.i.n(·hl district, thc language of the scttJe4 Aryan speakers is n ('. nrrupt form of Bhojpuri, which has undergone modifications, partly by the inflllf~nc(l flf the Magahi dialect which surrounds it on three Hides and of Chhat.t1sgarhi spoken to its west, lIond partly owing to the influx of w~)rdll into its vocabulary which belong to the languages of the non-Aryan population. This form of Bhojpuri may also be said to have spread largely at the expense of the AUfJtric and Dravidian dialectAl which worn current all OVer the district before the Aryan speech came. The same language is spoken in the north and cast of the Native State of Jashpur. (In the wcst of that State, the language is the form of Chhattisgarht 'known &8 Sargujia., and i~ the south Ofiya). It is generally known as No.gpuria. or the language of Cbho1ii Nlgpur proper. it is aiso known as Sadini or Sa.dri (Sadlri), and is called by the non-Aryan MUI;u;lis 'Dikii kijl' or the language of the Dikiis or Aryan speakers. The word 'Sad.'r~ , in this part of the country is applied to the language of the settled, as distinct from the unsettled population ('s&dr' or 'sadar' is a Peno-Arabic word in the jargon of N. Indian administration meaning' headquartel'8 '), Thus, the corrupt form of Chhattlsgarhl, which is spoken by the aemi-Aryanized Korwis who have abandoned their

xl origir.al MurWa. language, is known as 'SadrI Koi'WA' as oompiad with the true Korwi language, belonging to tho MUJ:l~iL family, which is still spoken by their wilder brethren. The division of Chhot;ii Nigpur contains two main plateaux, known respectively as tbe plateau of Hazirlbigh, to the north, and ihe plateau of Rinchi, to the south-the two being separated by the river-system of the Damuda (Damodar). The Ranchi piateau inciudes nearly the whole of the prelKmt Binch\ district, and most of the Guirii.tStates. To the northwest, it gradually shades off into the lowlands -of PaJamau, while on the east and south it drope more abruptly into the plain count..."'ies of Manbhum and Singhbhiim. On the east, a small portion of the sub-plateau tract bt>lon5l:s politically to the district of Ririchi, and here the lanW18oKe. accordiruz to Grierson, is not Nagpuriii., but is the form 0'& Magahl known as •Plch Pargania. ' • §27. The following arc the characteristics of the Nagpuriii. or Sadii.ni dial,:cl; (following L.S.I., Vol. V, Part II, pp. 280.281) : (i) Pronunciation: A final -I is pronounced and written in the preceding syllable. Thus epenthesis, which is rare ill St. Bh., is prominent in this dialect, e.g. suwari, a pig, becomes suwai'r. The influence of the neighbouring Bengill leads the letter a to be sometime! pronounced as o or O. Thus sab. all. becomes sOb or 8ob. (ii) Nouns: Nouns do not change in the singular. The plural is formed by adding man, a termination borrowed from Chhattiegnjrhi. The plural termination is seldom used, except in the case of animate nouns. The cases are formed by the following postpositions:ki, to (also forms accusative), k, kir or kar, of; mi, in; Ie, III, lagln, I_A': 1:'-. _ _ _ ": S!__ _ &DI5",

J;ur;

III" • .llVJU.

To give the idea of definiteness, the Chhattisgarhi suffix har is dometillleB added to nouns. ThuB betl-bar, the son. (iii) Pronouns: The nronouns of St. Bh. and the Na2tlUriii. or Badinl have'bOOn compared in §422. ~,. (iv) Verba:

A.A ua:iliary Verb8 and Verb8 SUb8tantifJ8 Present: I am. 0_

og.

II

Past: I was.

'OJ

,f;"J.

ahl or hal ahA or hi ahat or hat

II

rahii rahls

Sg.

rahl or rahlll rahl or rahlll

Irahi or rahllak I rahat or rahllat I

M 11

I I

--..ha, etc. a..w-e sometimes epelt Ah& and so th...PQugnout.

The following form of the Present is borrowed from Magahl:-

Sg. 1.

n

~.

hekl

L_L._

u ......

3. heki

PI.

_.

....held _..

UIIIJUI

hekal

xli

INTBODl1ClTION

N.B.-ahaQ and haD are used &8 eonnIA!''- AJl in 'tho> "'At" .. i .. hnt' ..,),,,,, the predicate is an adjective .. hek3i; ~~~d-~he-;; tho p~ii~~t;, i; '~-~~t~~;: tive, &8 in 'this is water'. Finite Verb

B.

Infhlitive-dikhek i too see (dnti,'"e); of seeing '(genitive). 'Verbal Noune-deikh. Ohl. dekhe; dekhal. Ohl. dekhal. thl' :\1'1 of s('t·inj:.t. Present Particip]e-dekhat, 8cl'ing. Past. Particip]e-dekhal, secn. Th.e ~ent. C0n.dit.i(~~]_ i~_the sam(' uRthe _Future (,XC('pt thnt tht· thir.l person is otten, singular, dekhok; plural, dikbo. The t.(·l\Ill', ",hi .. h ill utIlI'r dialects is used for t.ho Prescnt. Conditional, is used, in Nagpuria, at< "II optional form of the Perfect. . Past.: i sa.w, t-tc.

Pre-scnt: I see, etc.

i m fW-rat i \'('

I PI. - I' - - - - - - - - - ----1-----1 Sg.

PI.

1. dekho-na 2. dekhlsl-lil. dekhis-li 3. dekhe-li

Sg.

dekhl-li dekbll-Hi

dekhAI& dekhllis

dekbA1i dekhAlii

Sg.

Idekh.

dikhA. dekhAbe dekhAbil dekhok dikh&

dekhal-ni dekhAlak dekhAlaJ

I

1

L_____I_._._____

1

1

Past Conditional: (if) I ha.d 1I('en.

Future: I shall sec, etc.

=======:;=======~==;=-:;-=':-"'-'-=-=:;.;;===;;;;..;:..=.-----

c, __

~:::::::~

n, I: •.

Sg.

PI.

i:'Ig.

I::::::.dekh!be!, ::~::!~s

3. dikhi,dekhAtailci~khib;;,

I

ci~khiti.k

N.B.-In the ubo\"e, dekhltai and dekhlbaiurc borrowed frum Magahl. The Definite Present is formed in the usual way, Thus dikhat-h3, I am seeing. So also the Imperfect dekbat-rah3, I was seeing. The Present is usually contracted to dekhatb3 or dekhattb3, I am lIOOing, The Perfeet., ! have seen, ha."J two forms, 8.8 fo!!ows:-

I_____

____S_g_·_____ 1. dekbllo-b3 2. dekblli-hai8 3. dekhllak-bal

P_I.____41.____S_g_·____

dekbl1l-hal dekhili-bi dekblJal-hal

1de1r.h6 clikbl8 dikhi

~I~-----~-·---1dekbl dikbi clikbal

xlii It wiii be seen that the ti1'8t torm is oniy the Past Tense, with the Present Tense of the Auxiliary suffixed. This principle of formation is borrowed from l\!a.gahi. The second {orIn is the teraSs which in other dialects is the Present Conditional, and represents the old Sanskrit Present Indica.tive. The Past Perfect, I had seen, is formed as follows:PI.

Sg. 1.

dek..1] rah3

2. dekh rahls __

3.

...s~"_L

L_

oelUl rI:Iue

dekh rah! dekh rahil _ _ "- _ _ ...s~'I_L

oeAU raUl1I

Causate and Passives are formed as usual: t.hus, dekhaek, to causo to 8C8, dekhlwiek, to cause to l'anse to see; dekhal jilek, to be s(:(m. Tho only irre2ular verbs nokld arc hoek, to be; Present Participh', hoat or bhewai; PastPartieiple, hoal or bhel: Jilek, to go; Past Participle, gel: dewek, to give; Present Participle, det or dewat; Pl~st PMticiplll, de! or dewar. The Conjunctivo Pnrt.iciple is deikh or delkh-ke. Comparison with other dialects shows t.hat the origulal form was dekbi, but the final -I. is epontheticaUy pronounced in tho preceding syllable. This i sometimes affects a. preceding I, so that it is pronounced something iike o. Thus mIIr, having struck, is pronounced, and sometimes writtt'n, moir. §2ft The modern ropresentatives of l\fagadhI Apabhram.~. arn B(~ngi,li, Assameso, Oriyi, Magahl, Maithili and Bhojpurl. In t.lw middle of the seventh century, as the testimony of Hiuen-Tsang wonid g(~('m to suggest, there was one language spoken in Bihar, Bengal and W(llStcrn Assam: only in Assam there was a-deviation, probably in phonetics only. Bengall and .Aseameee &..1'6 practic.a.Uy one language; when a. compnrison is instituted among the Migadhan speeches; a.nd Opya. is most closely related to Bengill-Assamese. l\{aithili, Magabi and BhojPllri as Magl1.dhan languages a.re related on tho one hnncl with their sisklr languages, Bengali, A_mARA And Oriva. a.nd. on t.ho othor. thcv are closelv mla.ted a.mnnrr the;;;~l~~g~&l~~ti~iiy,e~cept this that ~the -v~~b:~Ys~~-~f- l\fug~hi and Maitbili is complicated, This verb-system sccn18 to be In rather late development originating long a.fter the differentiation of the Mii.gadha.n speeches. Early Maithili, 80S in the 'Var-:m-ratnaka.ra' a.nd in Vidyilpati, shows a Bimpler conjugation wr..ich might have become archaic and thus was restricted only to the language of literature, in the fourteenth century; but it certainiy indica.tes that the intricacies of iater Maithiii were absent in Old Ma.i.thill. §29. The Migadhan speeches have been classified into the following three groupe by Dr. Cha.tterji:1. Eastem Migadhan: Bengali, Assamcse, Opyi. 2. Central Mig;a.dhan: Maithilt-Mag;ahl. 3. Westem Mlgadhan: Bhojpurl With Nagpuriyii. or Sadii.ni. Grierson has given the name Bihirl to Nos. 2 and. 3 . .The mOM imnortant noint& of 8oIlre8ment amona the Milladhan Jan~ gu"-~ ~-summ&riHd aDd· t.J; C()Dsid~tion-Ofih~Po~is is impoa~t for Db., .it is. better to quote ODBL (ita ~) : -

ufoiiows

as

x.liii

!NTRODUO'!'!ON

.(i) Common to aU Magadhall:

__ ~~one~ic::__~endency to ~~ru t.he originnll sound ('Snnl\'rt~" I = (A» of OIA and MIA into an °A' (:J): original A", s >A (but in Cl'ntrnl nnd western Mio;adhan, upJ)('r Indian infiut'nce has heh)(·cl this sonnd. aft..'r tIlt> development of these 11,nguages, to change to 1\ (ientni";ibi'I~~t: ~\:I~ii(. -'i-I~ the extreme east, ill .~~:'-n1.{~tn.~. it has bcCtHn("~ a gnttuiu,l spiiant [X]); epenthesis of 'I' developed in nil l\liigndhnn (though in til(' ~tllncll\rll BhojpUI'i only a few cXampil'8 nre found). . . .. Morphological: An instrumental in -I, -e, -i, -I; klra' as ,L jl;onitin' affix; original genitive> ohIiqu£' pluml in '-n(I): If$'nti\'(~ itl -~;' -1- fur tho past basc, -b- for the future bust'; remmmts of an -li- flltur(' til!riwd from the synthetic -5y- futuro of OIA «,_g. Bhojpuriyr. third lXl['NOIl sing. dikhi < • dekhlhl. Bengili second pel'!lOU pr('('l\th'(· futuN dikho < dikhlo < dekhil < dekhlbl$. Hoots bo, ab, rab anll pONsihl.\' 1I.lso ach for th(! substantive verb (ach not found in prt'sent-dILV Bhoiul1rl ami MaL!nhlt Syntactical: Active cOllstructioAn in tlUl ·pal'lt. i;'n:"o of tho ~ trn;lsitivl! v".h

nnlt

A.ffiYR-t-.ln.n

nf

'1''\11o'l''1.l.'''!101

infl,n,..+in.ng f-."

+1"' ......... nr'Q ..

hUo.:Jn

In ~

1"•.,1.3."

diidi-ii:~ dikh:~i:'~li~iect;i>~;;~i' st;~~I;l~~I'B('I~~iil~"dekh:lI:i-;, A:~a~~~::~

dUh-II-G, Oriy.. dekh-Il-1, dikh-Il-Q. Mngahi dekb-I-I. dekh-I-Il. MI~ithilJ dekh-I-l, delih-l-a-hO, Bhojpuriyii.· dekh-t-&, dekh-I-I) ('nmC:~ t() bn (leve!oped i!ldepend~!ltly in cuc·h. ,!'h{~ dHT.·rcn1 iatinn hf~t.\\·e(·n t,ranRit!v(~ and intransitive verbs. third person only ({!.J(. stlLnllllrd colloquial Bt'II~AII dekh-l-e, h~ St1,\\;, but col1-0, 110 ~ei1t, .t\8~a,me"f' dekh-Il-e but tel-II-II, Maithili dekh-fill-ak, hut cal-al-fIl, Bhnjpmi dekh-fIll-e, dikh-fill-as, nover dckh-al-fIl, b!lt cal-al-fIl), Mn btl ('ailed u. cummon l\IilWLdhILll trait, having its germs in the Magntlht Apabhrarh.~a. TIll'rtl WMI n J.(enernl tendency to giv(; up tho diljtinctiuii bet"~oon tilt; ijominat.ivo U,liC) nhHfltlO fttfiiiH of the noun, whioh is now a.b~l·nt in tho mOllt'rtl MilJ(ltllIlIUl Hp(·(~eh(·I!. (li) Chnracteristics of West lfigadhan: 'I' is pronounced as in northern India = (A). Thoro ill a doveloped long . i\' sound (:;:). Use of an affix '-as' for- verb third purson singuJu.r, throuj.\h influence of KOSaIi (Awndh) (c.ll. dekh-as-u, dekhe, (if) he sees; dekb,di dekhal-as, he sa.w, de khat rahlle, dekhat mhi, he 118<~d to 8l~(!; a. prellCnt indicative and future (dekhl, he will sce); synthetic future in -h- for the thiid person only, retained; root 'vtt' fur 1.ho RuhHt,a,ntivu verb occurs as bit, biro bi; (root ach, be, now a.bsent in Bhojpurlllccms to have existed in oid Bhnjpuriyii.j; use of the particio ·khe' in connection \yith tho v(!rn (nahl-khe, naTkbe. is not, cloes not exist; hokhe, is).

(iii) Common to Wcst Migadho.n and East Migadhan: Root ivrt· as a substantive root (Bhojpurl bAh it, biro ir, bi, i, Orivii. At, Benaill bit). - - Number in the finite verb forms are retained in Bhojpurl ami Opya. but distinction of number is lost to other )fa.gadhan. The use of a particle (or postposition) 'II' in connection with the verb in western Bhojpuri is also found in Middle Bengili.

(iv) Common to West Migadho.n and Central Mig&dh&n: Weakening of long vowels when words are extended or compounded through re&sOJ¥I of stress (a characteristic found in Eastern and Westem Hindi as well: e.2. Dlnl. water. but DInII. water, Dlnl-blr. water canier). Dental pronuncl&tion of the old MJia,dbJ Palatal" sibilant although written (A) in the Kaitht Cha~.,ei Li which the. diale~lo4; a.., generally written;

x.liv

INTBODlJOTIOlf

• r' for Migadhi ' 1 ' (e.g. h&i', phiii', rAUl' -hal., piuil., miil. rija-kuia (= honoured sir)-a well·marked tendency perhaps at one time the rule in centra! and wes!.ern }fagadhan; thre.e and sometimes four forms for the same noun, with prefnrence for the' awl' and IUlwi forms (e.g. alhor, ghorA, .h6i)a""'WI, ih6i'ibiwl, hor-&6, r~rH,ctively 'weak', 'strong or ordina. ry', 'long' and redundant forms); an oLiique form in -e for nouns often retained; genitive of nouns in ie"" .kl, of pronouns in .kar, .lqttl dative in se (in Bhoil>url of Shihibid also 'Ii', locative in .ml: .al•. ·ab· and not .Ii., .Ib.; verbal noun in -al-. " "

a

§30.

When precisely the split of ~ii.gadh! Apabhram.4& into

8.

western,

a. central and an eastern group had bec~me accomplished, it is very difficult to determine. As already stated, when Hiuen.TsanJl came to eastern

India' (first half of the seventh century),· it seems there was not much difference between ).f-Ag~J.h8n as spoken in it-s own home (south Bihir) and in Bengil. But the Apabhro.msa. stage was one in which IA was sh"dding off most of its old affixes, when old inflectional system was fast disappearing out of existence. New· affixes and postpositions were coming into prominence in the decJensi.on of the noun, and the temporal and finite use of the participles was established for the verb. A few of these were already to be found in l\fii.ga.dhi Apa.b....ra.m~a. of the seventh centw7, the common source of all modem Migadhan languages. But as the modem Migadhan ianguages show, each iocai form of iate Migadhi ApabhramSa, in the Bhoil>uri tract. in Mitilili, in Mage.dha, in Beng;il. in Orissa. solved more or les8 independently its own needS in the eighth-to"eleventh centuries A.D. This period was one in w}olch the language was in a formative 'fluid' state in a.ll Aryan India; this was roughly a period when the different characteristics of Mige.dhan dialects were in all probability manifesting themselves but were not as yet fully established; -when the dialects stin looked back to the past to second MIA and the NIA cha!'8.c!.cristics were but in the process of formation. §31. The vocabula.ry of any NIA la.ngu.a.ge may with slight modifica.· tions to suit local conditions be divided into the six main sources that have been traced by Dr. Turner as contributing to the formation of the Nepali language (Introduction to the Nepali Dictionary. pp. xivff.). So far as Bhojpw.'"1 is c-onC&ued, these cla.ssmca.tiona would be as follows:-

(1) Worde of original St. or Indo~Aryan origin coming th.PQugh !Ii slow process of linguistio evolution through the MIA stage. (2) Words comJllon to many NIA languages but not traceable to that earlier source. (3) Words borrowed at one time or another from other NIA dialects. (4) Sanskrit words either in original or in modified forms to suit the phonological peculiarities of Bhojpuri. (0) Words of non.Aryan Indian origin. (6) A certain number of foreign words-Perso.Arabic, Turki, Engiish and other European. Out of these six classes (1), (2) and (4) would respectively confirm to the fcldblaotItJ, dUi and ftJI8tJmtJ classifications of the native MIA gramma· rians. The modified Sk. loan words may be equated. to the. 'semi·tal8GmCl' eiemenis according to European scholars. Of the various groups of words, the It.IIIbICIt7CI constitute the most ~ponderating elements in Bhojpurl. This is mostly due to the fact that

.;.!0lr:~ :~b~='~~!~ ~;ot been cultivated for ~

DeBi wo..-da have not been studied properly in the Indo-A.aT-n etymology,

IlCTBODUOTIOJ(

xlv

Quite .. number of such words oogin with a cerebral sound and many with .. palatal in NIA speeches. Such words nre not 1I11l'Ommun in Hhojpllrl: moreover we find many onomatopoetic words and jingics in BhojpllrI. This is also a characf.<\rilitie of Dravidian a.nd Kal lallg\llLg~. It is qllittl possible to derive some of these wordtt fl'llm thH non-Aryan spcedll's like the Dravidian and Kal. Side by side with tho t4dbhava elemcnts, thl're it! l\ fnirly lnrgll l'luss of semi-Cat8ama words in t·bo "ocabu)ary uf Bhojpuri. These Ufll modified loan-words from Sanskrit and are formed citill'r acconlillg ttl till' ~I'nius of tho spoken la.ngull.go or undllr the illfillon('o of somo tiiall'c:timl crusscurrent. There arc Vtlry few lataama words ill Bhojpllri. As stlLt,·,1 nbo\"(', this is duo to the fact that Bhojpuri }u~s not been clllti\'utc'd for Iit(·rahlr,·. Among such few tat8ama words' \\ hieh IIIny as well hav" ('om(1 t.hrnul{h either Hindi or Bengali are: swigata. \n'll'ollll'; riijanltl. politi('s; nyAya, judgment; buddhi. intciiect, vidylrthi. st.udcnt, un' (If 1'\'\'rydl'Y USI,' in !ifl!. In fact, even these few latsama words am used by the pt'oplo of highl'r castes only. The common people, hO\\~3v{'r.. UR~ thp t.'ldbl-"l:r'f: \\'ordR. Perso-Arabir W ortl.~

§32. The chief 80urce for the bulk of tlwso JUts hecn Hilllii 111111 l~rclfl in recent times. From tho latter sourCll as wen as through •RiimC'arit ManlLS' of Tulasldas a. large number of P(~rsinn and Arnhil~ wllnls hll VI' IIt'('n received into Bhojpuri. But a few might ILlso have L'Ome dired from Persian. Following Dr. Chattorji, such Ambie nnd Pnrsi:m lllltll-words can be roughly cJassifietil1ndcr following helLeis :-.(i) Words pertaining to kingly state, wllrfan:, dUl"';e, l'.g. am!r, oj!r, kJ..andin!, kills, tij, darbar, da!!!a!!, neb!b. badasih. mlrlji, milik, hajur. kAbu, Jakham. JamAdAr, tammii, tob, dusman. phandii, bahidur rasati. rlsitA. slkar, sarclir, hlmmati. etc. (ii) Words relating to revenue, lLdminiHtration mulla.w, e.g.

ibid, istamariri, akhtiyAr. kasba. khajinii, khirlj, gumasta, jama. jaldidl, darogi, daphadar, nijlr. plyAdi. mAph. mohar, savakh, san, sarkir. suba, had, hlsib. adiJatl, akll, ijahAr, ilikA. ujui, kasur, kanunl. khlliph, jablti. jArl, darkhis, nakal. nabllik, nnlls. phlrlyidi. mokadima, monsaphi. saphii, silis, hak, hakim, hiijatl. huUya, hlphijatl, ('te. (iii) Words relating to the Moh:Lmmedau religion, e.g.

ajii, auUya, aiiao. iman. isaiiim, idi. kaburi. kapaan. kaphir. kibi, kurbanl, khatni, giji. jumi. tobi. darii\ih. din, duA. nab!, na..-nij. nikah. nul', ph!risti, blsmJlli, mahjld. moharram, momln. muUi, sarlyat, hadls. halll, etc. (h') Words of intellectual culture, education, rnlL'Iic, IitC'rature, general . refinement, e.g. adab, 111m, IjJatl, imtihln, iIlm. khat. ~ajal. kasidA. majalisl, mUDsJ, aAglrd. sitar. hariiph.

xlvi

IBTBODtTOTION

(v) Woidii of material culture, objects of luxury, crafts, e.g.

ans and

abatar (astar), a),ani, a6iir, acakan, atar, atasbiji, imirati, IEIgaJ, kalap, kinkbib, kiamis, barphl, kasAl, kbAlI, khansAmA, khasti, gaj, gulAb, goat, earkhA, C8smA, eapakan, cibbukl. Jarl. Jarcli. JAmi.· Un. JuMb. ta4amA. tsrJul. tasblr. taklA, dBIAnJ; parcia. pBtJAmA, PoIAw, pharAs, pban6s: pbawl...... , baraph, bagalcl, badlm, bulbul, makbL-r&8l, ml\fdl, malabam, masAIA, maUll, mej. rapbii, rumAI, riub. resRm, iagim, sanii, sil, sisi, sanukili, surkhi, sorioi, hao4i, haiui, hAkA, etc. etc. . N.B.-It is to be noted how the Perso-Arabic words ending in -at> -atl in Bhojplll"! owing to the influence of Sanskrit worclA in -tl.

A number of ~·orde have been t-aken from Bang!!! in Bhojpuri. The reason is obvious. From an early time, Bengal has been one of the gn;a.test centres for the BhojpUl'i-speaking people. Besidt'.ii, even an illiterate BhojpurI picks up the colloquial BengAli very soon, because there is much linguistic Itffinity betwe..en the Bengali and his mother tongue. The following words seem to have been imported from Bengali:murhi, iried rice; pantiwQ, rasguiii, sanaes, eameam. sweetmeats; bAsi. bArl. housc; tAnA-tlnl, tlritirl, hurry; phili, piece; bhlJa, jhol, jogAr. cui. niplt. siddh dur, etc. It is also probable that the words of European orj~in, other than English, have also been imported in Bhojpuri through BengAlI. §33~ The Bhojpnci is commonly wTittcn in the Kiirithj Sc~-ipt, whiQh. is a cursive form of the Deva.ni.gari. In the Bhojpuri districts of Bihar, this is the most prevalent alphabet in the iaw-courts. Its name is derived from Sk. Kiluast1&a. the desiJO}ation of the writer-caste among tho Hindus. Formerly it was uBcd in printing as well as in writing; but present, so far &8 printing is concerned, it ha-e been replaced by Devanagnri alphabet;

at

CHAPTER I

PHONETICS §34. Below is given a description of one form of Bhojpuri, ,riz. t,ho standard one. The dialect described is current about the ·town of BaJJii {Ballyi) in the BaDiA district. This form of BhojJmrl is the mother-tonguo and the home-language of the present writer and tho pronunci"tion represented below is his own. The writer also examined 8l'vcral other speakers of the dialect and found their pronunciation to btl almost idl'lltil'al with his. Thus it may safely be considered to l'ellrescnt 88 accurately as possible the pronunciation of aver&ge speakers of the standard form of the Bhojpurl language. 135. Bhojpurl has altorether fortY-four essential nhonem(!8 excludina: the riasalized vowels. Of these, nino vowels and the remaining thirty: live are CODllonants including fifteen aspirates. §36. The moat typical sounds of the BhojpurI phonemes aro indicated in the following Table l(a), (b):-

are

TA.BLB

1

The. Bhojpuri 80ulld 8ystem (a) Consonants

Bilabial Ploaive

Aiiricate Vftftftl

...... aao&

Lateral Rolled Flapped Fricative Semi.vowel

Dental Alveolar Retroflex Palatal

Ib,bft I 1. __ J P. ph

I •• ,

Velar Glottal

---t. th

t. th d,dJl

4. 4ft

II ..... .......DI1g. gft I 1S.lSft k. khl

CJ. CJ

_

&UU

_A

I I , &.Iu.

_

_

JI

V'V"

_A

r.rft r. rft

•

w

h

J

(b) Vowels

Front

UIOIe HaIf·cbe HaIf.open

Open

Central

i:,i e:, •

rI

Back

u:, U 0:,0

£

A

•

0

(

a

)

:»:, :»

'!'BII OBIGD dD DBVBLOPMBNT 01' BHo.JPt7Rl TABLE

II

Cardinal Vowels: black. Bhojpurl Voweis: red. §37.. The formation of the vowels is shown with greater precision in Table II. In this diagr&I)l the tongue positions of the vowels are compared with those of the eight cardinal vowels. Those who are familiar with the cardinal vowels will be able to form from this dianam a 200d idea of how the BhojpurI vowels are formed and what they sound like.~ DETAILED DESOBIPTION 01' '!'BE SOUNDS

,.,0. _Aft

PM VOID8'" ~~

_'\.

I.",

IV....

\HI. \11 \II'

The above three vowels are represented by the letters t, 'I: and sometimes by 11. The close front vowel (I:) is a bit lower than the cardinal vOw.J (I). LA its pronunciation, the front of the tongue is raised tow-Did8 the hard palate without causing friction. The side of the tongue is also raised but it does not touch the back of the upper teeth. It is a fairly tense vowel.

abou:h;j::/h:~p~;

=:rap)tt;:w~r~d~ (~fd'U;;i:

Dengiii short (ij, it is a teD8e von. BhojpurI (I) is a very abort sound. It is barely_audible to an untrained ear. In Western BhojpurI (BanAras and Azamgarh), it has. however. elided. (h) 'OCOUi'ii in &1l the poeitiOiUi. (I) iuiti&lly a.ud medially and (I) ocCura fina1l~ only._ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ . ._ _ _. Bzamplea:-(I:a:ur). God; (1:~:tI). prestige; (tI:a). thirty; tldal:an. &IUl81': lkhl:ra:). cucumber: le:rI:). heel: lthu:aJli:). a

t;::.fm:~~~-::ai: (~::2.i ~t:::n~~~k~~=i

PBONKTIOS

(iiiAi"lcii:). chillies, (kh..U'lka:). toothpick; (iArika:). boy; (u:khi). sugar·cane; (po:I), sapling ofsugar.cane; (Jo:I), wife; (o:kl), vomiting. iS9. (e:), (e). These are represented by ~ and .... (e:) i8 a half. closed front vowel and its position is a little lowc.r than the cardinal vow<-l (e). In its pro· nunciation, the position of the raised part of the tongue is a bit further hack than in the case of tho carclinal (e). Bhojpuri short (e) is about half· way betwC<'n t hC' Mt'dinal (e) and (,,4 minal (8). In its pronunciation. the tongue approachl'B more a oontral position. These vowels are a bit lax, but t.here is no tendency towards dipht.honjlization. Final -e tends to become very much open, alm08t (E), particularly, when it is an inflection or part of inflection coming from an Mrlier • al ' or • ahl '. HAlf-long (e~) is a subsidiary form of the phoneme; ita place of articulation is the same 88 for (e:, e). In thc pronunciation of (e.), the tip of the tongue seems to touch the gums of the lower tooth. (e:) and (e.) are not found in wI positions: Examples:-(e:rl:). heel; (e:k), one; (khe:ma:), tent; (kbe:II). play; (CIe:la:). disciplu; (ekahAn). complete; (ek;,pa:ta:). a t.urban; (elQra:r), a.gt'C(lment; (cJJlekua:rI). a mcdillinul pJant.; (cJAebua:), a pice; (hlse.le). he laughs.

140.

(E). (£) is a v('ry

01>('11 kind of (e) a.pproaching. it would l:loom, tho cardinal It occurs only as a final sound. lTImaUy. it is an affix. With cmph"lSis. i.o. with an emphatic particle -hi a.dded ill oar1ief timr-s (which particle ha-It not survived in modern Bhojpllri). this fina.l affix (-£) becom('s (e.) or (e:). ExamDlcs:-(4.8;,re). in the house. but (.Ub're. or I1Jl3'r6:). cmDhatic. Similarly (h;,ns) but emphatic (b;,ne. or b:»n6:). ctc. ,. 141. (cie). (e) is found also as a second clement of a. diphthong (AE). 'Tatsa.ma· or 'semi·tatsama.' it which hf,comes (m) or (ll!~) in· the w('stenl HindI dialects occurs in Bhojpuri as (cie). Here We -have a front (ei) and open (e) combined in a. diphthong, e.g. southern English' man' (men) -= W.H. (mam, millen), but in Bhojpuri, it is (mAsn). So ~ j6,j. W.H. (8m:, 13ee), but Bhojpuri (~aE), W.H. 1IrWftl (kIe(e)la:8), but Bhojpurl (kcie1a:s) a.nd W.H. Vii' (meh) , but Bhoj. (Asb). Many speakers substitute (A) for (18) in this dlphthong: (Ae) for (ae).

(E) position.

6

"

142.

(a :). (a).

These are represented by 1111'. In the articulation of (a:). the middle of ~ ton2Ue is very slhzhtlv raised while its body is a bit retracted as it _ low doWn in the ·mouth.• It is really a central vowel and is not as open as English (a). Opening between the jaws is medium to wide and the lips are not rounded. Short (a) is slightly higher than 10Dg (a:). It is raised towarda the ea.rdinal (0) fr-om the cardiraal (0) position and in ita pronuncrAAtion the tongue railed up is not euct1y the middle but midway between the middle &I1d the back. The opening between the jaws is narrower for (a) than for (4:). '!be two are found in all positiona, . ExampJ. :-(0:811). today; (o:m). 1I18DIO; (a:aJU.r). a blind llUlDi 4:&6:) in front; (o:ro:). a ..w; (1o:tO). a jug; etc.

8

THB .~G

pOI.

o:amm

OJ)

DlIVBLOPIDDrr OJ' BBOJPUBI

I ... \

\Al'

(A) is the symbol employed for the Bhojp1l11 equivalent of the short (I) ... ~. Bhojpuri short (A) is not so open 88 the westem Hindi ~ - I (A). Ii leana rather to the side of BeJUlill ia( ... (0). Bendl! er is distinctly rounded. Bhojp1l11 (A) is not so rounded, yet'when it tends to be long or when, it is long, it frart..kly becomes °an (0) sound, thougb perltAp9 with slightly less rounding than in the case of the Bengill er (0). Examples :-:(ACj'a:r), ohutney preserved, pickle j (AIdII), wisdom j also (dM). ten; (bAS). control; (gftAl"). house; (PAI"). on; (dAl); party. but we also hear (Illb.r)j (b3.8); (d:).8). etc. When the wOrds a.."E! monosyllahic: (~_\!!!:)!'Q: e!lU'B PA!" be! =. it is on my hoWle. but hAma:r IlJb.r du:r ba:. my house is at a dista.nce). Tnem is thus a good deai oi transiormation oi Bhojpuri (A.) to (0). We must warn ourselves against considering Bhojpurl (A) 88 equivalent of wetPem HindI (A), although the same symbol 'is being empl~yed for both. Slightly long (A) toend .. toO become (0.) in Bhojpu..1'f, hy been notoed above. Further examples are:

(hA.z!b~::~~'!n ~O)~~tl(=~~~.t:a~,(:~~~;:~:: §44.

let him laugh); so

(:>:), (:».

"~"nese are

mpreaen1ieQ Dy~. in the artiCUlatiOn 01 long (:>:). the back of the tongu"e is raised towards the middle of tho palate. It is also a bit lower than the cardinal (;:,). It has a slight lip-rounding. Tho opening between the jaws is from medium to narrow. In the case of"shori (;:,), the raising of the tongue. so far 88 height is concerned, is the same 88 in the case of long (:>:), but the raised part is nearly the middle and not the back. - " " Long (:):) occn-rs 1."'1 the following positions:(a) Monosyllabio worda, not closed by a consonant, always have • as- (:>:) slightly rounded as in the name of the letters 11 (k:>:)... (kh~:). etc. (b) In monosyllabic words when followed by quiescent lora. very much rounded a.nd long, e.g. (tl Cj':;:10. you su). (tl 8G:sG, you laugh). etc. Short (:» is found in the diphthong (:)0). e.g. (8:)On). who. besides (8AwAD). so. (b9D.), who, besides (JuWAD). It..,=: .-...

,,,..\ 1",,\ \,.." \V/·

Theae are represented by~. (0:) and (0) are a little lower than"the cardinal (0). Besidea. abort (0) would appear to be advanoed midway between the back and the oentral positions. The lips are rounded to a greater extent than in the oaae of (:) but 16i!ii5 than in the Oiiiia of OiN--dinal (0) or Bengali (0). The opaning between the jaw are uarrow. Both • fOQlld in alJ poaitiona. . ~P1ee:-(o:ab). mean; (o:ra:). basket;. (o:tb).lip: (80:r). feet; (8011'), fair complaioni (80:8&1'). an inaeot; (ubo:). he aJaoi (08AI'1l:),

:=; b--~

~.=)'ID-:,n"':~~::~:)km'd :,wa~~~::5:

pc!a;, . .

-

-

PHOlOTI08

7

tHo (u:) (u) (ti). These are represented by ~, ... Tne Bhojpurl u- sounda present a parailei to the i· sOlmda. The position of (u :) is somewhat lower th6ll the cardinal (u) and a bit advanced also. Short (u) is lower than long (u:) and tends a. bit towards tho oontral. The lips are rounded. but the rounding is not 80 prominent as in the easo of oaidinal (u) or Bengali (u). Very short (6) has very ncar tho same position of the tongue as (u:, u). from which it differs in making the lips less rounded and more advanocd towards the mouth. The opening between the jaws is narrow. This vowel is a tense one. Short (u) cannot be used finally. whilo very short (ti) dOOR not occur in initial syllablea. Exarnples:-(u:khl). sugar.Mlle; (u:rJd). a kind of pulse; (du:dft). milk; (lu:lh), an arrnlet18 man; (ba:lu:), sand; (na:u:), harbor; (ukha:w), a ,field of sugar· cane ; (udfla:r). debt; (u",a :r). dC811rt(.'ti; (senur). vermilion;· (sAsur). father.in.law; (sa:s6). mothur.in.law; (a:81). today; (la:r6). a kind of 8weetml'n.t. There is a half.long (u.) which is optionally used for both (u: • u). Thus (u.the). (let him) rist!; (su.te) (let him) slt.'Cp. etc. §47. Nasalized vowels excepting (8&). An tho vowels excepting those given above can also be no.saJized.

In the articulation of the na.salized vowels. the tonguo is raised higher up than in the ca.se of tlic colTCflponding non·no.salized onos. Tho nasalization is due to the eaMping of the air through tho nose. (I:) -(1:tl). briok; (sl:llftl). horn; (sl:kI), a straw; (me:ftl:). thin. (I) -(IkArI). small pebbics; (slkAri:) chain. (-I) -(bl:ft,... I). arm. (I:) 4~I:r), the upper pa.-1i of the sugariicane;
In writing, however. in very many 088e8. the nasal sign is left out. probably due -to the inftuence staDdard HindI which haa tho correaPOl!d!~,..f~~ .~~hout ~ ~l.e1e~t. Tb~ Bho~p~~~t~!,:~~ ••a~u~tAJ. ana (loaa:SJ. Dl8r.ory; .n.m0l (maa:DJ. accoun~. ana (IUDa:.,. nJ8Wry.eliO. The DuaUMtion cauaea _mantic diJference and consequently the Dal&lized TOweJa deIerve to be considered to belong to phonemos other than their ~ding aon-DM&lizecl fonna. Thus &o:r). feet; (&0:,,). a caate; (ba:dA). rope; (bI:dft). an embankment; (kha=ll:). a cot; (kbl=ll:). pme; (&.:». foam; (&I:». heap; (da:l:), an old womanj (dlsta). time, .. in (e: dI:l), thia time.

of

8

TIun~~:w:~;:;~~tiThl.

m;.W; b;i,_m;~= ~

carelMB habit. But with the D8II&l element.·

Ol'pnj llft1 01'

~pIM. given

above a.re alway. found

'

VdWdB "' OOAtad §48. There are no le18 than thirty· one caaea of two vowela in CIODtact. Bome of them a..~ t4fphthonge, while othere form clea..wiy two syl!e.b!ee. Bhojpurl diphthon.e. or voweJa in contact are either rising or faIliDg or level or doubtful..LDen; appean to be no hard loUd faat rule iii this matter. According to the rhythm of the sentence .or a.ooording to the e~genclee of accentuation wit .h +.he etreee on +.he eecond element. the diphthong becomes a rising one and with that on the first element becomes a falling one. The following are the diphthongs which occur in Bhojpurl:(Ie) 88 in (8Ie. or 81B) 88 in 81e. kha:dr, for a living (Ia:) &i in (kAa-la:), hlaok. (1.1) 88 in (piAl), tb drink. (Ia.) loB in (dla.). 18mp. (10) 88 in (cWUo), in curd alaQ. (Iu) as in
(;;i~) (a;8) (a:u:)

as in {;;b;'-;):~~~: &8 in (k&a:8), for eating. 88 in (na:u:). barber.

&em

Ih ....I_I\ nnf_

11II!11\

88 i.Wl

l;ta01I1'\"; __

',,11\

:::. ~ia~~7~~~~·ca.ne.

~:~'

as in (dfloAD). W88hing. (flo:I:), will be. (dflo:a:). waehed. (dflo::;,:).wa.ah. (dAolO).16t him. wash.

(0.1) (0:1:)

88 in &8 in 88in 88 in 88 in

(o:a:) (0::;':)

(0:0) (o:u) tuJ:)

(bo:O).lJOw.

aa in IsuJ:). needle. 88 in (dul)': two. &I in S~Abu=)t ~h8 child c:iIi. 88 in \mdua:). a tree.

5uJ)' . ,=.e)

~ua:)

(u.a:j

.. in (ru.a:). cotton.

All tbeaa vowela in .~ a.nd diphthcmsl ~oa.n be n ....UMd &1.0. Bemdee there are aoIDe tripb~gal groupe. they have oleKly ... & __ .... _ ____ 1:_-.2 ,...;: __ • but _ .. two

__n_L,l_

~_

• .,...........

.&UG3_

~

IIIVV,

~

uv

.~.

.. in· lbua:), a orow. . _ID ~ta:)J bark. .a; la' ,••;;Ic;mr). ~.InR';

"'Ulia . - :

.'atl.r

l;

pIaua.

9

PHONJITIC8

( ...:i:) (AUA)

as in (Agua:i:), middieman"s buain8118. as in (mAuAtf), death.

Ezamples of nasalization of diphthongs and triphthongs:-(bIU1f),

earth. (Cj'IOI:). a kind of bread for ohildren; (lSfOI:), twins. etc. otc. 'I'M O0f&8tmanU

Tho Plosivl's §49. Tho Labia.l Plosiv('.8 and Aspirates (p, ph. b, bft). In tho a.rticulation of these consonants, hoth the lips come t(lgether and are drawn a little towards the cavity of tho mouth, and arc rounded to &. negligible extent. In this respect, t.he labial sounds of Bhojpuri difft-r from the corresponding ones of Bengali in which the extent of lip-rounding is invariably groc ~r. While uttering th('-sc soumIs, the air ~o ill completely blocked: then there is a suddeon explosion of the air; and M it happens in the case of other plosivos, and affricates also, tho soft palate is raised up to close the nasal pa88~. (p). (ph) &l'8 breathed.: (b).. (bft) &l'8 voiced and (ph), (bB) are aspirated. Aapiration and voice C&W18 semantic difference, And therefore the four soun~ are considered to belong to diJfercnt phonemes. Thus (pa:t), leaf; (ba:t), talk; (bla:t). cooked rice; (pu:l). bJidp; (pbu:l). fiower; (bun-). to weave; (bAu:n-), to fry. (p) and (b) occur initially, medially and finally in worda. Thus (pa:nf:). water; (ba:r), hair; (a:pan), own: (AbI:r)• ..sial dust; (na:p), measure; (ra:b). molasses. ThcsotLnd (ph) a.nd (bft.) al'8Mpira.ted forms of(p) Imd (b). In Maitilill, these are f01l!l.d as the 'Labial Fricatives' also (Maithill Phonetica, §I7, L'raguut''''''Vol. VDI. Part I). The Bhojpurl (ph) resembles the aouthern Engliah 'p' of stressed syllables with the dift'erence that the aspiration in BhojpUJ1 is stronger. In the C&88 of (~B), the voice is beard throughout the aapiratioIi. (ph)' and (bB) both occur initially. medially and Anally. BD.mp1ea:-(pb:)r), fruit; (bfta:t), cooked rice; (a:)pbAr). joumey; (IdaAmbla:).a,pillar; (ba:ph). vapour; (na:bB). very fertile.

1_"n.

llSO. The Dental Stope and Aspirates (t, th, d, dB). In pronouncing theseconBOnanta, the tip of the tongue touches the gum of the upper teeth; but there is a feeling that it touches the teeth as

well. although very slightly. When these sounds are long or occur in oonjunction with other consonants, the tongue becomes more teD.Ie than for (t, th, d, dB) used 8ingly and touches the upper teeth. .. (t) and (ih) are bre~thed. (d) and (dl) .-voiced, (th) and (dB) &l'8 aspirated. __ _. _ __ Voice and aspiration CcIouse semantio difference, and therefore the four soUDda &l'8 considered to belong to different phonemes. II'L. __ ,,,-' __ '\. --= __ . I' .... _._'\. _ L!_ ..1:_1... I .... _!A. _.31..1 __ _._~

AU . . \Ulia-"

W~i

\LoA.a-" •

u~8

umu. \u•••• It

BU".

1~.oftIo._\

\_iUI, J!fWUU:f,

(tur), to break; (dur), di8tance, eto. All the four sounds (t, th, d, dl) occur initially, medially and finally. Examp1ea:-(ta:1), a lake; (tho:r), a little; (da:U), pulse; (dfta:n), paddy; (khAtAm). end; (po:tbl :), a book; (ba:dl :). enemy; (~dlAl). to kill; (ba:t), oonveraation: (ba:.th), hand; (kha:d), manure; (ba:dI).

string.

10

mB OBIGIN AND DBVJILOl"IIDT 0:1' BHo.JPU'Bt

The aspiration of (ill) ii not wholly voiced-4t ii slightly devoiced. Eumples of their being more tense under the condition mentioned above:(kAt:a:), a big knife; (kbAllta:), an implement for digging the emh; (kAnma:;, ragged cioth; (liAd:i:), a mattress; (llADda:), dirty; (dhndJla:), work. . 151. The Retroflex Stops and Aspirates (f, fb, 4, 4ft). These are true retroflex sounds, and in uttering them the tip of the tongue. which is upturned, touches the hard pala.te just in the vicinity of the smooth surface. Acoustically they appear to be similar to the correa· ~nding _~oun~- of BenSill, b~t ,!e catmot call them 'SQpra.alveolar' or •Forward' or 'Pre·retroflex' as in Bengali, on account of backward turning of the til) of the tonane beinll always veri distinct. Oft'hese, (f, fhfare breathed. (4, 48.5 are voiced, Uh, 48.) are aspira.ted. Voice and aspiration cause ooma.ntic difference, and hence the four sounds should be considered as belonging to different phonemes. (t, 'in) occur initially, medially and finally, while (4, 4n) initially, medially or finally when preceded by their nasals. Thus (ta:p), e kind of net; (tha:t), thatched roof; (4o:ra:), th...~&d; (48.0:1Ak). drum; (thAfla:), a cot; (pa:fhl:), a female kid; (kAn4a:), reeds; (thAl1yna:), cold; (bl.t), nandie; (ka:tn), wood; (iAny), penis, etc. Other examples of the retroflex sounds: (tAf:u:), a pony; (lAt:u:), a top; (thAthe:ra:), worker in brass, bell.. me"'"..&l or copper; (Ia:thl:), 8. stick; (4a:rftl), brLYlch; (4A1llAl'u). a small drum; (4M:rhl:), navel cavity; (48.I:kl:), a machine for husking rice, etc. 162. The Velar Sounds (k, kh, 11,114). In the pronunciation of these oonsonants. the back of the tongue t-ounhes the !!Oft palate; And there is 8 complete clos1!..-re of breath. These are the velar plosive consonants. But when these sounds are followed by (I, I, e, I) the back of the tongue does not touch the pa1a.te at the sa.me place as when the following vowels are other than these, but at two different advanced. pLACeS toWArd. the teeth; _i.e. when followed by (!, I) the touch is at a more adv-.nced place than when followed by (e, f), which is also iOmewh&.t mom advanued towards the teeth than the uases, wh6&'; other vowels follow. e.g. (a, u, 0, A). In the latter two cases, they are really 'Forward Veiar' and 'Soft PaiataP piosives, i.e. 'Forward Veiar' before (e. I), and 'Soft Palatal' before (1,1). • - Aspiration and voice _cause - semantio difference; consequently the four sounds should be considered as belonging to dift'erent phonemes. 'J.'hus (ka:ni). a one-eyed woman; (kha:ni). mine; (ka:U:;, a aoddess: (kha:ll:), empty: (IlIn-). to count: (dIn-), to hatej (Illr-), to fallj tc,be sUrrOmided:- _ -.All these sounds ooc'I,lr·initially, medially and 4Inally. Eumples:-(ka:m), work; (khe:t), field; (l1o:hG:). wheat; (1140:ra:). a horae; (bokAla:), skin; (a:khl), eye; (bAjAlca:). a garden; (ba:&8i:), a. boil; (na:k). nOle; (ra:kh). ashes; (na=l1), a make;. (ba:t&). a

<._),

.

r-

--

-

:~

~.

~

153. The Af&1catee (ij", ij"h, 8, 8a). ID pronounom,r theae diioate soUnds. the blade of the tempe touches fC"...gh bac!t of. the teet-.h~r:!dge. the touch continues lot'a_ae!' and ..he

.MpiIIMlon- of the tougue Ie alOwer tbanin the cue of the ploaiTe OODIODNlte.

PBONBTIOS

11

. Of these (CJ. Cih) are breathed. (8. 8&) are voiced and (C)'b, 81l) are aspu-ated. Aspiration and. voice cause 86mantio diiierenoo, and ih~rcfore they are considered to belong to diffOrE'nt phonemes. Thus (C,)'o:r), thief; (C,)'bo:r), end; (86:k), a loo('h; (81l6:k), a gust of wind. . The four BOunds are found initially, medially and finally. Examples:-(C,)'a:nl:), silvt'r; (C)'hu:ra:), razor; USo:r). stn-ngth; 'u.~aulufla:), swing; (khi:C)'I:), basket; (ba:C)'hl:j, shc~l'8.1f; (ra:8a:), kmg; (bo:J3lla:), load; (na:ij'), dance; (Cj'hO:CJh), empt.y; (Qa:8). foam; (sa:j3ft). partnership. . §54. _Asp~ratcc:i. stops and affricatcB. (,XC'f'pt t.he labial, 108(' their IlBpira. tion greatly. when they occur in non.init.ialsyllabll'8 and are followed by unvoiced aspirated or fri('ativc (munds. This tak(,s plaet! only whon t.he vowels preceding t.ne aspirated consonants an; z(~ro . • Thus (ha:th' kha:lI:), empty hand!!; (a:dft' se:r). hRlf R('(~r; (eukh' ee), with pleasure: (tlftullft' hAla:u), rfnnOV3 tho ,·oil;
12

THB OBIGIN AND DJIVJILOPllBNT Oll' BHOJPtJ'BI

..... ____1_... 1 _ _ _ " _________ .IlIAaoWI',w;--"'\nlll.I''' WeBoIJunlj

# ___ ._\.

_____

\DII&.~

nUllej \PIII.W:}. war.erj \GlII:n.:}.

~

_ _ _ _ ._"

__

~

___

I"~

_ _ _ ._'"

silver; (pa:n). leaf; (8a:n). life; (cj"o:nha:), false anger; (aa:Dli:) troublesome; (ee:dl), a hole made by a thief into the wa--11 of a house, etc.

~ion !~h~ f:l~: ~'ff~:! ~ =in:~~~=

f:l=go~'!i~J:=::d

becomes retroflex palatal and dental according as the. following consonant is a retroflex ualatal or a dental soand. But this makes no &Udihle &aQuatio difference wiih the sound when it is alveolar:-· . . . ............. _-Thus (4An4), fine is heard &8 (4.194); (kun.8) , greTa • L...~ &; (kuplS); (kAnth). throat is heard as (kAlth). etc. 158. The Paiatai (]I).

two sounds

ExamDles:-lDe:nAa:). a kind of bird: lbe:n). frog:: lbha:a). an intoxioatmg drug;- (kAVrui:). bracelets; (t,:UllAti). -a; horSe liavini"very "big legs; (!a::u!A.~!), "kind of di:ease, etc.

160.

Lateral Consonants (1, II). In the articulation of these sounds. the blade of the tongue touches the teeth.ridge. ft.l&.......her back than in the. case of (t), while it remains fu-rther towat'ds the front than in the case (CJ'). They are a little more to the back ihan (n;. Accuracy wili require them to be named as ·Post.aiveol~· sounds; so when they are referred to 'alveolar' _sounds, the description is onlYa.pproximate, as- they lie between (D) and (ij'). While these sounds are in the process of articulation, the air escapes from the sides of the tongue, and their pronunciation is accompanied by the vibration of the vocal chorda. Therefore, they are 'Voiced Lateral Alveolar' consonants. (18.) is aspirated. The p..-onunci&tion of theBe two sounds i= eomewbat aft'eoted by the character of the vowel following it. when the latter is a member of the (J) or (e) .phoneme. in this case. the tongue is more spread out tluw. when these coneonant.s are followed by the other vowels. Ao--piration causes samantio ditta..-anoo; tluk-efore the sounds a.~ 0011= sidered to belong to cWferent phonemes. Thus (o:1a:).haii; (o:lila:), a piay;. (ko:ia:),. a small iieid~ (ko:iDa:). corner: (ma:l). money: lma:18.l. a atriDJr conneotina the apind18 wRh the

Bp

•.. 'wheel: .,.. •

...

.. I"(ii~ dOEii n~· GUO.. initiall1.

-

--

PBONft'lC8

13

Eumples:-(la:thl:), a stick; (lAnka:), a boy; (ma:Uk), the master; (ba:lu:), sand; (la:I), red; (8a:I), net; (te:Ula:), son; (ko:IIO), oil _':l1.I1I __ .la.'\. ___ ..J __ .&. __

lUlU i ,_iDU/, YeIIW&UDY.

161. Rolled Consonants (r, rl). Th~y are voiced alveolar rolled sounds and are formed by a 8ucoeasion of taps made by the tip of the tongue against t.he upper gums. (rl) is aspirated. When followed, by a member of the (I) or (e) phoneme, they become more advanced than in other C&8('.s: even in the case of their being with (I. e), the advance is greater when thc following vowel is (I) than when it is (e). Thc tongue is more flattened in the latter cases than in the former (rl), the aspirated form of (r). Aspiration causes semantic difference and therefore tho two sounds belong to different phonemes. 'I'1.f:UUS (ma:rl), fight; (ma:rfl), a, kind of grain, etc. rl) can occur in non-initial positions only. ra:nl:), Queen: (ro:k). check: (,\ruO:). a kind of root: (khArua:\. a rough ~d -of ~d' cloth; (ba:r): hair;" (C)'ha:r), ash~; '(-k~:rAr): leper; (mu:rat:), fried rice.

162.

Flapped Consonants (r. ra).

In the articulation of these sounds, the tip of tho tongue touches

th(~

hard palate, the main body of tho tongue being kept low and tho front being held concave to the palate and the whole tongue being laterally contracted (cf. Jones: An Outline of English Phonetics, §747, London).

§63. They are voiced retroflex, flapped sounds, and thf~y occur only in non-initial positions.
164.

The Fricative (s). In the articulation of (8), the sides of the foremost pa.rt of the tongue touch the front J)al1; of the teeth-ridge, the closure is not complete, there being a very na.rrow passage crea.ted-by the pa.rtia.l folding of the tongue, through which air can escape with some friction. This sound oa.n be continued as iong as one likes. It is thus the proper alveolar voiceleaa sibilant fricative sound. It 0C011I8 in all positions. Eumplea:-(sa:a).leafy vegetable; (8a:d:), woma.n'. cloth; (ala:.I), araas. (pa:sb), a caste; (kha:s), own; (bi:.), bamboo.

186.

The Glottal Fricative (I).

'l'HB ORIGIN AND DBVm.OPJlBNT OJ' BHOJPUB!

In the a.r..iculation of (I), the ail' piiii88ii through the narrowed glottal passage, causing audible friction. It is fully voiced. When it oCCU1'8 in non-initial syllables followed by very short vowels. it beginR with voice, but gradually loses it and itself ends in being completely unvoiced. In the last case. its proper prasantation would be (8h). It is properly the voiced glotta.l fricative in the former case, while in the latter it is a voicedunvoiCed giotiai fricative. EYAmples:-(ftama:r). mine; (fta:th). hand; (fta:j!lr), present; (lSe:ftAl), jail: (kAftAl), to say; (ekAdlsa:(ft)h), the eleventh day .C--wr death, etc. N.B.-The current tendency is to make (ab) inaudible. Thus (dwa:dlsa:) for (dwa:dlslfth), twelfth day af'"wr death; (b&:re:) fOr (ba:rlfth), twelve in the Bhojpuri of Siran. §66. The Fricative (h). It is the voiceless glottal fricative which occurs as the aspirating element in the voiceless plosives and the affricate: it occurs in some interjections also. It is pronounced with varying dCfirees of aspiration before a full vowel and a very short vowel, i.e. aspiration is complete before a fuIl vowei, while it is partial before a very short vowel. (Jh6:ka:). a gust (of wind); (oh), (eh) and (a*), all interjections, etc. §67. The Semi-vowel (w). In the articulation of (w) the two lips touch one another at the two ends, leaving in the middle & free passage for the air to escape. The back of the tongue is raised upwards towards the soft palate, higher than in the case of (u). but not touchinil it. It is tbus a bilabial semi-vowel. It medially and~occasionally serves as glide from the less open to the mors oren back vowel. Examples:-(pa:WA1), to get; (SAWAtI), co-wife; (llXwa:r), villager; (puwa:) or (pui), a kind of cake; (duwa:r) or (duAr), door, etc.

occUrs

§68. The Semi-vowel (J). In the articulation of this sound, the tongue is very much in the position of (I) (short), the air-passage being a little narrower. It occurs mediallv and optionally serves as illide from the leas onen to the more open vowel. ~ Exn.mpies:-(pia:s) or (pija:s), thirst; (4iAti) or (4ijAp), a iampstand; (dAI:a:) or (dAI:Ja:), daughter; (la:r) or (IJa:r), friend, etc. In -Banirasl Bhojpurl (J) often occurs medially. Thus (~Al), went: (bhAjAl), become, etc. A .

169.

A

Conjunct Consonants.

AU these consonant sounds.occur singiy whiie moat of them occur aiso

in coniunction with other consonants. In many cases such conjunet consonants have also their non-conjunct optiona.l- forms with accent on the

ri~ 1oi\~;;n:rt= !ie~1~o!:ga;70::cIT!' Bhojpurl:-

.

(i) 'Unupirated .tops and affriCates (both voiced and UIlvoioed) can occur in conjunction with their coneapon~ 8B&~ted forma or with themi6lve&, folloft'dlg them. Phonetically they SaoUad properly be deaGribad

8B 'Long Consonants'. . EDlDplee:--(ClAk:u:l; optionally (Cla:ku:), knife; (pAk:I:). thm: (Jail:l:). unB.-m; (bAct:a:). optionally (ba:i1a:), bey. (b!ijb:l:).

1'II0lfIDTIOS

optionally (bi:ij'hi:). scorpion;

16

(iAt:a:). optionAlly (~a:ta:). wrist;

~n;!~g JS~(4!~A:<::):!~iiO:~~;;(4~:~::~~)!'& l~~!il:t~~; (1f:~~~~~~:

name of a man; (SAt:rI). seventy; (JS~d:J:). obstinate; (C,Jup:I:). silence. etc. etc. (ii) (n). (m) and (:o) are also long. They ('an he joinl.d to a following consonant of their own respective groUP. and (V) a,n<1 (n) can 00 juiJlt!d to I~ following sibilant aJso. ExampJes:-(buR:a:). zero; (KunU:). proper namo: (mAftAnth), a monk; (gARda:). dirty: (lam:rda:r), optionally (IAmArda:r). ('bid; (lumpa:). snare; (C]' Ampa:). a flower; (lAm PAt). wicktlCl; (lAmph). lamp: (lAmba:). optionally (Ia:ma:). long; (dAv~a:). qllnrrel; (luVDI:) Musalma.'l's wC&....i.ng cloth; (k.\Ok), very poor; (sAOkh). conch; (pa:okba:), fan; (""vgAl). forest. (For other combinations with (n). see above under §57.) (iii) (s) can be joined to a preCt'ding llnvoil.('d unMpirated vC'lar or dental sound. Examples:-(khuskl:), dry; (kustI:). Wf('sUing; (~A5tl:), vigilanc('; (pestAr). in advance. (8) can be joined to thc preceding unvoiced uru~Hpirtltt'd retroflex sound. e.g. (ma:stAr). optionally (ma:fttAr). master; (ASPASt). optionally (A8pAflat). cl~, etc. (8) is long also: (lUs:a:). optionally (ftl:8.:). flharc; (khls:a:). opt.ion. ally (khl:sa:). story. (iv) The semi.vowels can be joined t() a preceding vl'lar, dental or la.bial C"01I80Ilallt:(kbja:l), optionally (kblja:l), rcmembranc(l: (pja:r), "pt.iOnt,lly (p_Ja:r), love; (ewa:.), optionaUy (guwa:!). eo,,-bcrd; (d\rd:r), optionally (duwa:r), gate; (gJa:n). optionally (gIJa:n). knowleuge.

(j) can be joined to a preceding (n) or (m). Thus (nJa:w). optionally (n'Ja:w). jUfltice; (mJa:n), optionally (mIJa:n). sheath for a sword, etc. Except for the last type of conjwlcts. no othl'r ('.()njunct. consonantA are allowed to remain in th~ initial syllable. In the articulation of all these conjunct consona.nts, thero is no re)c&IIl~ after the first element, and there is no implosion before the second. SOUND ATTBIBUTB8

170. From the orgaoi,!, ~ op~ ~ acoustic, POin.t o~ view, _tJ ~k already atated above. is tJ long COfIM)ftG"', in the articulation of which 'the interval of silence between the stop-stage and the off.glide atap of the OODIOi'i;;.r;t, takas coD&i.d&-a.bly more than usual time. The acoustio eft"ect is of a aiDgle conaonant in. BhojpurJ. Therefore, they deeerve to be termed 88 long conaonants. Moreover, long consonants are sometimes aignifioant in Bhojpuri. (PAta:). addreaa, but (PAt:a:), leaf. (gAla:), throat, but (lW:a:), heap; (bP:). fA) be _pIoyed, but (lAg:a:). a pole; (blla:). lost, but (bO:a:). badge. ~ 88

16

THE OBIOIN AND DEVBLOPJlENT 011' BHO.JPtTBJ

171. The quantity of Bhojpuri vowela has generally no significant value. The length depends on rhythm. Vowels- have at least four shades of sounds: long, half.long, ahort and very short. (A) is abort only, while only (I, u) have very ehort BOunds. Sometimea vowels have double length, and in such C-8.!!e8 there exist! some semantic difference when compared with those having only the singly long value. Thus Cj'AIAbl, I shall go, but Cj':>:lAbl, shall I got; 8Am kAhll:, I said, but ib:m or ib::m kAftAiI:, did I say'; giiAr me:, in the house, Dut gtb:r or gBa::r m~:, oh, eVen in the house i (surprisej. Thus various shades of· sounds suggest, by length or otherwise, nioe ahades of meaning. §72. Monosyllabic words are always pronounced with 110 long vowel. Dissyllabio words must have at least one long vowel. -173. Pre·accentual vowels are never long, and a fully long vowel cannot exist before the third syllable from the end in a Bhojpurl word. A loDg or a very short vowel cannot precede a long or a conjunct COD8OD&Dt. 17'. Stress is not significant in Bhojpurl as its presence or absence cauaee little semantic difference. Besides, it is very weak and is frequently changing from one to another syllable. Monosyllabio words have their vowels always atressed. Stress is often accompanied with the length of vowels. -Co:w;equently, one of the laat three vowels, that which i8 10118. gets it: jf more than one are long, or jf all are short, the penultimate gets the stress-provided that if the penultimate be short and the final and the ante· penultimate be long, the ante.penultimate will have the accent. Accent cannot be thrown further back than the third syllable from the end. This is about the primary atress ('). If the initial syllable has no primary stress, it gets a secondary stress ( , ). E~ples:-'u:, that; 'ra:8a:, king; 'ba:•• :, muaio; aA'.a:I, punish. ment; 'khI:SAI, to cough; .kA'~:wAI, to cause to cut; ,a.Ali'8a:rAl, to arrange; ,AIlA'p:, cattle pond; ,kACJAIIA'rI:. ooad; pA'. . rrAl, to Ipread; .-

eto.

6

_

_

__

_

_

......

_

..

_

_

_

_

_

_

eta. 8etlleMNCre.v

17&. Sentence·stress dominates over word-etress. The sentenoe -. divided into convenient bits. and in each bit oonsiatma of two or mon .;.:GrdS (' sense group' or 'brea.th group' .. in Bengali), the 8ret important word gets the streaa, the other words losing it even jf they have it, when isolated. Below is given a text in phonetio script with the sentenoea ep,ijt

U::~}:tr!~:=.!~~~b= ~:O~=:

Qyuicn&lly one C&U make & 10De"- pa11le. e..'ter e hAlfeetnp .J end in the, case the following word may take stresa:'ra:": I rA8A1e I a', tlDl. to UIlJluw 'rami: rAhi 10:& I ba!ld: I 'ra:lta: kill 1ArUtil: 1 ekA,'lu: Da: rde I tA'u I 840 AU'rl: 1 *:1 - bUe1 'CAutbl:- ram.-. kar I 'WAbl rdAI I liAb- LUIb 'Iolme ke sAme, 'a:O , ta l'ra:jSia: rdAle.-1 -.I'kB:i-pAI" I 'ra:ali _I 8&0'· beta: I.• , 'be:":. I ualukAr SA'WAd ramI 10:8 I o 'beta1be=1llke'1e .... 1/'kOAan kat I 'acd: PAl" 'pJlIJd 'dUW lo~ la: J ourar 8AaAI. PAl" , 880 '1t1 p4dW I 'rarldil d~

. "0

"0

:1

.,JWI

PIlONB'l'IC8

17

I la'wat! ko Alle. I fA I pu'ij'hAle. I 8e 'ra:nl: k:~:_ b~~! ~~ I tA. I u 'tinu: I. ~:ni:lo:g I 'kAflAl I 8e ello 'ItI I PA thAI I blAu Jia: I 'ra:8a: I '. Da:t I 'mu:n! iifiAie. I 11: 10 'ramI: ke i kuu.'ij'hAnl: iiAiiiU8M ke I egG 'AtAlla: I '~flAr mf I rA'khAle I a: I un'huka: k.e I 'kA~a: fli:ke ke ka:m I 'diflAle. I a: I unluur 'na:m I 'kaua:-JUkAnl: I ;ra:khl I dlflAie·1 IVir'" I. 8tb 'ra:Ba:

eao

There was 0. king and he had three que('ns. But th(~ king had no IIlIn. Then he married one more queen. The fourth queen bt'crollO l'l'l'gIllLllt. When the time of ehildbirth approached, the king WIIS nwny hunting (lit.. lIll hunting). Tho queen gave birth t{} 1\ son and 1\ dlmglit(,f. 'l'ho othor queens, her co.wiv('s, took the SOil amI d!!.ught.(lr !\IlII thrllw t11l'1ll into tho ~In of a l?~tter and p~t a brick and n, IItlll1l' iJ~lIlt'ad (lit. 1111 thnt p)I\CI'). When the KIng ret.llrncu, then ho r.skeel, What dul tlil' qlll'l'lI /:p:lr?' '."lI'lI the three queens sa.id, •A brick alld a stOllO ell!' hall bo!'llt'.' 'I'll(! ki!!J( holieved this and considering thtl quC('n to ho of iII·OllWI1. JlIII. hl'r in I~ separate room and cntrusted h~r wit.h tho work of driving u.wlty crows i,ml 2ave her the nalllo 'tho driv('r of crows'. ~ When emphasis has to be given upon nny parti('ular word, that une has the primary stress. It t.hen caU8CS somo semantic Ilifii'n'lIc('o Thus 'SAm gfiArft gAUi: Did I go !wnw , flAm ' ~ft.\f! gAm: Did I gil lwme 1 As it has been said before, word-stn'lIs is 8ubs('r\oil'nl. to lI(mkll(,I" etre!l8, sO even So priv-itive or emphatic wlmf may r('t~tin IIr IOStl itH Ht n'/l1I according tu its position in th(l Honh'n('(, without JIloclifying JIleaning uf till' sentenco. Thus ku'da:r, hoc, k.'\'fiAwii:. wht'n), ha\'l~ Ih"jr propt·r IItr(OIlHt'" whon pronounced in isolation. But ill IL Bhojpllri Hl'ntc-ncc for' wl ... rt· an' you taking the hoc', where both ku'dli:r nlid kA'hAWi'l: occur, thu pOHit.iulI determines whether the strt·ss iH to remnin on tho wurd ur nlll.,

c.g. ku'da:r Ie Ie kAIAwa: I 8a:ta:rA k",'fiAwa: kuda:r Ie Ie I 8a:ta:rA.

In the first sentence ku'da:r has str('ss as the first important word in the sentence bit and kAftAWi: loses its stJ'C88 because oi its pclMition n.fitl the casa is mce t.'U'BG in the seeund sentence. or CO IlI'11C , when greater emphasis is reqUired. tho wbrd in question can take greater force of atl'CllK but the point is that the word whfch comes in the middlo iORCS its stress.

A few more sentenooa are given below;u I toftA.'ra:ke ka: I 'kAftAt£ ~ What did he tel! you 1 'ka: kAftAla u I 'toBAra:ke What did he tell you t tAb eao I 'bhu:t a:11 I Then a demon ellme. 'a:U I t.'\b e~o I 'baut I Then came a. demon.

Intonation 176. Intonation. or pitch 0.£ the voic:e. is ~ot So signifie:ant el~ment of speech in Bhojpurl. as it is. for in8tan~, to ." slight er..ent m ~a.nlib! and to a verv lar2e extent in languages like Tibetan, BI1rID:~' ...B,.!B.mese and Chinese . .1 Oniy one or two interjections in Bhojpuri like (~:)" yes,. or (JUi), and (ii:) to express o~ ~nt. that the person 18 bstenmg. undergo change in II8DIe by ohAllge m pItch.

Tha&I. (-81:) 2. (' 81:)

level tone - yeta. with high rising tone - II it iO ,

18

TBB OBIGIN AND D:nlILOPllBNT OJ' BJlo.JPUBl

3. (M:) (~ M:)

with a low fallinsr tone - certainly so. with mid rise.fall tone _ yes. it niay be so, but-.

4.

§77. Intonation is best represent.ed by a system of dote and lines placed between two horizontal lines indicating the upper and lower limite of the ordinary sPeakinsr voice. The dote represent approximately level pitches and. tho liD.es represent rising or fulling pitches. - -Each dot-or line has reference to one syllable; a. big dot represents a streSsed syllable. §78. The following general observations may be made about the Bhojpuri intonation : - " " . Simple ruatements end. in a low pitch, e.g.

..

•

u lCj"a:ur Ie a:we gAil ba:rAn. (He has gone t-o bri.ng rice)

e

hA~

•

kAl'kAt:a: jSa:ibl

(I shall go to Calcutta)

.

"

.)

okAr 'bAa:i h..unra:8e I kAJi..UASI (His brother told me this)

hAm bA'na:rAS ms I kApp:ldnlI: (I purchased this cloth in Baniras)

as

The agreement well as contrast with Hindi as spoken ~y a penon of western U.P. would become apparent from the following Hindi equivalent. of the above BhojpurI sentences:-

•

•

•

••

wcJl 'Cj"a:wal Ita. ne ga'ja:

•

•

mal kat'kat:a:

U8

• ke.,!b8a:l"

•

.'8&:u,,: . ',

D8

mufSA .. lata kA'la:

.

19

PB01OTlC8

•

••

• ----~~---------.::::.-.----

-

------

-

----

mae ne. b,,'na:raa rnl JC2ft kApra:kbarl:'da: There is general agreement between Bhojpurlo.nd Ben2iJ.JI in tho matter of this sentence stresS than between BhojJ)tiri and Hindi. . For nt-ngAII, see Dr. Chatterji:. A BengAli Phonetic Reader, flOUr. For ~rooment with BengI.II, the following sentences may be taken : In simple queries, ther'6 is genera.lly high (fa.lling, riBiug or lovtllj pitch at the end, e.g.

.

..)

ttl kn: 8AI'b:J ? (Will go t)

you

But in doubt, the pit.ch will be:-

a

ttl ka: AI b;,. (Will you go t)

.. "

tofta:r rna:1 ka:'dlftl: (Will yOUi' mother give 1)

When a particular idea in & query is eapecially emphasized, there is a low pitch or.high.faJling pitch &t the end and the word emphasized by itfeii also baa low pitch, 6.g.

•

•

•

tofta:r ma:i 'ka: clJAI ? (WhAt will your mother give

• •

,>

toha:r 'ma:l: 'ka: dfftl: (WAat will your moCAer gift t)

••

. . ""

toAa:r 'ma:l ka: clW

(Will J'01Il' ..... sift 1)

20

THB OBtGIN AND nBVlILOPJIlIINT OJ' BBO.JPUB!

•

-

ra:m ke bJla:i: k;,tA8At bAr (How big is Ram's brother!) (== ordinary query)

•• ra:m ke 'bfla:i: k;>tAR-\t bAr (How big is Ram's brotherl)

• ra:m ke biia:i: k;,tAiiAt bAf (How big is Ram's brother!)

Excla.matory sentences end in a Jow tOlle:-

aft kAi'sAn sun:Ar (Ab, how lovely I)

§79. A normal Bhojpuri sentence consisting of more than one sensegroup has an intunation curve of this type-

•

•

•

•

•

In.quick matter-of-fact speech, however, the general pitch is very low, rendering the intonation of the sentence· rather monotonous. But under emotion ther-e is s4-eat viW.-iety of pitch. Typical C&Ses----

•

•

ba:kl 'flAb dukll ke eao 'Ant ba: (But to every sorrow there is an end.)

,eAb Ita: 'Di:k DAikhe 'la:QAt

(It.does not strike as nice to everybody.)

•

..

hAmni ke 8&0 'PA041t r.AlA1e .

(We had a Pao.\Iit: Iit., for-us OJl8epenon JIfIIIIIi' wu.)

CHAPTER II

OIA AND MIA VOWEL';;; IN BHOJI)VHI FINAL VOWRL8

§SO. All final vowels of OIA when they occurrt'd singly whether tlll'Y were IODg or short became weak in NIA mul havll mOl'ltly droppml ~lIT. But somo languagC's liko Sinc1hi and l\-Iuithill still pn-'SI-'rVII tral'r'M of tlll'm and Oriya. appears to have pn'!lervl'ti Un'ln intuct "\"1'11 now t·lmll/.!11 ClIII~' as ..hort I'louncil'l. Eastern Hindi /\lui wpst...·rn Hinlii hoih :'pllt'ar tn imvl' retained thcm in full up to tho sevonteenth l'l·ntllr.'".ln BC·lIgiUt. howl·n·r. finallow~ls appea·r to havt:~ bc~n ('ntirl·ly drnppf·rJ ofT as !'a.rty u,!'t tit., fift:!,!,!!. h cNltury (ODBL., §148). In Bhojpuri th,'y I\n' 'Ill th" way of flisllPII(·:lrltlll'.' but fr<,quently a fl\int trace of th(!Jn rcrnainl'l pllrt.klllnrly ill t lit' ('n~(' of (-I). (a)

OrA

.(l.

§81. OIA -a > MIA -a > Bhllj. ,,; lik" Hindi. B'·IlJ..(iilt unci A"'lmtn.,,.I· and unlike Oriyii. final (-a) 111\'01 disappeared in HhojplII·i.I':x.llnplc·H 111'1' numerous, ouly 1\ f.·w Rfl' giv('n I,.·low ; ahir" < iihhirrl, mwll<'rd; amcur" < ,imm+r.i'im (f",' cu,.!'a), dr-itlc) mango bits; iith~ < a.~ta, "hrht: iniirlt < ilUlniq;,m, wIll; uj'II·. < ujjvalf-', b,·i~ht; oth" < o~!lla, lip; kiij" < Mr!lrt. work: khcl,. < k(lilra, fitlld; dim" < cnrma, l\'at hI"': pii.I'- < /lft/"fJAI, Ic-nf:

mI:th_ <

iOS8

mi~laJ S\,.t~~t.

§82. A numher of word'! flf ddi origin l'vid(mtly III~.. ~ht\w ~imilllr of nnai voweis, c.g. gor" < AHA f/044a, filot; 4iil'tgar", mull'. c·f. Bf'IIj(. tf,ilmra, 1m ox; q.hoiJi < MiA if,koiia, drum; q.hapOrJi, ·f"lIi : pet., bl'iiy, (oj. 1\1. P~. polfa, M:uithi po~.

§83. Ts. and sts. also itS 0. rule drop the final -a, c.g. tilak", a patch on the forelwaO; lobh", grl'('cl; hAr", Ill·(·klnl'e; dharamjiil < tl'IuJrma, religion; karam" < karma, actioll; janam~ <janma, birth; ratanJi < ratna, jewel; jatan" < yrzt7Vt, ('M", (·tc:.

§84. When final

-tJ

occurs aft('r nnothl·r vowl'l in Apahhrll.nslI, IIft"'r

the elision of the consonant in between, thiK • a ' ,,;trcngtllf~m' Ow I'rm~cdillg

vowt'l and makes it Ic.mg, e.g.

gorO < gorutJ < giWuptJ, cattle. bhlkhlri < bhikkMria < bhik,a1carika, bt-'g-gfu·. This has bef'n discussed below where mnlial and' udvrtta.' vowds of MIA in BhojpurI are treated. (b) OIA

-a

OIA .. > MIA -4 > late MIA -tJ > Bhoj. -Jl, e.g. IaJi < tili, hope: &JJI < atJtUg4, dew; kaljiil < kaH. ma.chine; olD.. < fIidrlJ, sleep; blfJC < tNirtd, talk; ghors1rpl < gMta+I414,

§8l).

(

21

)

22

TBB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPJIBlfT OJ' BJlonuBI

hone stabie; hathisil'Jl < i&a.rii +.;aid. eiepbant atabie; jhm,a < gAr1J.a• abhorrence; sljbJll < 1G1ItlAgti., evening; dhlllIf < clAcrrwJ. edge; Ilj < laJia, shame; .parakh" < pari,trf, examination. Here; > (e.) th..~ugh the influence of words like lakh, alakh, etc. (c) OIA .i, ·1

§86. The vowels .'. I when final are as a rule only half-pronounced in the dialect of Ballil. It does not mean that it is absolutely Irilent but that it is barely.audible. But in the dialect of Baniras. these have elided, e.g. (Balli!) knot < gra'l'J.\i alth! (Baniras) glth < (/f'tIn.thi (Bo.lliij Bahini < bilaginiica sister (Bani.ras) babla < bhagin, (Ballii) . sattarl seventy <8~i (Ban!ras) sattaI' <~ (Ballii) pld row <pankti (Baniras) Dlt < tJankti " (Ballii) . glbhlnl < garbhi., pregnant (B&niraa) albhfn < garbAH,i (Ballii) bhabhud (sta.) < fJibhtui ashes (Baniras) bhabhtit .. < fIlbMiJi (Ballii) jld (sts.) <;ati. caste jlt .... (Banir8.s) < mi (Ballii) rid .. < riti (Baniras) rlt .. < riti (Ballii) muratl (ets.) image < merti (BanAras) miirat .. < mCrti

. .. .

.. .

3

.

..

(d) OIA, MIA

-e

§81. In Bhojpnrf as & Migaciho.n dialect. the nominative «t t was inherited &8 '¥' but this ha.a not been preserved. The locative • e • similarly changed to • ¥' in Apa.bhraIMa and because the words having this quiescent ; I P had an adverbiai fOrQe, it has dropped. oil entireiy in the wordsIs pis < Umye pirSw, around; ghar gbar < IT"" IT"", in every h01J8e.

INITIAL VOWELS Al'BABBB818

§88. Vowels in initial synablt"B are gent"rally rr.t.ained but owing t.o syllabics, an origillai initiai ionft vowei is silori.cnt>d or a short vowel is dropped. This droppinll of tho initial vowels uOt's bv tho name of aphaereei8. - Below are giveii 0. f~w cluUJ1pll\9 thnt· arc "t;btnin~d in iltnl68 on fion-initiai

Bhojpuri, e.g.

bbltar

(abhyantara) (abhyanja)

Vbhlj

y'baitb lAd ritbA

i IlMilit'

(upatli~!a)

(em-, cf. Hindi iH!,lllci)

panahl

(ari~!a)

soap.nut

( it pil fiii lUi)

i\

(l\I!£~

1ins('l~d ho~('mn.n

(*atisi < (zta.9i)

tlsi

saw!r

)oan~'\'ord OP. aaavr;ra < aavalJMra) (udumbara) (era'1ldiM)

40mari rid

(alitbu.) .

laukl

to be dr('Uched to sit

CHANOBS

or

1\

I'll-ir of shoo8

kind

or tree

n kind of nlant JllImJlkin

A

INITIAL VOWELS

Initial consonant witla tl+one COn801la7lt §89. The tl- in the initial syllable followt'
klwai (kamaia) , iotus flower; jli (jala.), water; kArui (kajuka-), bitter; phAr (plaala), fruit; bAr (hala), yoke; kllllc (katkayati), he may _y~ khlnm (kAanitra-), a.n instrument foi' digg'mg; AlfUi' (garut/4); jln (jana) , people; bhlr (b~, hAria), cf. BcngiU bhiJr, -a "lower caste;· dlhl-(dadAi), and kllas (kalaAa), a pot; eta. dhlnuk!1 (tLJulnUMJ), bow.

P&waso.A....bic wcrd8 a!eo retain the ..I. e.g. m!!u!!, pawve; A!Jet, a kind of metre; pbleal. amp; JlbIn, tongue; nImIJ. prayer; khlbar, news. OIA and MIA a i1l i1lilial '1IUablu /olknDetJ, b1J two or more C01IIOtICIntI. 190. Thla remained short up late MIA, but in NIA this became il with COIIIODIoIlt&1 aim~lliication- UDleea abeence of accent weakened this

to

00:=:: :f7:ei:n=I~::~"'i~

~:.;;mred~!1·to ~ ~

follewing. CCW'-IO"..ant diveet.ed of the naeal rem Ain• e=g~ elm 1t.tJnntJ\. leathar: chltl ldaalnll. umbrella: bblt (bAakt4). boiled --riee';bhlf (blGftG): bard; lie (..;;a), truth;-klm {karma);"actionj jbliii IJ (.), today; kID (iGr9 G', ear; P:"..n U'=rr.a); j

"-.,,.,Ii;

( U )

TJIlI OBmD1' AND DBVBLOPIIJDl'f O:r BKo.JPUBI

:!din;~!~j'd:~':')7\~~Jku~=-:~t ~~t (t.mka), nnmber.

191. OIA c r ' before 8i~g1e or conjunct consonants, when it became '" in MIA behaved like original ii, e.g. grka > ·garka > ~har, house; 1ertya > kacca > kle (as in klelral, meaning washing of clothes), but klcaharl < fertya-gf'ka, court; nJ1ya > nacca > nie, dance but Dl~aw'nl,kanna > kamma > kim. work but klmccr; li/;,a,ktt;, > b1u:lta > bhlt, boiled rice but bhltl-kh6r,otc.

Initial ii, and ii in initial ~1Illabk..8 692. OIA ci before one consonant remained tJ in MIA and NIA unless weakened to iI in either MIA or NIA through absence of stress, c.g. . khil (kMti-), ditch; Ahiw (g1Wta), wound; alhinl (gkdta, Pk. ghtitItJ), oil mill; panl (ptiniga), water;jhar (de8I:jluila), a cluster of trees; bhil (bht'tUr), brothel'; mil (t'iUUr) , mother; siwan (AravalKi) , name of a month; s.war (Ayilmala), dark-complexioned; nail (·ntit1Ua, ·navia, ncipita). ~ber.

§93. In the case of stress 4 is weakened to (I), e.g. nlrlar (r.tirilcela), cocoanut; lhlrl (iikMFilca), hunter; lslrh (ii,iit!f,;.;,), thc name of a month; Ikas (cikroAa), enmity; icawan (d'camana). to wash mouth with water: bAnusi (v,;ra'"a8ifla-l. bclonaiJul to Banlras; lnann (cinanda). happiness; iwirA (umazaka), a kind of fruit; ika~dli (alttiaAadipa-), a lamp lighted an.d raised on a. pola in the month of Kartika in honour of VililJ;lU or ~mi. Sts. narlyan (ncirciya(la); sts. rajput (rajaputra); sts. acaraj (nAcarya), wonder; sts. aiga (rijiia), an invitation.

OI,A

a be/ore two consonants

194. OIA Ii before conjunct consonants was shortened. to a in MIA and this 4 foJlowed the fortunes of MIA. iJ before double consonants in Bhojpuri, e.g. Am (ilmba, amra), mang~; blAh (tdggha, vy.1gkra), tiger; bAt (vtltta, ~rldl, ~lk! jAr ~(jatJ"a. jii4ya),_ ~l_d;~~t (ldtjja,Jc~irytJ). _ac.t~o!,l; tamll (tamba-, "'m,"), copper; kAth (1wJ~, kcifIAa), Wood, bblr (bkat'{la, ·bMt'{la), buft'oon.

193. Bhojpuri'l' derived from orA Ii whether before one consonant or more became- shortened to (a) for reason of accent. e.g. kith, wood but kathaiuti, wood.pan; bit, talk but batitibi, I sbaU talk (·tlfirldpagita"1/G); bAgb, tiger but baghl-ch4l, .tiger-lldD; '1m, iiiioUgO, but iiiiillwaj, driediiiiioiigo-juioo. 196. OIA a. in the initial syllable> a in MIA rema.ins (X) when in the BeD syllable i~ is followed by the long vowel (.I) in a position of stress, e.g. bakhln (MIA tUJ:M,tJ, .OIA ~g4tIa), praise; bblrlr (MIA ·bAG!.4Gf'G. OIA blafi4af'G), r..o1'6.

DIlTUL VOWBLS

§97. OIA LWld MIA I. i in ir..itjal syllab!es follo"·l~l by one oo!'.!ona.tlt retains its quantity in Bbojpurl. In the pronunciation of tl}(l8l' two sounds Bhojpurl has a similarity with that of BengilI. In Hcnglll, the monosyllablea have the vowel long a.nd polysyllables short. The quantity, however, is ignol'L"
§98. OIA and MIA V i in initilli 1I)'iiahi"14 f',iillw",i by 0111' l'OllsonlLnt retains its quantity in Bhojpuri, ('.g. plyls (pipas4) , thirst; khlr- (A1'im), n killd of foull, IL pr('l'"rntioll of milk a.nd ricc; ghin (MIA yM-I)fi. OJ A U1Ir1J1i). hut rl'd; khilil HIGh,",). r,eg; blhan (viblu'i;;a). jn(ji"iiiii~; SIYUi (~IJi\ AhUa-). jU"kaL khIn (~i~a), cmadated; kirA (Br,,). worm; niyur ("ikt/ra). IlI'ar; vpie (pibati), to drink; siyal < V8iV" tOlltih·h. §99. V, i of MIA < V, i, r of OIA follll\\'cll by two 01" Illor(' "On140nlllllll become short V before two consonants in MIA alld in Bhnjpuri it lIornmll.\· becomes long (I) before 0111' consonant· or r('lnnins short (I) hdill'l~ a. ('OIlIlOIl:tIl\' +h (not the nspirntf's of tho fivc vnrg:~II). nut owin~ to r(,lUmn of al'C't'lIt, (I) of Bhojpuri beconw8 (I). e.g. Inir (indrtigara) , wcll; dnh (dhna), nUlrk; jIbhl (ji/wi), t.III1J!II··; drtbl (drsti). siuht: ollbl (*vr.~tltV-), bll('k; pitar (~llA 1)ittall, hra"~H; biehl' ,;rorl;{Oll;' bhlkhi (lJhii.;~li-). 'Iwgdilg ; lti (i{rfa), bricks; binti < vij;;'aptikii. prayer; nithur (ni~f/l1Im). hurclhearted; nlkis (ni,kasa), the way out. .

(vrAca+vrAcika"),

§lOO. In the case of accent i > (I). (qt. Jlbhl. tongue hilt. jlhhllwal, lick by tongue; pitar. braSs but pltarAIl, 'sour on aCl~ount of brass; cinh, sign but clnhiril. identity.

I,

u initial and in initial 81Jllahles

§101. I, tl initial and in initial syllabk>& fullowl!11 by ont' ('OnSI)IlILIlt. remain, c.g. khur (k,ura), hoof; purln (purtUana), old; eua (uulvik,t), nJ"{l(',Il-nut; bhOt (bkUmi), earth; churl (1c.,urikd), knifc; kOwilr (hmara); gOh (gitAa), night-soil; dhGbl (dkruva-), seedling of roots; JOI (ciyUta-), gambling; putU (MIA puUi-, OlA putikfi); sugi (Auka-;, parrot; N. upls (upavti&a), fast.

e.g.

1102.

OIA and MIA initiall,l1 before two or more consonants remain,

khad (i:,uciraj, amaii pariicies; dubar (ciurbala) , weak; silt (81iira) , thread; vukbar- (MIA V uklcho4-) , to pull; uJar (u}.Jtrala) , bright; yur (MIA vuf4a) , to fly; Vpuch- (MIA 'V'yuuh). to uk; calbl (eulli), oven; Vbujh- (budhya-), to undentand; dn (ct1rpa), powder; ypat- (tn4ya-), break; VjuJh- (yudhytJ-). to fight; ean (1i31/G). void; PUD (pu"ya).

TBlI ORIGIN AND DBVlt.LOPJIlIl(T OJ' BBOJI'UBI

1103. Through absence of accent long u in Bhojpun beOOiiieii ilion i as dildh but dOdhmOhl, Buckling; cOn but cOnawatl, lime-cue; ild but tdbUlrJ; ott.er. " l initial and ·in initial '1IUablu §104. (e), (e) < MIA (e), OIA (e),. (ai), (ay), before one consonant are retained, e.g. khep (~epa), load; khil {MIA khela) , p"'y; dlw-..r (dewY;;;), husband's younger brother; celi (MIA *cella-), disciple; clrl (ceIi), maidservant; ber (veid), time; egiirah (*earaha, OIA eict.ida.fa); stB. tij (tejan), lustre; sts. bhes (vela), dress; ta. phen (pkena), foam. ~re

§105. (I), (e) < MIA 'e', OIA e, ai, ay before two or more consonants retah-led, e.g. khet (kfetra), field; bit (vetra), cane; sethI (MIA Bettki-, OIA Ar~;"in.), merchant; jith (jye~), cIder; dekh (MIA ~kka), to see; bhera (bhedra. *bker!4.), ram; genA (ge7".du...1oa- ¥..L>\' ge7J.t/.u). ball; desi pet (MIA Mta), belly; Itni (MIA ettia), so much; hethl (MIA keUka.), below; sej (MIA 8ejja.), bed.

§106. The (e) is as usual long in monosyllabic. words but owing to reason of ac~nt in polysyllabic words, its quantity is reduced, e.g. . jlth Dut jitha6t; dlkh Dut dikha6khi; khit Dut khitwibi, dis but dlsllntar. In KharibOli, there is no short~. Therefore e > i in Kh. Balf, e.g. biji, daughter; but bittyii, daughter; dlkliaDii, to see; but dlkhitDii, to show. iJ) 0 initial and in iniCial '1IUableB

§107. OIA and MIA iJ, ,; remain in Bhojpuri before one consonant but there is usual shortening through reason of accent, e.g. kosi (ko,a.), a stone-pot; i10ril (gorujla), cattle; ghGeJi (gMfa-), horse; korl (krol!a), lap; gGsl1 (goavamin), saint; gohl (godAtlma), wheat: kon (kana). comer: VDOS- (VfJ08ava·). to rear UP; thor (8toka+4a),llttle; 'kolU (kOkila), cuckoo; j61 (yojitci) (Turner), wife.

1108. On a.ccount of accent 0 > (6) in. BhojpurJ, e.g. gborl but gbormiibl, horse-mouthed; gobG but gohiil, wheatish. §109. OIA and MIA iJ, 0 before two or more consonants remain, e.g. Aor (MIA g0l/4a), foot; oth (0fIIuJ), lip; goth (gofpaa), assembly; 40m (domba) a iowcaste; boi (MiA bolla), iune; got (goim), irinsma.nahip; deli 83r (MIA g~), a non-Aryan tribe; 80phl (MIA goppAa), cave, of. gumph{j,;· jot4 (yokCm.), yoke; 4hol (MIA tP&oUa). drum ; pothi (MIA poU1'oaa), book. §110. On a.ccount of accent, 0> 6, e.g. Air, a caste, .but A8ra1t, watchman; 4om, a caste, but 46m1hlujl, noise by 4oms. 1111. In MIA there has been a good deal of interchange between • t ' <d ',' <d ~ween 'u' Imd '0' before double OOllll()lllmta: ~y; it ia the opener BOund, i.e. ',' and '0' whiCh p1'8'f&iled. Bhojpurl aho.... tbe .....ct.. of this kind of M".aA. char.ga, 6.g. .

OIA elWIn. iiiii MIA eAiddG

>

~

>

Blaoj. chid, holo; OIA of d~r

oriain eilll4 '"> -MIA .t.mfa '"> OB tenlali (ns in littl.idll '> AI.B. Qlul. - - - 0 - - - - - - - - ----- - - - - - -...,...-- - - - - - - - - - ,,--- - - - - - - - - - . - - , ------. Bhoj. tit-Iil, tiiwarind; fiii{iloriffl > TKJUl;a;:.a Bhoj. p6kharA, -----~

p6kharl. pond, etc., muw/a>· morula> m6r. h(~nd of the street, possibly connected with dMi root iiiuf. to twist Or turn. • flr8pG

>

gikic..An.

>

til ____ • _ _ _ _ _ ...... 11.. _ _ _

~

pMMG-

~

aGel!. ~L

_~

whial[er. .... L . . L _~

__ '_

poIMCI- ;> DOO". pOlO., oooK.

CHArorvrBR IV

VOWELS IN THE INTERIOR OF WORDS §112. "Elision of vowels in the middle of worda through abaence of stress occurs sooradicallv in the earlier forms of I.A.. C.Il. 8Umf'1l4 "> 8tHJrna. gold! (ODBL., §167.) When old Bhojptll'i starved like other NIA lLwtgu&g88J int8&~or vowels, it may be presumed, were fully pronounced. But as in most other IDA, throu~h absence of stress. unstressed vowels in the 'Proximitv of stressed ones, -which were not vowels in contact, inclined to be dropped off. In BhojpurJ; i..'lt-erior syllables cannot be said t.o have been wholly elided as is tho case in BengalI. In Bhojpuri there is not the dimctristie habit which characterizes BengAli as noted by Dr. Chatterji (ODBL., §167). Thus pii4al, mad, is a word of two syllables in modern Benglli and pigal+fem. affix i == pilgU, a word also of two syllables. But in Bhojpuri it will be plgal and pillalJ. But Kh. Boll in similar cases dropped the interior consonant entiroly and L~ a number of words mid forms in Bhojpuri, where the inte...-ior vowel is absent, we have to assume Hindi influence. Moor tho ioss of a finai vowei, interior voweis in three-syllabie words were not disturbed, e.g. kalam, ·pen, baradh, ox, etc., but when the word got an extension by an addition of suffix, the interior vowel was weakened and dropped in many rose!!. In long word!! of fonr a.nd more syllables, particularly compounds, an unaccented interior vowel which generally in a compound is in the last syllable, the first clement is similarly dropped off if that first element does not end in a long vowel, e.g. v

- - - .

- g .

-

-

-

••

A

a

dhar~na

< d".ara'!J.a-,

sit-down strike; ka!m! <

... kalambi!ca,

gra.ft;

takAsir < lanka-Bdld, inint; badhJtni < vardkana-, water-jug; pasiri < ... pan(tsiLri < papYaSalilca, grocer; nahal}lni < ... nahakara'!-Ut < nakha-hara7Jikii, an instnlment for cutting nails; milYJi1Cni < madana-, a kind of bird; chilkJi1CrA < ... ehalc-Tcat/.a.• Aakata, a kind of bullock-cart; ariltis < a,ta·trifhJat, thirty-eight; sarlsathl < 8Q,.pta~ti, iiAty-s6ven, etc. §1I3. OIA, MIA -li-; we~kening or loss in Bhojpuri, e.g. ikhri < a1c~a-viita-, the wrestling ground; timri < tcimra+pafla, a. vessel of copper; rakhilw4r < j'a~-pala, keeper; ban"la < banal-, Bengal; gopli < goprZa, a name; ghlSrilwl < gMfaka-, horse. §1l4. ~ of OIA, MIA -V-, -i-. Like BengAli -t- vowel in the interior of the word is reduced to i as it i!! found in old docurrient,a a.nd poem!! in Bhojpuri. In the dia.lect of Balli&. -t- is still preserved. But in the dialect of B.nlraa a.nd Aza.mgarh it has dropped off and in other pl~"6S it is an the way to elision. e.g. gharnl < gr1&ini, wife; harnl < 1&ari!Ul, deer; kutnl < 1cuUoni, • bad woman; sta. sarao < ';ansatHI, ·muatard; khand < Hani',,", an instrument for digging earth; pand < patli+iCa-, the boiled rice kept in water for the use of next day. . flUi. Loss of -tI- is not 80 common in Bhojpm1, e,s. kurml < hfumbi»•• caate. N.B.-1Aea of -8· -0. does not occur in. Bhojparl. ( 28 )

CHAPTBR. V RETENTION OF INTERIOR VOW)~LS

§1l6. Interior vowels reDlain in llhojpuri wll('11 they o('('ur (through loss of original MIA or old Bhojpuri final "owcJ) in tho laoSt syllnhlc of wurd a.nd are closed by 'a consonant.

-aleAr,. (atlcala), the skirt of II. WODlan; uJAr,. (1~jjoola), whitt'; utAl;.l (utiara), alll!wcr; klwAl,. (kamala), lot liS ; kus'l_ (ku.4ala). \\'('11; kGw',,, klt'fllla, l'Qjmrla), a. caste; ciwAr_ (c4maTtl); carAn,. «(,tlrtl~.a). fnnt; eann6r;1iI (caMaM). sandal; jl6n" (jivana), Iifl1; t4,'I_ (ta,pta.14) , hot.;dewArJl (tIl""ra). younger brother of hushand: plj'~ (p(l1~jflrn); plt4r_ or pitAI,. (piiia14 pita.ia), brass; phorln_ (sphota7lt'); sihv'n,. (.sriwuJ,la), tIll'

<

name of a month. §ll7. a = MIA .Ii-, ·ii•. anaj,. (annojja, anntidya), grain; et1iirah~\ (ikticla8tl) , 1,·le\·I'u; kurAh.. (ka(aha), II. big frying pun; kapisl (karpii/la), cotton; klyorl {(·f. H(·"K. key,in < keddrika), flower.beds; guil_ (goJKila.), a ('IUft(!; kohilr_ (kumblu,. kara), potter; eamir" (carmakara), sh(je.mlLkt~r; chlnar_ (c!lilllltl-lIlilu). 'n man of bad character; nihil (nidhiipikti). nnvil; nihir «('f. MB nihatr. < nibkalaya.), to observe; nisin" (cf. MB ni81ina < ni!uftxina). mUKic; ba6(~)ill (vangaUka); bakhin,. (vy,ikhyilna,). d('8eription; blhin,. (vib/rlina), morning; masin,. (8ma8ana), bunting ground; siyir" (;;rglila), jackal; sohlg" (aew1uigya), good fortune, etc. illS. -Iabthilli (aikira). firm; ahirJi (abkira), a Cll.8te; kahini ikll.iiu&nika), "tory; gahir" (gabhira), deep; gharlyir" or gharlir,. (gIUl(.ipil.la.); gilbhlnl, (garbhi{.i), pregnant; cAlis (catiiurimAat), forty; tis (tri'msatj. thirty; dahlii;;, dahlDl', also sta. dakkhintl «Pk. ddhituJ < Sk. daqituJ), right (opp. to left); nAt!n! (* 1'..aptrini), grand-daught.er; bah!!"_ (badhira), deaf; banlyA (t'!!~!iM_), the merchant caste; mandU" (mandira), temple.

§119. ..Iikusl (atikuAa-), a hook; kapOIl' (karpura), camphor; kukur" (Pk. kuk. hra < Sk. lurkur.), dog; kbaJiir_ (kharjiira), the date troe; ~arur" (gaf'1l44), & bird; caUk (catU4ka), increased by four; eta. nlthur (nillAu",,), hard.hearted; pAhun" (prcJgk4irtla), & guest; phlgun_ (p1uJlgutuJ), the naD'lo of & month; bhaaull' (bkrdtr+.fva.4ura), elder brother.in.law; maar" (m"lula), & diadem; mAnu.,. (manuwa), man; rlut" (r4ja-putra); flUIl' (niia-hla)' voar honour; senu", (lindiira), vermilion; sBsur" (muwa),

tather.m.l&w.

-

-.

-

-

1120. ..I- from various !O!L1'OO! in OIA ('; Ii; etc.). e.g. ahlrl (akWlim), hunter; upadis_ (upadUa), teachings; gBnie,. (gar-lie), e Dame; mallAdlw (maMdIm}j S'iva; pare", (prftA), poet, etc. ~.+

/

Ts. a&hld (agMrG-), a worahipper of ~iva; biehlIII' (~), .,..... tioD, eto. ( J9 )

UH.A.PTER VI

VOWR'..A.-8 IN 'CONTACT §122. The disappearance of OIA intervocalic stops left a large number of MIA vowels in contact. Fol' th r> J.dost Dart these maintained a seoarate existence into the ApabhraIh~a period. Theoretically Sanskl'it does not allow any hia.tus-i.e. docs not a.llow two vowels to ooour side by side, there will always be 8a1Ulki. This may be looked upon only as a grammarian's notion which was rigorously maintained in the written langl'.age. 'Vo may be quite sure that in OIA (Vedic) vowels followed "each other hi speech &e much &e. in .any othe~ language: in the oldest period of the language at any rate,· they said ,flam hi a(Jfi{!j rather thail tUl!th.hyag'fl;e. In the second MIA when intervocal consonants were dropped, naturally vowels followed one another and the ha.ve- words like .------. hfaa. -----y raafa. caYa. hrtln..ln. --- la.nalla.ae nnuld ----- --.- ---- --------" etc!. ---p ( , =- --'--;1-' raailca, CQ.kitt&). These vowels generally (at least for a time) were retained as aeparata ones, and were not oontracted by assimilation. In some cases, . however, the contraction was undoubtedly' early, e.g. mora < A

6

..

-~f:I--~-

mayura.

§123. L'l late ML4 and early NIA:-.there was a th.~ ..fold treatment of the OIA vowels brought into entire or partial contact (i.e. contact with interveninR ~:Y-. -w- Jdide) by elision of stons (ODBL, §l69). The three different kindS of treatment in-MIA languages are : -. (a) They were turned into diphthongs. (6) They were 'contracted into a single vowel. (c) They were retained as separate vowels by the insertion of a

--r--- " -- .w-. ....-

Ann'hnnin .V_

n?

§124. .When the consonant dropped off. its plaoe· was taken by a glide sound, a -;- or -w- which took the piace of the open mocillication (i.e. sl)irantized form) of the oriRinal consonant about to disappear. This glide -y-. -w- hU in many c&sea come down to NIA. But ii-was also in many other C&8e& dropped itaeIf, so that no trace of the orig4.nal consonant replaced by: the glide remained. Subsequently there could be contraction into a Bingle vowel oi two 'udvrtta vowels' thWi brought together. §126. It is likely that diphthongization of contact vowels was an earlier proceas of combinative vowel ohange. In I ABoun inscription • oi the·.third oentury, the diphthong 8 is found in forms like tArBm < cf'@jda8a < crayoilala where. -y- Imd -w- no longer remained. But we find in cTChlLI'Vel& inscription' & fo..rm like cgwlha < ~ ~d at1Glle8i < af1dde8i avMayal at Bhirhut. 1126. In j ain Prikrlt they reoogniz8 this -y- glide replacing a couonant as -y- !iruti, although they do not note a BimUar -w- wti-thia Jain tn.ditiOil .y- 'ruti goei back to ceut-uries immadi~bet'uu. C1u...l..st when these gUdes first came in words like Wala. which first became • ~ • btuiartJ > icaflaia iii icatbaia iii bafara or .. iR.MartJ (with " iadlloDur .). baW. bah > BineJI and Bhoj. kill, bar; Beag. ial4, diaJeotieal Beug&J.1 b6r. . -

.uaawra.

=

of

"',la

( 30 •

VOWBLS IN OONTAC1'

31

§127. In early Bhojpuri like Bengali and A88&JIl888. it may be aaaumed. there muat have been diphthongization as the principal modo of contraction of c-ontact vo,,-e;ls. But unlike Bt"ngAli Rnd AssIilDCSC, tlwt\, has not been much contraction of theat' vowels which an!' gt'ncrally k('pt separate in the language. So that there are t,,'o treatments of theso in Bbojpurl. viz. (a) Where \"()~,:>Is arc kept scp1uatc from cnch other by euphonic glides -y-. -w-. (b) Where ·there is 110 ~uphonic glide audiblo; th£'80 lIllly bcCtlllll' diphthongized and only in Il few iustllUcos furtlll'r contrlH't it III of these diphthongs bnpllt'n.

In those cases "'hero the st'cond elC'!n!'tlt· of tllt~ jludvrtt,a' group is i and u and if in such a cnse tho first cll'mlmt of till' IZrlltI}l rocciv('s atrt·NS, the second elemcnt i u becomes wookelled in moclt~rn Hhojpuri Ime! ""0 get'what are virtually diphthongs at, aw nnd in tho dilllecf of B'Uli\r;l8, which, it must be said, prefers a more lnx pronuncilltion. ay ane! aw nrc found, e.g. O. Bh. Kana. baijhala > in t.he diaiect of uaiiia. gaii. baithai but in Bana.ras gall, bait hal or gayl, baythai. So Ballui. ciur, BlLluLrlla j

ciwar.

§128. The Sk. diphthongs ai and au still retain the i and 11 elements intact and in the phonetic feelings of the standlLru Bhojpuri speakers these are never contracted sounus or monothllngs sucb RS, for example, in western Hindi in which ai and au approach tho )4~lIgliHh sound of 'a.' in 'hat' and 'man' and the 'aw' in 'law' respcctivoly. Th" Bhojpurl value being a+1 and a+u according to the rhythm of the speech: in other words, Sk. ai and au are either split up ioto a-I, a-u or lire retained &8 diphthongs I\i. and 0· §129. The vowel group ai, all in both ta. and tbs., however, can be contraoted into diphthongal sounds 1\#. IUl if the word takes.a vowel affix at the end and words with al all no longer end in a consonant, ('.g. u bacimis i maun' hOKe mlUinibibi banai bi, that scoundroi has taken up the vow of silence and has become a revered saint who does not spC!lLk (as the sign of his spiritual progress); 'caU' ml log 'c-.JtI' glwell, .in the month of 'Caitra' people sing 'caitii.' song.

and 'w' glides in a number of Bhojpurl words. ''1' glides in Bhojpurl:narljar (Mrikela), cocoanut i altlr (Argala), jackal i klylrl (keddrU:cI). flower beds; dl;1 (diba < dipa), lamp; kajar (kcleara). tvlward.: rat (raj), a title: <jlt8 (jivali), lives; bitt (t1tUa-), wind ~_ i Ini;i (maid), mother; plylri (priya-1earikii). dear i bltl
1130. We find

''1'

'" glides in Bhojpurl : eOwar (.fiikaf"tJ), hog; keWari (l:eta-+4a-), a kind of flower; cblwlDl (c1acidanikeJ). a place for temporary abode; dhii*1 (dA4ima-). smoke; kO" (~ptJ.). well; dhiwl (dh6ci < cUaiJ&ta). wuhed ; ea... of. ai, Nepali 'uyo' < riel.· (. ftkaka). big needle ; j8W1 (dgula-), gablbliDg; ..... (lomtzJ:a. or romaJrJ-). hair; tllWi (ptIrcfk-). Dut; pi'" (JJ;iJ'fl-), & kind of aweet cake, etc.

f131.

32

THB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPIIBNT 01' BBOJl'UBl

;132. In it few worda, we get the glide -li- also in Bhojpuri, e.g. behull - Skt. tJipulti, the name of the heroine of the Manasa. legend;

dnuM < dAruva·.

CONTBAOTION OF VOWBLS IN CONTAOT

§133. 'Contraction of "udvrtta vowels" by assimilation is Quite a common phenomenon in second and late MIA' (ODBL, §172) and BhojpurJ has inherit.ed a number of these NL~ contracted forms, e.g. khAt (kMai, kkiidati, cf. OB. khrli) ; piYkJi (ptifiikka) ; anhir (aMlaa. am, a,f'.d,ha,..kiira, cf. B. itd/liirri). (i) The Bound ~~P!:l . . aa .. , ..awa"", .. aw9.= in the initial syllables> 0,

e.g. bbldo (bhaddatlaa, b1uidrapada-), a month; kino (* kandai71a, kad· dama, kardama). mud; dino (* fl-iliawa, dcinava), demon. (ii) The groups l£i. M. ita with intervening glide Vi

beca.me

a in Bhojpuri., e.g.

y in late MIA

inAr (indriigllru) , well; ste. upis (upavI;8a). -fast; anhAr (andhakiira), darkness; bhujill (bhuja-ptllika.), a dagger; I1Aras (ga'P4apiila), an instrument made of iron; k~,ta.iri (1cort'\iigtJril«;,), storekeeper; juiri· (dyu,ta.Mrika) , gambler; barlt (vara.yaWd) , marriage party.

A large number of disguised compounds in -ir come under this, e.g. bhi4Ar (bMrtlflgl4ra), store-house; kohir (kumbha.ktira) , potter j camiir (carma.kara), shoe-maker j iohir (~.i:ara), bia.cksmith; sonir (8!lar~la.kara), goldsmith. (iii) MIA at> I. the affix for the verb 3rd person (conditional) -I (.ai,-ati). In script the two elements are written separately, but in actual pronunciation a diphthong exists, e.g. dekhi (* tlekhai), (if he) sees i cali (calai), (if he) walks; parhi (paiAai), (if he) reads.

(iv) a.u > d, the e.1!ix for the verb 3rd pe..P!On (i'lYlperative) : caUl (calau). p;o; dek.h6 (deJ:hau) , see j kar6 (kaf't.It.L) , do; eyre (c1tci.t!4a1&u), Of. carya 50 ccM4u'. (v) The late MIA groupe ae > a! > I : tl (.", < tm,a+.,na), you; ml (. mel <

rMra+-ena), I.

The a.mx for the 31'd Person (future) : karIhI (karihai< kariwat'), will do. (vi) Groups in MIA 1'1, n, I'f, II became I in BhoJp1ll'l. e:g• .., (. all.i. a41U). tr.ght7; khIIl (* iAtfi+i!lt:=.

iAacUlG+iItJ.). to eat.

The 3rd peJ'8OIl future verb-forma. e.g• . -karl. (*iam< ·.mri1ti < ....."".'), will do; c:aIJ (. 0tJUi < • oalW -" .-r:..._I1\

,ioU

~11 ....... i.WSS/' ......... ev~

vowm.e

IN OONT4or

33

(vii) Late MIA fa. 180 had twofold development in Bhojpurl e.g. (G) In initial syllables I, lor I: ' ltal (lttitJ- <

• itJtI.. < ayat). 80 much; chimA (* chtamcl < • kwamd = k,amd). excuse; c)irh (dia#,ha < dvyarddha)

one and a half; blthl (*bitJtM. vyoUad), pain.

'

. M~em Bhoj~urI bAtbl, pain. (Thi~ modern pronwlcilltioll looks like bemg a Benglliam. of. BengAlI pronunCIation bretM.) (6) MIA final il > I, e.g. 11~1 (·ltJUhitJ- e ltJI,Ailcti), ~tick; mimi (* t'IIdm.ihi), aunt;

rlrl (. ere:'J4ia. < eratl{l.ktJ). castor-oU seed; aberl (late Bk. dk1aqiktJ), hunter.

(viii) lUi. lUi (liu, lili) becomes ii in Bhojpurl, e.g. dO::! (* tI.ur.a- < dvir-r.a-), twiue: bllukld ($ bAIi.Ai < W+ikd < bubhuA:,d), hunger.

* bhuk-

> ii in Bhojpurl, e.g. iorn (. g6nt.tJ-. < gOrUpa), cattle;

(iz) MiA ua. lia

bacharil (* bachar1UJ- < t'OUaniptJ-). calf; aabbarii (garbka.rilpa), young; meharlril (ruaA"!;rilpa-). wife; patharii (. PtJllha-riia-) , calf of a buffalo.

(x) MIA ea.

> e, e.g.

cbln! (cAi1,I.id < ckedtJnihi), chisel.

> 0, e.g. thorA (8t6ktJ+-4a). little.

(xi) 080

TBuTJIBNT 01'

OIA

r

§134,. '~'Jle sonant r coun1ieO as a vowel In SansJuIt. grammar dill. appears in Pk. &8 in Pill. The BengAlI and Hindi (NAgan) alphabetH poaaess f as a letter of the alphabet and it-e common pron!!!1cia.tion is rio In Bhojpuri documents r is written as rl because in Kaithf character, in which these documents have been written, there is no r. This 'ri' vlLlue for r is found all over northern India, but in the south including tho Oriyii and Marl.tbI tn.ota, the pronunciation is •ru' • What W&8 the exact pronunciation of r in OIA is very difficult to 8ay. but it is certain that r was not pronounced a.s 'ri' as it is nowadays. It was a IOnant fricative used a.s a vowel and ita pronunciation appeara to have been the same as tJle sonant r in some Slavonio languages, e.g. 'srb'. The Iranian and the old Persian preserved r without any vowel. But in Aveat.a.n. at leaat in orthography. r" oro. This last type of form,

~ fn~ ;:m~h;::l=i:r~ 7~~i~i~;:~i :~r:r-::~~; .Tnat. Mf"n_ thA Mt&bliahment of MIA. OIA r a.s vowel took UP the pMp oi;;'th;;-~~;;'l-~-;'nd-;'-t:',-u or and in-MIA normally it is

.. '01'ft'_

0

!hie vowel which prevailed and r

was ~~la~ or w~ d1"?p~,. (~I! a few cuea the l' was ntained. howevel', irubbedtJ - ",veda, nBaOlla De810CII WtJ6AcJ. etc.) Dr. Bloch after an examination of the AAokan inscriptions and the litfnry la.ngaagee on tbi8 decidee that r developed in the south· west as CI and in the D01'th and eut .. i and u (Blooh: §30; Turner: Gujritl

Phonology, 112) •

•

THB OBlGIN .6.ND DBVBLOl'MBNT OJ' BBOJPURI

BlIt o~.ng to the great intermingUng of d.i.&lec"va, it c&""ct be definite.. ly said which of the above threefold treatments of r is a characteristic vowel of a particular dialect area in modem times. In the instances aiven below, all the threefold treatments are illustrated in modern Bhojpuri: (j) OIA ·r· > ·a- in IDA. In some cases ·a- > .ii.- in NIA through compensatory lengthening, e.g. kacahari (/crtya·urka), court i Klnhi (Krltl4-), Lord Krishna i Die (nrtya) , dance; mitl (mrUik.), earth; b'r (vrta·), a fig tree; basahi (vr,abka. f.la8aka.), a bull; karl (kala' < krta). (il) r > MIA .j. > NIA .i., but sometimes i also either through com· pensatory lengthening or through stress, e.g. I1biw (ghrta), "hee: I1hfn (gkrtUi), contempt: pithf (pr,tha), back; - bichl (vrAcika." Bcorpiori-: ititi(naptrka), grandson-;- slgl(Arnga ), horn; slyer (Arufila), jacka!; gidh (gr,Mha), vulture; e!kar {ernk(k)ala, Ir1ikd·), chains.

(iii) ·r· > MIA ·u· > NIA ~U" but sometimes ii also either through compensatory lengthening or through stress, e.g. bOrh (vrddka), an old man i riikh (* vrukkk < (vrk,a), tree; sune (sj'twti), hears; muwal (mrla.aUa), to die. '

NASALIZATION

01'

VOWBLS IN MIA

AND

NIA

(I) Final dn'U8vara

§135. OIA anusvara and final ·m both became anusvira in MIA. In Apabhrarill§a ·m became a mere nasalization of the preceding vowel. This finaJ. nasalization still &ih,-iVes in some of the l\1JA lang"uagas like Gujritf and Marii.thl but it does not feature in Bhojpuri. It is also absent in its Migadhan sister Bengi.iI. OIA aDusvii.ra was just a nasal continuation of a preceding vowel so that 'Ii was reallyac1, i was ii. In MIA this nasal continuation Qeveloped into a full nasal80und a • (it), a Jf (m) or a If (n). In OIA the anUsvira cha.nged to a olass nasal, when it preceded a. stop or aepirate: aIlUlvAr& could occur only ba-fore y, 1',1, W, §, I, e and in Vedic suoh anU8vara had a special pronunoiation which is recognized in Vedic by a. special letter ~ or (~). 'rne Prikrit pronuncia.tions of lIIIo.nna.,.S ..a.

f t A .........~

IIIIoJ~GoA.,.

.f..GoMAd In

nT A.

Tn Wln~A..n Tn,.1la. •.n.'Ia""I:..... ~.

P~~~~~~';-1F (6)i;''B;~il.-1f·(n)fu· no;th;-~I~;U;-g;~~;.ny ~ci

if

(m) in sout.h TntJflL. :8A1ore hand w whioh ohanged to b. ILDUllvi!'8 became generally a\ and m respeotively, (e.g.) Bhoj. sts. slAh (~) romanized as 'singh'. and saniid ior sammtU - sambtU == Sk. sarhtHida. Moreover in BhojpurI there is no survival of an earlier pronunciation of anusvira like the- pron'Unciation of the equivalent of SaDakrit tJtJrMa, in the Oriyi the. ba,'Ua as quot.ed by Dr. Chatterji.(ODBL. 1175).

OT A . §188•. ej.. DaaaIs before stops-aDd aspirates have beoome a uauJiza· tion of pre"'!'dfDg vowel in standard BengIII and Hindr, e.g. J'dka > plk, MIA !l..lLII&m inherited from

3·

VOw.L8 Ilf OOll'1'.A.O'r

mud; . . > cfIe. _th. Caloutt. Bengill 16 - Gtn6ca _ cI_ra. mango; HindlIbcI, eto. But in Bhojpurl there haa been an Mlimilation of the following r..op 01' ioiipii'iote with the preoeding na.aa.i when this atop or aspirate waa a voiced one. This has been alsO t.he oo.ae with tho PllujAbi

and it is partly the case for Bengill. Dr. Chattorji haa shown how bt·fore the change of the class -nasal into " mere nasalization o~ 0. vowel thl'ro was a stage of a reduced nasal, e.g. da""" > d4n1a > data > ddt, teeth. Similarly cand,G > c;lindf. > c1da > eid, moon.

In Bhojpurl the reduced nasal before a voicro atop or aspirate &88('rwd itself, 80 to say, and aaaimilated to it the following consonant ao that: ctitlda > canM > can, moon, but in danta - dit "'bere tho 't' remaine. As Bhojpurl vowels like Benga.li are more or less nasalized when pre· ceded' or followed by a nasal, the anusviira becomea superfiuous Ilnd is often not used in writing. §137. Below are given inatanC8IJ of nasalization of vowols in Dhojpuri through clasa nasals and anU8vara occurring with consonants in OIA. (i) Unvoiced stops and aspirates precetled by class nasals: t,ho vowel is nasalized (after being lengthened) and the stop or the aapiro.t.o rOJDains. Unlike dialectical BengA.U and Opyi, thero is no trace in any Bhojpurl dialect of a stage of reduced nasal before complete nasalization, e.g. pIk.. (~nka); mud; dlt.. (dania), teeth; Ill'hl' (granJAa.). knot; Ik. (Gnka). number j plCJI (paw). fine; rnA'll (maw), rnised pla.t. form: Dltl (2)(lnktil. row. line : kiD. eVkamD.I. to trt'mhle: Ikus. (ankUAa), control i· tltl (tantu+t41itri): string; kltharJ (htn.tlu&.j, a rag j lIph (lampA), jump; khlrl (kAan{la), piece. (ii) Claaa na.sa1s with voiced stope and aspirates ~imilaw" -the latter to itself excepting in the CYe of J>A-1at.a!s and cerebral!!. So long as the double oonaona.nt was heard, the preceding vowel was short although long by derivation or origin, e.g. (G) With guttural voiced stops and aapirates : GftgGM > • cl1igaM > • annana > 16an, compound; jail.ghd > • jcl'/t,glta > • jdtt/i<a > jl6h, thigh.

voiced stope and aspirates : cln (caw, candrG), moon; Inlr (indrtfgclra) , well; bOnl (bintl.), droD: lenur (.rindira), vermilion: sunar C· "un· Mra, :;"MaN), beautiful j Inbl (andAika)~ storm; -klnh (_J:andha), shoulru,r; lobar (GndAa.), bUnd j blnh (bandlu&), embankment; IOnh (.ugandiaa). fragrance.

(b) Wi$h dental

(0) With labia! et...ope And -pi.rat- :

11m (lCImbG), atraight, long; kadam (kadamM). a plant; cam (C'I'mba), kiss j kamarA (l:ambclla.) , blanket; semi (Mm6i.),-'. kind of vegetable; kumhlr (recently ka1r4r) (h~!",). ,ROtter; lamhlr (ItJmbMra), support j brdha. fIIGtItI > • bcJm6Aa8G > blmbaa Also babbla"a whioh gave blbbaa; 1m (.......), mango j tlmA (tclmra), copper

36

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OJ' BHOJ"PtJRl

1138. Examples showing i'titention of voiced palatal and cerebral atops and aapiratea : iljui'i (aiijalii, the open hands piaced side by aide and sUghtly hollowed; gljl < (ganja, of. Sk. griijaA), a kind of drug for smoking; pJjarl (pinjara-), cage; plJar (panjara), side; .IJh (MIA sanjM), evening; bljh (MIA (miijha-); ba.rren; pAre (pii~ya)i a. cI!1.88 of Brihman; .Irh (,atz4a), bull; mlr (maWa), starch; rtf (ra1,&(Ja), widow; khArllar (kl''''ro4agrl-...), dila.pida.ted. hOUi6; bblj'lr (b1M2ti4ogara), store. 1139. Where two naaals of MIA are reduoed to one," there is nasalization of the vowel (except euch as comes in through it!! being followed by a nasal and an I is changed to I, e.g. I . (at'tKJ, anya), "another i kin (kat'tKJ, ka~), ear; elm (camma,

mr'?'M). leather, §140. Sibilants with preceding' anuevLp& I remain with the •anuevira' nasalizing the preceding vowel, e.g. kid (kd*.aga-), ball-metal; biB (var,..rJa), bamboo; ds (wMJ'iiaG), meat; 41. (damAa), a kind of mosquito.

§141. OIA' anusvira' following the high vowel 'i' is lost in bls (vimiati), ct. Beng. bis, twenty; tilla (dvtlvimAati), twenty-two; tis (,rifi&.fat) , of. -tis (aa in C8utls, the common BengiJl word trU, tiN is a ata.). thirty. SPoNTA1'4"EOUB NABAL!Z.!.T!ON

§142. There ~ oa.sea in"NIA in whioh tbh. words show na.aa.liza.tion where there is no nasal in the corresponding OIA form, e.g. sip (sarpa), of. Hindi sap, snake; !t (Uf~ra), camel. This phenomenon haa bOOD termed aa 'Spontaneous Na.aa.liza.tion'. This tendenoy is found in MIA in whioh optionally, it wouid appear, a. doubie oonsonant oouid become a..JJII _ na.sal+oonsoaant, e.g. jalfxJti > jampai in place of • jappq.i, daHan • _ _ _... _ UUGIIoVU',

~"".

NIA words showing this kind of na.aa.lization are unquestionably based on M..I.A. iorms whioh developed it. Different explanations of this phenomenon have been suggested. Dr. Bloch and Dr. Turner regard thiS nasalization a.a due to the lerigth of the vowel whinh a.ccording toO Dr. Bloch epont.a.neonAly develope a. na.aa.l resonance. Differing from this view Grierson aa.ye that 'lOch spontaneous na.aa.liza.tion could occur only if it wa.a introduced in the present stage of development of the MIA venia.oula.ra in which the vowel woUld become long. But t!rle is not the 0!Y!e; for the na.ee! W!Y! mt.roducHI not tA.ter thA.n the Prikrit stage·a.nd ha.a nothing" to do with the leugth of vowel'. Dr. Cha~Tierji. is of opinion that this kind of DiiiiDliution iii due to dialeotioa.l variation: a.a in modem times WIth certain languacea and dialects in MIA also certain looaJ forma of apeeoh developed a tendency for pronunciation with the uvula. lowered 80 that there waa a.ooompanying iliiBiiliza.tiou &ii.d iQiii8 of thew ijii8iilized fOl'iiii, dialeotioa.lln origin, pa.iiied on t~ the_~da.rd ~~ of ~e a~. Th.e ~ aitua~on ~ pl'e!8.!1~ in other dialeota and that is why we have a 1088 of originaJ nasal, e.g. OlA mal_ - fllGAirhsa - • mWiriuca ::> bbl. hut • tMIYa - bls. . 80 far".. NIA iacoDoerned, theBe forma With spODta.n801l8 naaa1iMtion

&:8 of the. aame ategory u thGI8 whalGJl -allow orcfDll CIA or hirvO&-ioal

VOWELS IN CONTACT

37

naaa~tion. ~ing equally inherite~ from MIA.

All NIA do not entirely ~_~_~!~; ~~~o~~_~l~ s~!I:~ In t~e resulta of ~:his _general prinoiple 0 .... p~.L".RlU"" U.L BU.A; WOI'UB wun spontaneous nasalization occur in nne IDA speeoh. say. western Hindi. Bhojpuri but are abscnt in anoth('r sav BengiU. Gujri~f and vice versa: e.g. BengAli and GujrAtI haw 8d~ blat W.H. and BhoJ. alp. . Emmple.s in Bhojpuri (i) Nasalization followed by one consonant :sla,. C.ftd8a). breath; blh! (baku), arm i paw,. (ptidtl), foot; Vbls (VAa8), to laugh; phi.,. (* pkariasa < pcUa), srmre. (ii) N'iioiiiiliza.tiOil followed by two consonants :--

I~I ~: !ln~i! alclck~. 7.' a~), e~-:; ~~ (~~!'. acd -:- arci~),ftamo; It hI (a~p&" aHA' ... ~'AtJ, stone 01 frult ; It (.'7114), ilta < • itrha -= iI,a), bnck; GCJ( (*un.ca, ucca), high jOt,. (* u,",a, u'(4), < *uUha = fl{l(ra), camel; k!ka..'rf (. kamk04ia, kakkOtf,iii == karkOlilvi), ~ucumb~f; klkh,. C*ka1klcka, kaUka == lca~a), arm-pit; ghis- (Viikill-:' gA,,(4) , to rub; klc (*kaiica. 1cacca, ktica), glass; V clch-, to smooth with an adze (* caneh- vtvaA;9); chlh (* rMyri. c!&tiyci), shadow; plkh. (pa~8a.), feather; phlk (* phamaa < * pAakka, N.D., cf. pkaklciM-), bit i blk (vanka, vakka-. valera). a curved ornameni i bit (* !lema, !leIla, "elm), cane; 4h1th (dhir.lAa. dhr~ta). insolent; alp (sarpa) , snake; V mlg- (margati < y mrg, to seek). to ask for; ymlj- (marjati < mrj), to cleanse . --~-, Though there IS the development ot tne nasal m nOIl-IIIt.8IU oompounds in MIA and notably in NIA. there are instances of the drop..... -

§14B.

-

.....

•••

....

.....

-- - - - -

.!-

---

fiif :::';~ou:i,:;::;~ ~t!!~7ri:~i;-ii~i~(:::!)~ed down. to NIA. cr.

Emmples from Bhojpurl are : . Idchu (of. lcineid) , something; chatlk, cf. Beng. chaltikft. Hindi c1&.a(iJlc (* ,al-(4nka); pll,.kl (* pallanaa, paryankikd); bhItar (GbAyamara) , interior; Vbh1j (abhyaiij-). to drench: dArhl (dtitkiM. da4Aia < dtidhika, cf. da~,rikd). bea.rd.

NGIGlimtion.- "'rough, inlervocal ·m· aM

-'11.-

§144. The tendency to elide single intervocal stops of OIA continue~d till late MIA. In ApabhramAa. single intervocal .m- became «-. ThIR feature is found in the present·day Bhojpuri as well, e.g. klital (mmala) ,-lotus : kOftr (kumtira). an unmarried boy; aA\hr IAvamalal_ blackish: bhlwri (bkramara). bJack be~: ~~Irl (4~): akindofiruit; clwBrJi (camara); bhuthlr (bkumiMra). a caste.

OHAPTER VII

INTRUSIVE VOWET.R AIU.PTYXIS OB VIPJU.lUB~A.

§145. This is a phenomenon by which a vowel is often inaerteci between a combiDation of BOunds which are ditBoult to pronounce. This phenomenon is found in a.ll periods of lA. In Vedio rmmar this is known &8 • svarabhakti' and in Prikrit &8 'viprakar,a'. lD KIA there were a . number oi Sanskrit borrowings whioh show 'vipraka.rea'. A. few of these have been inherited by Bhojpuri also, e.g. pawialr (* pat!umtJ-n2la, paduma-Mla, padma-n4Za), the lotus stalk ; aarlso ('" itJnsaiifi, 8fJr;apa) , mustard; AruI < • tJaralia < iidar= liia, mirror. Unlike Henglil, BhoJpurI shows great partiality ior the use of words simplified hy an&ptyxis. -Examples of-'Viprak&rf&' in BhojpurJ:(i) -a- ste. dharam (dMrma), religion; jatan (gama), efforts; karam (karma), action; aarabh (garbka),· womb: janam (janma), birth; jantar (yantra), machine; takar (takm), butter-mUk; nachattar (~raj, stars ; parab (pamJ), auspicious day; barat (wala), fast; baJar (mjra), thunder; bajara6aa (vajranga), a name of Hanumil.na. who is supposed to be very strong and stout; bharam (bArama) , error; mantar (mantra), sacred speech; ratan (rtUna), jewel; aaradh (lrddha), a ceremony in honour of dead; aapan (ltNJptUJ), dream. The anaptyxis is found in the foreign loan words also, e.g. kuciaratl (qudrai) , nature; ekarir (iqrdr) , agreement: aaram. (garma) , hot; carabl (carbi) , fat; -aad' (naqd), cash; takath (fa.""..aA), throne; tULrll' (taMar), quarrel. bakhat (toaqe), time; baku (box) (Eng.) ; tarim (tram) (Eng.).

-1-, e.g. barla (tHWf(J) , year; sta. alrlmln (.frimana) , a rioh man; idrlyi (kri"o) act.ion; tlrlyA (Wi-), woman; aarlso (.tCIrftIPCI), mustard; alrlalml (IriMma), name written on the envelope.

(ii)

Loan words : ak!!! (t; aql), intellect j jUdri (zilrtJ). mention j pblklrl C.,AiqrtJ), anxiety; jablt. (dabf), control.

(iiil -U- t as in duwAr (tlvira), door; padum (~),lotus; mukud (",uiti) , 8aivation j murukh (milrkliti), f()OJ; aukul (1Ub). a :ub·caa+..e

among Brihmao ; aumlran (~), repetition of name j lubudh (lubdAtJ), to be attrac+..ed. of. M. Deng. ~. . PBoTBB818 OJ' VOWlWl

1146. The prothetio vowel wa.e very rare in MIA and excepting Plli:- illAi < • iJri <"ri (Piaohal, IllSI) and tmahagati < • umcJtIGIe -

( as )

INTRUSIVB VOWELS

39

smayate (ODBL, §iSS) other examples are difficult to find.

In modern Bhojpurt, the prothetic vowel is noticeable in a numbl'r of Tatsama word;. They generally arise in oonjuncti of &. sibilant+k. t, 11, it CIC., .... ~. BStuti (stuti), vrayer; asthin (stkiinn), place; asnin (",nalla), bath: lhitlrl (istin, ~tri), woman; lslok (,yloka), ('IlUplt-t. Prothesis be!"0re ~ singl? ~nson:;.nt is rare, the only oxample being "prohit < purolnt, priest which 18 also found in Awauhi. The prothesis'is found in foreign words also, c.g. 1atesan (station) : {skul (school) ; Istim (stamp). EpBN'rUESIS

§147. Epenthesis is the anticipation of an .j. or .1I. lll'forl' till' ('ons", The phenomenon is founri in the Rigveda nnd in cllllf
In Magadhl Apabhrarllsa epenthesis does not SI'I-m to hnnl oe(~nrrcd, It is found only to a very limited extent. in Bih,iri; nnd Illthough it iN quite a common characteristic of the Eastern Miigadhan grOllI'. it cllnnot be said to have come into force in the l\1iiglldhan dialects or languages before the NIA period (ODBL, §184). In the standard Bhojpuri the following examples of ('pcllthosiH art' found:'haiti (* haitia, hatyr'j). murder; raichA (* rai~4~ii. •. rak.~ilJ. 8n~{-t}·; alga ($ agili, agy/i, fiji"ri), order; joint (. jotn". yo:::·). Inrth: kailAn (* kaWin, kalya~/a), propitiouM. In the Nagpuriii. or Sadii.ni dialect of Bhojpurl, we "IKO find epentilf·l4iH. e.g.

suwair <

... suair. < suar' < lii.kari, swi.ne.

The conjunctive par~iciple delkh. kair for dekhi and karl also show epenthetio i in Sadinl.

0lIA.P'l'1IB VID

SOURCES OF VO~ IN BHOJPURt 11". Modem Bhojpurl a comes from(i) OIA a aa iD- .. Ilablr (gabAlm). deep; ste. pahar (praIatJrtJ). an eighth part of the day; nachattar (~), star; bahlnl-(bluJgi"I), sister. (ii) OIA i through absence of stress &8 inbBDA1'81 (t1drcitta.tiga). pertaining to the city of Baniraa; awlrA (at'J'lGlaJ:a), a kind of fruit; sta. acaraJ (Ucarya) , wonderful; sts. raJput (raja.;putra), RAjpiit; ablr (ti'bAircI). cow-keeper (a caste). (iii) OIA U &8 inmatJr (muhla). Ol'9wn. (iv) OIA I' &8 inl)ltar (jNr.). forefathers i ahar (grlua), home, houae; bar CtNJIa• .,,-ta), banyan tree. (v) OIA 6 Aii innarlar (fta"""), cocoan~t. (vi) OIA 0 &8 In8ah1Jan (.fobTatUijatICJ-), a kind of tree. (vii) By anaptyxis' ~ inJatan (~), Care, efFort; ratan (rama), gem;- Jantal' (ga". h), machine, im~ent; mantar (mantra), incantation; Ilotar ~), lin.:--_' _ 1149. Bhojpurl. comes from(i) OIA i as In1l1Ar (lalti'fa). forehead; pbAaun (pMlgutIG), the name of a month. (ii) OIA a through initial stress'Iwaru (tJ1HI"CI-). other, another. (iii) OIA a before conjunot consonantsAdbA (ardAa-), a half; tAm (itwmt.I), deed; cam ("..".), skin: &him (gAcInJICI), heat of the SUD; Ik (cuU:a), number : bbAt (bAcd:tG), boiled rice: An (aRga), another. (iv) OIA r before two oonsonan__ mati ("""'Jd). earth. (

40

)

8OlJBOBS 01' VOwm.s IN BBonuBJ

('9')

MIA a+&-

anhIr (OIA tJMlaa.bira > MIA aJllaalira). darkneaa; barlt (OIA t1tJrtJlIdtra > MIA * WlreJliUtJ). marriage proOO88ion. (vi) M1A '+8.. A+i.I.a__ ,nT'" ua.aa ,VoLA ~'PU""'J, row 01 canales, a kmd 01- Icstival; kotblrl (OIA lco,flvigdri1etJ). store.keeper; bhlrlr (OIA bMn4dgtira), store. ~~_~_a_~\.

~

_ _ _

••

•

a

•

_

_

.•

•

1160. Bhojpurll comes from(i) OIA i as inmlnIk (~~ikytJ), jewel; gAbhlnl (ga,blai!'i), pregnant; budhl (lnultlkl). intellect.

(ii) OIA I as in-

blA (bijtJ), seed; dll (dipa), lamp. (iii) OIA a as in-

pfjara (panjara), cage; gl~tI (V~), to count; sts. imil (amlika), tamarind; lmirtl (amrtikd). a kind of Bwectment.; chiAsI (,d,+aAiti). eighty.sill:. (iv) OIA f

&II

in-

slylr (Argala), jackal; hil (4rdaya), heart; at.s. tlrlkhA thirst; klrlpA (q-pd), mercy; plrthl (prtAw). earth.

(tr~).

,181. Bhoj.1 comes from(i) MIA 1+1 _ inI, (MIA Gjjia, OIA GiB'iW), grandmother; klylrl or k!ln (MIA W,iti, OIA ke4lJril:d), flower·bed; boll (MIA boUia), speech. (ii) OIA °i' before conjunct COIi8OD&Dta &ii incltA (cit,.), leopanl; jlbbl (jiAvd), tongue,; plthi (pi,;oi:tJj,

cake. (iii) OIA r as inbhat!j4 (bArdldtJ.). nephew. tlJI (trti£IG-). third; 81~ (~a). horn.

Bhoj. u comes from (i) OIA 11 &8 in-khur (~..!f'B). hoof; cburl (J:,urikd). knife; pAbun t....,uu_. nest. '.r'"r __ -"..- ~ _ tWdoUmtJ). .,r_

f1CS2.

~-..

(ti) OIA ii as inbhul (bA_'), land; mahul (madAtlktJ), a kind of L_\tree; _ _ ••ats __ muruldl (murA:M-J.1OOI, W11iCD'8oW; 0 & _ ,.".~" uauu..... _

_

•

_

_

_

..

...

..

• ••

~"-

_ _ _ ..L _ _ _ .... _

I _ , " __

(iii) OIA i 88 inbUIll (* btmtZiJ;tJ. bi_). drop; geruA (* gfjrrdetl, gfiriktJ),

ochre colour.

THB ORIGIN &lII'D DJIVlILOPIIBNT OJ' BHOJPORI

(iv) MIA ava, ama, va all iokachul (MIA kaccAatItJ < I:acdapa), tortoise; aurl (MIA amra < OiA apara), another; saupai (1tiIA samapfKJ, OiA samarpa) , to hand' over; deukurl (detlakula) , temple; dulrf (dtJdra) , door; turant (tvara+anta), quick:' _. Bhoj. ii comes from-

§1l53. (i)

OIA ii as in(karpura) , camphor; diir (dira) , distant; un (urt&Q) , wool i cOni' (ci17}~ < curt&Q-). liuie, powder i ~ohl (godkumaj, wheat; sut (Biira). threa.d.

kapir

(ii) OlA n befor-e conjuncts-

Gc (ucca). high. (iii) OIA r before two consonantsbiirh (t1ftld1aa). old man; riikh t.o a,a1c.

("1'k~),

tree; piich (prcc1aa·),

(iv) OIA '&U'piis (~a), name of a month. §154. The sources of' e', e.-Bhoj. (i)

e comes from-

OIA e as inkhet (k,etra). field; ek (I!kka < eka). one; Jeth (jYeftka), elder. bAt ItJetra IsresO&'f&- L mercha.nt. ,--------~ "etta . • tJentaL -------" cane: ------, sethi -- .. ---,---.-.----,,----------~--

(ii)

(iii)

--.-~-,

OIA ai &8 inaerul (ge;rika), cloth of red chalk colour; til (tGjla). oil; sewlr (l(!jtxIia), water weed. OIA a as in-

sinh! (saMAi). hole made by thieves. (iv) OIA i as mSts. nim (niyama), rule i bil (mll1a) , a kind of fruit; chid (ckidm), hola

(v) OIA aya, ayo as intela (trayamti&.fat), twenty-three; terah (trayotlala), thirteen.

(In the above cases OIA aya ;> MIA aia > NIA • e ' or ' e'.) 1166.' Bhoj. 0, (i)

0

come from-

OIA 0 as in5th (ortAa), Up,; kotbL-I (ior~rikG), rllO£--6-keep6l'; ah5rt (gAofaJra), hone i kolll (konla). cuckoo.

(ii)

OIA au, aOr ~f'(J), fair i jhoU(jAfpUka), a small bag i mGd ("'tJ'k~=), pearl; or.l (~ri=), people of 0cL,.

SOUBCBS 01' VOWELS IN BHOJPURI

(iii) OIA .. &ii mdie (wiicu), beak; noh (naUa), nail.

(iv) OIA and MIA ava (aWaara) , turn; ohar (al.adh«iml. cover: V odaral (awdtfra.), iO open,- lillo! (MIA la1lgat'a!rll) , ioin clnth; osarl (MIA at1G1
oBarl

(v) MIA ua as in

800 (MIA otuamdAa < OIA .tugandha). perfume; oJbl (MIA tuljj1&a4.), a caste. (vi) OIA (j okharl (udiUchala). mortar; mol (mulfl") , prit'O: pothi (pwtak). book ;"kokh (kuk~), lap; 'odrl (Ud€ira), bt'llY· ll.B.-For the list of diphthongs, triphthongs,

8t")3

§48.

CHAPTER IX

OIA AND MIA CONSONANTS IN BUOJPUBI

General Linu 01 Change 10 Bkojpuri

§lIse. The general history of the OIA consonants together with the special question of dialectical differenCes has been very exhaustively dealt with by various workers in the domain of NIA be~nning with Beames and B~~ir~at.:~ T!t~~nside!,ationof" NlA phonology is connected with that of .MIA (Pili and Pks.) and in this conneotion the work of soholars in this line has to be taken note of. §157. The most noticeable fact in the history of the consonantal ohanges has been the progressive enfeeblement in the articulation of stops. In the development of itiIA from OIA, it has shown itself in three ways: (i) the loss of final stops, (ii) the assimilation of the first to the second in a group of stops; both these phenomena having their origin in the implosive pronunciation of stops in those positions, and (iii) the sonorification of the intervocalio breathed stoDS and eventual disaDnearance of all intervocalic stops except the two cerebrals which remain. "fil the case of the aspirates only the -h- sound remained. §USS. The course of this evolution was continuous. In early MIA comprising the language up to the inscriptions of AAoka, the loss of all final oonsonants and the assimilation of consonantal groups have been carried through with certain exceptions noted beiow. The cerebrais which in OIA are practically confined to oases where a dental has become a. cerebra.! owing to the influence of a neighbouring (f) or in the case of (n)

~creao! ~ ;:;C=d:g t~r~he~l1=~l t~OC~: ';:k~~' w~::

lanRU&J(88 'olearly differentiated the series. It can be noticed (i) in the inoieasIng number of assimilations, e.g. '"'f1Ia'i > #uffai > tat. 'breaks ; (ii) in apparently spontaneous change of dental to cerebra.!, e.g. patati > pat/ai > pare > part, fa.lls, through the influence ofBengili whioh preserves • f' and also of High Hindi in recent times. §US9. The most notioeable points in the matter of dia.lectioal differentiation are in the treatments of (k,) and (r, r+dental) : , (a) (q) appears as (coh) in (north-west and sOuth-west) and as (kkb) in the midland and east. Bhojpurl has (ch). (I;) In the group (r or r)+dantal, the dental beooma= a. oorebral in

the east but remains dental in the west. But mutual borrowing has been 80 gre8.t and extensive from elJl'ly times that we find very old forma from one group in the other group of dialects showing differentiation in this matter.

§160. In the second MIA ltage coming down toO a few centuries before Hemaohandra., the 8Onorization and the loss of intervocalic stopa ill carried through. After this loss, the hiatus was filled up by a. euphonio aemi-vowel y or w glide which either remaili.ed or dilappeared without trace. Intervocalio ~m- has become a mere D88alization of contiguous voweia through an intermediate stage of -it-; -JAl. boih became ihe dentai , or ~lveolar n. ( 44 )

Ou. AND JIU CONSONANTS IN BBOJPURI

§l~l. I~ ·t.~e ~hird or early NIA stage, double CODsODBnts, the rt'8UIt ?f ~ll~r .&88l~.J.latlon are sho~n~ and. t·he preoodin~ short \·owel" 111'\' Jenglinenea. TDe sam~ pr~ce88 is observable in the Jtrllup, nll8&I+('OD80. naJ?-t, where the nasality ~s pronounced l'Oin<'idl'ntally with the \"OWt>lll whlch are lengthened. This re-establishe.a the OIA system of intervllcolil' stops. §162. The noticeable point of dialectical diffl'I'\'!H'f' of this Iwri(KI il< -v- < -vv- « -vy-) remains w- sound in tho W('st but. becomos (.b-) in the midland and east. Bhojpuri has a b- sound. §163. In the fourth or modern Bhojpuri stage, the 1088 of fim\l MIA vowels and of certain short vowels between consonants has re.establishcd the OIA system of final stops and of unassimilatcd consonllnt llroun. The sounds of Bhojpuri consonants havc already be~n d:'scribrd (§§49-68).

General Lines o/Ohange to Bkojpuri

§164. The outlines of change shown below are practically the same 8M ODBL! §235, but modified hcre and there to explain typical BhoJPurl formatIOns.

give~ in

(I) Single Consonants (1) Single init.ial consonants have generally remained unchanged_ There have been, how.ever, some cases of a.apiration and de·upiratinn of stops, of change of a sibilant to a palatal c(h). and of bh. to h·; OIA yand v- have changed to j- and b- and r· ·s found a8 1- (1 > n) and also as r-. (2) Single intervocal consonants : (a) The stops -k-, -g., -to, -do, _po, -b· and the semi-vowels -y., -v· have been dropped; ·h .c;l. have been reduced to ·r· ; and in a number of MigadhI inheritances -rf;- (-rt-) have resulted in -r- (or 'r') lIB well; intervocal ·c·, oj. both remain as ·c-, (in original Migadhi words), 01' An; dropped (in non· • Magadhi forms). (b) The aspirates -kh-, -gh., -tho, -db-, -ph., ·bh- have been reduced to- -h- ; -~h-, -c;lh- occur as ·rh- (or 'rh '). (0) -m- has become a mere nasalization of contiguoua vowell through an intermediate stage of w; -J;)- -n- probably both oceurred the cerebral -l.l- to be changed to the alveolar -nin modern Bhojpurl. (d) A single initial or intervoca.l sibilant remains a sibilant usually, e.g. bls. bls {poison), bbala. aolah. alth. etc. (18\ Mi.cr:adhl 'I' from orA 'r, l' becomes' r' (which Grierson des,~, ~ Crlbes as 'dental') in Bhojpurl, e.g. pbar. bar, rlur, etc. Through HindI, Bengilf, and Sanskrit influence the 'I' is frequeniiy restored.

m

+

as

(II)

Couona- (}rowp8

These initial or medial have been reduced to a single consonant in Bhojpurl 'after having undergone assimilation in the early MIA atAge. Th" .follo~ were the main lines of treat.ment. : . (1) (a) StOp+ltop became a single atop; atop+up~te became a IiDgIe aepirate. Where the fint of tbeIe BOunds cWl'ered m it. point of

46

TJUI OmGIN AND DB'VBLOPIIBNT OF BHOJPO'BI

artioulation frilm the second, the first DiiimilatEd itielf to the i60und in the MIA (kt > tt, gdh > ddh, tk > kk, etc.). This kind of consonant nexU8 occmrred media.lly only. (6) Stop + nasal : -kn-, -tn- became -k-, -t-; -gn- > -g-, neg) ; -jil- > -n- ; -dn· has alr-eady become ·nn . . in OIA and this gave -n- in :Bhojpurl: ·tm· in iitman gave -p- (span); (dtman) > aUa lEastern), appa (from S.W.). (c) Stop or aspiratc+y. (i) Gutturals, pa.la.tals. cerebrals and la,biala+-y.: the -y- WiiS &&&i . . milated to the preceding consonant, whioh was doubled medi· aUy in ·MIA (but the genuine Magadhi change seems to have been kiy-, \liy-, etc.). Bhojpuri preserves a Bingle stop or aspirate. . (ii) Dentals+y: the group became -cc(h)-, -jj(h)- medially. and c-, ch-, h jh- initiaiiy. Bhojpuri preserves a singie -C-, -j-. (This palatalization of dcntal+y seems not to have been charaoteristic of old Miigadhl, which changed -ty-, -dy-, etc., t.o -tiy-, -yy-, etc. The palatalized .forme evidently from other dialects in MIA seem to have overwhelmed MAgadhi.) (d) Stop or aspirate+r. The' r' was assimilated to the preceding sound. which was doubled in a medial DOsition. in MIA. Bhoinuri has one stop or aspirate. The group -dr- probably became * -dI· in the OIA source dialect of Mig&dh!, whence we have ",ll~ > -I.. in & few words in NT...A. (e) Stop or aspirate+l: assimilation of 1. (ij Stop or aapirate+v; assimiiation oi eVe. (in the groups -tv-, -dv-, -dhv-, the resultant form in some ca.ses is -p-, -b-, -bh- in Mod. Bhojpurl a8 in other MIA: this le.bializ&tion is non ..)f..Ag&dhl.) (g) Stop + sibilant. (i) lEt gives ·kh- (through the Migadhi), -ch- (through extra Migadh!){LJ\. forme). (ii) ts, ps became cch in MIA whence c:b in Bhojpurl. (2) (a) Naaal+8top or aspira.te: for treatment in BhojpurJ, see §§136fF. (6) Na.sal+naaal: the OIA groups were -J)J)-, ·nn- and ·mm-. They

ocour as

~n;;;

and

-In-

L'"l Bhojpu...-1.

(0) Naaal (anusv&ra)+y, r, I, v, '(11),8, h (see §§136fF.)

(3) -yy- gave -j- in Bhojpurl. (4) (a) r+Btop or aspira~ : (i) ·r· before a guttural, palatal or labial: the latter W88 doubled and the ' r' was assimilated. In Bhoinurl. these' a.ssimilated groups result in a single guttural, pa.li.ta1' or labial stop or aspirate. . (ii) r+deiltal atop or aspirate of OlA show a twofold treatment: the r oerebraiized and doubied the dentai, and was 80 assimi· lated; or it simply doubled the dental without cerebralizinl it. The former -is the proper Migadhl treatment; the latter non-MAgadhl. BhojpurI baa -t(h)- -r(h). in. Migadhl and -t(h~-, -d(h). in apparentiy non~iiicadhi iorms• . (6) r+naAi: .l'O., -m- were ....mDa.tecl to -w- in MIA which lave In Bhojpurl and rm > mm > . - .,(0) -ry- i theear1l MIA (DOn-MApdhI) .,.;,"nation was to -n- whioh pn =oeDd H'.A. .•j,- whenae BhoJpu.-J =1=- In ODe or two iDr.Am~ -II-

-m-.

.

.

01& AND IlIA OONSONANTS IN BROJPUR!

pl'O':»&bly ~. _forms for Mag. Ap., only -yy- obange is Been _. Ai)'" _ a"pl- a'1l'kci, grandmother (~f. (i(;(iya, ODBL, pp. 121-122, 1062). (d) -rl- > MIA -ll- > BboJPuri -1-. (e) -rv- -s found as -bb- :>--b-. (/) rTsib~lant: _assimi~ation with the sibilant which is douhled (_!\~_, -ss- .- i§i§ l~ ~ga.dhl) and IS then reduced to a single sibilant pronounced '8 t 1.11 BholPU!'!. (g) -rh- > -lb- in Mii~a~bi •. whence -1- in Bhojpuri. .(5) !a) -l+stop: .asslmllatIon of -I· leading to a single stop in BhoJpurl. (b) -Im- > MIA -mm- :> -m in Bhoinllri. (c) -ly- > -11- > -1- in -Bhojp~i~ --Ti~·~~'~e('ms to be no case of -Iy. > .yy- > -J- in Bhojpuri. (d) -1I- > MIA ·n· > Bhojpurl -1-. (e) -Iv- > MIA ·11- > Bhojpuri -1-. (6) .vy- > .~IA .v~-, .b!,>- > Bh<;,jpurI -be. This is I~ llon.MiiJ{lulhi change: the original Magadhl alteration of ."y- WIlS to viy, which is lost and -vy· > -vv-, ·bb· forms have bccornt: established. (7) (a) Groups with sibihl,nt+stop or agpirate; ~~, ;k, :;tt(h), f;lp. sk(Ii). st(h) became initially an aspirato, medially II. stop+its aspirate' in 1\I1A. Bhojpuri haa a single aspirate. (b) Sibilant + nasal : (i) 1;11) > MIA 1)h > Bhoj. nh. (ii) sn > MIA 1)h > Bhoj. n. (iii) i§m, $m, sm > lilA as ({.s Miigadhi), mh > Bhoj. h. m. (e) Sibilant+y: normally assimilated to double fdbiIn,nt in M!t\, whence Bhojpuri single sibilant. There are cases of modifiCl~ti()n of this assimilated double sibilant to «h' which IU(l found in Bhojpurr; Th~ source of these -h- forms is not clear: Kari~ali > kari88f.li > karilwi > kari1a.e; iii kariM, kari in Bhojpuri but not in Gujriiti. in lridrwari, in western Panjibi. In Bengali also Kan,yalha > • ku,rilwha > karilla. karia, kariyo > koro == you will do (future imp.). ·Cf. P,lli: kariljYfimi> *karfam' > kaBs4mi _ kiiJuimi, Pk. kiiho.m, diikam == kari~utni, dalyiimi where -fly-, .sy > h, which all have -8-. (d) Sibila.nt+r, I, v: assimilation·of r, I, v resulting in double sibilant > single sibilant pronounced's"' in Bhojpurr. (8) h+nasal (h1), hn, hm): this group underwent metathesis in MIA (1)h, nh, nih) and· in Bhojpurl they have resulted in a Bingle nasal; .hyprobably became -hiy- in Old Magadhi. (9) Viaarga+consonant, simply doubled the latter, and Bhojpurt has a single consonant representing the OIA group. In groups of more thaD two. consonants, the semi-vowels, liquids Of sibilants were a.ssimila.ted and then they behaved in MIA like OIA groups of two consonants. 'Phnnnln";".al r.hA.Daefl of a more llenera.1 character are discWl8C
-------D. ---

--~--

(B)

---- -

-

.AsPnu.TIOlll' AND DB-.A.8PIlU.TION

..1.____

§186. The aspiration of unvoiced initial stopa is an important pheno• __ • • • .. -.17.. n:fA L....."""_ • MY A ",MftLUln. menon m MIA phonOlOgy, e.g. .IYl.J.A -JI1!U'"'" ...,~ -""r""":" ••••-.1'.-..---. OIA plM8tJ • MIA khujja OIA 1eubja; kluuiya < OIA ktuUa (H.C., I, 181), MitUtAi,i <'~,i, eta.' This tendency is greater still in NIA languages. ;188 No iii.tisfactory er1&n:.t!on cover'.ng a.U C88e8 of aapiration has yet been' suggested. Sir R. Bhlndlrka.r's suggestion that a vowel or a

a.

48

THB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF BHOJPURl

mute is aepirated through the influence of an adjoLW!ing· aspirate or an aspirated mute (W. Lectures, p. 189) is inoperative in cases like kkujja (Sk. lcubja) which he considers to be cases of aspiration without any apparent reason. Following Jacobi, Jules Bloch sees some connection of an's' or 'r' in aspirating a stop buthe is not satisfied with his explanation as he admits. Dr. Chatterji is oi opinion that aspiration may be due to contamination with other forms plus a vague sense of onomatopoeia rather than to the presence of any particular sound, e&pecially in initial a.apiration (ODBL, §236). s187. The Bhojpurl aspirates like GujrAti agree in the main with the Sara8krit. In foot there are 0&888 of aspiration which are common to all NIA languages as Dr. Turner suggests (Gujratt Phonology, §40). Examples of such cases in Bhojpuri are :khUa (kila, lekila.); phis (paAa), trap; bhiisl. chaft' (btua.). khel (bid\. ola.v! Dhatlild.i. (-nal.atloaL M_ Bena_ ftM"tL MDh (tJtia.naL ,1>-------.--,. --. ---0- r----. ---,. --.. . ;,~p~~;;tc.'

~--~-

--~-

'---~r--"

§168. 't' finally and medially is often aspirated in Bhojpurl, e.g. bharath (bharata) , the name of one of brothers of Ram i bhlrath (bhdrata), but of Pk. BhdraJw,·V48sa - ... Bhiiratha-var,a aDd in the tKhL-avela inscription' we have BMrad1ia; bbaratta&&-1. (bhTatrhan) ;,mahlbhlrath (maMbMrata), the great Indian War, etc. §169. The aspiration takes place incase of loan words also, e.g. Imom < q6m, ,.,i nationality; cObb < oob .,..,.. ; banukbl < bandiq I.h~,

etc.

.-

. De.aapiration

- -

§170. Loss of aspiration oocurred in MIA as well. All NIA obtained lOme of these de.aspirated forms from MIA. Examples in BhojpurI are : -

The de.aspiration of final consonant in Nepi.lf, Gujratl, Marithl and largely also in Bengali has been carried out thoroughly but Hindi bas preserved it (Gujriti Phonology, §4"0). In this respeot Bhojpuri can be compared with HindI and not with the above ~-u&a-aa. (0)

VOICING AND UNVOIOING

§171. In addition to interchange of aspirates and non.aspirates, voicing of unvoiced consonants and the reverse prooesa as wen as changes in the place of artioulation ooour in Bhojpurl. Voicing represents a stage in the growth of OIA before the oomplete eli8ion of ~e intervocal stope in MIA, e.g. calaR > cala4. > cala4i > cala" > c:ale. "aursenl and Mlgadhl represent the MpirintiM Bte. (~). publio; eta. aaaun (.fcIkna), OIll8Dl i (~). vegetable i lte. (Wia), orow: ... bile. . (1MaiIG), fait.laful.

--a- :

JMII'IIa8' ats....

kla

01.\ AND MIA. CONSONANTS III BBo.JPt7BI

(ii) b

<

bh and t

Unvoicing

< ~.

bahlnl (bhagini), sister; 4antii in • guli.danlti ' a golf.liko play of children (ga1l4a, datl~la). " • (D)

METATIIESIS

.§17~. Metathesis is found occasionally in OIA nnd lilA. Sornl' BhoJPun words are .the result of this early rnl'tat.hl'sil5, ('.g. ~harJ' (. (/llrim. grka ); bahlnl (bkag'!,i), sister; dah (1,ada < hrada), lake; halka. cf. MIA 1II1lvJdea = lagkuka, lIght, etc. Examples in Bhojpuri an,:liiki (tdka), falling of star; vpaTii: (y'{;');/;p). to p!arr; 8uka*h!. dry, cf. Beng. siltki, dril~ fish (. III/klr!'i <: "u~ka) ; vi>~'hir. (pari +dNi). to Dut on: '\./cahl1n == ~f Hill.ti ("r.;.;;/; ••,,' I,· mlrWArJ (manJJtI,i) , .. an-i~habit~~t -~f-·ifll~;fr~··PI~·~9~{lli:';i;;;l: ghost; matuk (muku[a), crown; aarur (Uanuta), a bird, ctt~. Also in foreign words : tamaii < tagmii., medal; diks < Eng. desk, etc.

.....nn . .

(E)

HAPLOLOGY

§173. Haplology is the dropping of one of two t;imilar souods or syllables in the same word. Loss of consonants by haplology is noticed in some cases in Bhojpuri, e.g. nBharnl (nakka + karataika) , a nail.paring instrument; nakatl (nak+kafa < 7id8iM.), iio ma.n whose nose hu.s been cut off. (F)

ECHO- \,,"ORD8

§174. Echo-words and onomatopoetic formations on a. Jo.vi"h Bcale an as much a char&eteristio of Bhojpuri as of other NIA la.nguagOB. A word is repeated partially (partially in the sense tha.t a new syllable, the nature of which is generally fixed, is substituted for the jnitial ono of tho word in question and the new \\Ibrd so formed, unmeaning by itsolf, echOCB the sense and sound of the original word) and in this way the idea of et cetera and things similar to, or assimilated )Vith that, is expreased (ODBL, p. 176). This is the characteristic of the Kolariao, tho Dravidian and of NIA languages. Bhojpurl takes o· in the formation of these echo.worda, cf. ahorAorl, horae and the like; bblt-ot, rice and similar thiags; kltlb-otlb, boob and th8 like. (G)

CoJll'OUND WORDS

1175. The varied types of oompounds in a NIA language have been eDDrined by Dr. S. K. Cha~terji (p?~y(lo~~is~ .in .~
TBB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPBlBNT OJ' BBo.lPUBl

117ft Apart from tr&nelation compou-'ltJ.. of the above type with a very clear foreign element, there are othe~ where we have the native element.s in both parts. This kind of compound can perhaps be traced back to the habit of grouping two synonyms for the sake of amplification or generalization of the meaning conveyed by one of them, e.g. hat-bAt. the market and the road, i.e. outside; ghar-dUar, the house and the gate, i.e. everywhere, etc. [For compounds see also §§341ff.] (H)

BLENDING

§1'1"1. Oftentimes both the synonymous compounds are fused into one single word where the first part of" one word is fitted into the last part of another, intermediate portions beL"lg d..ropped. The fo!lowi:tJg are the examples of blending, e.g. 1l0canA « gohti+cana, godhllma +ca'(&aka), wheat-grain; 110-Jal ( <: gohii+jai, godhllma+yaua), wheat-1;la.rley; tJyisl (<: tr,d+ piptiaa), thirst, cf. E. Beng. tiyaa.

(1)

CONSONANTS IN CONTACT

§178. Consonantal contact with resulting changes takes place, however. in the case of comoound words and connected sentences where the final consonant of the previous word comes in contact with the· initial consonant of the following one. Such oo!lsonantal changes are hardly found in Bhojpurl. The numeral ek (eka), one, like Assamese, shows significant changes in contact, e.g. 6-bir, one time whcre ek> -6-. The change does not take place in other cases, e.g. ek-ljurJ, one palmful. (J)

ASSDlILATION

§179. The changes of consonants due to &88imilation fall in a line with Bengali. 'In the O&.&e of _pirate (atop)+aapirate or'stop, voiCed 01" unvoiced, there is de-aspiration of the first aspirate. In deliberate and careiui pronunoiation, however, the aspirate may be reiained" (ODBL, §247), e.g. ciaciA-ciaiU > dud-daAi, miik and curd i lcih-thin > ad-Win, hajf a. picco of cloth; ballh-chAI > bag-eMl, thc skin of a tiger; kathphorwi > 1eaI-pAorw.i, tho woodpecker, etc. ~

There is regressive asaimi1a.tion when stops and aspira~ of the same cla8, occur side bv Bide. bv the 6.nt BOund &cauirin2 or 108in2 voice according &8 the second one 'in the group poBBeBSe8 or does not Possess it: and the first sound, if it is an aspirate, loses its aspiration (ODBL, p. 400). ek-g:iri > egglrl, onE! wagon-load; f/,a1e-ghar > 4Agllhar, poSt -.41: ..._ -.._ . W

v.&&&ug, gU\J.

(K)

DISSDm,ATION

§ISO.The principal types of. disaimi....tion are the de-aspiration of two aspirates in the same word, and also de-aspiration oi OIA aspirations or oi resultant MIA. aspiration (1171).

CHAPTER X

THE SOURCES OF BHOJPunl CO~SOXA~TS

Tit §181.

IOUrctI

Initial Bhoj. k. is

oJ BAojptui K

d~rived

from-

(i) OIA k· as in

kim (kanna) , deed; kaUA (Hka), crow; kolll (!-oliffl). cuokoo; kewat (kalOOrUa), a casto i kll (k
in kOB (kroaa), a distance of two mill's; klnal (v'kr) to buy' kall (krta+iUa), done; korl (11'O(la.). lup. ' , &8

(iii) kv. as in

kArhA (lvdtha.), a kind of medicin('.

(iv) sk· as in klnh (,kandA4), shoulder. §182.

Intcrvocal and final k. (i) OIA .k. == MIA .kk •. ik (. elka < ika), one; ekais (elka. < ekavimAali). tWt'nty-on('.

(ii) MIA ·kk. < OIA -kv-. clkan (cilkatuJ < cikvapa). glBBsy; hlk (~fIA IuJkka), shout.

chakkl (fGIJ;a-), sixth; cilk (MIA cukka. OIA cll,d+ kr). mistake; makunA (MIA makhpa, OIA matkutw). un elephant without tusks. (iv) ·rk. as in plkarl (par~i),fig tree; makarl (mar~.), lIpider; sakar (.farlara), sugar i aiwan or ekwan (armpaf1UZ). a plant. tv) -lk. as in

bokall (valJ:ala), the bark of a tree. (vi) ·!;Ik· &8 in caUkI (cat~ka),kit-chen; nlkllal (v'nif+kr·), to drive away. Interior .k- preserved often the nasal.·c.g. plk, mud; _Ikar, ·chain. It is also found as a suffis: in numerous nouDl. f183.

PM lOurcu oJ kh (i) Initially, th- comea from OIA kh. 81 in khaJilr (Har;1lm), date palm; khlJhI (khddya-), a kind of lweetmeat; kbapari (iMrpam) , tOe; kbalil (1:AaftNJ-) , ( 51 )

52

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF BBO.JPURI

'bedstead; khal (khala), scoundr-el; khatmal (kha,vamala). bug j khantl (1ehanitra). a kind of spade; khayar (1ehadira). catechu, (ii)

k,. as in khit (A:,etra). field; khlr .(~ra), milk; khud (1e~ra), small ; khan (kjitifKi). moment; klllr (1;6ra), caustic, alkali.

(iii) alt .. as in

khambhl (a1eambha). a pill&!'. (iv.) k- by &8piration sa in khlll (lilaJu (cf. Beng. 1elila ana As. en.f,uJJ, wedge; kh1carl « 1ekicca. probably < • 1ersari1ea < 1ersara-), cf. Beng. kkicuri. rice and pulse boiled together. §IM. Intervooal and final kh from(i; -itt- &8 in pakh (pak,a). wing; mlkhan (mrak,at'Ul). butter; tlkh (ti~). iiharp. I:a -fl\"1

in If.,s. of recent import :

barkhl (warBti). rain: blkhe (m"aua). matter: dokh (doBa). fault j bhlkbl (bhaia) langwi.ge; -rokh (ro,a): anger. . . . (iii) .... as in

pokharlC".,l:am). a pond; 8iikhi (,""lea), dry.

1195. Initia.lly A- comes from~ (i) OIA g- &8 in

Aaru (gOrlipa), cattle; Aar (geJ'ra). fair; Aar (gala), throat; 11m «(lila), song; AUDa (gut'Ul), quality; Aadhafia (gam-abha). donkey. .. . . _. . (ii) gr- as in al. (gnlme). village; a!hek (gn!,~), buyer; Althl (granL\i), knot; ste. aarhan (grahataa), eclipse; sta. Aarah (graha). planet. §186. Medial and final Afrom.(i) .gr. as in paaahA (~-). tether; aAui (agra-), leader; aAahaD (agm.M~~). Dame of a. mnnth.

Cll) OIA -p.- > MIA -H-. lal (* ~ik.i). fire; DIal (tItIgIIG), naked. (iii) OIA -gy~

aohAA

> MIA -gg-. (~),

(iv) OIA -eta- > KIA

..

fortune; ja. (gogycI), fit.

-gg-.

mGAUa (~), mallet; maar (fIItItlpnJ), kind of&h; mea (m~). kind of puJ;e.

(v) ·18· > MIA -gg-. aaaarl (garvar.), a kind of earthen pot: ate. l1anl1 (Qfmlf'). a 'gotra', leo dt'scendant of saint -'Garga'. - . . . ..

a

> ~IA -gg-. pblaua (plldlguna), a month; bla (Valga), a bridle"

(vi) OIA -!g-

(vii) By voicing from OrA -k- in ta. B8 in sagun (Aahna), an omen; suaal (Auw-), parrot;

people i bhaaat (bh4kf(J).

devotl~e.

loa

(loka) ,

Ts. jii is pronounced ay-, ala in the initial and me ayln wht'nce colloquially ~lln or I1fyAn, knnwloo,:(O: III) "ajMn > sagyln > saglln while jajii4 > J11gya > Ja~l, 8&Crifi(',e.

The Sourcu 0/ ah §187. Initial ah- comt'lS from(i) OIA gh- a.s in ahlm (gllarma) , heat; I1hls (ClhaM) , IlrBHH; I1hlt (gAa~fa). landing placl~ in a pond: Ilhorl (gho(n1ca) , hllrse; ablw (g"ria), clarified butter; ihln (ghnui), hat.rocl. g by assimilation of the following aspiration 118 in I1har (grAa > • garha). house.

§188. Medial and final ah comes from(i) OIA -ghr- as in blah (¥gAm), tiger.

< OIA -dgh. as in , .. . ..... - - ...... vugnata1 (UdgIUJl·), to pUbH8JJ.

(ii) MIA .ggh(iii) -g- 8.!1 in

slah (1rRga), slnah).

hOlD

(with possiblo

infiut'nC(l of .fi"ha,

The following words are of obscure origin:- . aher, ahed, circumfl'rence ; ahku, lih.tu. net'k: tlhu~huaf. boiled peas with spices and oil (cf. Beng. ghu.ghni); I1h6QbI. oyatc1'. cf. Beng. (jorl.ga4d), gAur a heap of rubbish things i Ahu.al, to enter; abOs, bribe; u6~hJ, sleep ; ~had, a receptacle for milched milk. The SourwJ oJ c

§189. Initially c- comes from(1) OIA c- as in cln (CIIMm), moon; elk (cAm), wheel; c:irt tce4i), a maid. servant i clkaa (ciibl"a), smooth; car (cecra). thief; c3c (caicv), beak i eltA (ciera.t:a). a. tiger. (ii)

OJ-" iD cuaI

(v'..,.) , to leak.

54

TIIB ORIGIN AND DBV.WPMBNT OJ' BHOJPURI

§IOO. Medial a.nd final c comes from(i) OIA -cc- as in Oc (ucca), high. (ii) OIA -ne- as in pic (panca), five; maciyl (ma1ica), a raised platform; lear (a1icala), skirt.

> MIA -ce-. nlc (nrtya), dance; sic (.satya), truth; kacaharl (Tereya-gr1aa.), court.

(iii) OrA -ty-

(iv) OiA

as in lilac (lalaaii), desire. -8-

The 80urcu 0/ ch §I9!. Initially ch- comes from(i) OIA ch- as in chitl (chaCra) , umbrella; chijl (v'dad), to roof; cheri (cMgaZikii), she-goat; chlh (cMyii) , shadow; chinarl (oAinna-). a woman of bad character; chenl (cMdanihi). an instrument for cutting. . (ii) OrA (t- as in

chaw (~af-), six. (iii) OIA kIJ- as in chuh (~M). aQitation.: churl (.rikd). knife; chlw

(k,epaf. striking down.

-

§192. Medially and fiwilly -ch- oomfli from(i) OIA -ech- as in kachul (J:acc1&apcJ), tortoise; alch (gacoAa), tree; puchal (v''PTcoAa-), to ask.

(ll) OrA -kIJ- as in mAchl (",""id), fly. (iii) OIA ·de- as in

blchl (fIT.4cika), scorpion; pachlm (paAcima). west. (iv) OIA.u-- as in

mochi

(~), mOU8~che.

1193. Initially J- comes from(I) OIA j- as in

jlw <.11.). animal. life; janam (jCJtUJltl). life; Jan (jGtItJ). people; JAr (jd41P). coldness; JlI (ja1tJ). net: .llbhl (jiAtNI). toDgae.

TBlII SOUaCBS 01' BHOJPUal CONSONANTS

(ii) OIA jy. as in

jetb (jgoy#ha), tbe month of 'Jl·th', (jYf'{tI'Ul), elder. (iii) OIA jv. Il8 in

jar (jtYJra), fever; jalilwal (iv) OIA dy-

(Yival.). to burn.

in

I\S

jua (dyiUa), ga.mbling. (\") OIA y. l~S ill jantar (ganlra); jal1l (.'I"jnll); jam (!,am~l), nOll of IIMth: jol1l (Y09i), 1WI('l·tic; Jatan (yatna), dTort; joban (Y@l1czntl), youth. § 194.

~ll'IHl\lly

I\nd finally j

enml'S

frorn-

(i) OJA oj- as in

bhaUjiii (bhrcUrjriyri-), brother's wife; sarhajl (Ayakljdyii), wife of brotber-in-Ia.w. (ii) OIA -jj-

1\8

in

kajar (kajjala), collyrium; liJ (lajja), sham('; siiJ (8ajja-), dress. (iii) OIA -jjv. as in

ujar (ujjvala). splendid.

(iv) OL4 .jy- ae in rij (r4jya), kingdom; banlJI (l1u!lijya). t.rade. (,,) OIA -dy. as in Ij (adlla) , today; biji (vadya) , mlll"j(,11.1 infltruml'nt; khlJI

-(kh4dya). a. kind of sweetmeat; aniJ

(annadya), com.

.

(vi) OIA .iij .. a.8 in

Ill' (ganja), hea.p: plJrL(panjara), a cage. (vii) OIA .yy.

&8

in

eeJ (IaW4), bed. (viii) OIA .rj- as in kbajiir (kharjw), date·palm. (ix) OIA .ry-

8.8

in

"'.111/1..; _ _ \ .......Jr. __I \~''''/t ....... v .. _ ,

ala

fii ...m.\

- . - '--11- IJ

a1'Antlfather. 0------------

(x) OIA .y. as in

aamJO& (.samyoga), union; aalhjam (samyama), control. T1&e 8qurcu

0/ Jh

1195. jh is a very rare sound in OIA bu\,; iJe quite ,,':r:'minenJ in MIA. This sound OC01U'8 in quite a Dum 0 non·.na..,a.n an

onomat-opoetic words. NothiYlg de6!'..ite call be =id about tile derivation And affiliation of moat of these' jh ' words. Initia.lly Bhoj. jh- comes from -k,- as in Jblwl (jluima1ca < OIA k,ama-), over-burnt brick.

A number of Bhojpurl words with initiai jh- are given beiow: Jh~. Jhak-Jhak. jhakmak (MIA *jka(va)kka), shine (ODBL, §264); jhagrl. quarrel; Jbatkl. clash; jhat, quick (cr. Sk. jhaliti); jhat·pat, quick; jhap, quick; jhapas, a clever man; jhan.Jhan, jbam-jham t onoma.tnpoetic words; jharul, waterfall; jharal (k,ar..'), to fall; Jbarckhl,' lattice; jbalmal, sparkle; jbalak, flash: jhlkal, to peep; jhlJhar (jkar-jltara), porous; jbil, cymbal: jblri, night-soil; jh6ti. tuft of ha.ir; Jhori, ba~; JhOll, the garment ora lady: jbilarl, lace end; Jh8IJ41, flag; JbuJbunl, toy for babies, ef. Beng. jkumjltumi; jhamell, noise; jblsl, trirk; jhjkarl, smaii pebbles: jhijhiDl, the pain in the leg; jhljhlrl, the ply~ of a boat in a river; Jbol, soot; jh16gur, grasshopper: Jhm, . membrane (jhiUi); JbOth (julia, D~'I jhUllka), false: Jhilmarl, a kind of song; Jhiimak, an ornament of the ear: JbOr, a Ilr&8S mark for dividing two fields; Jharl, shower &8 in pltuljkari'; Jb3k, gust of wind; Jb3jh, cluster; jbUdJ!I, (;i'1ltJ+tmna), ragged clothes: jblil. cob-web: _.- - . _.. -1196. Bhoj. medial and final jh comes from OIA -dhy- a.s inmiJhll (madhya+iZla), middle one; sanJhA (8tJndkya) , evening; oljh (vandhy4), barren; sojh (sAttdd1&tJij, straight; samujhai (aamlHtdltya-), to understand; buJbal (budhya), to understand: JuJbal (yudAya-), to fight; .Tjbal (aidAya-), to cook; oJbI (u¢dAyaya), a sumame, a caste; aoJhI, a kind of food; varuJbal (t1rudhya-). to enta.ngle. m.IJb (madhya). middle.

Tile 80urcu 01 t 1197. Initially t (i) comes in the words of DeAl origin a.s inta1a1, to move, V~I; likl (ta71k4), money; tin, leg; failiarl, leg; tAlil. axe; teliri, a kind of fish; tok, a piece of cioth; tali, an earthen pot (tutl(lika!): tatkA, fresh; tabAr, mint; tabal, work; t3tJ. a ~pe; topl. hat; litl, lit, thatched bamboo; t6tk1. sorcery; tlkal, to sew; to_I, tender green leaves. (u) ilIA i- < OiA t- through spontaneous cerebraiization as in-

tekul (ItJrh), a spindle; terh (tiryd+anlAa), crooked. (iii) OIA -tr-

tlkathl (r~~-). :. bed fer the dead; t=t:l Cr-'l--), to break. t comea from(i) MIA -th OIA -t~ and De'I-~. It! (I!IA • < on aria), flour; et!r! (On a«!ZUtd). TnA·":cn; Imtal (ML4. ~I-""'), to cut; patd (VL.a\ 11=1=)• • ; ....t. (flGlla). landing place; hit (AaIfa). market; ~1· (* ~ < DMI: 1JOIIa). beDy; kutal (hfItmI), bawd;

1198. Medial and flnal

*

...... tDM1 . . .). fat.

.

57

TJIII 80UBCBS 0 .. BBo.JPURI CONSONANTS

(ii) OIA ·tr· as in

tbil ( , ~+era), style. .~v. as in kbatiyl (kAalvd-), bedstead. (iv) OIA -rt- as in katirl (lcaUdrik4 < karla,.ihi), an instrumellt. for kewat (k0varla), a caste. (v) OIA -rtt- as in mltl (mrUiW), earth.

(ill) OIA

('lIttin~;

(vi) OIA -rtm- as in bit (varlma). path. (vii) OIA -,,~- as in It (iffa), brick.

(viii) OIA .J)~- as in

kit (lca!lo#aka), thorn; katahar (kn!lofa,.phala. or· jack-fruit; bltal (Yvatala·), to distribute.

/m!'fa,.dhara),

(ix) OIA ·nt- &8 in bhltl (.".ma), stalk of flower. (x) OIA -~y-

&8

in

total ('rulya·), to break. (xi) OIA -F.- as in Ot (Uflm), camel.

TAe §199.

SOUf"CU

01 th

Bhoj. initial til· comes from MIA ~h- < OIA st-, st.h- &8 in_ (* lAikk. < *U.it¥k- < Sk. 8U&ila 1), right; thAw or thAI (8IMma) , place; tblt (aNtra fl. style; thaA (MIA ,kaga < *8&1to.gG). a cheat; thatheri (MIA lhall/&akara); thlkur (MIA f/laHura),· chief: thalh4hA (* lha/!'4ha-, OJA .tabd1ta- '), cold.: thirh (y.tIM-), standing.

til is unexplained in a number of words poeaibly of DHI origin &8 in tllllI, pushing cart; thokar, strike; thoplrl, reaidual after

augar is taken out from cane juice; thtlth, a tree without foliage: thokArl, making noise by atriking the tongue witb palate.

1200.

Medially and fiDaUy 1h comes from·J;lth- as in kalhthl (katalAih1), necklace of a 'VaifJ.)ava'; e6thl (mtalAik. < "";1«1- < Vn,), dry ginger.

(i) OIA

(ti) OIA -nth- through in8uence of ·r· as in a1thl (gnJftlAi),lmot; maUhar .(tlltJtIIkra), slow, lethargic.

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT 01' BHO.TPUBI

(iii) OIA -;;~(h)- as in

Iguthi (atigu"ha), thumb; Iguthl (atigu"hika). ring; kothilri

(~,iui!liirika), a store-keeper; kith (kaMila), wood; jeth (jye"ha) , elder; mlth milia), sweet; 1101thl (go-vi,,a), cowdung; n1thur (ni"I,:u ra), crul'}; muth! - (mufli), fist; dhlth (dhr,la), impudent; pith! (Pr,fha), back; ditb.! (dr,li), Kight; mlthi (m!~{a 1), residue in curd when butter is tnken out; rIihi (anita-) , soap nut; sethi (beiikin), merchant; llthl (MIA loll". < • ~i-), stick. (iv) OIA -Kt(h)- as in Ilh! (aatki), stone of fruit; pathiwal (praatkar,a-), to send.

The Source8 oj

4

. §201. In.itially Bhoj. 4- c'Omes from MIA 9- ma.inly in Desi words but m some cases from OIA d- a.s in 41rhi (cf. drtlha-), branch (DeBI nimam'}', tJiili-8iihiiye); 4ar (MIA rfn,ra < OIA dara), fear; 40ki (D~i, \loa-, wooden spoon), wooden ware; 40B (dolikaj, palanquin; 4~gl, 40gl, a bog,t; fJerh (dtriardka), one and a hA.lf; 'lahar. path; 4anti! (datuJa-), stick; 4arhul (dagdha-), burnt, as in 4arhui tel; 40rJ (Pk. davara-, thread), a rope; 4UKaI, iio small drum, also 4ul14ugi (cf. Beng. tlug~tl.gi); 4abbii, a. shallow brassware;4abarl, a round vessel (cf. Beng. i4tibar i ); 4amph, a kind of drum; 41r (datuta), an oar; 4iaa1, to sprea.d; 4Ai1ar, ca.ttle; yam (MIA ..wmoo), a. low ca.ste; eJllm (tJcikini). a kind of female imp; 41b1 or 4lblyl, a amaii round box; 418 (dafMa-), an insect; cieri, tent j 40r «(lut&(luka < • dut'(lublaa), a water snake; 4ibhl, sprout. §202. Medially and finally (4 > r) is from(i) OIA -~- a.s in akharl (~·viIG)J th.e wrestling ground; ahorl (gAolaka), hone; purlyl (puIika), a small fold packet; alrl (lalikii), a cioth for woman. (ii) OlA -9Y-

jAr (jt!~;,'G); cold, winter. (iii) MIA -t;l-, -\ft;l- 88 in hIr (MIA AaftI4), bone; tor (g0r/44), leg; para! (ypatlin '~f.-!!!' < Sk. ~), to lie down.

88

(iv) OIA -~r- as in

0...,.

barl, great, big (late Sk. tXM/ttG 1 but probably < tIafG- < q1a), ODBL, §I7l: (fHrim), an inhabitant of Orissa. (v) OIA -oc;l- aa in kGrl (ht'{fa- La veaaelfor taking ".ter fro~ ~ ~; ~" (,,~), testicle: birr (/aaHi-), an earthen pot; J1r (Ia",,), peDis;

,Ire c.tl4t'4ego); a

..nore:

bbAr

claM of Brlhmin; bhArll' (6~f'CI),

(~), a buftOon: mar (ftICI1'4a), starch: . ~d (IlIA DMf fGII\IJrI), ;mall pi8C8 of ~.1e"&r===.

59

TUB SOUBCBS 01' BIIO.JPUBI OONSON A.NTS

(vi) OIA ·nd·

&8

in

.lr.l(8a~~id).toDRS.

(vii). OIA .1- as in

tar! « (viii) OIA

~Uitla.

+ as in

cr. Sk. tl.lab). toddy.

karih (kafdluJ). a big pan.

4 occurs finally in a number of words n.s in aa1)41. counting by four; pa1)41, guicl('s in hol~'

pl;'l'l'~;

."41.

a meeting place of friends.

The 8ource8

o/4b

§203. Initially Bhoj. 4b comes from(i) MIA <.lb. as in 4balml < «lhamka!,-). a cover; 4buka. h/jllltk > MlA mi). to enter; 4h11 (MIA 4hilla), loulIl~.

,,"uk.

(li) OIA dhr· as in

4b1tb (dk"ta). impudent.

4b occurs initially in a number of DegI words, e.g. 4bitbi, the stalk of maize plant; 4ba6, stylo; 4hld, mou1d; "bibarl. a small lamp ; 4h1rb, womb; 4b~kuU, an inst.nlment for drawing water from tho well j 4b~8arin, to be lazy; 4bab. style; 4harkA. a sma.ll piece of bamboo for feeding the cattle; 4belwAe. a sling; 4hltbl, killing a man by throttiing with two sticka; 4hiiii, a piece oi mut.h; 4bemnl, a kept woman; 4blkl, husking machine; 4b1rbl, pod i 4bebul, pice; 4bolak, a drum i 4b611. a packet of two hundred leaves; 4blmlll1l, stumb1ing; 4blral (DC61 (IMlae). to pour. Medially and finally (41l==rb) comes from(i) OIA -gdh- as in 41rhl (dagd.\cI-). conflagration.

§204.

(ii) MIA .~~-

&8

in

urharl (Ut/44-); a kidnapped woman. (iii)

OIA ·rdh. &8 in _aawarbl (agra-tl'tI1'dlaG), 80mething which is given in advance; arba-l-yI (Clrcf1aG.tp1iycl), two and a half; 4erh (dtliard1uJ), one and a half; blrhani (mrdkanihi), broomstick; barbal (~).

caipenter.

(iv) MIA -4h- &8 in (1*1 f1CItPaca). fort; klrhl (MIA ~). medicine; parbal (V~ < OIA PtJIk). to read.

aarb

(v)

OIA 4- &8 in etlrb (1aHo). trunk.

60

THB OBIOm ..ufD DBnLOPlIBN'l' 01' BBo.JPO'Jd

(vi) MIA -~~h- as in bOrh (MIA Int~ < OIA 1If'dAca), an old man; klrbal (V ka4tJ,ha-). the noun is arhul as in ,",ol-arhul. ~e bride sent to the bridegroom', bonae for ma.rrill.ge owing to the poverty of bride's father. The following words are mostly of obscure origin : korhl, cf. Beng. kuri, bud; khorhlll, a hole in a tree (cf. Sk_ kQlara); lhaS-hil. a. rliaeaee on the tongue of the cattle; deorhI, gate, cf. Beng. 'deup'; 4horhl, naveli pirha, seat, cf. Bcng. 'piri'. (vii) OIA

-J)~-

as in

sArh ("atuJa), a buU. The SourC88 of t §205. Bhoj. t- initially comes from(i) OIA t- a.s in tel (MIA tella < OIA tela), oil; tAt (tan'n-), gut; tamra (tdmra-), a vessel made of copper; tlrl (ta4i, tali), toddy; tIt (tikta), bitter;"tAn (tana), tune; tlmA (tamm-), copper; tar (tala). below. under; tID (tila). the sesa.mum; tUsk (tilaka), a. mark on the forehead; tOmA (tu;;J;a), a. gou..~; dtull (tinti
&8

in

terah (trayodala), thirteen; tin (tripi). three; tor (trol < trul). -to -break. (iii) OIA tv- as in tunmt (tvamnta-), swift. quiek; til (CtIam). thou.

§206. Medially and fi..'le.!ly t comes from(i) OIA -tr- as in khet. ~kfet~)"~e!d;. ~tA (~), ~~~b!8~;.~~ (c~t~-_)! cane; aO-SUD ltJtn-nm"aJl. a KIna 01 cloth; mamllut (mcimika-putra). maternal uncle's son; maualAut. (,,-.a'r=Ir-r,Mp'.£.-'nI), the eon of the mother's sister; rlut (rtijtJptdra), a caste.

a lilger; Det lWlral.

(ll) OlA -1ft- as in bid (utJrlil:4). wiC'k; bit (tNJrl4), news, talk; kltlk (bJrttiitJ). & month. (iii) OIA -Wpld'(~), 1'O.....

IiDe.

(iv) OlA -tt- as in

blpad (~). ~i matwlll (........p'JlG). a dranbId. a mad man; bhltt (~,*),. w-.D; ptt:"(pl.aUa), brue.

TH. SOUBa.

(v)

or

BHo.JPURI OONSOIUlfTS

81

OIA .. t .. &8 i.9J. aotl (hola-, 1f'OIa-), spring; putt (prota-) (ODBL. p. 501). small fruit just growing out of flower.

(vi) OIA -kt- as in

tit (tiktAl) , bitter; mod (m!."ktika) , JX'arl; bblt (bhakta) , boiled rice; bhal1at (bhakta), (vii) OIA -tth- 11.8 in kaIti (kapittka;,

0.

0.

dl'vot(,l'.

kind of fruit.

(viii) OIA onto, -ntr- as in dAt (dania), tooth; It (amra), intefoltinf': Ult (yalltra), 1\ grinding hand machine; neotA (1Iimantra~a), invitnt ion; bbawitl (bhrama+anta.), a kind of toy.

(i%) OIA -pt. as in alt (sapia), seven; nltl (naptrka), grandson.

(x) OIA -ktr- as in jotA (yoltt'ti), string tied in u. plough.

In foreign loan words t represents 't' as in ph.Utl. death; maGatl, death j totl, parrot, etc. Tht 80urcu of th Bhoj. tb- initially comes from(i) OIA st-, sth. as in thAn (S':aTMl), udder; tharlyA (st,\aZi-), pla.te; thorl (stoka-j, some: tbikal (MIA thakka+aUa.< OIA '\I8iIui 1), to Q:et tired: thlh (stM-), depth, cf. Middle Bengil.ll 'tMha' Mod. Beng. •thai': thanaill (stana-). a disu8.se in the breast of women; thin (su.ana), piace, as in kiiitbin, the shrine or place of goddess 'Kill': thlr (8thira), stationary, quiet.

1207.

and

(ii) th is of un~l'tain ot:igin in the following examples. Probably they are DeAl words : . thaDaanl, a worn out bullook or buffalo; thlpl, & wooden mallet: ~parI, slape (cf. Ben~. U&cJppar~; thunhl, a prop;

thapul, tile; thUthUD, nostnla of swme, ho!'!!ee, etc.; thuthurl, a kind of llerpent; thethar, a. shameleas fellow· .... A.. ~l!h.U.

.....

1208.

-t·Jft·~·

'

Mediany and fti'iii.Dy til GOW6ii fwm-

(i) OIA .,!{!).

as in

nathunl (fttJllaniW), nose ring; pothl (pwtiicJ), booklet; pathir (r..r.cJn:), lipreading grain in aun to d&--y; p.dial (prcuIarG), atone;. hAth (Aa.ttG), hand; mAth (fIICI8t4ka), h~j mothi (m...... j. a kind of graas. (ii) OiA -lth- .. ill

62

TBB OBIOIN AliD DBVBLOPJDINT 01' BHOJPVBI

(iii) OIA ·nth· as in mathanl (mantMni.), churner.

(iv) OIA ·th· is present in some semi.tatsama words alsoklthi (katlu1), story; prltht..nl (Prthvi), earth.

The Sourcu 0/ d §209. Bhoj. d· initially comes from(i) OIA d· as in dlt (datlla), tooth; dahl (dadki), curd; diidh (dugdha), milk; dakhiD (dak,ituJ), right hand direotion. (ii) OIA dr· as in darab (aravya), wealth; dim (dramya) , va.lue, price; doni (ar0tw), receptacle of leaf in which eatables are distributed. (iii) OIA dv. as in dul (avi), two; dosar (dvi.sara), another; dOni (dlliguna),

twofold, twice.

.

(iv) OIA -db· as in dil (tlAtUri·1), nurse. §210. Medially and finally d comes from(i) OIA .dd., .dr· as in kudirl (kutldala), spade; bhldo (bMdra-), name of a month; hardl (haridrcJ), turmerio; khiid (k,udra), small. did (dadru), ringworm. (til OlA -rd.. as in liadahl (gardabha), a88; caUdah (ca'urda.la), fourteen; adawarl (iirclra-tJalik4), little round balls made of pulse. (iii) OIA -nd·as in midir (tnandara), a tree.

In tao and ats., "d' is retained as iIi kaclam (I:adamba), a kind of tree; dill (d4na), gift; dAta giver.

\aafa),

a

In foreign loan words "d' (,,) representa "d' as in dlwat, feast; dAwI, medicine'; darkble. petition. The8~o!dh

1211. Bhoj. dh- comes initially from(1) OIA db· as in dhln (cUa4.,1a),paddy; dhul (dAtlmtJ),8moke; d~ (dAtJricri), eA~h; dhanufti (cilia.",.), bow; dhawar (dhat7ala). white; ....rt (41'1'.). d• •

TBlI 8017BOlIS 0'1 BBO.JpURI CONSONANTS

63

clh is also retained in ta. and sts. words as in-dhan (dhana), wealth; clharam (dAarma), rolh-don; dhenu (dhenu), as in translation ('Olllponnd dhenu-giil, ('Ow. (0) OIA dhr- as in dhuhi (dhnwa), burdl'n of a kind of song.

1\

song; dhurpad (dhrlll'Q'pcI(la),

(iii) OIA dhv- as in dhunl (dht:ani), sound

(iv) OIA d- followed by 'b' !LS in dhli (duhita), daughter. §212. Medially and finally dh comes from(i) OIA -gdh- as in diidh (dugdJu~), milk. (ii) OIA -ddb- as in budhl (buddhi), intellect; sudh (luddka), pllrf.'; sddh (Araddlui) , desire. (iii) OIA -dhr- as in gidh (grdhra), vulture.

(iv) OIA -rdh- as in iclhii (ardha), half.

(v) OIA -rd- as in baradh (balitlarda), n. bull.

'l'he Sourcu oJ p §213. Initially Bhoj. p- comes from(i) OlA p- as in pAre (pii~ya), a easte among BrAhmin; pin (lJU rtm) , hf'u"; pAc (pa1ica) , five; parhal (v'palh), to n·n.d: pokharl (PUllara-) , a pond; pua (pupa), a kind €If mke; piyle (pip48ci), thirst; piit (putra), son; potbi (pllJltika), bookh·t; pAw (pada), foot: plkh (pakfa), wing; pus (1'~)' name of a month; pint (piiniya), water; patai (patra-),lco.f. (ii) OlA -pr- &8 in patahi (prograha-), tether; pasarat (praIJara.), to spread; pahar (prahara), a mea.sure of time: pathal (prtUtara). stone; plhuD. (prtighu~), a guest; paithal (pratlifta-). to enter; plyl (priya-), husband. (iii) OIA -po. through anaptyxis, as in pUahl (pUM). spleen. §214. Medially and finally p comes from(i) OlA -tp- as in

upaJal (uI-~), fio grow.

(Ii) OIA -pp- as in plpar (pipptd), a kind of tIee. (iii) OIA -mp-

&8

in

Upal (ylimp-), to wash with water; klpal (Vmmp-), to tremble. (iv) OrA ·tm- a.s in Ipan (4tman-), own. (v) OIA -py- as in riipi (r!J'pya), sliver. (vi) OiA -rp- as in sip (8arpa). Bl'.ake; kapOr (karptlr~), campbor; kapla (=r~ pasa), cotton: sOp (ltirpa), a winnowing basket; khaparl (kkarparaj, tile; plpar (parpaja), a preparation from puise.

In ats. words p is retained as in piP., vice; dllOpJi(, a kind of incense for burning.

The Sources 0/ ph §2115. Bhoj. ph- comes initially from(i) OIA ph- as in

phar (plala), fruit; phlgUii (pMlgiitHi/, a month: ata. phm (phena), f~m; sts. pblr JpluiZa), ploughshare; phill (pAulla), Bower; phi, (pMtz4a), skirt of a woman. (ii) OlA sph. as in phurd (spkurli), agility i phlt9da-l (ap7iG,~Wri), alum: phC,-

(Bph.ula),spUt:phora- (V Bphof-), to break, to open; phoraa (8pl:clafte), to bu..wan oil and spice for prepar.ng vegetable.

(iii) OL4 p •• by 8!!piration Y in phatlnlll (paIa1\ga), a kind of insect;

- pharil81(paraofu), an axe.

phi. -

(pciIa), trap; ~--

1216. Medially and finally ph comes fromOIA ..P- as in blph (tNJrpa), vapour.

TIM SOUrtM 0/ b til? Bhoj. be com. iDitially from(i) OIA b as in budbi (btuldA'), intellect; bahIr (badAtnij, deaf; bUuIi (baM-). a heron; bUD! (6itItltI .".,_ < 1»_), drop; bin (N",). a abaft. (ii) OU hr- as in

."W m 1;;;'ii, blbh;;;; C .......G), the JIiII;;n1;; Giiiti.

TBB 8OVBOU 0 .. BBO.JI'UBI OON80N.AN'1'8

(iii) OIA dv- as in

bArsh (dtTt'lda.lG). twelve; bAla (dcI4wriMati). twenty-two. (iv) OIA v- as in

(f1f:Id/lu). bride; bla (virMa-), twenty; banAral (.'ifnltaariya), belonging to Bani.ras.

bahil

(v) OIA vy- as in bAgb (vyaghra), a tiger; bakhAn (vydk"yana), 1l1l.TrlltiOIJ_ 1218. Interior -b- represents (i) OIA 4v- &.s in cbabla (Ba4-vimfati), twcnt,y-six. (ii) OIA -bh. by de-aspiration as ill bablnl (bhagini), sister. (iii) OIA -mb· as in nlbO (nimh'llka), lemon.

(iv) OIA -rb-, ·rv- as in dubar (durbala), weak; dubl (duN'tl).

1\

kind of grlloM14.

(v) OIA -v- as in

nabbe (navati),.ninety.

The

SOUTCU

oj bh

§219. Bhoj. bb- comes initially from(i) OIA bh- as in bblkbl (bhik,ti), alms; bbAt (bhakta), bOiled ri('.f·; bhul (bluml), earth; bbAt (bhalla) , a ""Hte, bard; bhAdo CfJlliidra-), a JIlonth; bb1r (blaata4a), a buffoon; bbagat (bhakta). a. devotee. (ii) OIA -bhy- as in bbItar (abhyantara), inside; bbIjai (abAyaiij), to get wet.

(iii) OIA bhr- as in bbAl (bAnlta), brother; bbAwaJ (bArll1r-pytl), brother'. wife; bbawlrl (bhramara). a black bee.

(iv) OIA m- through the transpositiOlI of the following • h ' &8 in bbalal (maAifa), a buffalo; bbirA (mlfcJ through mlIt4-4a, • mhl4a) (ODBL, §281). he-sheep.

1220. Medially and finally bb comes from(i) OIA -bb- 8S in 8ubb (lubAa), auspicious; mablbblrath (maMbluJrat). the Great War. (ii) OIA -rbb- as in &AbldD (gGrMipJ). pregnant.

66

THB ORIGIN AND DEVBLOPMENT OJ' BBOJPURI

(iii) OIA -hv- as in jlbhl (jilnYi), tongue. (iv) OIA -rnbh-

in khambhlyii (Illcambha-), n. prop.

(v) OIA -hm-

ItS

ItS

in

mahiibabhan (maluibrahmatta) . .(vi) OIA -rv- all in sabh (sarva), all. The Na"ai8: Afodern BilOjp1tri D, p, n, m or ai, ii,

I},

m.

§221. Aii the five ciass no.sais of Sa~krit are retained in Bhojpurl orthography and these, excepting J;l which has dropped off from it as in the rest of thc- speeches of the -Oa6gii. valley, all remain in Bhojpurl. The cerebral J;l in ta.t.'!ama"J is pronounced by the p&J;lcJits in Bhojpurl and ~aithiii as f. Thus batta is pronounced as bif in the present-day Bhojpuri. This is a bit of p<~dlLntry which, however, has caught the fa.ncy of the lettered and is widely followed. In tadbhavas, however, (0) has been repla.ced by (n). Thus pAnl = Pkt. pdttiya, caUhAn = cauhav-a, narilyan = narayat"G. etc. The pronuncia.tion of n was probably it in Migad...'ll Apabhramga. This n or it pronunciation was current in Bengali in the seventh century; witness. for example. the spellin2 samciila for samAciila in the Tipperah inscription of LokanAtha (ODBL: §283). In Middle BengAli t.he ~4 pronunciation of u(n) wae the only one known, when the sound occurred illter= vocally. This w pronunciat.ion of n is still common among a few old Bhojpuri paJ;lQ.its while tea.ching children the letters of the a.lpha.bet but among present-day BhojpurI people the old (n) value of. is being revived. §222; neg), ft(p): These two nasals ocourred only before their corresponding class COl"dJonants in OIA. But in Sandhi Ii or nn could occur intervocally in OIA also, e.g. SamiddAo aqn'rcli,,' doc£r flAret RVS., V. 28, lab. p~?i?i ~m urtJiyli f)'-Miiti.

In MIA Ii occurs initiallv. and ftft intervocal1v as a result of the simplification of consonant groups wIth nasals, e.g. Pili:- ft4M < jft4M; ann anya, but Ii does not occur initially. neither are -fi-, -n- and -00- found intervocally.

-<

§223. In the modem Bhojpurl, like Bengill and Assamese, n is met with in i.lltervoc&! and fi.'l!!o! poeitkm.! only: it is derived from MIA -Jig and is written as -g or n. §224. OIA Bingle intervocaJ -m- >MIA - -w- is reduced to nasaliza. tion with or without a glide element itl Bhojp1Lti, e.g. iwlrl (4malam-). a kind of fruit; ci*ar (c4mara); C!l1I (*calc¥mJ).

I move; kQwlr (kumara), an unmarried boy; tbB (<
D&IDe ;

dhill (dA4ma-); bhill (b14mi). earth;

"war

(4ycJmala-).

67 There ia 1088 of thia oaaali&ation from ·m· in lOme worda, e.g. kino (* < * hlddama < .tarclomo): lIlaWIIDA (acamanG·): baDaWirI (IIanG.nicul), name o(a person. . . -- - -- -. ..

.",."iDa

1225. The revel'llC proC088 of oaaalizing spontaneoualy a ·w· sow1(1 either original (i.e. < :v. in Sk.) or derived «(\.g. from .p. of 01A) ia aillo fOWld in tha, e.g. cblb, shadow (cMyd.); Idlwl. a well (ktlpa.); sAwan (mtWJ!ItJ); chlwaoI (* cMd4panikcJ), etc. TAt 6 IOUnd '''' BAojpuri 1226. 6 ia used for the nasalized palatal glide (-y) which, after all, IS acoustically not very much different from the palata! nlUJa! Ii. Jn modem Bhojpurl orthography 1 has taken the place of 81. Thus bbu81, the earth; slftl, God, are written as bbul. all, ctc .

• i", Bltojpu ri 1227. As it has been previously sta.ted, the pronunciation of Ct'rebml 9 haa become obsolete in modem Bhojpurl. J,) is used freely in Benglll orthography in ta., tb. and foreign worda but, really speaking, no Bcn~lln can pronounce the sound properly without training. In 'Kabira.GrantAa. tDtJZi edited by Dr. Shyam Sundar Daa on the built of a MS. of 1504 A.D .• we find 9 in tao words like trlbe,l, bAmba,a. but in modern Bhojpurl it. ia written aa trlbeDI, bAmban. When this, became obsolete in Bhuj. purl, is very difficult to determine. Dr. Chatterji is of opinion tha.t till' sound 9 existed in Old and Middle Benglll up to the end of the fourteenth oenturv but there was a aeneral confusion in its employment as a Dreliminar\' to ita disappearance from speech (ODBL, §286). - . TAt 8ouru8 0/ D

§228. Initially g- oomeB from(i) OlA D· as in aid (nap'r). grandaon; ale (",ega), dance; DII (nema) , foundation. (ii) OIA jli. as in

aalbar (cr. dialectical BengAlI n4iM,..., 1I4i(g)tl,.. (1I4ylr,t)
..... < taM < OlA N. cf. Beng. 1I4pi'" < Pili: ft,(J/uJpikJ < NpiIa, a barber; DeJa < MIA tada < .nWaa, afFection. 1229. In the interior of a word -D- ia from(i) OIA .jli. > MIA. 01)1)., e.g. mJaad or blaad < .n~ < flijiapeUt4, prayer. (ii) OIA -0 e.g. 0 ,

kill < W"" one-eyed man; kbaD < ."', moment; vaaa< VfGfJ4o, to 00UDt; , ..... < plaa",. hood.

68

TBII ORIGIN A.ND DBVBLOPIIBNT OJ' BBO.JPURI I.!!!\

\1lI}

r..y.&.

___

__

vUt. -Jl.Y-, e.g.

pum (putlya), merit.

(iv) OIA .n·, e.g. iliana (writtpn as agana) < angana, yard j Viii8~ (dnayati), brings; pant (¢1!iya). wa.tcr. (v) OIA ·nn·, c.g. anaj < annildya, grai~j chinirl < MIA chi1Uilia < chinna., a woman of loose cha.ra.cter. (vi) OIA ·ny·, e.g.

in (anya), another; dhan (dhanya), paddy. (vii) OJA

MIA -r,lI).·, e.g. pin (pa'1'tJ). betel·leaf; cunl (c'Il'1'tJ.), lime; kin (ka'1'tJ), ear. 'l'J).',

Bhojpnrl -nh- comcs from OJA kAnhii or kanhaiii (krltul).

-!;IJ;l',

MIA .J;lh.,'e.g.

OIA .hn-, e.g. clnh (cihna), sign. OIA .ndh.,c.g. klnh (skandka), shoulder; vbanh- (Vbandh.), to bind. In a few words n represents OIA 1, e.g. niln (lawtuJ), 8<. Loss of -li- is noticed in pased < '" panse", fivo seers; pasAd, grocer. cf. Hindi pansari < • patlya.lalika, dropping of ·n· possibly through in· f1uence of prasara, spreading out.

Bkojpurim §230. Initially m comes from(i) OIA m., e.g. IIIAclyl {mancika.}, chair; IIIGh (mukha), mouth; , mit (mitm), friend; mag (mudga), a kind of pulse; mar (1Mt'{la), RtI\1'('h • ••••

__

.0.

__ _

I~..

_

__ .

V mAkll- < mrkftJ·, smears j mAkIlaD < mf"akfatuJ, butter. (iii) OiA sm., e.g. masan (.ima8iina), the burning piace of dead body; (ii) UlA

m3ch (AmaInt), moustache. 5231. Medially and finally -m- represents (i) OIA, .mb., e.g. n~ (nimba), a tree; kamarI (kambala.), a blanket: 81am l4lamba.\. 8UDOOrt: Ilmual (iatnbu. \. a kind offruit;kadam'(kadamlK.&)••

tree: .- --.- '" ..... ,. . -

(ii)OIA .mbh., e.g. ku.um (hsumblaa), a colour. (ill) OIA iimr-=, MIA mb, 8.g_ lip (i=l.=, 4=). mango; tlmI (t4tnrtJ), copper.

(iv) OIA ·rm· > MIA ·mm-, e.g. kim (kmtntJ. larrna), work; pili (gNinnti), hot llWi. (T)

OIA -hm~. &.g. be;;;!;."

(~).

a Brahmin.

TB. 8OU'BOa 01' BHOJPURI CONSONANTS

69

§232. The initial, y a.nd v ~.e(':a.me J and b in Bhojpufl in the iiLiii6 mannE'r 8S t.hE'Y b(>cam(> in Bt>nllili. In the middle or in the end of words 'Y' normally bcC'ame (e) in Dhojpurl, alt.hough 'y' is present in Bhojpurl orthography. Thus bayaa. pAyae, bAyaa, aamay". aahAy.. are pronounced an,1 Hornetimf'aI writtnn as bafa. pAfa, bAfs, same, sabAe, etc. The spt'llinjl; pronunciation of y is soml't.imes heard on account of the influence of litemry Hindt in Bhojpurt un's, Thus YamunA, tho name of a person, and Sarayu, the name of a ri \-or. a)thou/(h normll Jly pnmounood as JamunA and Sarju, arc sometimes hl'ar Kaithl chllrlle..t(lr Ill! If and is pronounced medially in words like kawar, bhAwar, et.e, A8 'w', • §2:i4. MIA -vv- < OIA -rv-, -vy- has a twofold treat.ment. in Dhojpurl aooording u.s -vv- represp.nts OIA -rv- or -vy-. Thl' OIA BOund grtmp ·rv· > MIA -bb- > -b in Bhojpurl, e.(I;. dubl, a. kind of grW18 (daml.); cabl-. chewing (carve-); aab, 1\11 (aarm). But MIA -vv- representing OIA beCORlE'S -v- > W Oond is written and pronounced 88 1\ glide, e.g. 8OW- to Blel~p (8UtItI.); dhow-, to wOosh (dAuw-). The twofold development of OIA -rv-, -vy- into -b- I~nd -v- seems to have counterpart..!! in 4ml'ly and late MIA, e.g. P!!i 8t!hOO (o!GrtJa); nibMna (tPmJ~). In late MIA (Ap.) both -vv- an«1 -bb- a.ro notieelLblt, for OIA ·rv·, e.g. aabba Oond aatJt)tJ for (aarva.). AB OogOoinst these Dr. Bloch hae not('(1 ·v- development of -rv· in MarlLthi (L.M" §165). This difference in treOotment may be supposed to point to some dialectical variations in MIA timeR.

-"y-

§235. Conversely -vy- (in OIA -l.auya-) > MIA .vv- > Bhojpurl, Bengali and Assamese -b- through an cOorlier ·.bb-; whercae western languages have _yo. The change of -vv- (-tavyOo) to -b. in O&8tem dialects is not accounted for. In ste. 'v' undergoes epenthesis and -v ha.a a w- Bound, e.g. ,tIIIcIa > .8Wid > ste. aawld, taste_ The w- articulation of v- is heard in BOundll like blawla (t:Iihi!&a), trust.

The Liquidl r, I 1238. It h&ii been fOund that there were at Jea.at three dialcc. .a which .. early .. the ~-Veda differed in their treat.ment of IE. r and I. One diatilumished rand 1. the second confused them 11.8 • r' and the third confu8ed them .. 1 '(Wackernagel, §129; Turner: GujrlLtl Phonology, JRAB, 1921, p. 617). The PrIcy& or eastem OIA, the BOurce of Migadhl and the modem Mlgadhan speeches, was an l·diaiect. Sanskrit shows itH compoeite character .. a literary language in its r and I words oeeurring aide by aide (ODBL, 1291). As a matter of fact, aU the Irf.&gadhan speeches ought to have onJy one aound representing the }Ugadhl single liquid 1. But owing to dinities with other Ianguagee the MIpdhan dialects , . both r and I. Thus JIenaI1J and '-'meee both have r and I in tb. words, although in

70

THB OBlGDTAND DBVBLOPIIBlft' 01' BBO.JPU'BI

Assa.meae there ia a greater predominance of change of r to 1 than of 1 to r (ODBL, §291, Assamese, its Formation and Development. §483). In Bhojpur!, too, we fi.!ld both!' and 1 in tho worde, e.g. phar (pkala), fruit i bar (kala), plough; kirl (katlala.) , _plantain; rlar (nJjG. 1__ ~1cI); also in V'dbar-, V'kar, V'mar, etc. The Bhojpurl proper name alllk - Bengali, Mlli" =- SilrildJ (Mlgadhl Pkt. A4lild:a). _

_.

...

A

~

~-_-

A

_

§237. The I sO\L~d is now absent in the upper Gangl valley; it is not found in any of the M&gadhan speeches, eXCf'pt Opyl. In most Second MIA, singie intervocai I of Early MIA. whether original (i.e. found in the oldest IA) or derived (i.e. developed out ofr as in Migadhl) was cerebraIized t-o 1. Mlgadhl of the Second L'ld Third MIA probably he(. this J. But it became a dental or alveolar I once more in all Migadhan of the NIA period excepting in O..iyi. Bhojpuri. Bengiii and other NIA speeches show r for I in a few words, e.g. tArl fermented palm.juice (- tala. t4la). Judging from the evidence of other NIA like Panjlbl, Ri.jasthinl. Gu!ritl and Mari~hl, M well M from Oriyl, the presence of I in Migadhf Apabhralb6a can very well be assumed.

'1238. Sources of Bhojpurl r. L'litially BhojpU&-I r represents Sk. r· whi~h probably ousted Mlge..dhl 1- in most cases: rltI, night (nUn); rlr, widow (ratl44); rani, queen (r4jir); rijhi, soap-nut (a,;,;a.); ripl, sHver ("pya.); rOho, a kind oi fish (rOhila). rlrr, castor (erGHa-), eto. §239. In the interior of a word -r- corresponds to (i) OIA. ~r.~ e.g. IdyIrI! o~ IdIrl,_ ft~wer-~ (~~I:tJ). 40marl,

a kind of tree (tulumbara); kukur, dog (kukkura); par, on (upara); gahir, deep (gab"'ra); gor, (gdtfra). eto.

Cii) OIA ore, e,g, .ykara.l, to do (VIr); .ymaral, to die (.ymr); plrthlpati, the lord of the earth (prtht/ipati);. ahBr, house (firM).

(iii) Conjunct consonants with ·r· in sts. words are sometimes separated by anaptyctic vowels, e.g. karam (karma). Jatar (,aMra); (dar.latItJ).

mantar (mantra); dharam (dharma); daraaan Also in tb. words, e.g. bhlkhlrl, a beggar (MiqrJ.

===01', father-in-law (r=.&ra), ~tc. OIA -t·, ·d~ > Second MIA .c;l. in the numerals especially, e.g. hJrI);

(iv)

blrah, twelve (tlt1Clda.fo); eatarah, seventeen ·(aapta.dtUa); aattArl, !!eventy (~); p&rOsI; neighbour (of, HindI JItlrM < pratitJdl), etc.

1240, Bhojpurll- initially oomes from OIA 1., e.g, loY; iron (WtJ..

ze,M); III, shame (1caJja);

lira, lweetmeat (1aN-); lIkb. (lakIG), etc. IHi. in the interior of words -i- < iilpdhl -j. (or nand .ll. equating Ii\ kltat ,,... ...Jrdi.rd_ MIA. ~ ,-, OIA - - .d. -.:- ~- --_._- &Id --- -...- - lrhen_\~ ---,. 1IOIah. ----. ----(~).

--.

> MIA -n., > .c;l\t-, e.g. b ...., good (6AGtln.rbJ); mil, w:;;rJar (==Ie, n=l.-,:),

(ii) OIA -dr.

'lBli SOURCES 01' BBO.JpuaI

CONSONA..~'lS

71

(iii) OIA ·r·: cAlfs (call'ilri1i1Jal) and in otitl'r numeral ('om pounds belonging to the fort.y group; pel"; (pmai, prlmynti); 61llk

v'

(siiribi).

·ro· > lilA ·11·: Vibol, to mix (gI111rtur·). ·ry· > MIA ·ll· : ('.g. palal\, lx-d (parytUlka). .rd., e.g. chil, bluk (r.J,aUi. < dlUI'dia). .ly8. > )IIA ·11· ; c.~. tel, oil (*'llilya, '!y/a); till (fiTa). .Iy., e.g. mol, priC<' (miJllq, muT!la). .11., c.g. sts. bbAlu, hl'll.r (*bIIflUllkka, (.f. ~k. bllallllka); mAl, wrl'stll'r (mall!, < 1nadra).

(iv) OIA (v) OIA (vi) OIA (vii) OJA (viii) OIA (ix) OIA

There Me instanl'l's of int"rehallg!' Iwl "' .... 1\ n 111111 I in illit.inl This t.t.!ntiency is ennl!llon to all ~f!1g:l(!hnl! ~p(\(\rh(·~. !lind probably chj~ra.ctcriz('d the Apabhra'h~a :\la~lLdhi tliah·(·t.s. l~XR.mJlh·R ; §242.

po~itinn!i"

!

n > 1 as la6(g)i1, nn.kc'd fna':!,:: .. , nnuga-. It is also found in 1\ ft·w foreign wonl!!, ('.~. lot .... l<:nglish 'notc, bank.note'; lotis == ' nol j(.(.'; lammar = Englil"h' Ilumiwr' This change of (n) to (I) ill look('II upon as a rustit: trait.

>!!

n~ nOn (la.vtJ!'..a) ,

nagna.).

The 8ibilanLt: The Palatal 8 and 'ite Denfql 8 §243. The palatal ~ which is a pn,minl'nt duuactcristie of Migalihan speeehes is absl"nt in Bhojpurt and its lliKt.(·r dialeds Maithilt snd Magahl and only dental or alveolar (s) is used in ilH plll,Cl~. The Ku.ithi cha.racter, however. employs only (~) which posllibly shows the occurrence of the palatal pronunciation -in· c"arly Bhojpurl. - In JJhnjpllrl even in tataama words ~ is pronounced as 8. Thus Sk. Siva = Slw in Bhojpurl. Among the other Migadhan diaipcts, it is thro W(·Mt. Bcmgiil which has kept the original Magadhan value of ~ intact. In Oriyi., the , baa bren Blightly dcnt&Uzed ancl is very like sl rather than like 8. pronounced • BOund. In Early Assa.mese intervocal A became h, and in recent AlII!II.meae single ~ initial or intervocal is pronounced ns the guttural spirant x, although written " "s. Eallt Bengali IIILrtly agn'l"S with AMamt'1IC in turning' to h. Dr. Chattc-rji is of opinion that the d(,ntalizat.ion of the sibilant in the western and central Miigadhan tracts is pl'fJhably dllc~ to the overwhelming influence of upper India uoder whit:h these tract'! have Ix,'eo for some thousand years (ODBL, §297).

§244. The cerebral ~ (,) WIIJJ pronouncc:~d as guttural • (kh) jn Bhojpurla few years ago and this is still heard in the prflpcr name rlkbl (rli) , doida (== dO,a) and (== ro,a;. In recitinl! the Rutr/\' oi rii.r;lini, ~ one hears the old pa.O~tit pronouncing ~ (~) IIJJ kb. The Kaithl cha.-&c'"uer, too, "'d1t8 !dl only and nQ ,. But the employment of ·Deva~ nAgarl character' and the influence of SalUlkrit has restored the three letters s in writinsr. In the pronunciation, too, some cho.ng(l is noticeable and iB ·ia.taama words sand .fare pronounced properly. AH- regards cerebral., it is written in tataama words, but its pronunciation is palatal and not cerebral.

rom

'.8.

§24li.

Sources of Bhojpurl e.

OIA 6, t,

8 regularly change to e in Bhojpurl, e.g. beal (h.4tUa); . . (cJJrJ), etc.; pOs. the Dame of a Hindu month (JJIHG); ulrh (4frJrlla); elt

DB OBIGIlf AlII'D DDBLOPIDINT 01' BBonmd 1 ___

.&_, _. . _

'~/,

_.&._

eli"., ew.

n ______ _ I!..M.

___

•

____

~

_ _ _ _ 'I

_______

_ JI

___

_ __ I

\:troup' 01 a, t, a ..... semi-vowel or groupa 01 ·nv·, ·-It-••

etc. become -a- in Bhojpurl, e.g. ·n-: pis (plirha), near. =11'=: cie, tilth (' car, == VI;i); &hut rub (V,1;,), etc. -'m-: rlsl, rein (mimi). -'y-: sir. brother-in-law (AytJla-, sydla-); Ilwar (1y4mt.zla); blald, commerce (,"4-). ·gr-: alwan, the name of a Hindu month (haliGliG); -;II, a. merchant (Irl#&in); mllal, mixed (mUm.); allu, motherin-law (1t1aIrli). -b-: a.sur, fa.ther-in-Iaw (.4oo.4ura); lis, breath (hIUa). -~y-: minus, man (manu~lIa, manu,a).

-am-: y'bls.r-, to forget (y'tJi8mar-). -sy-; II&ii,la.zin8ii (~); klil, a. base m~t&l (~, kdtit8yt.i-j. -Bf-, -Bf-: lot. fountain (wotaB); mlllsl. mother's sister (mtJlr,wur-). -sv-: sii (mlml-); Ilolii (gosvc'!ml-); sur (8tHJra) • ...\l=v~: nl=ln, tnU8ic (foUa"ld ill Bhojpurl songa orJy) ('AillrJ!na). 1246. Bhojpu..~, like BengAlI a.nd other NIA la.ng-uag-ca, present;; C&.iei of cha.nge of single intervocal sibiJant to h. This change is a MIA one, and oame in vogue in the second MIA period, and was rather prominent in the Apabhra:r:h6a stage, and is carried down to recent NIA. In Bhojpurl thiid peraOn singular future affix -tbl. we find -li.- from ~~ > ilia'. In the Panjlbl, we find words Mr - 4tJIliI,1II1.: ,01 - ¢ . ; tlGA - diu, etc. in Bhojpurl, Benglil and- Hindi, the word dahail, card of ten (daitJ), is perhaJl8 a loan-word from the Panilbl. althousr:h daM for daIa is found in lOaryis' also. - The OCC'l~!Te..'lce of ~h~ in non~irjtial sy!leblee in Aeeameee. e.g. AlAi, smile (V1&a8); bilAI, flute (tHJ"'); manuA (manu,") seems "to be a local ph8l1cmenon a.....d does not seem to have any oonh.cotion with the nh&a-.p of the OIA sibilants to • h' in MIA (A88amese, its Formation and Development, 1495).

PAe GloII4l Frieat'it1U, Yoicetl II, UntJOicetl 1 1247. Bhojpurl Jl is a voiced sound, as in OIA. The initial h. of OIA has been preserved in Bhoipurl as in other NIA Jaquaaes. aoe'Dt in oertain dialects; e.g. in east and

north BengAli and Occasionally-in -A_meae.

lDte."'VOnA) A of OL4. ie in or'.gi.n always a derived eound, havl..DI been weakened from Indo·Iranian .gb.. Itsh and also partly from ·dh Ithh.

:=~:. ~S::A~ ~is"~ ~~!i~:! Ot.~.-=

.a has continued undisturbed down to the modem Bhojpurl. It -was pnaent in early middle Benglll and early Aaaameae after . ..miGh it tended to ckup oft".

1248.

iniiiaiiy Bhojpuri ii comes mainiy itomh.: 8.11'. hare nlonah 11tJla\: JuuonI.. ~ IltafttltJ\: hath_ IIand ("f;-IIIthr;-elepbaj,;-iltUii.)-i--~T(AtJriHy; ilit~'-1Darbt

_ on

1IftI. dfam.;ade(lrrlr.

)~

rlUG.

c....f;

'1'11. §~9.

(i) (ii) (iii)

(iv) (v)

SOUBCBS OJ' BBOJPUBI OO!fSO!fAN'l'S

73

Medially and finaUy a oomes fromOIA -q- : e.g., Jlh (ld¥), reain. OIA -kh- : e.g. shirl. huntc.>r (cJkhdi.t4); mOho mout.h (mll.kha). OIA -gh-: e.g. haluk, light (a metathesis of 1agltuka) ; aaIbar UMti.g1uJm < jMti-gr1uJ). MIA -~- : e.g.lbuth. three and half (a44h"lIha, Ilrdha-calurtha). OIA -th- : e.g. kabBDI, story (kathanihi); aub. night-soil (gQlaG, gtUha).

(vi) OIA -dh- : e.g. sobBDI, wooding (.bUIan-); bahlr, dt'.af (btJdlaira); patobu. daughter.in-Iaw (putra-vadlul); sAbu. merchant (aad/i.u).

(vii) OIA -bh-: c.g. aobAIl. bl('sscdncss (Miybkii9!14); aadabA. &8S (gardabf.a); iiahlr, deep (uabMra); lilliAn, clay-bn'ak (mbnana). (viii) OIA -h-: e.f!. blbl, lum (Mhu-); lobi, iron (ll,ulla); paaahl. sboe (upc1rMLJu;); pbaibAr, friiit·dil~t, (pAiualklra); robO, & kind offish (·rokuta, rokita), pallabA, hl,lter (pragraha). (ix) The change of OIA , to b has ht-cn cxplain(~d. Similarly' in numeral compounds, c.g. caUdah (r,atur-dah). ctc. is changed to h. Also 8> fl in ekahattarl (eka-8tJptati) and in other numemls. §250. In the preaent-da.y Bhojpurl -at-. -ft-, become (-8t-, -8t-), e.g. Ibte::ll Isti, slowly (Pers. ahiatah); 8a8tl- aastl, cheap (pera. "a.ttak); daflturl, customary commiMion .... Persian d.tMhiri; ml8ltlrlmlstrl, mason, artisan, from the Portugueso; ahtaml- aataml- Sk. - -.. --~

UftUFrU,

_.&..-

~lIC.

§251. A prothetic fl occurs in Bhojpurl. It also occurs in BengAli. in Bengali hiiktdi 'be full of anxious fears' (akula-), haril1l4, soap-nut (ariffa), etc. are found. The eastern dialect of ,Ajoka has a similar prothctio h., e.g. I"~vam, AidG (evam., idJ.a-, idrAa.!! the second one by metatheRis). Exampleal from Bhojpurl are: bulla (ull4.9a), cr. also M.B. huU464; hethl (in the Western Bhojpurl; cf. ittha, atra); backl, pull, Hindi alcn4 (- ci-krak,. according to Hoemle). ThUB

§252. There are some words in which -b- seems to be intrUitive in BhojpU1'l, e.g. aabdOl, a kind of bird (Aarcltlla); 8arbaJ, brother-in-Ia""8 wife (ly{llG-jtiyci). a OOOUl'B in a number of words of obscure origin, e.g. harki, a slight injury; huruki, a kind of drum; blpbl, deep breath; Vbaa:, to pa.B8 stools, etc. UntJOiced h

§253. The voiceless h is like the EDJllish BOund in 'hat', 'happy', etc. It. ia- foun.d in a few exclamatory words: and is optionally changed to the voiceless velar, palat.a.l or bilabial aspirant according to the natul'O of the preoedjng vowei. Tbus ah: == ax:, ih:, ic:, en:. eo:, UD:, ui. The final'visarga' in Sanskrit. words has the proper unvoiced (h) value in BeDgilJ. Thus rima\l, muadJ, kavel;a, alvh, e~c. are pronounced by Bengill speakers &8 ni~A, mtimA, bbl1a, got.IA. The Bhojpurl apeakina ~ts of Bauiras, however, pronounce the final 'viaarga' &8 voiced I &lid th1l8 they pronounce theae worda as nJm3Il~, munilli, iah: lit, gauRu. This pron1lDOlation, in ~, prevaila in northern India.

(

75

)

CHAPTER I

THE FORMATIVE AFFIXES §254. The NIA suffixes han' been thoroughly disCUBSl'd by Hnernlt' and Dr. Chattcrji in their 'Gaudian Gramm"r ~ and • OrijOn t,ud the Development of the Bengali Language'. Folluwinj( these lIt'holars, helow are given in a rough alphabetical ordcr all tht, Ih'ing I~ffixl's. primary as well as secondary, which are found in Bhojpuri.

A.

SUFFIXES

(I)

-Jt §255. This represents the nominative en(lin~ of OIA m"8(~. all. t(lm. Ii and Deut. am. It also represents tho simple verbal roots uSl'd ''K adiull nouns. bat,. (t.artd), talk; bol,. (MIA bolla-). speech; cAl,. (tAla(l). styl(', wl~y; dhan,. (dhanam). wealth; man,. (manall). min(I; samuJhlil (snm}m"lrya-). understanding; jlc,. (yac-), test; mel,. (mela-). union; Jh&"" (MIA jAukka-). gust of wind; ir,. (ardluJ). c(lver; cahilpJ', " ml't.a.th('sis, from MIA • pahttiicca < OIA • pra-hhuccluJ < IE • pro.b1rp.n-ske- (ODRL. §17J). reach, arrive; -Jlr (da.tuJ,a-). punishment.

(2) -(a)U,. §256. This suffix forms possessive adjectives from substantives. tonail_ (tf;'nda+illa), a pot-bellied man; dhOdhaU,.. a pot-bellied fat

man. The lengthened form of the suffix is -llIl. banaila. wild; gbaraila. belonging to the house or family. This suffix is found in Maithill and in Magahi also. Origin: MIA (adjectival) .illa, .ita. The lengthened form ill due to the addition of aka.

(3) -akkarJll §267.

This suffix makes agentive nouns.

bujhakkanl (v'bujA., to understand), one who understands (cf. in Beng. the qame 'Lil BujhkB.r' in •Abhedl' by PyArlehand ltlitra); plakka"" (v',Pr., to drink), • drunkard; gbumakka"" (VgAum-, to wander), a wanderer; bhulakiEtnr (v'Mul., to forget), one who forget.e. 0rigi1I: KIA. -akka+*. TJUa BUms . .me to be • literary survival

wberedid+1tJ >~ >~.

( 77

)

78

THB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT

or

BHO.JPUBI

(4) -at_ §258. This suffix is commonly found in ita extended form ·ati, fem. -aii. The fem. is loet to Bengiii. urat_ (clrll) (Vur, to fly), a flyi.ng (bird); Illrettl' peratJC (Vlir and ypar) , falling and stumbling; bahati (pinl) (V'bah., to run. to flow). running (water): calati (adml) (Veal-. to move). a smart (man); pblrad (dlk) (VpMr-. to return). return (post); lawataU (dlk) (Vlaiuwl" to return), return (post). Origin: The OIA present participle (6&tr) -anta > -at. (5)

-ad §259. This suffix forms the abstract noun of action or manner. It exists in all north Indian languages. (Veal-. to move), currency. fame; uthatl rise), rise; .. calatl1-.-. . .. ... . . . ... ....... . _. to J-.-" • CUKau (V cue. to Setitle tne account,. aetitlement.; gnaJRu (V 9Mf. to aecreaae), deficit; barhatl (Vbarh, to increaee), inoreaae; alnatl (vgin-, to oount). counting; bharaU (v'b_, to fill), filling up. recruiting. ~_

~

Origin: ·ati < -a7lta+i.

(6) (i) -an_ §260. This suffix forma abstract verbal nouns, some of which have acquired a concrete sense. cala., custom; chArao (VcAar, to leave), leaving; jAran (jtNJiaM), burning of'spices; Jhlr8DJl( (yjMr), duster; phOrBDJi(, (8pAutaM); be~ (t1efItJM), a piece of cloth which is wrapped round a book; 41111U1J1( (v'diJ8), bedding; 4h1ka::, oover.ng, & cover (yf/,,\IJJ:, to covet); bljan (yb4j < vadya), music. Origin: OIA -aM.

(ii) -ani and -DI.

In origin, this is &!! m.e!!!ion of -8!!!! SI1f8r. -I being added to it, kbe1awanl, toys: 4hakaDl, cover: chananl, strainer: dina « "yaM-) , giving; I10a « layantJ-). receiving; belanl, an instrument for spread.....ing the flour into bread. orlumA (ClUllvtf#a?l4-). quilt; bleba...... (·tIicclacJdaM). bedding. (iii) -anl,·DI

form~":::;::,=o~:r:~t::ltf!;;:=-:!~ , chlwanI (cActcltMiN). camp: braDI (~)i bo-l-DI (~), lOwing. _henl (~). weediDg; ca1aDl (4), .uoe; or...... (."..... tUI).veil: cheal (c:AetlcmiW), a cutting iDatirumenti MbD', driver .. JD !1aiB bI!;anl'... woman who d...-ive& aw&y the crew (...i.!=--~ (JI!A)+i!r!);

THB FORMATI\'E AFFIXES

79

4hakanl (MIA 4hakkatla+iM), ro\'ering: barhani (mrJhaniM). broom. stick; mathanl (manlhaniM), ('huming llti{'k; kahanl (kaIJullIiM). ~torv; Jhwanl (*jhullat'ikd), a.n omamt'nt for nose. . (i)

-antJl

(semi.tnt~anllt)

The fem. of this sutJix is -anti. rt is very rul'O in Dhnj. calaD"', going, as in 'u calantJl hi) galle', ho Hut.! Ilwily. It Ililio means, 'he died'. barhanti (r.·ardhanti), I'rosp(·rit.y as 'tohAr bnrhantt hokho, , may yO\l be prosperous. §261.

(8) -I §262. This suffix indicates definiteness, marsent's!.!, or bi~gishnl'!.!s Bud smallness in an object. It also shows referent'l' nr (·onncctiun. ~l)metime!4 it is also pleonastic. It indicates contempt and pcjorit.y as well. This suffix is very much productive in BengalI a.nd Asso.mcse a.lso. (i)

D~finitene.'J.~

bakarl (varkara-), a he-goat; festiva.l; loti, a pot.

gu~.), 80

bhera

(lJIu'fj.a.), a ram; phallul (pJu'il.

(ii) Biggi8kneu handA, a. big ja.r; CcA (aeca-), high; ghGcA. a. ('ompara.tively big earthen pot for milkiDg a cow.

Dlci (nica) •. low; hahUI, a child .

.

(iv) Connection Jh611, a lady's garment; thill, a. push cart; mill, fa.ir; khill, show; dhtll (dA1lma-), smoke; Doni or 10DI (lavatuZ-), salty.

Plecmaatic kuwl (Kpa-)," well; hlthl (I'.ar.a-), an instrument for throwLRag water (v)

with band; tAwl, a fryiDg pan; haml (harit'G.), a deer. (vi} Pejoritll or Contempt

corwi (.ra-j, a thief; camarA Jamwl, the one.eyed man.

(w~ra.),

the shoe.w.ker;

:For showing contempt, the suffix is used with the proper names also, e.g. aJaurwl, phatJn&anI, eto.

Origi_: OIA cikG. Cf. Siyadoni iDacriptioD ·Aka in Pr1krit names which evidently ended in -I to make them look like Bk.

80

TilE OmOIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF BHOJPUBI

(9) -Ii §263. This suffix forms feminine action nounA from the causative or the denominative verb. jicil (y yac: OIA *yacapika), enquiry; caril (Vcar), grazing; laril (Viar), fight; parhit (Vpark: OIA Vpalk), study; aaorAl (Vagor), watching; Jotil (yyoktra-: OIA *yoktrapika), halTowing; kamal (ykamti), earning; dhunal (ydhvan), carding; alii (ysi-), sewing; perAl (OIA Vpel), crushing; hik!1 (MIA yhakka), driving; ·pltil (MIA Vpilja), beating; carhil. ascension; utaril. descension; khawil. feeding; aarbll. charge for making ornaments; jarii. engraving; dhowal. washing; koral. harrowing; dekhil. seeing; pial (OIA Vpi), money given for drinking wine; 4hoil, carrying; iikhiU (OIA v'likk), writing.; mQhadekhil, the showing of the bride's face. AJ.'a._.D-........ nn'l"lna _"'''' ••_ .... .Io.D

.A. ...... g"' ...

.f"~ft'Io

A&"'&&a

.......... 1'n ....

.... ,1 _,....a. _& ......... _al'1 .....,.......... "'....,..a, '" .::10...... : ..

1,.8a~a

""QD'"-'I:t

ID.--.n.

_&<10

. . Ion_ 4"'____ ..1 ...... _ aaov .&.V&&llgU, lI.Lag

nouns and adjectives being treated like denominative verbs, e.g. raJll, kingship, reign (raja), cf. also M. Beng. rajai; mithAi. sweetness, sweetmeat « millui < milla-); bhalii, well-being « bhal = Madra-); aacll, honut1/ (saea = satya); barll. prestige (bar, great); aaphil. clear (Pers. BdJ. pure); aajil. punishment (Pers. sazd), cf. M. Beng. Bdjai. Origin: OIA -a-p-ika.· (10) -ilt~

§264. This suffix is very rare in Bhoj. 4akait or 4akilt~. a robber; natait or natai~, a relation; aewalt or .ewait, a t.empie-priest. (sevii.j. Origin.: The origin of this suffix is the ca118&tive and denominative present participie base: OIA .tip-ani, -d1/-ant > MIA dvani, -ciani, O. Bhoj. It/wanta> Alt but ait also due to the change of the accent. (11)

-10 §265. This suffix is used to derive noun of agency from a l'O()t. blkiil (OIA V tJi-krf- ), saleable; caliO (OIA V cal-), workable; tlkItl (Vfile), that which 1aata for a long time; dlkblO or dekhlO (MiA V dilddlJl. or Vdekkha), shoWy.;, urAO(MIA vwUaYGfItI), squanderer. .Origin: This suflix is connected with II noted above. The source iB Iopparently 10 verbal noun from the causative base -dpa+uka. (12)

. -ikJI'~ -.~ 1268. This suft\x iB used to deri~e DOuns of JogeIloy. k.bl~ (OIA VialA), talker: urIJqr or uri_ ()IIA -uNa-): ...... or"larllQr (OIA quairelaome. The Penian cIIW: baa heeD. adopted

v1tJIl,).

and put within this groupaa ealMi.

81

TBB JOR.1U.TJVB AI'FlXE8

Origin: Hoern!e derives this BUm: from -rlpal."tl (§338). Thus OIA u#4pa/t4 > Mg. u#Ji,,:ake > u44ila1re > u"aA...,a with ('lis inn of .,'. and ('on.

traction .,tJ:k. of the hiatu8 ·vowels.

But Dr. Chatterii . dt'rin's it, fnlm a.- MIA -- --(13)

-AnJ( §267. This 8uffix form8 verba.l nouns from cauamt.iw I\nd II,'nOluiuatin' bases. calih. (calapa1Ul = cald1Ul), iasnion, im'oi('('; uthanll (lIi,filli/KIP/a). growing; m~ (OIA V mil), comparison; urAn, causing to fly > lli~ht. (·~par.a.).

Origin:

.

This 8uffix come8 from the c-lloullAti\"o OIA .up-cum, -uJH!l!a-ka

> dtbattatba > ihl'4tta > ataawa > a!U' > an_ (14)

-ApJI, -pJI 3;':;00. This suffix sc('ms to be an importation inlm HincH and il.4 found in the word miltip (cf. Hindi mel-miltip). The sourco apPl'arH tu be OJA ·tm > tpa (as in Giroir Inscription) whidl became -ppa > pa > -PII or it. may come from atman > appa > apa > lip••

(15)

-A.,.

§269. This suffix forms agent nouns. camll1ll (oarmakdra) , a cobbier: kohl.,. (kumbhakara) , 0. potwr; tlAwA"" (grdmabira) , villager; kabl", (.d:andJaakara). palanquin bearer: lObAI1Il- (~ra), bIa.cksmith: 80nAr- '(sVllrtaakdra): -goll18mltla; plyI..,. (prir,~ra), beloved; chathl!ra (*,a,tik4ra), !Po ceremony held on the sixth day after the birtl;1 of a child.

.(16)

-Arlor -Irl §270. This 8uffix forma agent nOUD8. bhlkblrl (b1&iqs.hJrika), • beggar; pujirl (p1Ij4.i:4rika), a priest. Origin: OIA ·karil:a. (17)

---

-awJ&

1271. This Irllfti: is u;ed to form the IWun.s of action. Its lengthened form ill -Awl. c:arhlWlll (Vcarl), ascension; bacAWIIl (ybaC), safety; ""WIll (vlGi), connection; jamA_ (v}am), crowd; ahumAw,. ("'glum), roUndAbout. The lengthened forms are: calIwA "leal), invitation; bbullwl (Vb1u'), miaguidance. Origi_: The source of this au1Iix iB the causative -f21J+u+l:a. 6

THE OBIGIlf AND DBVBLOl"IIJIlrT 01' BHO.JpUBI

(18)

-1-wa t-1Il §2'12. This suffix is a very recent one owing to the influence of Hindi. saJAwatlil. arrangement; likhAwat... writing; tarAwat... coolnt"88. Origin: OIA cipa+vrtta. (i9) ~iWaDJI

§2'13. This suffix forms verbal nouns from causative and denominative bases. 4erAwaDJI. fea.r; cumAWiUijl (OIA cumb-), a. ceremony at the time of marriage, when women kiss the bride and bridegroom. Origin: OIA -cipana. (20)

=isa §274. Only a few worde are formed with this suffix. e.g. plyl•• thirst; mutawisa. a desire to make water (*mutta < miUrtJ - +cipa+txJBa); hagawAs. a desire to make stool (*kaggcipa.va8tI); jhapAs. a crooked man. Origin: OIA causative base cipa+txJBa. (21)

-~ §27G. The lengthened form of this lufBx ill -ahA, e.g. billlrlh" (tltUula-) , affected. by wind.disease, a mad man; bhadrihll (bMdm-), a bridegroom on whose wedding day rain falls; ahurclihII. a knotty man; gurhllh". a crooked man; bhutAh... a terrible man; p.clAlm.hi. belong:wg to the west: dakhliialil, belonging to the south; utarahi. belonging to the north. Origin: The origin is obscure. Dr. Sukumar Sen suggests a genitive origin. cf. Bhojpuri lIune ke tbid Co. plate oi gold), m.Aji ke ihura (a hone of earth) = Beng. BO'IIiJr 1h4l, m/lIir aMra. In MigadhI Pk. we have .aha as a genitive affi."t, e.g. td.1u! p ...ZUii.Ju!. Dr. Chatte..woji prefere to eee in . it the adverbial ~tlM (Pili WAa - Sk. ihtJ) but he admits the possibility of the genitive origin aleo. (22)

-Ihat!

12'76.

This sufftx ill mostly used with the onomatopoetic words. It &I=c 188m: to be & recent bt.."IT'J~.ng &em HindI. clllhad (cU. of. Dee cill4), UJ)l"OaI'; Ilbabarlhad. perplexity; thaDJ"",lhali

(MiAJAatlcVAatIG). jiDgli.

~:.+"".""+-

6B

--

-.- -

---

'I'JUI I'OBlU.TIVB AJTIXB8

S:J

(23) (a)

-Iyl

§277. This suffix is used with the sense of' belonging to • or' posSt'tl8ing·.

It also helps in forming adjectives and diminuth·cs. (i)

b8ld:" (vtJt'im+a), a merchant; JaUyl (jdlika+ci), cheat; naltpurlyl (ftdgapunka+4), of Nagpur; bhojpuriyl (blwjapurikl'+ii). of BhojJlur; ortyl (4,."1"4+4), of Orissa. (ii) AdjectitteR

barhlyl, well; ahatlyl, deficient. (iii) Diminutive..,

purty., & small packet; pbartya, It sma.ll hoil; dlbiya, Ii Origin: OIA ika > MIA .ia+the suffix ·,i.

Hiilall h(l~.

(lJ) -iya

The suffix denotes 'one who is accustomeu to do extension of the above.

Ii

thing'. and iii an .

Jarlyl, an engra.ver; dhunlyi. one who cards cotton; ntarlya.

11 (,ItHt(l.

(24)

(i) -I

§278. Tnm suffix goes back to OIA .ikll, reinforcc(i in- Perllian ·i (adjectival and connective). It also forms feminine and di~il1l1t.h·e, c.g. dim!. costly; bh!r!. heavy; eleh4 t!. a. companion; dilg! Wers. ,!4igA+i); hlalbl, an accountant (Arabic hiBdb+i); anCtl)uthl ('U"-!III~ehila'j.), II. ring (connected with finger); kanthl (kat'lhikti), a rosa.ry (collnectl't! with ncek); teU (·f(!jlika), an oUman; tamoll (f.timbulika). II. hetelman. (ii) -I

This is a very common feminine suffix of NIA, e.g. gAOlik4 >. g~i4 > &horl, a mare; bArf (vdlika), a garden. (iii) -I (diminutive)

katlrl (De6J

kaIImi- < ·kallaritJ),

a sme.lI dagger; 4holkl (·~lwlla.

< x=: 4t\a;J,1.oUa-,,;' small drum; pckhar! (ML~ polek.l..ariiJ, 01."- pUlJkari7J.i

a ),

a small tank; churl (quribi), a smalllmife; jltl (ya7ltrika), a small ma.l!hine for killhur rata: Idvlrl (ied4rikti). a small bed of flowers; elmtl (*cimmatJGIIik4), small pair of tOngs. .. - .

a

(25)

-I,..... 1279. A few eumplu of this suffix are found in Bhoj. It is, however, very productive in

A......,.

84

THE OmGIN AND DBVllLOPJIlIN'l 01' BHo.JPtmI

adhiyurjil (ardlia+ika+kaia), half-sha.rer; hatiyarjil (lKilyti+ika+ kuru), une who !!laYH others. ;Jrigin: OIA -ika+hira. (26)

-ill ~280. Thi~ guffix iR chiefly used to derive u,dverbial a.djcctive~, i.e. adjectives expressing place or time. aglli (*uytiliika, agrilla-iika), the first; pachU. (*pa8ciliika, pacr.hilla-), la.st; majhiUi (*madhyiliika, majjhilla-), the middle one; pahilA (·prathilaka, l)akillc,), f,he first; blcilii (Ap. bicilkJ, < vrtya > vicctt-+illa = viccilla-), the mil.hUe one. Origin: Tho source of this suffix which occurs in 8011 NIA is OIA -iliika, MIA -illa-a.

(27)

-1 Tho suffix is used with fern. ordinal numbers. paca-l, one-fifth; chathal one.sixth; sata-t, one-seventh; atha-i. one-eighth; aasai, one-tenih. Origin: Fen}. ordinal suffix OIA -rnil=. §281.

(28)

-u s~o~. This suffix is used with io few words only. There is nO ooli8ciousness of root and affix in these NIA forms. llru .(latJ411), a kind of sweetmeat; bhilu (b1&aZlu), a bear.

(29)

-ul §283. This suffix is very common. kharul (k,ciruka-), grey cloth; tahalul, a servant; baahul, a prisoner; 8atul (BtJkIu-), the Hour of grain; bhatul, .. kind of gourd; mIruI (mat'4ilka-), 0. kind of plant. Origin: OIA .uka+aka. (30)

§284. This a.ffix means the • son of I. rlutJi' (r4ja-P'ldN), the title of the cowherd caste; mam1lutJll (mimil:cJ. YrUra), the son of the matemal aunt; phuphulutJe. the son of the father'; sister; pldlutJi', the SOD of the uncle. matlallatJll (~-pulrtJ), the son of mother'. sister.

THE FORMATIVE U"flXJ.;S

(31) ~n

§285. nominal) .

The suffix can be traced baC'k to 01.\

.1/].'"

(a.l.k
. khAi (Vkhcid+'!I·ka). one who ('at~ (mm·h,; Ufllru (·ulf,il',·,b,). :m!!r\·. agamst; bigArii. spoiler. pr,)ha.hl~ from W.ll.; dllkii. rohh,,!,; p~lhllrO. watchman; jbAril. broom. . (32)

-era Iuteri. a. thief. prohably frllm \r.H.; lamera. ('r"I' ~rO\\1\ (lut· of itself without so,,"ing; thathcra, f& brnzi(~f" Ofigin: MIA -f/aPt < OIA k"",,+ii. (33)

§287. -e... -ela < MIA .il1~z from OIA plnonl\.!;ti .. nl1(l ;~d,il'C'lj':al affix .ila. forming nouDS and adjm't.in's. adheli. one·half of a piC'c; ake"'., akela, n.lnne: ba~hel~. h:1~hel~ (vOf/gh.a- < v./jlighra.), tip;er.like: mathel~, mathelii (II/I,ff/l11- ." piece of wood on the upper part. IIf tlw floor.

111'/ .",. ).

IL

(34) ~2H8.

-oiA < ?tIIA .1111a forming nOllnl'l (diminllti\'1'8).

khatolii. a small co"·; amola. a tonclor FI{l.plinl( ofmA.n~lI. (35)

(I) -~. -ak.-. -Ik•• -uk.

§289. This affix is primaril)' cmploYf'd to form Jltlunf'l ("hHtr"ct,. concrete or onomatopoetic) generally from verb root.s. faDa~, a noise of striking (cf. Deug. ~n.alqt, Il'?'-, !!('nllf'· flf t,ij!htnf'IiH; Vi4n. pull). jba1-a~ (jhalakka), a flame; sarak•• rOl~(I, hiJ!hwB."; philtak., gate (cf. VP1tiil.- split); at-ak•• hindrance (cf.Ben/!. ';I·a'·d. (·onfim~· ment, drY', obstruction); baltb-a)qt, drBwing.room (bailth.(f < upa"ifta); phtl_, puffing, blowing (cf. phuthira); cUhllqf, ~I()w but folhBrp pa.in: cg~; mistake; @!!!'I.!~ (cf. Beng. 811r·uk__ ), sonnd ()f q1!i(~k motion. The MIA forms of the affix would be .akka-; ta1,lakka, jludakka, uMil' IAakka. In Sa~nI ApabhraIh6a, &8 a matter of fact. we tind linch forms as kAU(lukkai (_ AalyrJlIate.), gkU(lv./ekai (== "arjti). Following the indica.. tion of the Prikrit grammarians, the NIA .a/qt. and tho MIA .akka. can be affiliated to an OIA compounding of u. foot Of it" pr.rtkiplo; 1--.as;> in -a(n.)t- with irta. Vkr: camaiQr (also catl~) < MIA camakka, rmMkklla, ctJmaktieJ < OIA t'4IIItJt-krfa: so cu_ (cyut.k,.w.). A cOTUlcetion with OIA -tJko.;, apparently introduced &8 a teo in Second aDCI La.te MJ A (the phonetio of which changed it to .akl:a-). can also well be inferred, e.g. MIA (MipdhI) ~ -lrtl-tJ-l'G" hagge - *ahtJkkt =- al4mm < 4laam;

wen

kfI-(l)uk. - "-flu.: ~ ... ;.ayahl. etc.

86

TilE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT 01' BHOJ'PURl

It ha.s also been suggested by Bloch that the affix in part goes back to the orA adjectival and pleonastic -kya as in pAraleya < para- (cf. also ma!)ikya < ma!"i). Further. Bloch rl1'a,w! our attention to the -kk- (also eke, _go) affix which is such a common one in the Dravidian languages, in which, apart from other functions; it is used in forming verbal nouiiS from roots, e.g. v1w4, to wa.lk > nad-akka-ai. 'nmJ,..akk-al. 1ItJ(j-akk-t.tdal. walking; i~ to be, irukkai, being. . . In its origh" it wuul,i thus seem that this aftix is derived from leT'" &iid other forms of V kr. Th£'re scems also to have been present the influence of the Sk. affix -a-ka- which was Priikritizerl into -akka~ And it is not improbable that in MIA times a -kk-, _go, -k- affix 'existed in north Indian Dravidian din.iecis (now superseded by IA), and ihis affix of Dravidian was not without its influence in the establishment of -akka in MIA of the Second and Third stages. The -Ikji(:'. -ukji(- forms seem to be due to vowel harmony. the -1changing to -1-. -u- when the root or base form had these vowels, by

V'

attr-&.ot.ion.

Extension of -lqI-, -aklit in Bhojpurl -aki, i.e. -ak;it+-i: adjectival and pleonastic, with an implication of biggishness or coarsene88: pllat_kll. an instrument for carding cotton; kat;itkl, a small stick ; haq(ki, daCJ'kl. hurt on account of up a.nd down movement of ir ca.rt or &, CaiTiagA ; h ..-,;kA, injury; hur;itki, a kind of country drum; dhudhJjl(kl, a trumpet, etc. -akl, -;itki : with adjectival -I: balth-aki, of good society < belonging to the drawing-room, -;itki, -ki < -akl: feminine diminutive pleonastic; e.g. khirJjl(kl, a. small door; tim.-ki. a small drum. The affix -lkIit in forms like tarilql, with a sudden sound; parilql, with a crack; karikJi, with a crackiing sound; sariiql, with a quick giide. etc., which is used to indicate quick and abrupt movement or sound. is undoubtedly connected with the - -alql affix, the base apparently bein~ a strong form in I. (36)

(U) -~J!'-,

-Jl'ki, -J!'ki

§290. This is an adjectival affix, also used pleonastically: it is also found in the strong form in - ItA with its feminine kit E"'amplea :==dh=nuk;iC, bow (cL\apuika, dann'U?1=), "of. Btmg. tL'=nd;C, the change of a to e in Bhojpurl is possibly due to the word dhenu, a cow, which is so common: Ilad.-kl. Indian club « ta. aadtJl: banIId. eldest (daughter or a.ughter.in.J&w); . maJhu,.kI, the -middle oDe; ciiotakl, the youngest daughter or daughter-in-law. This affix would seem to be the Sk. pleonastic and adjectival .kGintroduced into Second and Late MiA as a te. form, and normaUy becoming .lclca-. In Miga.dha.n, it seems to have been used for the genitive as in <>PyA p1tt'UfG~lca, men's, and in early and dialectical BengilI as weD. In the other NIA languages, like western HindI, however, the genitive aftix -iii-, hu, etc., seems to have come &om iaa < "riG but it is not uniikeiy that there wa.a some influence of this very common a.u.d nsuaoitated OIA aftlx. An adjective.genitive use of .1:hJ is found a180 in SaurasiSnl ApabhraJiaja as in HAmacandra: e.g. ~M 6A~i (-Nl'rM 6A«m~). In the Avahatf.ba of the 'PrIkrta. Paiop t, the ._ for the adjeotive-genitive 6gar.

1ru8..1,·

TaB JOBJUTlVB AI'nXBS

87

(37)

§291. It represents OIA ptl#ihl forming nouDS. kasawall (kar",.pallilea), tho ass&ying stone; cunawafl (eQrtIGpallihl), a small box containing lime. (38)

-aul1ll §292. This suffix is used with a few words only. hathaUI"Ji. ci. Hengln iuUuri, a hammer; lathaura, n. c88tr. Origin: OIA ·kUIa. (39) -jh5i. -ihl

>

§293. These represent OIA avastlui indicat.ing stn.t.e, form, appearan<'e MIA avaUlui, avallhii (cf. MIA avalll/(j~) > NIA alha, ·Iha, llui, e.g. purlth (pur.), mature; pakathi (pakva.aINUUul) , ripe; 8ukaPiI (,4ufka.at'a8tka), dry; lakathi. burnt. (40)

-ra, -rl This suffix indicates habit, profession or some sort of connoctlon. khelwlrJI. play; bhlaarJI, a stagnn.nt pool; bhlaerl, one who in· dulges in 'bhla'; aiJerl, one who indulges in ·-alji'. _. Drinin: The source of this -ra would seem to he the OIA V vrt in n. form like 'vred' (work, labour, movement) found in Rigveda whid{ w~ur.t give a MIA *vata :> vara > vara. By extension with -I < ilea, we get -rl. Examples :-aalrl. agra.f1iiIa.ika, the forwa.rd movement; plehlrl, the backward movement. §294.

(41)

-rA §296. This comes from a late OIA and early MIA tJfJIa, enclollure, which is found in Sanskrit as a c auM ' formation from vala < vr·ta < ...r;;;.

to-oo~~;, -to~nciOse.

. .

-

.

.. -

Eu....p!ee:--..kh!rI (a~R(!+~·). an enclo!led ground for phYBic...1 exercise; tamarA (t4mravcifcJ(ka», .. copper vell8el; in khud", (kAu+tJfJIa). an enclosure for stray cattle; kIlu - (Pera. Xu,.) cf.l1lkara. swine. (42)

-rat -1'1, -ri

+z-

§J96. It II .. pIeoDaItio aftlx deri~ from whfc~ WIll widely uecl in late MIA, e.g. ~ (--)j tl~ (tli __); ~ CffIri>. etc.

88

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOI"JIBNT 01' BHOJPUBI

\Ve also find in Hema.ca.nd...""&., dukk1-.a4-4, cf. Hindt dukliart; (dulillia). The -~ affix seems to have come into s~cial prominence in the spoken dialects of northern Ln.tia, in the closing centuries of the fl1'lJt mi11e!mium A.D. It is also very likely that it was largely used in the spoken language in the earlier stages of MIA but the remains of first transitiona.l and second MIA do not use it lavishly; and in third MIA literary rem&ins, where the style is exclusively artificial and is modelled on the Prlkrit •Kivyas'. it is not so common either. The Ap. verse!! in He!!l.l!.can,l1'&'!! grammar form specime!!!! of genuine popular poetry, and hence the -«;1- words are so much in evidence there. All NIA speeches show numerous fOrifiB with -40- > ·r and some kinds of NIA, e.g. the Rijasthii.nl dialects, employ it more lavishly than the fest; affixing it to pa.!!8ive participles quit.e freely. The second and third MIA -ria rests on a first MIA -14 which would normally l'Cpresent an OrA -ia (or a dental -ta,- with or without a 'I" or 'r' to cerebr&lize it). In Sk., we have a number of words with a -la- affix, words which are mostly late, but a few like markata undoubtedly go back to me-Buddhist times. e.2. marlcata (re2arded as beina Dravidian in ori2in): paika-,i; 1cukkufa; Zak1lfa~> lagu-4a~ etc. This -t;1\ not found in Vedic~ There is nothing in the non-Aryan languages, Dravidian !Iond KOl, to warra.nt any influence from that side. And such a characteristic IA suffix, so persistent in all the forms of NIA. ('an rcasonl\bly be expected to have an OIA source. It seems quite possible that this- -Ta < -4a < fa is only .. form of a ~tttJ undoubt-eclly the same as the passive participle affix, which was used Rl'I a s(,condary affix in some noun and a.djecti ve formations in Vedic (cf. Whitney: Sa.nskrit Grr,mmar, §1176, §1245; Ma.cdonell, Vedic Grammar, §209), e.g. eka-td, dvi.td, tri-ta, muhur-tcf, raja-ta, panJa-fa. Some sense of coro..nection with or mo,lification of the original idea is implied by this -ta, which also ·is not absent in NIA -ra-. By Ilpontaneous cerebi'iioliza.tion -rf;, can very well give -I'" in dia.lectical OIA a.nd in F..a.rly liiA. Thus we have OIA vibhitalca (beside vibhitJaka) > ·vibhi-fa-Ica > MIA boJu>4aa > NIA bake,a; OIA amra-la-lea> tililmrii-fa-lca > MIA amhii4aa > NIA dnutra: and OIA .4t"lin-a-fa-lca. sritg-t1-Ia-1ca > NIA si(laril. Throuahout the whole history of IA: > -fa '-{a ·ra would seem to have-been fairly common in the spoken l"nguage; and after phonetic deeay had put an end to most of the characteristic OTA affixes in the second NIA stage, the -da affix. with its stronS( cerebral sound. seeUlS to have become quite a prominent and a popular one. The lo.rgenumber of names in -"'~,.- Sanskritized to -14 duri.."lg the second and third MIA periods, would also indicate its popularity in tho Indo-Aryan speech from the early centuries of the first millennium A.D. The affix -T" is found in the old Bengili of caryl, e.g. tadva-ri (Rilva) (cary! 10, 20); btipo.t-ra lvipalika (carya 10). In Midt1l e Beng!l!, t-oo, we Jlnd tliyari, lamp (of. Bhojpurl dlyari), miiJ:a,.,t (marka/a). In Bhojpurl, -rl, is found ini a few words, Dut in many caaea it figures &8 -rA, -ri, e.g. .

is

ta

->

:>

-ra,

C8mJfri (carma), hide, skin; jha~rl, quarrel; ItJIlrl, entrails: mohari < ",uiaara (",ueiul;, vanguard; keWJirl, optionally kewarA, cf. Bengill UtJrtJ (kitaka); elurA, optlonally elurA, of. BengalI ci,-!, cirtJ, flattened rioo; b==-rl, 8. young goat ·which obstructs th~ way (vyag1uUa+rI); katbJfrA, a flat vessel made of wood (kd,;Aa); aitbJfrj, baggage (gnJftlAi); tulqlrl, optionally tuJafrA. of. Hindi "'kni... uiece: ca6lllleri. a small baBkat: box; aoyirl: the nelghbOumoodo,-.·viIlage; la",~-': pIe.."'g' "of--ckruh, eto. -'

petirr; ..

THB FORlUTIVB AFI'IXICS

89

(43)

-tl §297. This_.~uftix is derived from OIA .,mlll!'. It is wr.\' I'm',·. I'.~. raid (raJlka.a~). a vcglJt.:,ble prepamtion wit·h lllu"llml ""II curd; bhawitl (bhrama'R1I/aM. h·il'!(l·r~·. (4·1)

-nt. -Inl §298. These are feminine a.ffixes ("l'lo d. §3."iH) !\ud ;Lr!' I'I,"UI1"1I 1" all Mii.gadhan speechcs. Their origin hl\:,1 hl'l'lI thlll't)lI).!Ilh· Ili"C'II""I'c! in ODBL, §d, m:lkill,l( it -II-Iii, 1': rA 11111'" illlu-rill'" • hi", .ini, ·ani (.i?&i, .aft-i), a.lthough mort' n-strictl'fl ill IIS(, t hall· i frolll lat.!' )IJ..\. (For examples of this suffix see §358 undt·r (kntil'r.) (·M)

-ril Origina.Hy implyinf.{ 'similarit,y. inte!!"i!y'. from OrA .dL/I". form, sha.pe > MIA .rava, this a.ffix i~ gt'nerally used plf'nl\l~~t,i":LII.\' in NI:\ §299.

in which it occurs in only,. few worll.... e.g, . Iloril (uo.rilpa), cattle; Ilabbaril «(/"rbh.lz.rilprf.). (,11 i If iii kl': patharO (MIA • pagha-rii.pa), kid: mehraril (1Iwhil,i.,,1.prl). W"ml\1I : bacbaril (vataa.Mlpa), ca.lf; pararO (}Jflf(h-n1/,/1, a. hlllTld·) .• -air. cf. Gnjra.tI paro, pari and lIorth U(·Il)!.:Ji p,ir,i: kawaril (hiwi. nlpa), the west ASSI\m. (46)

-III. -la, -Ii §300. ." and its extensions. This affiX' !!')f''; hl,.I·k til OJ A .'" (participial, adjectival and pleonastic), ('.J!. pbltel, tom; kheclal, driven; rlkhal, k('pt; pakal (""hH'.), ripI'; nithai, with bored 11080.

-II: adhell (ard/aa.), half.piece; cakall(oo/",,_.), a.J>i,-cc.. __ . _ -D: bijull (MIA "ijjulia, OIA "id!lllt+ _lr,+ .ik,i), li!lht{'ninu; .khaj.u~i, itohes; tikuU, spangle or ornament worn on the forehead (MIA t,kkaldrin. the: u' is due to the 'U' of jikuri. Gujriti k"ik..-Ili < tarku,., Ii. spindle, (47)

1301. both, e.g.

-"'~ '1'hiI ill connectAd with OIA piiltJ- which becomee wilJ/l aDd wirll

THB OBIGIN AND DBVIILOPIIBNT OJ'

BB~

(i) -wll,.

praylAwll". the prie-et of .Pre.yag (A!lababad); Aay!w~, the priest of Gayi.; bald"" the priest of KUI (Baniras); kotwll,. (kolla-p4la), cf. koI4l in BengAli. But in Bhojpurl the word kotwll,. is an importation from W.H. where it is aloa.n-word from Penian. (li) -wi.... rakhwlrJll (raqa-pala), a watchman; donwlrJil (tlrO!aa-pala), a Rijpiit cute; klowArJil (kitul-pcUa), a RAjpiit ca.ste. (48)

-will

§302. This suffix is a borrowing from the western Hindi. Its Ol""&gin is .pilla.ka and it has now a very extensive application, e.g. top!wll., the man with cap; glr!-will, the man with cart; bAtbi-wAIA, the man with elephant; pahari-wAll, the man on watch.

(49)

-wi, -wl,-1 §303. The origin of this suffix is ordinal -ma-ka (privative). For ita examples see §403 under Ordinals. (50)

-a,., -sl §304. The affix, meaning 'likeness, similarity, resem bla.ncc " is derived by Hoemle from OIA 8fUlrAa (Gaudian Grammar, §292) but Dr. Chatterji derives it from OIA -Aa which is found in Sk. words like lOma-Aa, kapi-Aa, 1carka-Aa, 1/UtJa-Aa, etc. (ODBL, 1450). . Examples :-Apa. ('" tibraa.Ja), friends; ihliiiii&jii (gAaffiiti...fa" sultry; Jhlpa-s,., hazy. The same affix is found in words like bapaal, father; jhapaal, incessant rain, etc. (51)

-a8l'Jll, -aarl

§305. This affix ill derived by Hoemle from OIA pa.st. part. p&88. §271) but Dr. Chatterji derives it from OIA 8tJf'tJ < V 8f',moving. The affix forms ordinals and a few other adjectives in mode...-n and old Bhojpu...-I, e.g. ekas8l'Jll, alone; d~.8I'JIl. second; tls8l'Jll, third (of. ekasara calanl doe!!.."!! !!!!h! eltba-Dha!'!!!d!.ea).

8f"ala (Gaudian Grammar,

This affix is also present in middle BengIlI: eka8tJrrJ. ~. tua"'.. The corresPonding feminine foi"iD8 in Bhoj. are ~, ~. etc.

.... (GJ)

-

§308. The adjeGtival suftix - ......., and - ...... are di810alt to ezplain. 'There appetd'll to be the case of double euftbring. Thus the origin of -....

91

TUB I'OlUIATIVB AJ'P1XBS

seems to be MIA -Aa « -bAa VbM, to o.pJK'ar) +01 A -J/n, l·f. MIA -Ita~.(, < ~~L-~';"I,",- -tva+ -na, also cf. maAilvand in R\'S., I, N:>-7. hM l·xll",pl,·!! W DDUJ. are:ekah..... , complete or great (e.g. ekahan. pAJi, n l'ompil!t,· or great scoundrel); bla-han•• s('.ocl-l'orn; bara-han•• grt.'l\t; chota. banJr, small; jara-hlUlJl. winter-rie... ; khana-han•. Ii.cht.. (5:1)

-harJl §307. The origin of thiR suflix apl"'ar" to I,,· :\11,\ .'.+01:\ ·r (as ill madAu.ra, ('tc.). Its exa.mple!! in Uhlljpllri arl" :. Jama-hal'Jl. long; phara-har•• Mwift; ehara-har... thill 111111 active; har.-har., great (e.g. har/l-harjl miihur. I,(rt'at. plliSIIII). (a-t )

-hiir/l

v"r,

§308. The origin of this suffix is OIA -I/tim <: 1I1f':mill),! '111 carry'; ef. uda,Mryal). in Miidhya.ndinll. SI\lilhil:l, 16. i. ";xllmpl!'s ill BIIf.jp"ri are:curlhll'Jl. the bangle-maker; manlhA.,.. tlill 1II'II1'r of glllss thin~M; karni-hAI'JI. a doer; parhni-hiirll. 1\ rmulpr. rahanl-hiirll, 1m inhabitant. (55)

-hiri §309. It occurs in a few words like ekahArA. dohArl. tehlri. tfl mean • fold '. The word dohiri also meanM Rttllll, ,·f1hmd., dOIl""~.MjZ"'1. It also occurs in Bengali. The source I\ppcl\r~ to 1M! the Sk. Mra mClLninp; division, portion. Foreign Suffi.l:t1t

Pe1'8ian suffixcs and some words whidl havc "booli!, hcc:omc in Bhoj. are given ·b('low:

lik(~ Mllffix"M

(56)

-ani §310. This suffix means •pertaining to', • having ttw natul"f' of'. Th(' source of this is Persian .a-noh, e.g. babuAna, the ways of a gentleman, luxury an(1 dreasineBII; aharAnA, per.,aiIling to families.

The suffix is very prominent in Persian loan-words, e.g. jurmAnA, fines; .uuini. reward; nBjriiBii. present; iiialliiiA. yearly pay went. (57)

-khInI §S1l.

The 'meaning of this Buffix is place or abode.

Peniau_w. chlplkhlol, post omoe.

Its source is

printiDg prell; dawlkhlnl, diapeDaary; cJIk-IdIIDI,

92

THE OIUQIN AND DEVELOPMENT OJ' BHOJPURJ

(58)

-khor §312. Tho meaning of this suffix is 'cater' or 'addicted to'. source is Persia.n ·ror.

The

Q,huskhor, ona who takes bribes; naslkhor, one who iii addicted to intoxication; ~amkhor, a mun who forbears; karajkhor, one who is in the habit of taking debtR. (59)

-gar §313. The meaning of thir-; r;lIffix in Bhoj. is 'pns;;cssing' or 'Iuwing'. The ROllrcc is Persian ·9fl.T. The suffix i", also popllh\r in :\iait·hili as in words 1wJlumar. (lorCW(IT (cf. 1I.ari mmi /ud/uw(f.r. aora,mr f)hel. Viliviinati). The cxa.mpl~s ill ·i3ilO a.r~:-·

J.

v

....

v

.

•

••

•

(possossin~ eyos whieh can· see even Rpirits and ghosts): karj~ar. artisan; jadugar, magicia.n; katagar, thOl'ny; hathagar, possesRing hand>! Or n.ble to ii;lj{; hRiiils: ~ofa~ar. able to use the feet.

akhillar, a sorcorer

(00)

-giri §314. The moaning nf t,his suffix L'i' business', 'cmft' . 't,l'arle', ' manners' and' ways'. The source if! Pen~ . . gari, e.~. hibOgirl, the ways of a gentleman: kutlgiri, the husiness of a la.bourer. (61)

§315.

-ca < Turkish ·co. through Persian, o.g.

bagaici, ~ar
bllge r;),

'(62)

-ci

§31ft The meaning of this ~HfftX is 'bea.rer' or 'holder'. Ths. source is Pers. ·ci < Turkl .ci, .jl, . tabalcl, one who plays on a musical ulHltroment; masilcl, a torchbearer; khaJlncl-, tre&G"L.~r; babarcl, cook. (63)

-din. -obi 1317. The. meaning of this suffix is 'receptacle'. The source is Pem . .d4ft or ·Uni, blamcllD, penatand; atardla, 808nt bottle; dhupdAnl, inoenae bitlT&er; Dudlali iii.ufFboz; aaaldA•• a pot to spit.

TBB FOIUlATlVE AFnXBS

93

(M)

-dAr §318. The meaning of this lIufiix ill 'hllhtl'r' nr 'on(' in l'Ilarg<.' Ill'. The origin is Pers. -c/tz... Imandar ••honest; iJatdAr, It Ulall or prestige; dokiindilr. 1\ shllpkeeper; caUlddar. a watchmall; pattidiir, IL pnrtul'r; jamidAr, 1\ hmdlonl; samujhdir, a wise milO; charidar. /I roll-bllnn'f_ (ij;) )

-nawisli' The m~aniJlg of tilis suffix is l~ • wfitl'r '.

§319.

-naw.

The

SOUl'Cl'

is !"·I'S.

nakalnawlsli'. a copyiat. (66)

-band. -bandi §320. Tht· SOUf(!!>, of thi:> sufiix is PL'f:>ian -hf/I/d, ('.g. cittha-band, entered in a ..·dgCl·; peti'iriiband, I-Ihat illside jlld-bandi. book-bi/lding ; jama-bandi, IIJcofd of rO\'CII1W, ott'.

Il

('built;

(67)

-biiJIi' §321.

The meaning of this suffix ia 'accustomed to do & thinK" 'I'h(! I'" _____ , '-- ___ noun 18 lormeu oy aauUlg an -1 w tllO Kumx. ".lnt. SOUfce 11'1 l·(~rH.

_'--- _.L _ _ _ .1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _

&DBUaCli

! __

-.!o

1~__

_

_ _

......

"".

f'W't.

•

."

-baz. ohokhibij, a. Bwindier; oagibij, a (:heat; mukadmabiij, R. iitigant; la64ibij. one addicted to unnatural offence; ran4lbAj. a visitor of proHt.i.

tut=, a charac+..erleee man. The abstract nouns are:dhokhibijl. swindling; dallibiJi. cheating; mukadmibiJi. litigation; luccibiji, riotous living. (68)

-win 1322. The meaning of this su16x is •poll8eS8ing'. The source is Pers. ·wan, Mn. kocwlD, Eogliah coaMman alao influenced the word; darwin, a watchman at the gate ; ••rtwID, cartman.

B. I.

PBE!'!U8

Preflzu 0/ Native Origin

TadlJhatJa and TatBama Bhojpul'l has • few prefixes which are living ones, employed in forming words. The following are the tb. and teo prefixes found in U88 :

94

TUB

omom

AND DBVBLOPMBNT OJ' BHonUa!

(l)

a-,I- (Privative) §323.

a-, e.g. 1088 ;

OIA initial a- normally remained a- but sometimes it beoa.me

ab5dh.. , foolish; ace~, Bera881ea~; anO_, not salted; akijjit, hindrance, aberi, late; Itblhl, fathomless (cf. 8tluiman) ; Alaal, separate (alagna). (2)

an§:l24.

OIA n'lUl- > an- in Hhoj. ovii; anginat~, oountiess.

anbhai~,

(3)

ati§325.

The; OIA prefix

atianta~.

at':. i~mn,ins intact in

Bboj., e.g.

excessivo; atlki •• la.to.

(4; awa-, aya-, a-, OIA initial ava- > awa-, aya- and a- in Bhoj., e.g. a)"iaun_ (avagu!&fJ), defect; a1am or awalam (atHJlamba). protection.

§326.

(5)

kU-. ka Pejorative from OIA ku-. It means something bad. kucii., bad ways; kumirgi, one who goes on evil path; kukarml. an evil-doer; ku-kbetJi', bad field or pla.ce; ku-naaar, a bad vi11a.go ; kapiit, §327.

bad son. (6)

du; dO !;:rAts. OIA dur- remains dur- in te. but becomes duo. du- in th. it means bad. weak. etc. dudci.... , wiokedness; cl6ba.... < tlurbala. weak. In dulAn < tlu+14ra (Hindi idra. iove, OiA lii4a as in lar;i pytirii), the prefix means more, much.

_.(7)

.i,..

1:11-

1329. OIA pretiA > 111- in Bhoj •• e.g. attiS&, free from disease, healthy; Dl-laU. ahamel8118, DI-kharal, dry; Dl-kammA. a man of no WI8; Dl-clhapk. bold; aI-baDa. r..ked~ ih.iiiel&i&; D1-phal. fruitl6ilii.

mB I'OBJUTIVB AD'IXES

9:;

(8)

sU-,aa-

1330. orA 811- meaning 'good' remains in Bhoj .• but sometimes it. is changed to aa-. . 8uphaJ, resulting in good; sapOt < BllpullYl, good son. through iDfiuence of kapilt. II.

Foreign Preji.re.,

(1)

kam"!! The source is Persian /cam. meaning Iittlt'. kam-asaJ, base·born; kam-umlrl, minor; kam-kho\t ulld; kam-Jor. weak. §331.

(2) khus§332. The source of this prefix is PI~l"8ia.n ruA., ~o()d. hIlPI'~', ('.J(. khus-i-hill (with an intrusive -1-), happy circumRtn.nccs: khus-dll. cheerful; khu8-imad, flattery. (3)

aar-, aayar-

§333. The origin of this prefix. is Perso·Ara.bic grtir., •without •• c.g. aarhAjlrl t'T aayar-hajlri < v!!irJuizir, absenco; gayar Jagah <' g.air jagah. other place; galr ibid or aayar-ibld, uncultivaterl. (4)

dar-

pM. The source of this prefix is Persian dJ1.r- meaning' within', e.g. darblr, court; dar-kAr, necessary; dar-mlhl, salary. (5)

111§335. . The aouroe is the negative Pel'8ian prefix nii., e.g.

opatA, untraced;

ni-oai~,

minor; oI-uDlioedl, diAppointment;

DI-pa8BDD, rejected; nl-liyak, worthl88ll. (6)

phl-

1336.

The origin. of this prefix in Peno.Arabic fl· meaning •each " e.g.

phil-hili now; phi dakin, each shop; phlldm!, =ch man; ph! rupayl, per rupee.

96

TilE ORIGI!'l' AND DBVELOPMBNT 01' BBOJPUBI

(7) bad§337. The source of this prefix 1s Persian bad. meaning' bad " o.g. bad-Jiti, low-born; bad-nam, had name; bad-calan, a man of bad character; b@d-rill, one who foUows b&d paoth. (8j ~338. j:-; ail'll)

The source of this prefix is Persian be· mea.ning 'without' _ It

uSNi pt-jomtiv('iy, e.g.

be=cil, of bad character; be=hlth, out of reach; bi=tain, improper time; be-dbarak, dauntless; be-4hab, strange; be-cain, restless; De-jan, weak. This prefix is used with pa.rticiples a.lso, e.g. be-kulal, without being sliced; be-piaa1, without being grounded; De-Dowai, without being sown. (9)

bar-

§339.

e.g.

The source oftiUs prefix is Persian kar. meaning 'each', 'every',

bar-bAr, every time; har-Jaaah, every place; har-ghart, each hour; bar-roj, every day; har-dlD, daily; bar-bolil, a jester < ha,,+boia-, cf. Beng. ha~.bOUi. a ventriloquist. EngliIJh

§MO. The English words head, half and sub. are used. in a number of compound forms in Bhoj. words and have almost become prefixes: be4-pq4It, be4-mlhtar < Mad f'IItJ8ter; blph-kamlj, AaIJ shirt; hAph-jlk_ih, kall tWerJi ..b-dIPil < r.d;·depu.lii ii&b-rajl&tlr < BUb.regi8trar.

CHAPTER

n

COMPOUNDS Compoundmg of words is a Vt'ry remarka.ble' charactol'riHtic of and this char~cter ~B8 b('('n fully maintain(·tl in llhlljpurl. The Sanskrit compounds classificatIon also holds ~oO(l to II.r~c t':och.'ut fur BhojpurI. Below is attempted a classification of Bhojpllrl cnrnpolUuLt. In this, I have followed the guidance of Dr. Chatterji in his' Bl'ngiill Gn,mmlu '. §341.

Indo.Euro~n

I'

§342. Bhojpurl compounds fall L~t-o three principal cl&'!olOl!s:(i) Copulative or Collective or Dwandwa. of which t.lu.> mcmhl'rs L.~ syntactically co.-ordinate; :. joining t.ng(~tJl(_!:r inti; (in£' of words which in an uncompounded condition would. htl counected by the conjunction' and'. (ii) Determinative comPounds, of which tlUl fOfl1wr 1Il{'mlwr is syntactically dependent on th(' latter :\11 its clct,('rrninillJJ; Of qualifying adjunct. This can be subdivided into the flll1l1win~ heads:(a) Tatpuru~ or Determinativcs with une clcJIll'llt governing another. (b) Karmadhiraya or Appositional Determinativell. (e) Dwigu or Numeral Determinatives. (iii) Bahuvrlhi or Attributive compounds. [Dr. Chatterji luWl termed it • varna.nA·miilaka , (Possessive, Relative or ])(!H(:riptive or Seoondiuy Descriptive compounds).] • This compound consists of two or morc noUlls in apposition to each other, the attributive member being pia.ccd first and denotes or refen to something else than wha.t is expl'e88Cd by its membe!'!!. It genem!!y a.ttribut-c~ that which is expro!!8Cd by its second member. determined or modified by wru.t is denoted by its first member, to something denoted by neither of the two. Bahuvrlhi, again, has four subdivisiolll!, viz. (i) 'Vyiclhika1'8J)8o Bah~vrlhi·. (ii)' Saminidhikarar;la Ba.huvrlhi·, (iii) 'Vyatihira Bahuvrlhi' (Reciprocal) and (jv) 'Madhyapadalopf Bahuvrihi'. §343.

Copula.tive or Collective or Dwandwa compounds.

(a) (i) Where two memben are joined.

Examples :-miJ-bip.

bhii-bip, brother-fathor; hahln-mabatiri. sister-mother: larikA;'ebriro, ~.ri,;;-,arlki~iarw.-80n:daUghteri aasur-dam.d, fatherin.law.son.in.law; eleu-patob, mother-in.law-daughtel'.in-1awi betApatoh, BOD.daughter.in.law; bAth-g6r, hand-i8et; dii-bhit, puiee.cooked rice; dabl-bblt, curd.cooked rice; durl-dahl, fla.ttened rica.flul'd; nOntil, 88lt-on; IDhar-klD, blind-one-eyed; rltl-dln. night-day; dln-rltl. day-night; elJb-blhlll, evening·morning; blrl-patukJ ~two kinda of earthen pate); libl-lakkar, iron.wood; mae-mlchl. m08qwto.ftYi 1dII1Amf1:bI. lOar. . . . ; IJu-kIIhI, today-tomorrow; dOdb-dabl, milk.curd; ( 97 ) hhAI_hAhlnL

hPnther.lliatm-:

mother-father i

98

TBB OBIGIN AND DBVBLOl'lIBNT 01' BROOPUBI

slehl-barlrl (two kinds of fishes); eoril-bachal'il, cattle-calf; ell-bayal, cow-bullock; piri-pirl, he-calf-buffalo-she-calf-buffalo; nlman-biur, good-bad; III-gall, c-oming..going; bI15-b1t. partition-division; maradmehririi, husband-wife; I'iji-parji, king-subject; dhobl-niil, washermanbarber: libh-hinl, profit-loss; biha~-bhltar, outside-inside: khetl-biri, agriculture-gardening; kam-besl, less.more; riji-rini, king-queen; clinsuruj, moon·sun; riJI-oJlr, king-minister; nipilA-nuksin, profit-loss; okll-mukhtir, vakil.mukhtar; thini-pulls, police.sta.tion.police; okilba1estar, vakil-barrister; hlsib-pattar, account-letter; hisib-kitib, account.book; 4iktar-bayad, doctor.vaidya, etq. (ii) In a few cases, more than two words are joined, e.g_ hith-eor-nik-kin, hand-feet-nose·ear; nun-tel-Iakari, sa.lt-oil· w(''OC!; jira!!!mar!c!""dhan!y! (three spices); hithl""ahori=pa!kl, elephant-horse-palanquin_ (iii) A few Dwandwa compounds hrwe come clown from SanHkrit. These still follow tho rules of Sanskrit grammar, e.g. When words ending in -r lmd impiying relationship by blood or literary Ilovocation arc compounded together, tJUllast but one word changes its -f to -i Ilot! in miltr-pitr > mitl-pili, similarly pitrputra > piti-putra. (b) Aluk-Dwandwa.

When the intermediate members retnin ca.se-endings, the compoundli are called •Aluk'. Like Bcngii.li, in BhojpurI too, we find a good many •Aluk-Dwandwa' compounds, e.g. iee-piche or piche, forward-backward; hite-blte, in marketin path; dudheoebhlti, in milk .. in cooked rice; ghare~du!re, in house-in door, etc. (c) Dwandwa. compounds, meaning < ei ceie'l'a '. (i) When two words of same form and of the same import are compounded, e.g. IEIm-IEIj, work; dhar-palmr, arrest; Jlw-jantu, beast; bhiilcilk, errol'; ehar-blrl, house; mAth-mAr, head; laUrl-lithi, stick; bastam-b",rial, mendicant, etc. (ii) When two words similar in form but· dissimilar in import are compounded, e.g. cOri-camlrl, theft; is-pis, near; mil-madIA, wealth; astrasa8tra, weapon; diyi-miyi, mercy; hArJ-ldlrl, earthen pot; etc. (iii) When two companion words different in meaning are compounded, e.g. diD-ritl, day-night; rljA-ojlr, king-minister; blnu-musurmin, Bindu-MuaJim; rAjl-parjl, king-subject; riJI-rbi, king-queen; jArA-llhim. cold-Iun; pip-puny (ptiptJ-~ya); becaI-ldnal. aelIing-purobaaing; jiri-jOrl, burning-collecting; phlld-pldlkl, ea.ting-finiBbing: tidk-thik. right-doing; got-alt, round-making,

etc.

(iv) When of two words, the second is a jingle one, e.g. v.sel, etc.; til-ail. oll, etc.; DOkar-okW. servant. etc.; hlthI-othi. elephant, etc.; thIII-oD, plate, etc.

"""-088Il.

7·

COJIPOUNDS

(d) When two words having the same or equivalent meanings an' compounded, e.g. klgaJ-patar (-It:4gaj is a Pe1'8ian loan-word < 1ctigfu and pnlar < OIA patm), important papers; 8imilarly riJi-badsib, killg: thanbi-ma.skbari, joke, etc. . ·§344. Determinative compounds. (a) Tatpltru~a has the following 8ubdivisions: (i) When a noun in the a.ccusative CMe is compounded, C.Il. jal-kbal, the act of taking breakfast; bbat-rlnhl or bbat-rinhAwi. one whn (looks rire; dudh-duhAwA, on(' who milches cow; hirl-phorwi, one who brookll an earthen vessel; bhuI-sftilbAwA, ono whn Inn~ii8 oorth; pbul-cubbhl, a bird whi('h takcs 8weet juice of till' flowor. (il) When 8. noun in tho instrumental case is oompoundc,t. e.g. hards-mira! (as in hards-miral gohil), oont.on by 1\ kind of plant disease; bJJuli=mira!. Ktrnck by li~htiliii~. (iii) When a noun in the cllltivc case is compounded, ('.~. hlndQ-lakOI, Hindu school; mil-godim, n. ~(xl()wn fur goods; ril-bbiri, ril-masQl. railway flue; 4ik-bhilra. 4sk-inasill, postagl', etc. (iv) Wh~n a noun in the abIa.tive CIIoBO is compounded, (".g. glw-cbarnA, one who hll.8 run away from the villllgr.; lat-maruA. one beaten by leg; pit-maruA, Onl! beatclI by bile, one who works ha.rd. (v) When a. noun in the genitive c&"c is compounded. ('.g. thakur-bAri, the temple of l'hii.kur (god); biehl-mar. killer of a. she·calf: Q.aU-mar. killer of a co\\'; hithgbarl, wrist watch: _ . --Exampies oj mixed words: jil-darogA, the subinspector of jail; jabij-ghat. tho landilJ~ pla.ce of a steamer; gorA-IAln, the place of the residence of the Englishmen; phOl-bagan, the garden of flower (tho nam.! of 1.1. pla.co); rijA-bajAr, the king's market (the name of IL plaoo in Calcutta). Similarly aabeb-bagin, the garden £If Ka IlI'h , till' name of a place; cAb-bagAn, the tea garden; ril-kuli, tho railway coolie; kltAb-mahal, the book palace; hindu-stAn, the place where the Hindus Jive; glnl-sanl, guinea.gold. Examples of Sanskrit words:tutl-jal, water of the Ganges; jam-10k, tho land of the Lord of Death; kial-nares, the king of Bani~ (Kisl). (vi) When a noun in the ablative case is compounded, e.g. ch3r1-bbaral-dbin. a tub in which paddy haa been --filled; h1rl-bbaniI-satui, an earthen- vesSel in which grain-powder has been filled; pAkel-bbaral-palsA, the pocket in which pice has been filled, etc. (vii) Nail or the Negative.Tatpun-.e,. The SaDakrit negative particle ' . ' changed to •a' before a consonant and 'CI'" before a vowel may be compounded with any noun to

100

DB ORIGIN AND

DBVlILOPIIBlt~

OJ' BHO.JPl1RI

form the Negative-Tatp~.. Such compounded worda have come down to Bhojpurl. Examples: .adharm,.. irreiigion; a_dhu, wicked; adhil'Ji, impatient janik, I!8veral j anidar,l, disrespect. The BhojpurI words aJiiD, unknowing; akiJ, harm j anOn, without sait ; wili come under the above. (viii) A few exampies of' Aiuk-Tatpuru~; are aiso found in Bhojpurl,

e.g. lloriH~lrai.

the falling on feet; phere-katahar, the jaokfruit on the tree; hithi!-kital, spun by ha.nd.

(ix) Adverbial or Avyaylhh!ve. compound, when the flmt member is an adverb, e.g. har-roj, daily; dln-bhar, throughout the day; piche, on every house.

~ar

This compound is also formed in Bhojpuri and in other NIA languages by doubling the word, e.g. calat-calat, on walking; dekhat-dekhat, on seeing: din-din, daily; plche-pache, behind;' ahar-Ilhar, in every house; rltA-rati, during the night.

(0) Karmadkaraya or ike Appo.siiional Deierminaiive compound8. A r.olLWJ. or adject.ive is often combined int-o a compound with 8. pre.. ceding word-a noun or a.djective or adverb used a.ttributively. Such a compound is caHed Karmadhiraya or the Appositionai determina.tive com· pound. It can be subdivided into the following five classes:(I) Ordinary Appositional Determinative. (i) When the first member is an adjective, e.g.

klc-kiiii, green-plantain; iiii-tupi, red-cap; khis-manRi, chief-palace; mabl-rini, great-queen; kUi-paitan, black~army; he4-mlstar. head-master; harllr-bls, green-bamboo; plar-dhotl, yellow.piece of oloth. The following Sanskrit words are a.lso used in Bhojpurl, e.g. t makii.kiila, the Lord of destruction; parame.4wara, the supreme God; nUa-ma"i. sapphire: 8tU11a..gutl4, aU qualities; P"!,ga. dina, sacred day; h/JAa.di1UJ, auspicious day: mo1&a1UJ.bMme, a. kind of sweet; maIui.jafllt. a banker. (ii) When the second member is an adjective, e.g. ~hAna-!!ylm_;

ete.

oloud.blue; hardI-pIsAI; .tu.1'!!!eric.broken; .

(iii) When both the members are adjectives, e.g.

catur-calhlk, wise-clever; khllI-mlthl, aour-eweet; Wkill, red-black; ph!kl=W, light-rad.

COMPOUNDS

101

(iv) When both t.h(l members are nouns, e.g. saheb-lOg, the Saheb (English) poople; khll-slhcb. mo!b!sAbeb, Ilt-sAbeb. nlJi-babidur, titles. (v) ~nen thl~ ijrst member is I\. particle or flo IlUlDl'ral. (,.Jr. ka-p6t (k"'plttra), ball son; l1ar-hijlr, nhilt·nt: be-ni\m. without naIr"'; du-sai, t.WI) hum}("('Ii; du-taUi, t,WII' stor~'; tln-ti..i, thrce.st.()ry.

(2) .!la.dhya.pru!rr.lOpi.Karmadlu;mya.-ln this eo.m~ til<' t'xl'hml~t.on middle member is tlrllppl'U, c.g. . I1biw-mis81-bbat = ahiw-bbit, the boiltll"l rico mixed with ghat!: dudb-411al-bhit = dudh-bhat, boiled rico soaked in milk; dalsigA, pulse.mixed vogotabio. (3) Upan,jj,iUl Ka;m(idM;(.tya.-\Vh~n it \vom "xp['('8~i\'p (If tht; ~t.a.il(lii,ftl of comparison (upamiina) may be cump01U1ded in n, KILrumllhii.mYI\ wit.h another denoting thl' ('lJmmnn quality or groulUlllf (·(JlIll'aris,m. WI' ~I·t. I.his compound. This is rare in Bhojpllri ILlld ill found finly in 1I1It' Of hm ~mskl'il words Iikt' ghana'S!llimd meaning' blue-HIm cloud'. (4) Rllpaka K,,,madhiiraya.-·When the eompn.ri:o;oJl is mI.')\, hilt tlu' attribute is understood, we get this compound. 'I'his, likl' tIll' prt·vions ene, is found in Sanskrit wurdli only, e.g. Ka mala-Tn 11 kh(4, lilt us· face; candra·muklut, moon· fiwl': .4()~-,,-.~i I d}/It , the ocean of trouble, etc. (c) Dwig71 or N1(merai Determinative rnmpolindR.

When the ~t mcrnbf.'r is a numeral, it is called the 'Dwigu or Numeral Determinative CO~llpOlU1ds', c.g. nawa-ratan. nine-jewels; trlbhuwan, three-world; caII-IIIOhIDI. a croSEling of foul' roads; cail-mukh. facing foar lIideli ; cIr........ four.cubits. etc.

1345.

Bahuvrihi or Attributive compounds. (i) VyadhikaraJ)a Bahuvrihi is that whose m€'mllt'rs 1m, lIot in a.ppnMition to each other, i.e. a.re in different cases when clissolvc·rl, ('.g. sdla-paf1,i, god Siva. (who has a pike in his hand); vajra-deblt, gor! HanumiLna. m('mhefll (ii) SaminMb;karar;ta Bahuvrlhi is that in which hoth the I ... _ _ _ _ 1___ _ are in apposition W each other, i.e. ha.ve the

8aml~

1~a.~C

fI~uu.Jon

WIWII

dissolved. e.g. pltlm~,

the yellow cloth of Vi$l.lii.

(iii) Vyatih&ra Bahuvrlhi is that in which the first member if! rcpea.t('(i,

e.g. IAtbI-lAtId, fight (with sticka); lid-Iutl. quarrel (with JegA); mnkA-muJd, fight (with fistAs); kiDi-kinl, secretly (with ears). etc.

102

THB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPIIBNT 01' BBOJP1JBl

(iv) Madhya-pada-Iopl Bahuvrlhi.-In this caao the explanatory middle member is dropped. e.g. 4erh-aaJI, as in 4erh-aajA aamachl, & piece of cloth which measures one a.nd & half yards. Similarly pic:-hatthl, measuring five cubits. . .

More examples of Bahuvrlhi in Bhojpurl arelil-paaarl, a police; lalparhlyi as in Ial-parhlyi dhotl, particular piece of cloth with red border (with suffix -lyi); sat-Iarlyi, &n ornament (lit. having seven strings of gold); adaAJall, a metal pot; satnallyA, a particular kind of gun; rukh-carhawa, monkey (lit. a climber of tree with suffix -awA), slyar-marawi, a jungle-tribe (lit. one who kills ja.ckals); But-bkawA, & man of iow position (Ut. one who sells threads): dhabi"kaswl, a particula.r type of old man whom children fear very much (lit. one who stuffs hiA bag); ghlt-phorawi. a. M8ohi-Brihm8on (lit. one who breaks an earthen pot). More examples of Vyatihira-Bahuvrihi in Bhojpurl arekarl-karl, quarrel; kbarA-khari, at once; khedi-khidl, pursuit; khoca-kh6cI, fight; airA-airl, quarrel; aodi-aodl or c:aki-cuki, fight; chowi-chlni, snatching; Juti-Jutl, shoe-heating; Jhoti-Jhotl, fight; toke-toki, call; tiDA-tinl, hindr&nce; thoki-thokl, fight; tiki-tuki, love a.ffair; dhiwi-dhupl, with quickness; dhirA-dharl, fight; pheripheri, return; mira-miri, fight, etc.

CHAPTER III

DECLENSION OF THE NOUN §346. OIA declinational system underwent considerable curtailment. in the NIA langu....ges. Very little of the old svstem hn.s bctm pn'80r\"('(1. The inflexion of the eight cases of OIA tondl'd' to IliSllppl'.ar in NIA. In most of the NIA speeches two (ill a few cases threl') C.'lSC inflexions tlurvivl'd from MIA-(I) the nominative (or direct ca.se) .'lllli (2) tho llon-nominat.ivc (or oblique oo.se). The instrumental is the third case-form prc"",rved in some, e.g. BengalI. The inflexion of the oblique is mostly derived frum the late MIA loca.tive in the singular nnd genitive in the plum1. But in Bhojpurl, the oblique has been considerll.bly curtailcd: it occurs only in the plural as we shll.H presently see. Distinotion between mascuiine and feminine stl'ms is absent in Bhoj. purl as in aU other Magadban languages, tho same set of inflexions s(lrving for both. Bhojpuri nOUllS, like those of BengalI, have ono declension only, irrespective of stem and gendor. (A)

STEMS

§347. A nOUn stem in Bhojpuri ma.y encl either in 0. vowel or in a consonant, e.g. 4ori, thread; nokar, servant. The final vowels generally are -a, -i. -i, -u, -0. Examples: -I, palikhl, fan; khatil. bedsteaci. -I. all, cow; Ikhl, eye i plkhl, feather. -I. dhobl. washerma.n; pinl. wa.t.er; cinl. silver. -D, slsu. mother-in-law; Ilru, a kind of Rweetmeat. -0, niO. barber; bljii, bracelet; bllO, sand. -e, plri, a eiass of BrAhman; caube, a ciass of Brahman. -0, kuru, a piece of bamboo i buro, a kind of vegetable; lakatho, a kind of sweetmeat. Nole :-The words with -0, -i and -0 endings are rare. The final consonants generally are the following: -k.nAk, nose; cAlc, the wheel of a potter; tilk. a piece of oloth. -1m. ghlkh, a clever man; klkh, the armpit ~ rlkh, aahee. sla, vegetable leaves; Dla. serpent; a kind of pulae. -ab, ~Ih. t~ i ll~,. th~h. _ _ ' . ' ... _ L .. -C, KnBC,. big basket; Be. llame; mac, a woooen raJ&eQ PI&"· form.. -chi ra ...h ....h • M!!1O!!; Ie.ch. a dieea!e. -J. aAJ. foam; rAJ. kingdom. -Jh, bljb, barren; sljb. partnership. . _ _ _ _ _ _ .. -to I&hAt a bathing or landing p1aoe; bblt. bard; pet. belly. -th. Uth. wood; Vtb. lip. -4. dln4. fine: bAldlnfl. fool. -411. thin4h. cold. -r. 1IIf. boDe: mAr. etaroh: ..,. af".or!: 41r. a IdDd of nOD-

-a.

mla.

poi8oDouII aab.

(

103 )

104 •

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT 01' BIlOJPUBl

-rh, a.rh. bull.

-to -the -d. -dh, -n, -nh, -p, -ph, -b. -bh, -m, -r, -rho -I. -th, -w, -8, -h.

khet. field; bit. cane. hAth. ha.nd; mAth. forehead. khid, ma.nure; nld. an ea.rthen tub. bAdh, string. kin, ear; ton, protruding belly; kon, comer. 8onh, fragrant. dhip, lenR1;h: nip. measurement: sip, snake. blph, vaPour; dlmph, a kind ot drum. rib. molasses; jib. muzzle; job. a kind of grass. nAbh, fertile. kim, work; elm,lea.ther. sir, wife's brother; hir, garland; khur, hoof. mAr!!; a kind of grain. mil, union; chll. bark; tarkul. palm. mAth, Ii. string oonnei'ting the spindle with the spiililing wheel. niw, boat; ghiw, hurt; ghiw, ghee. bls, bamboo; sis, breath; nls. nerve. blh. arm; ehlh, shadow; rih, path. FORMS 01' TilE STEM

§348. In Bhojpuri, nouns generally have three forms, the short, long aad the redundant, e.g. camlr, camarl, camarlwl, cobbJer; nlii, nauwl, nauwlwi. barber; mAil, maliyi, maliylwl, gardener; pothi, pothlyi, pothiylwil, book. Some nouns have only two forms, the short and long but no redundant forilis, e.g. ghoj'A, horse; Iota, u. jug; while others have welLk forms too. This weak form is the shortest form of noun generally ending in I. short vowel or silent consonant. Thus ahor, horse, loh. iron, mith, sweet. are the weak forms. Suoh weak forms are ral'e in the popular speecli and tl.leir corresponding strong forms ghofl. lohi a.nd - mlthi a..w-e now more In use. The long and redundant forms are used only fa.miliarly and sometimes have a t~e of inferiorit_Y' or contempt. These are never used of superiors but only of inferiors and-the youngers. 1349. To form the corresponding long forms, -wi is added to the short stem if it ends in -I (e.l[. rIJi-raJlwi. kinlZ: mita-matlwl, mother), -ii (e.g. nlii-na6wi~ barber), the vower (together with the 'ft~~'ftty lV'l'ftc:::lnftQ_'ft+.\ 'hAiftt'l .1t.n.....An..:WI hA.fn.a +.'hA +........... ,n.o.+.inn. _va -it.

i.'

~~d;~1 (;:g~;;iil-~~il;i,"~",;;dene-;r;~d :i~ ifit;~";;~~ ~~~~t

(e.a. camlr-camlrl. the man of camlr caste) but -awl in certain cases if the noun ends in a oonsonant (e.g. pit-petAwl, belly; 4lim-4omlwl, a man of a low caste, et-c.,. §350. The redundant forms are formed bv redulllioatinlZ the final euftix of the long form. .. (B)

GDDU

§aG1. There is no strict gender 88DSe in BhojpurJ. Gender is looked iipoii _ )WW&teri&1 in gr&iIiDi&f; W6 e&ii iiiiy that in Bhojpwi gender is natural and not gramma.tical. There are DO speoial afti%es for the muouline and neuter (inanimate names 81'8 always neuter. in 10 far .. they can never take adjectives with the feminine aftb). The Dames of per8OII8 or animals of the female aex may tab the amiI'm;; a.th -I. but even this is frequently ~aGd'~. It i1; lUmly thati

105

DBCLBN810N 01' THE NOUN _

L ___ .:_ .&.L! _ _ _ _ 1 _________ 6' " .

,.

••

Ao'II

~

.....

_._

•

lIne lemmme amx lor IU1Jectivea qUILWyint( femmme nouns, not only " sDr\'inl of earli .... r conditions in Bhojpurl WV ~D.YV IU "DIll UWPJOymtwli 01

(wben grammatical gender exist.ed !!.8 an ir.heritnnre from MIA) but &lau a recent influence of Kharl-Roll Hindi. §S?2. There is also an attraC'tion of fnrmll--Il, ncuh.'r noun ('mung ill -I, whIch was formerly feminine ~lld gt.i1J is t"t'milliuo ill Kh, H'-,II mn\ behave like a feminine nOlm by adding the fl'minim' amx til lI,n I\lljedh'~' (or verb) qualifying it, e.g. ghar jarl gall, thl' hOlille J,(ot. burnt,; pothi jarl aaUl, the book waR burnt; the first is ml,"seulille whill' tilt' :oi('I'tlllil i,. feminine in grammar but the speaker do(,g not hn,n' an\, dl'tillit.t! ti,diuJr t Imt the 'p6tki' is feminine unlike the 8pl'.akerlJ of Kh. BOIl.'

§353. The gender is also 8ometim.eB illliit-I.I.I'II by till' I\JlrCC"lllcnt. of t h. adjective, e.g. bar aharA, a tall hoI'tJI'; bart ghori, 1.- tall miut·; hilt. il. 11m." be bar ahorl also. Thus the agrccml'nt of thl' IL,ljcd.h·I· wit·h tht' qlllLlitit·cI noun in gender is not consistent in modern Bhlljpllrt HUt. in oi(il'r BilOjpmi. the casc was otherwisll, e.g. taba brahma piicnaia mahatiiri, ke tara bhatAra kekar! tii nari. (Ka.hir's lUjlLka, p. :!i. Vl'lIk;Ltl's\'lLr "n'sH, BItIJlIIIL,") §354. Nouns which denote animate lwill/!s taLkl' t1lt'ir /!{'ntll'r ILc('lmlillJ.: to the sex tha.t they denote: maleg being delllltl'll hy thl' IllILl'lculim' J.(l'ru\t·r and the fema.les by the feminine geucll'r. For instu,lIct· :-marad, man; bhaisi, bufIlI.lo; baradh. bullock; muruaa. ('(u'k, are masculine, while mehrarii. woman: bhiilsl, hulTalo (HllO); ~iii. cow; muruai, hen, are feminine. §3M. Some noUJ18, however, are either mn,sculine only or ti.·millilll· only irrespective of the sox that they donutC', e.g. kaUa, C'ruw; DeUr, mongoose; iamahi, hare, are aiways used in tnl' ma.scuiinC' ~('nd{'f w;'ii(· clral (Kh. BOll: ciriijii also fern.), bini; cUbi (Kh. Boll: cil 1101140 fl·m.). kite; khekher! (Kh . .Be!!: lam';, also fern.). fox, artl alway!! fl'miraj!!!,. !'f. BengAli children's rhyme: khek8.iyali, k/~kA-iyali kaya,i roT cllii:nii. Thl'I«' are cases where the speaker is either unable to obHcrvo the lICK or cloes III II care to do so. §356. Nouns denoting a collection of living beings ma.y he (!itlll'r feminine or masculine, e.g. bhlrl, a crowd of meD (fem.); Jhftrl, a. group of men or animals (fem.); jamAd, a crowd ofsaint& (fern.); bArf, a group of animn.IK (fem.); Jamiw, collection of men (mase.); Jakheri, collection (masc.). We find no gender in collective nOUDS, though an ellucatecl perROn, i.(·_ educated in 'Kharl BOll Hindi', will have a feeling that noUDS in -I, -1 o.n.~ feminine as is the case in Kharl BOil. But no discrimination of gpnder i~ made in Bhojpurl, e.g• . .dhuD k. bhlrilD bI, the crowd of sainte haa come; mehriruD ke bhlrllD bI, the crowd of women has come. §3G7. Where living beings of either sex are to be described together, the DI88C1Jline form behaves aa DOUDS of common gender, e.g. IariU khelatlre ......, the boya (for boya and girla) &18 playing; haraI bhlat PD...... the deer have 8ed away; mill mI bahut

~06

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF BHOJPUR!

adml All rahle hA, then; wen; miiny wen (foi' wen iind women) in the fair.

. FO'1'Tr"atiqr;,

oJ the Feminir..e

§358. Bhojpurl inherited the grammatical gender from MIA but gradua.lly this gender scnse was lost: Nevertheless in early Bhojpuri we find its oontinua.nce, and even foreign worde were made t.() take the a.ffix -i for the feminine as the continuance of a tradition, although it was itself on

the decline.

Feminine AJlizu Inheriterl. (i) OIA -i, 'f, e.g_ kOArl, a girl; nArI, a woman; gAwArl, a rustic woman; curaill c1lTaill·i), iL she.. ghost. The following neuter nouns arc grammatically feminine as a matter of inheritance so fa.r 1\8 early Bhojpuri is concerned but a.t present no feminine sense is att:u:hed to them; e.g. bh1rl, a. crowd of people; jhOrl. a group; dhiirl. dust; agl, fire; mirl, quarrel; birhanJ, an evil star; chiwanl. thatch. Foreign words like the following have followed suit with the above : Ijatl, honour; prestige; phajlbatl, infamy, etc. (iij VIA -ni, -ini > -nit -ini. This can be extended piconasticaiiy by adding the affix -yA, e.g. gwAlInl, milkma.id; sohAginl, a ma.rried woman whose husband is alive; dulahlnl, bride; nAglnl. a female serpent; tellnl. wife of an oilman; dh6binl, a washer-woman; malAhinl. a. boat-woman; blrahinl. a lady suffering the pangs of absent love; oJhAlnI. lalAinl, baDiAlnl, tiwarAinI, dublinl, the womon of different Hindu castes; mlstarllnl, & mistress; dlPtlAlnl, the Wd8 of &. deputy. (iii) OIA > -I, e.g. Ilh6rJ, ma.re; mAml, maternal aunt; cAeI, aunt; dldl, sister; - blchl, she calf; chUrl, knife; sahajAdl. princess; haramJAdl, a wicked woman, etc. A.

«.

-im

B. Borrowed. (i) With endings -I and -I is mostly found in ta. names, e.g.

aaiagi, aid, ricihl, laliti, jamuDi, lUiwatl, kallwatl, kumarl, kishori, eto. (ii) The teo words with -ini are rare in Bhojpurl. Oniy miDlDi is found in songs. (0) NUMBER

§S09. Toe Migadhan languages of the present day 88 a rule form the plural by the addition of some nouns of multitude. This is the general rule in Ma.ithill, Bengill, Otiyl. and Assamese. Some surviva.ls of OIA infleotiona ad help-words became establiahed during the MIA period. These are found to ooour in iiU the 1iIlpdhan Bp88Chee ii8 _11 ii8 in utilei' l."IA langaagea. _Some pl11ra.l infl~0D8 of OIA .origin are thus J0und in .~jP1lr! aJeo. lI'or iDatance, In Bhojpur[. the plural is formed by the addition of -BD.. -aal. -aah. -a.ahJ.. -Dh. -Dhl. -D. -al. These are nothin2 but the .rniftiOi·ge11itiv. aUci- udzt1ueOt ~;.. aDd-iDatftmental .,._.amp :for the ilv-mir..tiY6 pluial. .

Ptmai

a

PIUn.l-

Wi

DBCLJINSION OJ' THB NOUN

The endings in ·n occur as a plural affix in diale('tical Bt-nJ[i.1I (ODBL, §486) and also as a secondary affix added to nouns of multituo,' tH indicate the plih-a.l, e.g. -guli-n, -giilii.-n besidt'8 -gun, -g'iilii. It hBS acquirt·,I the value of an honorific suffix in respectful forms of verb. e.f(. ~('nJfnll: 1m-e.n, calu-n, etc.. The oblique plural in HindI, PunjibT, RAjasthAnt, ,.ft-.. is similarly a survival of old genitive plural, c.g. uAOIa1.-clnam _ Hindt. gM,3, Punjabl, gMriB, RAjasthinl also gMrif. In Bhnjpllrl ther{' iA 1111 ditrerence in sense of -an, -ani. -anh, -anhl. -nh. -nhl, -no -nl, ('h!. §360.

The pl~al in BhojpllrI is formt'(l by adding

(0) -anh. -anhl, -an. -ani. if the noun ends in a eonsonn.nt, e.g.

Sg.

Pl.

Pl.

1

1 gharanhl.,

aharanl ..

a house

houses

houseR

camlr

camlranh} camlranhl men of Camii.r ClUlte

camaran camftranl J mon of ('~mii.r

Qlw

glwanh} glwanhl

Illwan gllwanl.

a village

villl\~ea

villag('.tI

Qhar

Qharanh

a man of Camir caste

Ilharan

t

1

Cl\8te

(6) -nhl, -nl, -nh, or -no if the noun ends in a vowel (shortening the vowel if it; is long before the terminations);Sg.

pi

Pl. ...... _ L

Pl . ......

cow

dll a lamp

"-

galnn }

gain }

cows

cows

dlanh} dlanhl lamps

dian dlanl J lamps

Qllnhl a,

..... .!!t_

gllnl

1

PeripkrtlJltic Plural 1381. In addition to the above fOrDls, every nonn can ,,180 form a periphrastic pl~l. This is done with the help of some words (lenotinJl plurality. Words indicating clas8es of people add sabh (~r pronouns generally) and iot (after DOWlSj to foi'iii periphi'ioitic plw""'&.ls, G.g. eabh, you respected people; Imll loa. the officers, or okll iOi, the vakUa. The terminations to form the various cases are added to sabh and lo~ and. not to the preceding nbstantive, e.g. bmlrar loQan. loQanl or loaanh, loQanhl mi. among the 'Kambr' people; aabhan. aabhanl or aabhanh. aabhanhl III, to you IeajJected people.

rail.

rail.

108

'l'IIB OBlGIN AND DBVBLOPJOINT 01' BHOJPUBl

(D) CAS: IX:rLBnONS bBBJUTBD J'BOJI

MIA

AND NBWLy C.BBA'l'BD

§362. Bhojpurt noW! is said to have seven cases, if we follow the method of Sanskrit gra.mmarians. In Bhojpurl a. postposition is generally used to denote a.ll case relationships except the nominative. Old case a.fii::es for the L~atrumental and locative t1&V6 aurvived to some eruent. The following are the different postpositions for the various cases in Bhojpuri:Accusative, Dative and Genitive. . Instrumentai and Abiative Locative ..

ke

se, sl me, par

These postpositions are of recent origin, i.e. of late MIA origin, having developed, not fJ.uIn OIA case inflexions, but fl.-uBi help.word., w't-..ich came to be combined with the stems or inftected forms of the notm in the period immcdia.teiy before the NIA stage. Nominative §363. The affix for the nominative in the MigadhI Priikrit is ·e. The specimens of ·the Eastern dialect that we have all show this -8'-.Mokan 8astern speech, Old Ma,gadhi: as in the 'Sntanukl LUicription', 'Mitgada'll' and 'Ardha-Ma.gadhi' as in A'vagh~'s dramas, 'Jain Ardha.-Ma.ga.dhi' and 'Migadhi' of the Sanskrit dramas. In iate MIA, i.e. during the Apa.bhra.m.M sta.ge, this -8' in all likelihood became .i as we find from the evidence of some of the· Prilkrit grammarians. As a. matter of fact, a.ll the Ma.g&lihan dialects including Bhojpllri shouid possess -0, -i affixes for the nominative (singuiar), but evidences show that -8 is obsolete in modem Bhoi'Puri as well o.s in west Bengali. It is, however, found in the east Bcngiiii, Assamese and Oriyii as we'il as in tl\C old Beng!!! of Cary!s and ill middle Bengal! of all periods (ODBL, §497 , Assamese, its Formation and Development, §§646, 647). In Ma.ithili of Vidyii.pati, this -6 is, however, found, e.g. jani ManamalM mana btdlui.la bane, as if Love pierced (her) mind with an M'row. The -! form for the nominative (by extension, serving as the base for the other Mses also) seems to have &ctually survived in a few Bhojpuri words, e.g. thAi, place (in western Bhojpuri) < *fiuiwi, thiime - sUitim.4n. > Simila.l'ly -I, in dehl, body, bAhl, arm, seems to be a remnant of affix -I.

§364:. The instrumental in -I, -an and -anhl is very common in modem Bhojpurl in such eApressiofiS as bhOkhl, bhOkhan, bhiikhaahi, out of hunger; dAte, dAtan, dltanhi, with teeth. The -I ending occurs frequentiy in old Bhojpurl ba1:ads ~nd songs:(i) mod plchuih·.wA barh.1I bhalyl hltawl (be~l) cal! Iwahu re, (residing) &t the back of my house, 0 brother friend carpenter, come with speed. i.e. at once. (Sohar song.) (ii) rlml (kethlyl) manAwa bira Halumaaawl· ri . nl, . wi~

(3~t Bt~t!~rc:Et~~t;, hAs!::t:oid ~~j;:r,.ru:7.A~:~:

Vol. LIlI. Part I. Special Number for 1884.)

.... 'l'heinatrum~tal enc1iuI ..e is found in M'aithill (e.g. iaIAI .I:aIAI iAagari df;..,~fona, .. quarrel arose). V.... ..hI. Old BengAD, O;-I.y& and

M8, by

DBCI.BN8ION OF THE NOUN

109

Aaaamese. (In Assamese the non-nasalized ending -e is found.) It is also found in early KOM~ o~ 'Uktivyakti-prakar&~m' of Diimodllr Pao~it" _ ... '" J-. _ .I... J.LI: __ ..... _ ... .a.-__ _ L __ ..J ________ __ .... , 1" .."

~

,,,,.!§ ...

~"',."

......v. ""JU, ftUtUlUUUB CVl'rylmng on 8.ccomu, III !I_ __

_

_

_.'

....

•

(list1't'tIS) as

well as III KORalI (Awadhl) of 1'l1lasl DiM. Hs traces an' found in NIA tq)eeehes of west also, e.g. Khar! Bolt: dhire ('aM, walk IIlow)". The source of' Bhojpurl -i!, -an and -anhl appears' to be tht' OIA instrument.a.lsingular, the genit.ive plural and s, cllmbinn.tiun of both. Thull Bhojpnri -e is the same as the lllil1 .sai > .'It, > set The source of the postposition sf) of Hrl\jahhiikhi is 8amaria. The postposition Ie is also nsed for t.J1(! ablativ(' in t.he BhojpurI of Shithii.biid district. This is also fnund in Nf'piili; Dr. Turner agreeing wit.h .f. Bloch derives it from 'le' to bloke. (Nl"pali Dictionary, p. 560.) Examples: (a) With se (instrument.al): (i) ham lathl se marail, I beat. with the stick (H~.). (ii) phiiian or phiiiani or phiiianh or phiiianhi He phuiwiri gamakatla, the garden is frngrant with tlow'~r'i (1'1.). (b) With se (a.blative):

(i) pher. 8e patal gfratii. the !e8.vet! fa.!! from t.he tree (fig.)

(Ba.JIii); pher Ie patai glratli, the leaves fi,1l from the trell (8g.) (Shib8.biid). phiran or pheranl or pheranh or pheranhl se patai glratlA, (ii) the leaves fan from the trees (PI.) (Ba.Ilii.); pheran or pheranl or pheranh or pheranhl Ie patal glratlA, the It'aves fall from the trees (PI.) (8hihibi.d). Locatitle §366. The locative in -e, -I in modem BbojpurI ill buth static and dynamic towards the place, e.g. u bajari &alie, he went in the mo.rket. Similarly Ilhari, in the house, gAwl, in the villo.ge. This (·nding is o.lso found in mi-idle and old Bengili &8 well &8 in Agg&m~se.. It occurs as an oblique affix (accusative, dative, instrumental and locative) in western Hindi .. well as in early Ko~1I of 'Uktivyo.ktiprako.raQam· of DAmodar Pa1;a~it:p.46(e.g. tMAl, ·nawa ukhala, the boat sails in fordable water) and in middle KOMII (Awadhl) of Tulasi Dis. , The source of -e, -I haa been discussed in details by Dr. Chatterji in ODBL, 1499. He derived -i, -I, < -a.hi, -a.hi < • -dAi, • .blai, • -blaim,

___in. Thus

~rI, ~rI

eW(m), ".M-Mi(m).

== Late MIA

glaaraki, glaarakim. < OIA grlaa-

110

THB OmGm

OJ)

DBVBLOPIIDT 01' BHOJPUBI

It bios been conjectured tbiot iii OIA there e:.:iated iio looa.tive BlIlIlX Greek -Iki. It has a.lso been S1!..1"!!!ieed t.hat there Wy in OT.4. an a.ffix in two forme *.b.%i, *-bkim (which is represented in Homeric Greek by -pAi, -pAin and is found in Latin in -ti-bi: it OCCUi'8 also in Ann~Uaii). Its use, ii8 can be seen from the-Greek .and ~ther Indo-E~~ languages, was in the sense of 'by, along with', in the locative and ablative as well as instrumental, and rarely in the genitive and da.tive, and it was not of a definite nUmber. This *-bki, *-bhim would become -hi -him in MIA, and it seems this suffix is pa.rtly also the b&ae of the MIA ablative and locative aftlxes: the nasalized -Aim would certainly seem to go back to it. In addition to these the possibility of the OIA locative singular affix -asmin = *-a8Bim, *-aAAim, -amki, -ammi in early MIA which has merged into the late MIA -aki, -akim has also been suggested.

* -adki which is attested by MIA (Pili) -d.-ki and from

§367. In modem Bhojpurl and Hindi the postpositions -me and -par employed in tho locative. The source of par is Late MIA pari < OIA pare, moaning beyond. The origin of me (Nepali mi., Turner: Nepali Dictionary, p. 499) appears to be MIA majjhe < OIA 'll&ati,hlla(l" m.oJJ&lIe. In old Hindi we fmd miiki. In old Bhojpurl documents of one hundred yeai'S we alsQ find mAtI which is, possibly, an impor~tion frum the westem Hindi, e.g. kigada Ukhaila. parana sAhu ki dorokhi mAht, this document was written in the vemndah of the merchant named Parina. The words mah.a and mala found as the postl)Ositions in Ko§ali (Baburam Saksena: Evolution of Awadhi, §ISS) suggest that there was a ·sts. word .",.ad.J:,a,=-, also < • ",..add.".,a < OIA 'Tl'.adklt'a (cf. in this connection lJali!1!IQ,: Babka and also matla from Avesta). a.i'e

Exampies: (i) allA= me pin! na!khe, there is no water in the g)a= (Sg.); binar: par goll mati caliwa. do not fire at the monkey (8g.). (ii) allAsan. gilisanl. gllisanh, allasanhl me pAnt naJkhi. there is no water in the glasses (Pl.); bAnaren, blnaran!, blnaranh, blnanmhl par gem mati calAwi, do not fire at monkeys (Pl.). Genitive

1368. The OIA genitive affixes in the singular have not survived in NIA speeches. The genitive affix -ra is retained by pronouns only in Bhojpuri. e.g. mch·", hamAr", tohlr" (cf. Beng. to-,..., tak4-r~, etc.). For the origin of this affix see under Pronouns. This -ra postposition is very common in many NIA speeches. Besides Magahl and MaithilI, it is also employed by the Assamese, Oriya and diAleotB of north BengAl and Sylhet amODgBt the MApdhan speeches and in Mlrwitl amongst the western languages.

mO-"",

§369. The origin of the genitive postpoaitiODB in the various NIA languages hu been discuased very e:.:ba.1J8tively (GrienoD; RindwstiDI: Enoyo. Brit. ; Chatterji : ODBL, §Ma). They are all re1a~ to the derivative fonn&tions of v'kf like kani, .hIni, Wrp, irt"iG, already 3ielding adjectiv-.I . affixes in MIA: catM4nI, mtJ1uJrcJ, tmaAa-bnJ, etc. There are ntended applications of these aftixes in MIA literature. e.2. fJltJma-l:era. ~I:era. etc. .. . Amo~ NIAlanguages -~ -Cioare the ~oa.ibea of Aaaameee and Beng-.J ie.~(,tiV81y and of h1thr. wbile 8indh! =1= ·iI Ii modem

-=

DJlCLBN8I0N 01' TBB NOUN

lIt

for~ .re1!-ted t:o .lriJrga > MIA ~jja > -a~ > .ja. The genitive post. posItiOn m Maithill and Magahi 18 .m and In modem Bhojpurl it is ke. (In ~.ii.. ~e genitive postposition is ka and in Ncpli.iI it. is ito: Turnt'r: Nepali DIctIonary). The source of Bhojpurl gmlit.ival pOI!t.ptltlitioll ke appears to be krf,ya > 1qg ; l\figadhl ka.e > kai > ke. 'rho orit(in of Maithiil and Magahl genitivai postpositian ·ka which is l~illO found in olel Bhojpurl ballads and songs seems to be a. bl(>ud bt·t\n·(·Jl MIA .kua < "rtya and the adjectival =kka which h.a.s also a genitiva.l foret'. Examples: With ke (genitive): (i) rim ke laiki mu gam, H.itm 'ti dl~\JJ!hter {lit'd (SJ!.). (ii) kukur_an or ku~uranJ or kukuranh or kukurunhl ke n~h tej holil, the natll! of dogs IUl' Vl'ry slunp (pl.).

§370. The -ke genitive of Bhojpuri iH us('1I for till' Ilatin' alllIIWl'UNlLt in. also. The Assamcse and the north n('n~iili lIialt'('lll haw ·hr. ti'r till' genitive and dative. In this conm'ption, it ill to 1)1' notpd IluLt. tIll' fllllill~ together of the genitive amt da.tive is all old phl'II01l1l'1101I hl'/.dllllinJ! frolll the lat·er Vedic and Siitra tl'xtt~. Thn.t of :~e('USfLt in' and (ll,t.i\·(· ht'j.(lLIl from MIA period and is quite markl'd ill NIA SIlC'l·(·ht·H. The example of gcnitivfl with ke hI'S hl'ell gi\"l'll aho\"(·. That of accusative and dative is given below: (a) With -ke (accusativo):

(i) tu apna laika ke bhejlo\, send your son (8g.). (ii) tu apni laikan or laikanl or laikanh or laikanhl ke bhejlo\, send your sons (Pl.). The accusative with .lce is also found in BengiUJ, e.g. ta1ce bolbO = Sk. tam va~yi.i.mi, 1 sh"Uspcak to him. (b) Wit.h -ke (dative):

(i) u bimhan ke dan dihale, he gave cha.rity to the Bro.hmlm (SI(.). (ii) u bamhamm or bambanani or bamhananb or bamhananhl ke din dihale, he gave charity to the Briihmall8 (Pl.).

The dative with ·lee is also found in BengalI, e.g. jal1eejabO - Sk. Jalii.ya gam~mi. I shall go for water. §371. The origin of genitive postposition -ke has a.lready becn ex. plained. (§369). As a comprehensive source of the dative postposition in the 1!I."lA lar.guages and especially to account for KOlK!.lI (Awa.dhl) forms like ·hzAa kaAa Wu, and Sindhl .leM, Bea.mes suggested OIA ·Ieu~, aide. the'Drobable form from which W.A affixes like Bg . •lee, O. •leu, Br. H. -.1:0; etc., have sprung. R. G. Bha.JWArkar objects to this proposed derivation from .kd:,a. He would trace the dative ·ie of Bengali (also of Bhojpurl) and ./r,6 of W. Hindi to a MIA locative kiki, Wi, where, somewhere, from the interrogative pronoun base lea (Wilson: Philological Lectures, pp. 246-248). To Dr. Chatterji this derivation of Bha.ij.~kai' is not a.t all conviIur.ng. According to him, SindhI W, W, W, kAi, inftected forma of a post. fixed (m) kkAa the Old Beng&U kakAu ..00 the Earlv Ko6aIJ Wll would all support the ~ption that . . is the source of W. HindI Wu, . , W,

:.a :"".1,

wa

the

112

TBB omOIN AliD DBVBLOPJIJDI'T 01' BHOJP11BI

hi and upy. ku. T-aey are all to be connected with an ApabhraJilaa. form for the ablative in * WkWu, * Wkkahti. or probably * WkMu, * Wklaau. Thus considering all the points in this connection, Dr. Chatterji is of opinion that the source of -ke is either 1qta or kaTc,a or a converg~ce of the two in the locative (ODBL, p. 761). §372. Bhojpurl, like BengAli and Assamese and unlike {)riy., does not posseBil any organic affix for the ablative. The postpositions -88 and -Ie are employed to express ablative ser&sc in modern Bhojpul1. The origi.'l of these postpoeitional wO!'lI .. ha.s a.!re.a.tly been explained (see §365 wlder Instrumental). POSTl'OSl'rIONAL WORDS

§373. Usc of postpositions to denote case relations is found in lA, Koi and Dravidian. In OiA, indecHnabies like ci ,adhi, anu, pari, pro, etc., are found both as prepositions and as postpositions. In IE, these so-called prepositions were properly adverbs referring to the act, but in all IE languages, including lA, they came to attach themselves to and to •govern ' na.rtieular case forms of nouns (accusative or inatrumental. ablative or genitive or locative). The prepOsitional and postpositional -use with the noun. of these particles fell into gradual disuse :&om -late OIA and they lost their separate and independent existe~ce in the sentence as hclp-words: they were compounded as prefixes or pre-verbals with the vm,-b, the sense of which they modified." Classical Sanskrit shoWs fewer 1l&1"ticles with a prepositional or postpoeitionel employ than Vedic. In E4. the number of these old particles as postpositions employed with nouns· grew even more restricted. On. the other hand, to make the sense clear, especially when in MIA, the case tenninations were confused and were being lost, the IA speech began to employ the accusative, dative, ablative or locative form of BOme suitabie noun (with the sense of iooaiion, vicinity, direction, connection, purpOSe or power) along with the principal iioUD. "which Iet&ined ita original inflesion. Classical Sanskrit, followmg the Prikrit vernaculars, took up this device. This sort of auxiliary and postpositional use was later extended to some verbal formatioJlS--o'D&88ive mrticioles and oresent ~icipies and to the indeclinable oonjunctlve verb. SuCh poatpoSitional prePositional use of verb forma is not unknown to other IE languages, e.g. English-during, regarding, ooncerning, etc. But this principle was utilized only to a very limited extent elsewhere outside India, whereas IA, from the MIA stage downwards, fully employed it to form postpositionals. Ola=ie&l Sanskrit eJ..--eady took up some paeeive pa..Pfiicip!ee and conjunctive indeclinables as postpositions governing oblique oases. Some of these postpositional word.s--noun and verb formit--through phonetio decay became traD8f~rmed into organic aftises in NlA, as baa been seen before". The conjunctive and participle poetpoeitions, however, moetly retained their pbraaal character and in ~.LA. they remain distinct asdetaohed worda. Bhojpuribaa miWy auen verbal~. ~, IODl8 DOUDS (old tba. or ate.) are WIed as separable poetpoeitiODI in all NIA. TheJr eetabliahment is apparently potrt-NIA and iDdependent in eafth im}Jortant aeparable poatpoeitiODI of

or

~mOT =~ a:u~ore

Bh°'lir-alor

1~llocative of .8. ;

tIfN.

wo:..

in

~t ~

It il1II8d

with tile geultive aDd" 000Nicma11y with the baI!e. !he non.D'pu.ieJJbrm . " is uaed"in lifndj aDd NepI1I; e.g. IIlaI Irl ... or

IDOI'8 oomii,oDly ~"

"

"

DIICLD8ION 01' TBB lfOUN

113

ia. bamlr khet bit my field is in front of the railway line; rAJllal karab6 80hlrl (Old Bhojpuri), cf. BengiU-raj4 4g~ kariM goMri (SKK.. p. 65), shall make a plaint before the king. • (2) Opar. par < Sk. upari, Pili upari, Pk. uppari, meaning 'on upon'. In Hindi upar and par is also used. These aro cmplovt.>d witl~ genitive in the locative sense, c.g. tohiri iipar or par ham bard ana rAJ binI. I am very much angry upon or on you. (3) or. meanin!; 'towards or in the directiou of' : lls('d more commonly with genitive in the locative, c.g. Ahar ki or, towardA the house: ehi or. in this direction. The Perso.Ambic word 1.araf (u';') is also used iu tho above sense, e.g. ahar ki taraf, ehi laraf. (4) karat. kartA. doing. preseut participle of yhir = y'ff." to do. kart~ < 1r.aranU < 1r.arantahi, karantahi (Lnstrument.n.1 or !oI'At.h·{l). It is used commonly with genitive, e.g. tohari karat or kartA kuchaU ni bhall. nothing was done by your noing. (5) karan. cause: used with the g<'nitive in an imltrumc·nt."I, d",tivc' as well as abla.tive sense, c.g. tohari karan. Ollll.ccount 1)1' you; m~bhi kiran biiJri bip. the fa.ther bec'Owe8 inimical on acmltmt uf N(.(~".lJlllt.her. (6) khitlr and wiste < Ara.bic kbtilir (}oL.i..) ,.uti wi'i.1!.A,h (A ..... , ) meaning 'for': used commonly with genitive in dative C/.ae, (!.J,(. hamara khAtlr or wAste dudh Ie awA. bring milk for me. Similluly okaril khidr. for him; rim khitir. for Rim. (7) chlrl-passive participlo of ",eMr, to relinquish, givc' up < ~k. cAcwtJo.yati, PA. c1&at/4eti, Pk. e1uJ4tI,ei, cl&o44ai, c~i, cl&a'!Uf,ai (cf. c/adt7&u; Tomer: N.D., p. 194), cf. N. a.nd B. y ehii.! \lI~cd with the stem in the 88nae of 'without', e.g. rim chari i kim kehil nB karl aakelA, nobody caD do this work without 'Ram'. It is sometimes used with genitive also, e.g. ham...... chAri, without me; tcbarl cbar!, without you. . (8) nlyar and nlhan, like: uscd with the noun or pronoun in tho 2enitive case and shows comnarison. C.2. rim nlyar or nlhan 'ylm nalkhan. Rim is not like shyii.m; ilamarl nlyar or nlhan. like - me; tohlrA nlyar or nIhan.like you, etc. Exactly like the above, the word taral} < Arabic fara(& ( r"b ) is employed but it is used with pronouns only, e.g. hamari taral}.like me; tohlri ,arah, like you, etc. (9) Dlci, below < Sk. nicejh. is used with genitive with an adverbial force, e.g. blchawani kJ nici, below the bed. (10) pari. through, forms the instrumental. This word is connected probably with p@Jr or paylr. way, < *pada.I4, an extension of 'pada', foot. e.g. kawani pari, through which. (11) pichi or pAchl, behind, is used with genitive to form the dative case. The word bas originated from a contamination of Sk. Pf'"Aam and ~ (T--umer: N.D.), e.g. toliiii'A plc,hl 01' pichi etanl r"oIpayl kharac bDl. I spelJt 80 muoh money for you; kA unhukarl plcbl, pichi or plclIi pichi ahilmatAn, why do you walk behind him , (12) pial: locative of pia. side (p4rha); forms the locative of proximity with the genitive. e.g. hamJri PIal. by my side; tohlrl pial, by your side. (13) bacle, for, is used with genitive to form dative in the westem Bhojpurl of Baniras and .izamgal'h. The origin of this word is obscure, e.g. mil aaarfI rupalyl torA bacle, blJk hi Jlu UlDet brell rlJI torA hade, what to speak of goods, gold coins and silver ooiDa for YOU. even my heart with 8001 is ready for you. (BadmU Darpan.)_

a

8

114

DB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPllBBT 01' BSO.JPUBI

(1') bllIar or b-..berl, outside KIA 6£.\,", < St. bt.:A~,,: U88d wi~. pIlitive to fOrm ab1a.tive cue, e.g. t;aaDdJI kI bihar or baharl, outside thetAtmoJe.. ' . . (11; bIaI, without, Bta. < Sk. tJifUl, forms the accusative case, 'e.g. rim bi.al da!E!! kaW--D her!, who wiJI remove the troubles without P.&m: It ill IOmetimee UIIed with genitive also, e.g. tobirA billA. without you. It ill very rarely used &8 a. preposition a.180, e.g. blnA bolawail.. wi\hout invitation. • -.' , ' (16) ble, between, forms the locative case, e.g. nalyA bie nadlyA babAIl tAl. the river is flowinll in the boat lK80bir \. It is sometimes used with g;~ti-;~ ;')&0: e:g:u lahari kl ble pafJ gaile, ~u ~~ght~bet;'~n tit; waves. . (17) blhun, without, in the absence of, is obsolete in modem BhojpurI but was nrob8oblv current in old Bhoinurl. In modem Bhoinuri. the word blhunl is used 80n 80buse for a woman. Simil80rly blhuni is 'used for a man. In old Beng!.l!, the ,,·ordB ~w-e biAufte and bihafti. It seems to be the Sk. t1ikifta in the locative, with inftuence of ybku > ku. In Caryii 13, we find ,,'7i.da.bihune suiM jai80, just as a dream (suifta = BVapna) without 8leep. (18i bliltar Or bhltiirl, bhltarl cf. Bengali 6hiitiT;t bh.itti.ri, within < ·bkittJ~_ -::.~~abk1JO:.n.J4.re.. _ ~h~e 8o!8 lo~ca.tives bu~ used~ with genitives, e.g. ghar ItA bhltar, bhltare, bhltarl within or inside the house. In the same sense the word annar < Persian and4r is used. It seems to be a recent importation from western HindI, e.g. ghar kA annar, within the hc.1.1.8e. (19) mAJh. miJhi. mAh, in the middle, locative form « madkytJ). cf. BeJurilI majM. The words mAJh. mAJhi. mih are used in old Bhojpuri a8 postpo8itions, the modem worcf beiiig me for the same. are found in old Bhojpu11 c:J,ocuments. e.g. killed likhlU, perin eAhu til dor5kh1 mljh, mAJhi. the document was written in the verandah of the mercha.ut named' Farin. m4jM is found in Caryi 8oiso, e.g. gaitgii.ja1l1liir_jUri bakai Mi, the boat floats in the Gangi and the Jumna.. The sta. madhe < madhyi is also found in the Bhojpuri proverb ~ madhi. kalblwatl bans madhephtlA, in wealth (the only remna.nt 18;. Wooden plate and in tamily a father's sister. mIha ill found in old Bhoj., e.g. ghara miha, bana mAha, in the house, in the fore8t. In modem Bhojpurl the meaning of mAh is •under' • e.2. lEI ham kehtl kl mAh binI ? 80m I under anvbodv ! .. (20) mlri mArl, locative ofmir< ca.us.of y~. InmodemBhoj~ pun these are used with genitive and give the meaning' owing to, on account of', e.g. kim lEI mlri, inIrI, on account of work; tohlri 1IlIri, mArl, on account of you; bhulrhllra mArio m!!"l. owi..ng to hunger. (21) Ja&i, Ja&1, near: forms the loca.tive of proximity with the genitive. Probably it is OOIUlected with the S'J[. word It.Ig;uJ., e.g. hauaIi'I taal or Ja&1 AwA, come to me. Eu.ctJ.y in the above sense, the word aagle, aagiel, aaalel < Pers. is uSed in Bhojpurl. e.g. bamIrI na!1lc, na!l1cl or na!l1c1 I""~ Cdmetome. (22) a&l, ha~ come in touch with, of. N; liigi, B. liigiyiJ, legi,.liigi < Sk.lagna-.lapaJ:a-. Pa., Pk~ ltIgga•• attached. Used with the base, or ~ennitive. to indicate the dative of interest 'for the sake of'. with the objeCt '~t;;.This poetpositioD8.fform ~i8~iOund in Bhojpurl pOevyollly (It i= ra.-e in If.B. '=IclA~' and in ~-d oollccruial, but it is exOfledingly common in K.B. aDd in the arobaio poetical Iauguage.), e.g.

h.e

as

These

tItIZIli'.

b

A

DBOLBlfSIOlf 01' THE lfOUN

115

apal plyA lAil peoh'13 dldarlyi, I put on a. bordered dot.h filr m~' husband. (23) Ii. up to, cf. N. le, H. le, 'with' po8IJibly connecWt! with Sk. ldbIuII6, Pa. lab1&ati, Pk. laAai (Tumer: N.D., pj>. 560, 556, tll'C Ii a.nd lilll/). Particula.rly it is u.qed a.fter adverbs, e.g. kahlle, up t.o where; lblle. lip to here, etc. . Exactly in~the above Bense, t.he postpositioMI form tak is lIsell in tilt' Bhojpurl. The word tak is probably connected with Sk. turl."tlyali, l'u. eal:l:eti, Pk. takkei (Tumer: N.D., p. 270). e.g. uhl tak, up tu where, lhll t8k, up to here, etc. (24) saili, instrumenta.l or locative-oblique of the ta. Banga, Ct)mPl'n~·. It is used occasionally with genitive also. e.g. toblrA s86i, wit-h yon; rAm saAi, with Ri.m. This postpositional form is found in O.B. 1.1tIo. c.J:. Cary& 32, dujjana-Baiige, with a bad man. - (25) santi or siti, officiating, in exchange for. It forms eln.tive with genitive, e.g. hamir santi or sitl, for me (officiating me); okar santi or

dU, for that (in exchange for that). The use of -stink, u.1I "' ~fiiti\·,· postposition is very old and has been found, at least in MIA of thl~ Illlllth. west. &8 carly as the transitional MIA period. (26) samit, with (cf. N. Bamel). 'It forms instrumcntal with J(lmitiv(', e.g. sabh kA samet iri, come with all (men). (27) sitb, BAtbl with
OHAPTER IV

THE AD-JE{,"!'!VE §374_ The adjectives in Bhojpu.~, like nounB,_ admit of three forma: the short, the long, and the redundant. The short form is the primary form and the most in use, e.g. bar, barAki, barakawl; chot, ebotlkl, cbotakawl ; .oJb,

aojhlki, aoJhakawl ; lil, lallkl, lalabwa.

§37ft The long form" is !!!!!ode by adding -akA and the redundant by adding -akawl. §376. Sometimes -han and -bar are also added to the adjective, e.g. baf. baf.bn, big; diot, chutabiiii, small; lAm, lamiihiir, tall, long. The affixes -hiii' and -hiiii hu.ve been discussed before §§306. 307.

§377. The agreement of the adjectives in gender w:th those of the qua.lified noun is not rigid, e.g. nlman lalkl, a good boy; nlmanl lalkl, a good girl, but nlman lalkl is also used. §378. The feminine of adjective is formed by(ti) adding -I to the masculine, when it ends in fi, OOiiiOwmt, e.g. bbutlh, bbutAhI, drea.dful; GJar, GJarI, white; pltar, pltarl, thin: bar, barl, big; jabOn (lw.), jabflnl, bad; lAyak (Iw.). lAy-aid, ..hIe; badrnAa (Iw.), badmlal, bad. (6) changing -I into -I if the ma.souline ends in -I, e.g. gall, gall, reddish; dbawaril, dbawarJ, whitish; Ilgari, Hgarl, lame.

Note.-In Bhojpurl, predicates referring to feuiinine nouns or pronouns may sometimes have the feminine affix -i, -I but m the deciension there is generally no distinction.

§379. There is no change in the adjective otherwise but there are a few iSw-vivala of the inftec4"~ adj~viv& and the inftec".,ed adje~uiv6 is aI&o found in the dialectical Bhojpurl of Aza.mgarh- and Baniraa, where the adjectives ending in -I are infiected in the singuiar oi oblique cases and in the nominative plural, e.g. bare betl ke ghar, the house of the elder son; pic aeebe acche ba..radh. five good bullocks; chotak! bet'~ Spll! blp sa kabelea, the younger BOn said to his father. DBaBBB8 01' eoMP.ABI8Olf

§380.' As in other NIA speeches, there are no iDfIexions in Bhojpurl for comparative a.nd superlative forms of adiectives. The sense of comparative-is ezpreeaed either by uaiDg some suCh word .. -JIIdI, barhl b. C 116 )

IIi

more; um, less--which is put before tht" adjective with which the com· parison is made, being put in tho instrumental with the po8tpoeition sc, e.g. i laik§ okari se Jlada sunnar bi\~e, this boy is fairer than that; o laio e~ri se kam sunnar bii, that hoy is less fair than t,hil'. §38L Sometimes t.hc> {'omp:uison is carried on b~' using anaJs, bis. e.g. i laiki ekari se umiri mi§ tanl bis hawe, thiN boy.i.i 1\ bit oldl'r in .a.ge; fllaika ekara se umirl mi§ tani anais hawe. t.hllot hoy iH ... hit, It·"" in age. or the comparison is gencrully exprc);lIcd h." lIsin!! till' simple u,clj(·"t in' with the postposition se following tht" noun with which till' ,'uJUJ);\/'jSllll i.. made. e.g. il laio ekari se gor hawe, that. boy is fllirt", thlUl t.his: i laika okara se karla hawe, thill boy is d... rkcl' tha.n t.h"t..

1i382. 'rhe seMe of suvermtive is exPl'('sst'd. h" It simpl,' /\djC"('t,i\'" preceded by sabh rni§ or 8abb se or sabh in~ barhfke or sabh se-barhi ke (best of all) with or without the noun in thc I,w:,tin' ense, ('.~. il laika sabh me nik hawe, tha.t. boy is the I)('st nf all; 0 apanii ghar rniS sabh miS or sabh se ulman hawe, in his fMllily. Ill' is t I... best of all; i lilthi sabh m~ or se barhi ke hawe, thiH Htiek iH t.lw h,'sl, (If the lot. §383. The emphatic forms of a
The emphatic -0 appea.rs to be from orA 1I,f,a :mrl i~ ili('nt i.:,,1 with UH' Bengili conjunction' 0' meaning' and'. (The PCTsil\Jl . /I: .. //1(/', ,,/III. iH III' similar origin being from OP. uta.) §384.

The pronomina.l adjectives have been trcatl'.l

Ulldl'r

prullouns.

TUB NUMERAL

§385. T'nere are various kinds of numeral in Bhojpuri U:s cn,rdint,ls ordinals, multipIicatives, collectives, fractiona.ls hcsideR whi(:h thl:r" nor" some others,- as proportionals, subtractive8, distributivcs, cte., whwh Ilor,' expressed by various modes. I. Oa.rdinals

p

§386. The following are the cardinal numcralR : -

Number

I

Ballii

:I::;nrrAm 4:

cArl

IS 6

pic

7

chaw lilt

81th

I

Other dia.lects of Bhojpuri

-1----I

-.-~~--

Bs. Mi. Az. Go. dO " " .. " tln ..lIi .. " " " " "'

...

Bs. Mi. Az. cbl!:, Go. chay

118

THB OBIOlll' AND DBV1ILOPllBNT OJ' BHOJPURI

Ballii

Other dialects of Bhojpurl

9 naw 10 11

clas eglrah 12 blrah 13 terah 14 eatldah 15 panarah 16 a5rah 17 satarah 18 atblrah 19 onais or anals 20 bls 21 ekais 22 bAYs 23 tiis 24 caUbis 20 paels 26 chabbis 27 satlis 28 athAis 29 ontls 30 tis 31 ekatls 32 battis 33 taftis 34 cawAtls 35 paltls 36 chattls 37 saftls 38 artls 39 ontilis 40 cAU. :41 ektAlla 42 belUs 43 taftAlls 44 caUAlls 45 paftilis ~ chlilis 47 saltilis 48 artIUs 49 .onels 50 pacls 51 eklwani

52 53 54

blwanl

&6

paeapani

li6 rI1

chappaaJ ....tlwaaJ

tlrpanl

caulaJ

Bs. Mi. Az. Iglrah Go. Sa. IgAre .... bAre .. "tere " "caUde .. "panre " .. sore " " satre " "athAre Be. Mi. Az. oDala Go. Sa. onnals

Be. Mi. A~, 00. Sa. Iritis

Be. Mi. Az. baylU.

Be. Mi. Az. Go. Sa. lratilis Bs. Mi. Az. Go. Sa. eUwan

" " " ." .. ..

..

....

It

blwan tlrpan

" .. .. .. .. ..........

caGan panclwan

.. .. .. .. .. ..........

chappan _ttlwan

119

I

Number

1._..... __.__Ba_ll_i&_ _ _ _ I_ _Ot_h_er_di_·_al_8C_ta_o_f_B__h_Ol_'P_url_ _

58

59 60 61

62 63 64 65 66

67 68

69 70 71

72 73 74

75 76 77 78

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

87 88

89 90 91 92 93 94 95

96 97 98 99

100 1,000 10,000

1,00,000 10,00,000

anthlwanl onasathl sithl ekasathl bisathl tirisathl caUsathl pai§sathl chiichathl satsathl arsathl onahattari sattari ekahattari bahattari tihattari caUhattari pacahattarl .. chlhattari or chihantarl satahatfari or satahantari athahattarl or athahantari '.. onisi asi ekisi beisl tlrisi cawrisi paces! chiisl satisi athisl nawasi nabbi ekinbi binbi tii'Aiibe cawrinbi pancinbi chAnbi sandnbl anthlnbi nlDinbi sal das sal or baJAr. sahasar daabaJlr

lIkh

ka!'~r

or ka~r

Be. Mi. Az. Go. Sa. atthlwan

.. .. " ,. .. ..

" .. .. " " ..

..

..

.. .. .. .. .. .. .. " .. " " " " .. " ..

onsath 81th ekasath blsath tlrsath can8ath paylsath .. " " .. " chlchath Ds. sarsath Mi. Az. 00. ~a. slrsath Bs. ars,,~h Mi. Az. Go. &~. irsatb Ds. Mi. Az. Go. Sa. onhattar " " " " " sattar " " .. " " ekhattar .. ., .. " .. bahattar " " " .. " tlhattar " " ,. .. .. caUhattar .. .. .. ., " pachattar chlhattar ., " ,. "

II'

..

"'''''''''

sathattar

atbhattar " Bs. Mi. Az. Gn. Sa. assl RI'!. Mi. Az. ekyee! Eli. Mi. Az. Go. bayAsl

" "

Bs.

){j.

"

"

Az. Go. saw

120

DB OBIGIN aD DBVBLOPIIBN'l' OJ' BHOJPUBI

§387. The numer.J& in .Bhojpw-l oon1L.~ to the gene..-al W~ type. In the eastern forma· of Mlgacihan, BengAli, Assamese and Oriyi, the -h of ~ 'teen baa fa.llen off, but it is fully pronounced in Bhojpurl. MaithiJl and Mag&hI also retain this feature and it" is found in HindI also. As it has boon distr.msed by. Chatterji and others, the numa..-&m ahow considerable amount of dialectical mixture from early MIA onward. It is unnecesaary to discuss the matter further. Ohange of single intervocal sibilants came in vogue in the 2nd MIA period. ana continued to the Apabhramu. stage. It h&s been carried down t.o reCAnt NlA. §388. The NIA -Is in the group for twenty is based on late MIA t7i8a «OIA tMiaiat on the anaiogy of tritilAat, oatvarimiat, etc.). In the compounded forms, the labial -y- has been vocalized in Magadhan. §389. The forms ontls, ontills, onisl, (lte., show 'on' for 'on', This may be the result of the occurrence of a side-form· eDna < ekOna-. ==1= for unnil may have got its -a.. f from atbirah. C

1390. In tirpanl, tirisathl, tlrisi and tlrinbe, the intrusive 'r' is noteworthy. Possibly it is just an euphoniC insertion. §3Ul. The prescnce of 'r' in the Mcptllaginades requires some explanation. Quite early L.WJ. the M1.....4. period OL.t\. saptati > *sapta,'i > .Batt!J,'i > ·aatt,a,4i > sattarl. In Pili occur both saUati and sattari and the latter hM continued to our times (ODBL, §528j. §392. The illitera.te people generally count only up to 20, onwards they- count by twenties, e.g. -tlnfbls i-pic, 65, i.e~ 'three twenties and five'. In place of tWe.l'!.ty, sometimes kori is aleo used which is an Auetric word as shown by Przyluski. Even within twenty, numbers nE'..ar twenty are expressed by the help of twenty, e.g. du Ulll bis, eighteen . .•

~nnn

,,,V,,.

mL. ___

! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11 __

~I"'~

115

~"Il".l""U'y

LL _ _ _ _ _ .... ! ____

1111"

l'....Clll""t:

~

_..1.3.! _ _ , . . . : ,

UI IIoUlUIlg

KU,

C...

L~'

,"UU

__ '£L'!!!!!'

U.l"

\-DC

tlnl go or tho or thi lalki, three boys; sit ao 01' 1110 01' thi mpayi; seven !'1.ipees; iao or 11£-1110 or Ilqhi darkhis, one petition.

&iii. help-words after numbers, e.g.

§394,. ' gO' is found in other Bihi.rl dialects and it occurs in distant Chittii.g""..on. a.s 'gu4'. The orlgis"l of this is n.ot cle&f. Ii; it not likely that it 18 a contraction of' gold' meaning 'whole', 'entire', 'single', for the derivation of which see ODBL, pp. 779-80. Dr. Chatterji suggests that it may be from OIA 'gGItJ', d:a gat4 > MIA ekka gaa but the vocalism of Bhojpurl 'aii' which may be ii-viii. earlier ·!jua is admitted by him to be a difficulty. · The derivation of 'gofiJ' from grta as suggested by Dr. Chatterji may be requisitioned in the absence of better expianationj a aide-form *grta>"'guII.I > ..(fU4 may be allowed to be assumed. 'tho' and 'the'. Dr. Ohatterji would connect with root V aIM, ekaaddcl · > eH:aIiittu > ei#&e, originaiiy nomiDative derived from MJA. The vowel · '0' in ',,",'.is, however, di1Iicult to explain. . f395. All canliDals above a hundred &Ie formed by aubjoJDiDg the lower number to the higl-wr without any mt6a--veniug wnjunotion, 6.g~ 101, ek sal it; 102, ek sal dal; iOS. ek gI tIDI; 104. ek gI dd; 10l5, ek sat pic; 110, ek sat du; 115, ek eal plllUll'8h; Ito, .al bl;;; 125, ad pada Of awl ad; llJO, ek ad pada Oi

*

*

TBK AD.TBOTIVB

121

dirh aa1; 200, du ..I; 225, du ..I paeis or sawl du sal i 250, du sal pacla or arhAl sal i 300, tlol sai i 325, tin sal paels or sawl tin &&1 i etc.; 1,395, ek hajAi' tin 8ai pancanbi i i,1;l,37K, ek Ilkh pachauar haJlr tin sal athAhantarl i 15,95,.185. panarah likh p~c:iobi hajar car sai pacasi i l,32,5S,426. ek karol" battls Ilkh aothlwanl hajlr car sai ehabbls.

. 1396. The ca.rdin&ls from 101 to 199 are forlUl-ll in 1\ w~y Blt.oj.tC't.h('r different when they are employ"'l in the multiplication table. In (-vt'rvilln' talk, however, the ordinary forms arc employed. . . §397. From 101 to lIS, the higher numher i~ I!llbjoinl'll 1 (I t.hl' 1')\\'I'r one with whieh it is compounded by means of -uttar (ahll\·'-). tltl' illit.i,,1 uof the latter c.ombi.D.iP.g with the final -8 of tho pl'{llc(-cliu),t \vnr.l ht·c:nm\"S '0'. Thus 108 is athottarso, i.e. ath+uttar+so, l~ight. a.bo",' hlllllin-II, ep.,n.o 3.,"0.

~

___

'I

'In

.L_

"~n

of uttar except in the ca.se of 81th-SO.

_________ .. -____ _ W ,.J. . . • ..• conneCt;lng YOWl'l . a' II! lIlUlrp0I!('1I lll/!lll'lto! 140 Bnd 160 Whl'J'(l tIll' fj)rmK art' cal-so l\lId

.l.'J:UIlI J.J.D {,() 10D, "'

In the rest, tht' oril!ina! form rcmai!!!, !!!!!'hn.!!g!"!!.

§399. The &CI'.ent iR a.lwu.ys on the IlontEl}X'llultilllah! of t.he wholl' compound, e.g. 153. tirpanniso; 162, basaHhilso; I'tl'. TIJ(' fflrmM IIf these cardinals are the following ;101, ekottar-so; 102, dilottarso: 103, tilottarso; 10·1, calotlarso : 105, pacottJU'so ; 106, chllottarso: 107, satlottarso: lOS, athot-

tarso; 109, nawottarso; 110, dahottarso: III. egarahottarso, egrottarso; 112, barahottarso; 113, terahottarso; I H, calldhottarso; II5, panarahottarso; 1I6, sorahottarso; 117, satrahottarso; lIS, atharahottarso; Il!), onsaisaso; l~fI. 1;1&180 i 121, ekaisiao i 122, bal8lso; 123, teisiso; 124, ciiublsu80; 125, pacisiso; 126, chabblsaso: 127, sata'is8so; 12"4, ftt~AY8iSO; !29, ontl8lso; 130, tislso. 131, ektlsiso •. 139, ontAlso i 140, ellso; 141, ektllso; 149, onelsso: IrlO, derso: 151, ekawanaso; 152, bawanniso: 153, tlrpannaso: 1M, eaUwaonAso; 155, paepannaso; 156, chapanoaso; 157, satwanolso; 158, athwanniso i 159, oosatthiiso; 160, sathso; 161. eksatthaso; 169, onhattarso i 170, sattarso; 179, oona8180; ISO, assiso i 181, ekAsJso; 189, nawiislso: HIO, oabbp.so; 1111, ekIDbiso; 192, binbeso ; 193, tlranbeso ; 200, duiso. §400. In dllottarso, tilottarso, calottarso. -1- appea.rs to be 11.11 euphonic insertion (e,g. dl-I-ottar-so, tI-I-ottar-so, ca-I-ottar-so. ete.). In bldso. ekaisiso, the .a· ma.y be a.s much the result of "ecl-nl as an adjectival -1-. 2. Ordinala

§'OJ. The 1'"........

ordinals, like substantives, admit of weak a.nd stroll/( Thf' Atmnu &nrl

4-: ............... ""........................
Q.,. .....

th~"7ed~~tfo~".:re~~;~th;~;~-;~y .~~ that~i~j~~ti;(~~-Th~:)~ behave in everv respect like the adjective. They arc inflected in th,oblique caeee.· -

§402. The first four ordinals are somewhat irregular,e.g. 1st pahll or pahllA < ·pratAa.illa. 2nd cIt1aar or duaarl < ·df1isara•. 3rd dear or tlaarl < ·tri.sara•. 4th caulk or caOthi < cat",rika•.

122

THE OmGIN AND DIIVBLOPIIBNT

OF

BHOJ'l"UBI

1403. The rest of the ordinals are formed from the ca.rdiDala by the addition of -wi to the latter, e.g. ~ina8. plcawl. chathawl. satawl. and feme pacawl. paest. chathwl. chathal. satawl. satal. etc. For the origin of -wi. -wI. -I. see §281 under 'The ::Formative Affixes'. §404. The gender, like the adjective, is not rigid, e.g. pahll or pahUI larlkil. the first son; pahll or pahlll larlld. the first daughter; pahll or pahill Iithi. the first stick i but pahlll or pahllI laikl and Ilthl will be also used. 3. MuUiplicativt Nu'1Mrol8 §405. The sense oitwice, thrice, eic., is sometimes expressed in Bhojpuri hy using the words tor, tOri, torI; hili hill, hili; ber, biri, birl. The origt'l of tor is Pereo .. A..t-abic word tau,., WI < Perec.. ~_P9;bic J..iU Jt. meaning 'condition', 'occasion', and ber < OIA vela. The '-I' is pleonastic. _ Twice is thus resolved to 'two times', du or dui tor, tori or torI or hili. hili. hill or ber, birl, berl . §406. The following words a.re used for multipli('.ation tables:(1) ekanne, ki, once; (2) dunl, twice; (3) til, till, tiriki, tirl. tlrlke, tlrik, tl, thrice; (4) caUk, caUke, four times; (5) pice. pace, pace, five times; (6) chak, chake, chakil. chakke. six times; (7) site, seven times; (8) Ithe, athll, Ith, eight times; (9) nawl, niiwl, nine times; (10) dahl, dahl, dahll, ten times. §407. ' ekanne ' .s used. in the multiplication table of 'one' as ek ebnni ek, 1 X .t == 1 ; but h'l other 0&888 ., kI ' is uaed. Similarly,' tlrlkl' is used in the multiplica.tion table of three, e.g. 'tin tlrikl naw', 3 X 3 - Q. As to the other alternative forma. no hard and fast rule can be p;iven; the practice varies according to local or individual fancy. In general it may be said that the shorter forms as 'ti', 'chak', 'Ith' are used when the product is polysyUabio. Tne multiplicative always takes ihe middie place in the sentence. The following tables are given as exa.mples :2x 1- 2, etc.

du kil dill. du dunl cirl. du till chaw. du caOke Ilb. du pice or pice das. du chakil blrah. du site calldah. du Ithe sorab.

aU oawl ajhlrah.

du dahl' bls. i3X i -13, eio. terab kI terab. terab dunl chabbls. terab ti GadUs. terah caOkl blwanl. terah pice or pice pals.fbI. tenh chak athaattrl.

TB1D ADJBCTIVI!:

4.

Colkctive8

§408. The following words are used to express some aggrego.te sum!! in Bhojpurl:-

Jorl or Jorl < Late Sk. root V lIU; as in llulak(l; C'f. Rhojpurl root "'Jut. to unite, to collect. Since unity will be at It'aRt i>t>twf'(>n tWn, 140 ttl<' secondary meaning is 'a pair'; l1an41, 0. group of four, eoml'S from l\IuudA and SantilI uafl4,ii, (see Introduction. of •Pre.ArYI\n and PI'I" Dra\·icli.,n ill India', pp. 14-16); ~Ih! < OIA gra"JJ.=, fi\TC. (~:in it Ule;"n t,lull ,~xt.ia pi(~C!i~ •seized' as over-weight after the usual four as finisht'ti .~ t.rammd.ion? cr. E. Beng. Iuili, W. Beng. pM'll, Bhoj. llhllQ tnl':,ninl! th~ {'xtrn ohil'l'f, or over-weight which the purchaser thiilks he has I' riJ,:i;t to in lJ\lyill~ sma,1I articles; korl, a score; saiSkarl or saekari < 8fltakrta., a h\lndn~tl; tltH. sabas.ar < saiuJ8m, naja, < Pars. hazar, a thoIlKl,nli; iiikh <: iak~l, " hundred thousa.nd; karor or karor (cf. Hindi leardr luul Heuj£. hrir) == Imir/'(l. It seems to be a false Sanskritization of a vcmacul"r kiitf,fl, k{xji "J!n'('inJ! with the ts. kOli (ODBL, §533).

§409. Collectivcs ma.y also bc formed by .\,ltIillf,( A to t11C' '·l,rdirmJI'i. e.g. bis. < vimsakli, a score; tisl < tri,Makii; clUsA Nil, caUsa. IlIn~. sightedness after the age of forty or the (my of t Jw ('om m('morat jon (If th" death of Hussain on the &nniversary of the 40th elRoy of •Karhalli. " wllt'n' Hussain \\"&s killed. In tho former ml'anin~ thl' word n'tRoinH it.s full Rofljectiv&l sense. §410. The words -ekki, 0. one; dukkl, or dukki, a. two; tlkkl or tikkJ, it tl-aee; ciiDkI, a. four; panJi, a, fi\~e; ch~kkil, (I, Rix; sattA. a 8(;\'~n : anhi, an eight; nabali, a nine; daball, a ten "I'(' mlf~l in plRoying f'Ardli. These words are of unknown provenance. ekka, dukka, satti with d()ubh, consonants and dah for da8a suggest. Punjahl origin. Numeral Compounds

§4ll. A number of numeral compounds with bari Roml bar, berl, berl a.re found in Bhojpuri. The origin of hArl. hara is OIA /w,m m(,Aning division. Simila.rly. bir < OIA rom, and berl < OIA vplii, poKliibly berl is a locative form and hence •i', c.g. eklbarl, onefold, single; d~barl, twofold, double; tebul, threefold; caUbari, fourfold, qURodruple.

1412. A number of numeral compounds are also made by adding Mr. bel" or herl to the cardinals, e.g. sit blr, ber or berl, seven times, etc. 5.

Propot1ioMlB

1413. Proportional numbers are made by adding the word • aunl', times, to the cardinal numbers, e.g. dol aUDI, two times; tInl aunl, three times; cArl aunl, four times ; pic aUDI, five times ; etc.

124

TBB OBlGIK dD DBVBLOPJlBlft' OF BHO.JPUBl

1414. There are a.lso t.he cont.ract.ed forms duguiiI. twice; dgual. thrice; etc. Side by side with dullunii. we get also dOna which as the loss or'S' ahow!! is an inherit.a.noo from MIA.

§415. Subtractive numerais are made by adding om. iess. ·.uese are employed by the uneducated persons. The origin of kam is Persian kGm, e.g. I .

99 is ek kaJD sai, one hundred iess one; 48 is dui om paei•• fifty less two. 7.

DiatTibutivu

1416. Distributive numbers are ma.de by repeating the numeral. Thus dul dul. by twos. two cOoch; das das. by tens. ten each. §4:17. Generally the repetition is followed by verba.l form karlke (Kh. BOil kaT ke) hut sometimes distribution is idiomatically expressed by the word piche or picbe. e.g. dul dul karike JI log. go ea.ch in the company of two; laikan ke. dul dul mithii dlhalasi or laikan piche or piche dui dui mlthli dlhalasl, he ga.ve the boys two sweetmeats ca.ch.

8. Fractional8 §4:18. The following fractional numbem occur in Bhojpuri. In fact, they a.re common toO a.ll NL4 :paUl or plw_ < MIA paUla-. pii,a-. OIA p/iJa-. I, tlhli < OIA tri-bluigilca. i. idh or ielhA < OLJ\· o,f'(/}w,. II. ~rh or "crbl < MIA d,iatf4ha, OIA d,vyarcIh,a. cf. Beng. tUra, colloquially we find ~'fQ, in Bengali and 4lr(It) in Kh. BOll where initial dental is oelebralized. 21. arhAt (with earlier -rh-) < MIA ~i1P < OIA Mt:lJ!4~~i1P, cr. Priyi arMi and Beng. arai. 3i. ilg6thA < OlA anllia-eaturlAa. 41. 4h1g0ci < ardl&a-pa?icamcJ. The intermediary forms are *o44haWfJiicam * IlI/4hab. tlha- by apocope.. -g. being a glidie insertion. 51. pah6c1 OD the analogy of dhigOci with 'p' from pie. Plus i. sawl. sawll. sawalyl < MIA BatJC1a- OIA pifIlOrttJ-.

z.

9. .De"fi?!!t!t'!8 §4:19. To add the sense of definiteness to a Dumber ~o or -0 is added to it. if it ends in a. OOIUlOllaDt or iii -G. if it eo.da in some other vowel. e.g. 4 11DO, both (inserting -D-)j tIntl, all the three; cIrtl. all the four. ad. all the nlne; duO. all the ten. The -0 and -n aftlxea with -ho are found in VB and acoordirul to DJo. Cbl.tterJt~:theai ..re~ db:: ..hu~ ·u, -0-< .Hu, (IDtro_ 40_ '1TD

RAn \

uu ........ PI"

i:W,,'

THB ADolBCTIVE

125

10. Indejiniiives §420. To express the sense of indefinitt'n£'sH -ani or -anhl iH It.(h\t'd to it; e.g. blsanl or blsanhl. scores; tisani or tisanhl. t h irt it,:;; saekarani or saikaranhi. hundl'('tis; hajirani or haJaranhl. thlluMndti.

The origin of -ani and -aohl seems to be the same as that of ~t'nit.iVl' plural affix. 1421, IndefiniteneRB in a number is also expl'l'sscd ('it.hl'r by 8uffixinl( ek. one, to the numeral as das ek. about tl'n; sal ek. about on£' hundred; etc.; to ek itself ildh, half, is addt>d as ekildh. hardly one. Or it fDlI.y bt' expressed by joining another number accordinJot to tho following Mlles:(0) Every number is used with tho OIl(! immt'tlb~tdy f{)llowin~, "H tlnl cilrl, about thl'('c; das eillirah. a,bout tNl; etc. (0) Ten or any muitipie often is lISt'O with ihe next ioiiowing muitipit· of five or ten, as das panarah or das bls. about ten or "fly number betwe£'n ten and fifteen or between ten IIond tWl'IltV: blspacla ~~rbi8 i18~ ~i)~;'t~t~~~~ty; ctc.~ . ... ... . . (c) Exceptionally two is used with four 1\.8 dui cArl, about two; five with seven as pic silt, about five; eight with ten ali Alh das, about eight; ten with twelve as das bArah. about tt~n; twelve with fourt<>cn as barah caUdah, about twelve; twenty with twenty-five as bls pacls. about twenty.

CHAPTER V

THE PRONOUN §422. The OIA pronomina.l forms as in Vedica.nd Sanskrit show certain reguia.rity a.nd there ha.s been a. good deai of standardization. Tbe Bhoj. pronOUIl.8 arc derived from these but there has been a great deal of cUrtailment of the old forms on the one hand and new buildings in late MIA a~d early MIA stages on the other. For many of the pronouns, we have in Bhoj. quite a. bcwiidering number of forms, but these are reducibie to a. few original tYPl'S. AR -in the ca.sc of the noun, the va.rious oblique forms were largely lost and the genitive and the loca.tive in -hi took a. prominent pla.c.e. The dil!ltinction of gendcr which was absent in the first and second persons but ~hich n~a.S present in othei pronouns in OIA was lost to Bhoj., as in most NIA. The new genitive forms for pronouns in Bhoj. as much as in other NIA which go b"ck to MIA period a.re really adjectives agreeing in number a.nd gender with noun govemed by the genitive but even here the adjectival S8l"Hle is wea.kcned~the ordla-&&ry or masculine forma being also used for the feminine noun as well, e.g. hamirl gii often becomes hamir aii, my cow. PERSONAL PRONOUNS

6423. Bhuiouri DOsscSSes the oronouns for the first and second nersons only ~ For the third Person, the Remote Demonstrative Pronoun' Is used except th.a.t the base of the OIA thi..--d persona.l pronou..-t 8u..-vive8 in some forms. In some of the dialects, these pronouns have two forms-the shorter and ihe longer, as Grierson has termed ihem (L. S. Gr., Pa.rt II, §23;. C

(A) Fi,." Pe,.IJ01I

§424.

Bhojpurt evidently started with the following forms : -

Sg. ~-lom.

Gen.

mA

mo (mo-ra)

Pi.

hama hamana, hamlra

These have evolved from OIA through MIA a.s follows : Nom. mayci+ena > mai > me. d8tna- > aAma- > * 1&amma > hama.

Gen.

mama

> * maiDa > mo; .. mama-kam > mo-ra; tum4kam > amM-

taam > hamana i • d8tna-A:am > hamAr••

The original nominaiive singular aiam. MIA ai&akam, Ap. itJii+pl. (for Vayam) > *1&ami a.re now lost; they are likely ~ have existed in the oldest Bhojpn..w1. . In sta.Qdard Bhojpud, the origiDalsiDgula.r nominative « instramentr.l oi OIA), viz. mi, has beoome ~ica.lly obsolete-it is sometimes hea.rd among women as in •ml lEA JInG i bAY', what do I know, 0 Bl.bi I-the pluraf' ham t, being the one form UIJed for' It. ( 128 ) tJ8tne

TBB

,). J.1

PBONOUN

§425. We may now consider the various Bhoj. forms, stanrund a.nd dialectical, which are based on the above early Bhuj. forms :-.

Standard (But:ia) Hg.

Dir. Obi.

PI.

ham ham, hamdrii

hamlni, hamlni ka hamllni

Gen. Adj.: D4'. hamar, my, qualifying UlILSClllilW:LIlIl fl'minine both (but hamirl occurs occasionally qua.lifying feminine nOllnll only). Gen. Adj. obI. hamlri.

Examples: ham kbaili. I ate; hamlni. haminikii khaiH or kho'!!; J4, WC' Me'; ham. hamlri ke or ki! da. give us; ham, hllmi'irii sc alsan kim na ho sakela. such a deed is not pOSNih11' by IIW. hamlni se alsen kam ns ho slIkeJa, I-Illl'h :\ dl'I'd is not. IKIssihll' by mb. ham, hamlri se tu ek din pltaibl\, lint' (lin' vou will I", h"II.t.C'1l II\" me; hamlni se tu ek din pitaiba, 01\" ;la',V ,vIlU will h" h('at"!~1 by uo; ham, hamlrs se rupaya mati man~a. till "lit lLNk 11111111',\ from me; hamAnl se rupAya mati marij.\a, (1., /lot. lI.sk rnlllW\" from us; hamAra me kawano chat kapat ke bUt na IJaibli. you won't find:my deceit in lOe: hamAni me k:lwano chal kap", ke bat na paibA. you won't find any 1!1'C'('it in liN, Noie.-hiiiii. as iio Sifiguliioi" oblique 1I(!l'ifiK to h(, f~ r('CI'lIt. illlpurtu.tioll from Hindi where it is used as a rel(Ular plural oblique. The ultl,'r I~fl(f commonly U!!OO form in Bhojpuri is hamata.

§426. Typical forms in other dialects of Bhojpuri are given below:-

Nort1u?rn Standard, Bhojpuri (Gorakhpur)

PI. ham loA or sabb ham IOAan (Jr Babhan maf, ham ham loA or sabb, logan or sabhan, mo, more, hamman ham. hamlre

81·

Dir. ObI.

Genitive Ad!. mor! hamar •

....

"" P,Q,· (i) (~ras and Mirzipur)

Dir. ObI.

Sg. bam ham bam (bamml in dative and bamlre in locative only)

Pl.

lOA or 100an. bamlhan &8

above

Geuitive Adj. hamAr in maeouIine and hamAri in feminine only.

128

TBB ORIGIN AND DEVELOPlIIENT 01' BHOJPUBl

(ii) (Azawg&rh)

Sg.

PI.

Dir.

may, ham

hamlhan

VDI.

BlO, haUl

Same as above

.nL.

hamm~ iii dative a.nd more, hamAre in dative and loca.tive only. Genitive Adj. mort hamar (masc.)j morl. hamlr! (fem.).

NQ{Jpuriii. or 8adiini

§428.

PI.

Sg. Dir.

mo~.

bam

hamAre, hamAre-man, hamini, hamlni-man. hamlrin

moe (irUerior) Same ham (superior) Genitive Adj. mor, hamar, hamAr ObI.

as above

It must be noted tha.t in mol, there is contamination between mai, ml < maya+eM+mo « mama)+e < eM. Simil&r oont.a.mina.t.oo forme occurred in Middle Bengali mal. mOiie, etc., besides t'I'Id.

Origin.§429. As a. prelude to a considera.tion of the current Bhoj. forms, the origin of t.1te ba-aic or old Bhoj. has b~..,!l given before. The question may be studied in details here. Bhojpurllst person SJ;t. ml J;t088 ba.ck to MIA instrumental fJUIi « OIA maya), Ap. maio -The na88J.ization in Ap. a.nd in Bhojpuri has been rightly explained by an influence of the regular inBtr.u:nental afti% ~!1'.4 (ODBL t 1539). The na.saIiza.tion ha.s been preserved in HindI 80nd PunjAbl'mai', Gujriti and Maithill« ~', ea.rly Ko8aJi (Awa.dhi) mai, Sindhi a.nd Oriyi mti, old Ma.ri.P1I myiJ. modem Ma.ri.thl mi. In Bengill 80nd Assa.mese mUi. mai, the na.aa.liza.tion is implied 8olthough not indica.ted explicitly in writing. ·The northam sta.nda.rd a.nd westem Bhojpurl form maya is aiso derived from this maio The oblique ba.se mo (Gorakhpur) ca.n be derived from §k. mtJmtJ (ODBL, §541). The na.sa.Iiza.tion in the oblique base ma (Aza.mgarh) ·appeM!l to be jUBt a.loca.1 a.nd diaJectica.l. It 11M a.OO led to the creation of the conta.mina.ted form mal for the nominative as noted above. The original OIA now. Gr\t.;m is not preserved in Bhoj. as we have i8iii. ham is regulady used as the nominative a.nd oblique singula.r in all BihirI djaleotB. In Hindi and Ko4alJ (Awadhl), it is uaed in plural only. It is from the OIA base G8t7I4- through Pk. amAi' in the nominative' and atnlaain the other ~iiii6& as the hue fvim, with the tr&.nsfer of &a}'iratioil to the initial position (Aama < .1&amma- < amAa-). The oid aingajar genitive mo- (e.g. in Brajabblkhl, 'mo IIlBDa aaata kahl8ukha pAwl', SflradIsa,) beca.me a.n oblique ba.se: a new J[eDitive on the baaia of addition of -bra "became eatabUaJLed in the eaatern- speeches : mama-kara >·mO-arG, mOna. This is the origjDaJ aingaJar genitive ofnew formation. An exteoaion of this mo to· mOha (through conta.miDation with the nominative and other 1)rODOUDS and a new locative mo-bl) is a1ao foUDd in moblr (dialectical). ~ HindI and Paai&bI tIIIrr1 ("""', would

m:e ~!:o~ : ~~~~~~'":e_in,,.;z::;;

..mer form'vi .......

1.

TIDI I'BOlfOtnf

The leDitive bamAr can be derived only from the baae CUtIIG-+mrc.. Equivalents are found in Beng. and Assam. cimar, OriyA cimlJAdm, HindI AGtncir4, Gujriti Gmtiro. The oblique hamarl is a strong form of the genitive hamAr by adding an emphatio ,adjectival • i' at the end: the final' I • being the moat strongiy accented syilabie in the word. the 'a' in the second syllable beeame weakened and then W&8 dropped. (hamAr-hamlr4>hamarl). The suffix -aDi. -an in the di~ct and oblique plural forn"a& hamlnl (Ballii), hamman (Gorakhpur), hamlhan (with n. euphonio • h • in Baniraa and Mirzipur) is the survival of tho MIA genitive plural, &8 we have seen before. In the nominative plural hamanlkl or baman kA, this • kl' is the strong form of the Bhojpuri genitive postposition -ke (also MI\f(l\hl -~ and MaithilI -ka). There ha.s been a change of meaning also: hamaDlkl, at first meant 'of us' and then 'we'. A simila.r process of transferonco of the genitive (whether old or newj to the nominative is noted in other NIA speeches alao: cf. middle Beng. iimharii. now Bong. amra; and (If. "Iso KaSal! Aaman == ano..1aataam and Bundell: ka11'.are, tihiire. (B) Second Per&on

§430.

The Old Bhoj. bases evidently were the following:Sg.

PI.

Nom.

tu,tU

tumha (1). tUba

Gen.

to. (to-ra), to-h (tohara)

Inat.

tal

tahan

The nominative singular t"1i, to repreaent OIA'tu (_ in :-tl-am) &ii well as Wam _ MIA. tii, tum. The OIA ~ became MIA tumAe in the nominative, and the ba.ae 1fUfm4 > t'UmAa apparently gavo Bhoj. lOba, but the uaaaliza.tion is frequently lost. The original instrumental tal < 'vuytJ+ etItJ baa merged into the nominative, only here in the second person, the original Dominative forms tu. to still remain. to < lavu does not present. any cWBoulty nor'to-ra < tatllJ-kara. The extended form toba goes parallel to moba with -h- evidently from the plural or from th~ locative affix -hi. "";'tU:am > MIA. ~ gave t6baDa: it is likely that the original form in Bhoj. was. tumhaoa. and the nasalization ia not indicated now .. the word already hi.;; a. nasal.

1431. The following are the forma of the pronoun of the second penon ill standard BhojpurJ:-

..... 'PI

taban, t6banl. to. log, ligaal

Dir.

tu. to. to, tA· (ordinary) ti (tI) (inferior)

til.

Ob.

tG, tara, toh. tobirA

All the above forma exoepfi

OeDitive Adj~ Dir. tGr and toblr Oedive Adj. '()bi. tOri and tolili'l 9

orl~.toblnlkl

ioiIIDikI

130

kala.

Dir. &g. examplee: (1) tow 01' ttl aall riihaIA hi. kalal gaD rahale hi. where did you go ,

(2)

tI. (tI)

Nole 1.-tI (ta) is used only for the younger, chiefly children and servants in ODe's own,family. It AYPresseS either d"'6p affection or oont.empt. A. son will always use tl, tl for his mother. Similarly parents even for their esruwn-up iOil 01' daughter may use to.. , ttl 01' tl. ti§. t".. , ttl, tl, ti are ~mmonly ~d}i1 a~ing t!J.e lowest cJ,assea and the low-caste people always use tl, te among themselves. Dir. pI. examples: tohan, t6hanl, tu, to log, loganl or 16gani kahl gaU rabab\ hi, where did you people go' tohlnlkl kahl gail rabala hi sa, sil Or saiil, where did you (younger Or menial) people go!

Noie 2.-W'ncn tohlnikB is used in direct singuiar, it refl~rs to a woman. A husband, for example, may ask his wife tohlnikl kahl gall rahalil ba 8a. aI or aanI, where did you (wife) go , ObI. ag. examples: (1) to. toh, tohld se kahall, I told you. (2) torlse kahan, I told you (younger or menial). ObI. Sg. and PI. (3) tohani, se kahaii. I toid you or you peopie.

Nole 3.-to. toh, tobArl are ordinarily respectful terms. Thus a son can use them while addressing; his father or uncle. But tori is used for the

r;a.'5.a~7e:! !6~~~niss~=:~o:n!e~~:n~hi~n.:.~u:~t~~~w~~~O~! singular it is used for wife only. Obi. pI. tohan.,tohanl, tu, to 10&, to&anI or toganl se kahali, I told vou pOOple. GeDitive ,.4..dj. Dir.: i klki' baJ tobAr kltlb bawi, 0 uncle! this is your book. ari C8D'..arll tar kI nAwi bawe, 0 shoemaker! what is your name' i mil ! tor &ahlnwl kahl bil, well mother I where is your ornament'

v

Nole 4.-tor is used chiefly for children. menials and women irrcsoective of gender. It either expreeseai contempt orlove. A

Genitive Adj. ObI. example: t6d or tohlri bitA se, from your son. In the plural, the obliq-u6 is used w i~h the ISCQ-aitiv6 postposition ke t e.g. hal toban or tohanlI6&. 16&_ or login! ke kltlb hawl. this book belongs to you people.

1432.

Typical forms in other dial~uS of BhojPlh-1 are given below:-

Sg. Dir. teJ, t6 Obtd, tGri. dlh . Genitive Adi. bir. tlr. tubIr Genitive Adj. Obi. tid. tuhIrI

Pl. t6 logan, aabhan. pacaa All the above forms

Jror the 1118 of teJ, see Note 1 of the standard Bhojpurl ill previou page.

TID .BONOUN

131

f'33. Sg. PI. Dir. t@J. t6 . t6, toahan, loa. 10Aan ObI. to. tOb, tub All the above forms Genitive Adj Dir. tor. tublr Genitive Adj. ObI. torA, tubArA, tobre For the use of t@J see Note 1 of the standard Bhojpurl in the previous page. (Ii) (AzaTngarh) Sg. Pl. Dir. t@J, t6 t6 ban or hane ObI. to, db All the above forOls Genitive Adj. Dir. tor, tuhir Genitive Adj. ObI. tori, tublre For the use of t@J, see Note 1 of the standard Bhojpurl in t·h" pr£.'\'illll" page. §434.

NagpuriIJ or Sadiini

Sg. tOi (inferior) tob lsuneriorl ObI. to . • . Genitive Adj. tOr (sing.) tOhar (honorific)

Dir.

PI. toblri,toblre-~,

tohlDl, toblDI-maD Same as above tor-man, tOhar-maD

§43li. A .consideration of the origin of the basic forms of Bhojpuri being necessary at the outset to understand the current form . . , thilt hllo8 been given before. It will be seen that the variations are just on tJu' ahove bases postulated for old Bhojpurl. The use of what is really I. dflu "In genitive for the nominative in the plural (toblnlkA, of. bamlnlki) is noticeable in the second person also. (C) Third PerlHm

1'36. OIA 8G- in the singular ncmi..-mtive baac 8ur/ival in BhnjpurI only as a correlative in stereotyped and proverbial expressions, c.g. Je je ID se _ 4aIl. lit. who who came. they they went i Je JaIsaD karl. se tal88Il pli:-lit~ who as he doeIJ, h8 so -obtaiDa. Thi8 se is the same as BeugIlI and <>pyA 68 < • «Ji < Me < lQ{Je < ~ or 8a~. The oblique base·ta- is, however, more current: the genitive singuiar is te-kar. tekarI, takar (the change in vowel from ta to te is due to H. 'te'itself is sometimes used for H, e.g. Ie JaIean karl te talsan pll). These are the only two survivals of OIA «J- and ItJ.. in Bhojpurl. 'si' has also survived in two other Bihar! dialects, Maithill and Magahl. In Bhojpuri (aJao in Maitbill and Magabl) regular composition plurals are made from sc, te, aa ae-1Oj, they people; ...sabb, they all; or te.llg, te-sabh, etc.

=....

las

Plaoel4!;-the~~;n::l'Pro~~:U:wl1O~o==~yV~ :!i: :: cue with Hindi and KoAaU but BengAU, ARMmeae and Qriyl preserve the original third perIOn to a fuller enent.

TJna DDlON8TlU.TIVES (A) Protrimate De11lO'll8tmtitle

§438. The following are the fOnDS of Proximate Demonatrative (meaning' this 0or ' thOle 0) in standard Bhojpurl-

Sg.

PI.

Dir. I. hal (non-honorific)

lnhankl. hlnbankil. lnhanlkl. hinhaniki InhI, hlnhl I. hai. Inban. lnbanl. hloban. blabanJ log. loganl, 10ganJ !hAkl (honoriJic) !hA aabh, Babhan BabbAnlkii ObI. i, eh hi (non-honorific) Inhan, IohanJ, h1nhan, b1nbanl lnhIkl, hlnhlkI e, eh, he, lnhan, ··lnhanl, blnbAn, hlohanJlog, loganl, loganl ObI. IhA (honorific) !hA Bab!!, BabbAD, BabbAnl Genitive Adj. Dir. ikar,

liekar,

Genitive Adj. ObI. ekarl,

hekarl,

Sometimes lkarl. hlka..rt. b!h!ka..r!. hlnhlka...... are used as direct genitive adjectives in feminine only.

NoCe.-The direct singular i, hal, lohl, hlnbl are used for the elders (excluding mother who is treated along with youngei'ii) and the younger of both the sexes, ma.aculine and feminine, but in each ca.se the verb changes. Dir. ago exampies: (1) I, hal. inbl, hlnhl kaha gan rabali hi, where did he (the elder brother, father or uncle) go ~ (2) i, hal, lobi, hIiiId kahl ilall raball hi, where did she (the grandmother) go 1 (3) I, hal kahl aaU rahal hi, where did he (the child, younger son or servant) go, (4) I, hal kabi gaii rabail bI, where did she (the mother, yo~r sister. dauahter or maid,servant) RO' (5) lblkl kabl llaU rahal1 hi. where did he or she (the respected or iady) go , . nip

air

nl, AYA.,.,nl... • 11 \ I. hAl. InhAn. Inh.nt

hlnh.n

hlnh.nt

10a,Tiaia.d:'.;,ganf'kaidraiaii hi~;-he;didih'; peopl~ (the eid.;; brothers. uncles) RO , (2) i, hal. lnban, lnbanl, blnhan, blnhanl loll. IGgaal, loaaal kala. jail ramal! hi, where did these personS (elder women) go! (3) InhAnk. i !!!h!!!!!k!i hlnhAnk. i h!!!han!kl kah! aeU reha!e hi la, eI, IIBIII, whe~ did these people (children, servants, etc.) go, (4) 'objiukl, bibiiural, hlghiifikS, h'fihjjP; kI. kahl gaD nUuiIi hi .., .a. 88111, where did. t!tese persona (younger sisters, daugh.!iers, ma.id-serya.n~, etc.) go, (5) lb. labh, labhan, labhanikl kahI aall rahall hi, where did these (respected sirs or ladies) go, . ObI. ag. eDiDplea: (1 j liilird, hliihl"d .. kilO iii Wi, this (friend, brother, uncle, wife) ca.nnot work.. (2) i, ell, hi .. kim DI call, tIUa (male or female 88rva.nt, or mother) ca.Jinot work. (3) lh. . . kim III callt this (respected air or lady) oa.nnot work. .. ObI. pl. examples: (1) i, ab, he, lnhan, lnbani Ina, IGganI, lotanr =I kim iii 'aalI, iheae people (friends, brothers, elder women) oam&Ot

raha1

133 work. (2) Iaiuua, 1DbaaI. hlnhan, hlnhanl iii kim nl call, these b'ouD8er aiaterI. daughters or male and female servanta) cannot work. (3) lhI_bll. _haD, =abbaaJ iI kim iii caU, these (respected aUs or ladies) oannot work.

NoIe.-1 and bat Me used as direct adjectives and i. ell aa obUqu~ adjectivea irrespective of gender. Eumplea: I, hal !aIkIj this boy; I. hat laIkI, this girl; i, eh IatkA ee, from this boy; i eh laDd se. from this girl.

1'39.

The typic&1 forma in other diaiecta of Bhojpurl are given

below:-

NOf'I1tem 8I4Jtil4rd Bltojpwri Sg.

Dir.

I, hal ObI. i, ell, heh Genitive Adj. Dir. ekar, hekai'

(Gorakhpur) Pi. I, hal, enhan, henhan. log or logan tar I, bai, enlum henhan. iog or iogan bre

Genitive Adj. Obi.

ekire,hekire

Wute"' Bhqjpuri (i) (Baniras and Mirzi,pur) Pl. I, hal ub, log. iogan

§'40.

Sg. Dir. I, hal ObI. I (non-honorifio for aemmtl) j In, en (honorifio) Genitive Adj. lkar, bekar. eJrarV

l

inlban. e!!lban. b-Dlba!!. I, en, ehl enllum. enltan loa. logan kar

(ii) (lz&mgarh ) PI. Sg. I. ltal. aab or loll Dir. I. hal 1Dl1um, lnIum hlnl ban, blDhaa ObI. .- (non-honQrifio) ehl. lnllaan lopn In (honorifio) Genitive" Adj. Dir~ ekar, bekar (non-honorific) Genitive Mj. Dir.

1nIaV, bInIaIJ. (honorifio) Genitive Adj. ObI. ekIb-l,ll8karI (iiOil.bu-norifio) Genitive Adj. ObI. honorifio is tbe ...... diIect ",1. Sg.

DIr.I,1bI ObLl

Oeaif;ive Adj.

1--

I-man

'!'he aame

I-Dr-man

134

mB OBlGD' .AND D:n'JILOPIID'l' CD' BBo.JPtJ'BI

• OrigiR:

§442. The basio forme for old Bhoj. appear to have been the foUowing:Sg. Pl. Nom. 1,1 Gen. eh&, Ui& l(h)iiii&. e(h)iiiiii (i-bra) (+bra) I or i would appear to be the OIA baee eIcI- > MIA ea, with inftuence from idem; it,l!!mj et.o. This !!l·fa - base Gt orG1I+ base fa, which we find in the---qala (8+14). Already in the Late MIA it became a well·eatabli8hed equivalent of i, of. bIla.oanda, VijjivaI.bhisl; duhii iliW'Ulaggal dujjana-hAsl.

o paramesara.hara-sira sOhal;

I niccai niara.m8.J)a mohal.

- ' Klrttilati' of Vidyipati The origiDal plural (nominative) being loat, the singular is functioning for the plural also. The genitive singular tJa8ya > MIA eaB8G, Ap. eaAa is the basiS of eha and fha.· and ete,4m == MIA et4tuJm, tAituJm of old Bhoj. eaQ.., eban.,which through transference of the -h. and .g. gave the various Bhoj. forma 1Dha, enba "fhA, etc., which were translated to the iphere of the honorifto sing-ular also. \Vith the emphatic -I < Ai, added, we get forma like Inhl, etc. In hal as an equivalent of i or i, we have the genitive base eha with transference of the aspirate the emphatic hi in all likelihood. 'A prothatio h;;>oo appears to be lh-esent in the forms hlubJ, hinhani. hlnhM, hunhukl, etc. lnhI can also possibly be derived < .en1Ia < oiiecituJm < ·eta1l4m < ·eta,am < ete,iim with hi from the instrumentai plural -Ai of MIA. The form hlnhl is simply h+lnhI. The respectful demonstrative'pronoun lhA-ki is == ihA+ki -where 1hA. here, may also be explained ae pronominal adverb of p!e.ce (of. Englieh. (this, here) man == (this) man and Sk. atra.b1&avtin, *"ra·b1&avtin and also Ap. yr.uInm&, tadn&m < yatra, *"",+um (neut.». The direct plural iDhali.. iDhlUll are in faot inha+an. inha + ani double genitives in origin while InhAhAnkAi (nhAnlkA &.ore triple genitiVe!! in ori~. The forms hlnhaakA and hlnhan.kI are the duplicates of Inhank! and tiihiiiil-ki with protlietiu h-. The genitive fonns IIaIr and hekar are respectively I+kar and h+l+kar while the obHque genitive forms lkarl and hlkarl are the strong forms of ikar and hikar like hamlrA or "bamlr. For the explanation of the final C -I' &ee hiima&--I (1429 j.

§443. The following are the forms of Remote Demonstrative (meaning 'that' or 'thOle') in standard Bhojpurl:-

. Sg.

Pi.

Dir. u. hatl, UDhI, huahl. uhlkl (honorific)

u• hatl. unhan. .!!It..- ......... __• •unhaDJ. __ .. lIf_W _hunhaa. _ " ' _ _ L . buabaaJ __L ___ 1011, IU. . . . . .

I~,

"UO-OEB, Uaa.III-

kI,hunhaakl.buabaalki ubi aabh, aabhan. aabhaaI IrI

uDhaD.. IInhAal. huahaa , .. bilahaDI iaa. JapDr, 1&aIDi" ubi _bll t ==bl=m, =b!=d IS. ah. hIS.

ubi (honorifio)

13& Genitive Adj. Dir. okar, hokar, UDhukar, bUDhukar Gew."'tive Adj. ObI. IUd, b6kar1,uah6kar1,buah6kar1 Sometimes o~, hokarl, uahukarl, buahukarl are uaed .. direct genitive adjectives in feminine only. NoIe.-For the use of u, baD, uahl, buldd, ~ the note un. f438. Dir. ag. examples: (1) u, baD, uahl, huohl kabl Aan rabatl hi. where did he (the elder brother, father, uncle) go' (2) u haD, uahl, bunhl kahl AaD raball hi, where did she (the grandmother or BOme elder lady) go' (3) u, baD kablAaD rabat hi, where did he (the child, younger sOn or servant) go' (4) u, baD kabI Aan raball hi, where did ahe (the mother, younl{.er sister, daughter or maid.servant) go j (5) uhika kahi tan rahall bl, where did he or she (the respected sir or lady) go' Dir. pl. examples: (1) U, haD, unba!!, unhanl, hunhan, hues!!! lot. 10aaol,Ioalni ka..,1 aall rahal bAt where did those people (the elder brothers, uncles) go' (2) u, baD, unban. uohanl, hunban,buahaniloA, lotanr,loalnl kabl aail rabaU hi, where did those (elder women) go t (3) unbankA, unbanlkA. huahankA. huobanlkA. kabl aall rabale hA sa, sa, sanl, where did those (children, servants, etc.) go 1 (4) uahankA unhaniki. hunhaoki. huobaorkA kahl aall rahall hi ea, sA, sanl, where did those (younger sisters, daughters, maid·servants, etc.) go' (5) uhl sabh, aabban, aabbanikA kabl aall rabat1 hi, whcre did thll80 (respected sirs or ladies) go , ObI. sg. examples: (1) unhilkA, hunbilkA ae kim nil call, that (friend, brother, uncle, wife) cannot work. (2) 5, ob, h5 ae kim 01 cail, that (male or female servant or mother) cannot work. (3) ubi &e kim ftl call, that (respe\f..,c-d sir or lady) cu.wi.ot wurk. Obi. pI. examples: (1) 0, ob, bo, unban, unbanl, buDhan, buDhani lOll. 101lanl. lollani si kAm nil cali. those Derinle (friends. brothen. elder w;-~enrcarmot-~ork.(2) uoban, bunbiua, buDhani N- kim ni call, those (younger sisters, daughters or male and female servants) caDDot work. (3), uhl eabb, eabban, 8abbanl 8i kim nI call, thoee (respected sire or ladies) cannot work.

uahanl:

1'44.

The typical forms io other dia.leote of Bhojpurl are given

below:-

(Gorakhpur)

ag.

PI.

Dir. 6, baD

D, 1!A, onhan, bODban, II., Iity Same. above

ObI. I, ho ~.Adj.Dir.okar,

hoar,onkar,

honkar

~.~.Obl.o~,

IaokIre

i"I. (I) (Badrae and MinIpar)

PI.

St·

DIr••t

•• lid, ualban , oaIhaa. oabaa, ho........

....

ObI. G. hG ~-_..!..&...!.--

~

'&..!I~

honhen

j

•

Same as above Gkti.liGkti-

~_

.AIlJ • .l.1li'.

oklri. hoklre

GeDitive Adj. ObI.

(ii) (Azamprh)

&g. s._

'ft.!• •

~K . . . . . . . . .

Obi. 0. ho. UD. UDh Genitive Adj. Dir. Genitive Ad). ObI.

...... ,...,.

Pl. tl. haG, ;;;;Ih.;;. iiiiIiiiii, huiilhiiii, buiihiiii.

sab

.

Sa.me as above

8kar.hGkar

okll'i, hoklre

NggpuriG Of Sada"i

.,.. a..

DI

... & •

Dir.•••hl ObI. . ' Adj. a-Imr Geniti'fe

.-man Same above &8 gkar~maD

Origitt:

1"7. The Old Bhoj. forme for the Remote or Far Demonstrative appear to be the ioUowiltg :-

..... Nom. G,. CI_

a-.

o",aba (+kara)

uDllaDa. obaaa (+kara)

The Remote Dem~~ve-goee parallel-to Prom~te Demonstrative. The base iB 0- (modi'ft"eId- lio ii-) aad thia appeam to be from the OIA de. monatrative pronoun AWl· which is rather reatriotedin OIA, being found in • aoIitary iDatanoe in Vedio, and. this CWQ in Iranian is -the source of the New PaniaD '0' and. '.' - he, that (ODBL, 1572). Examples of '0' and 'ii' an found in western Ap. and in Ap. as 1188d in the east : HAmaoaDdra (Verse 41. under AD.): 1tJI ~u alwlrca fKIdtJiJi. eo fItI44iJ gAGrca ai, if ihou aakeit about biB hou8ea,- then big houses an; thQee,

Venae 97. 0 ,&i".~"'jjieU ~ !u!h .iaP.iu. that moon. more beautiful than even Gauri'a face, is hid in the oloud. Vidylpati:' KJrtti. l&ti'~ Pd~.B~,. .oMi, that adoma the oren oi the inlpreD1e deity Hara. _ -

0"

Mil

From *CIIlWIIfIG of OIA (or from 'tJIIIUf!jIII'), - *outJ of MIA, we have of early Bhojpurl and al80 aba. 80 OIA. *ClWflJm ~••. - pve .oa. Oh8ji8. uhaiiii in Old Bhoj. and on this ~, viti! P'Otheti.~ ~- and with atrengthening -I we have the various New BJIojparl forma, including the honorifio aingular•. -The origin of lid seems to be *tIWt& < ~. on the model of MaM. The derivation 011lDhl may &leo be on the basis of < < *==lliIG= < ...~=+!, from the iD.-trumerual plu..') ·A; of IlIA r..il8

*..,.

'1'l1lI ..,_00

18'1

IaUlllal - la+uaIaI, 'la' here being the protbetio only. In' ubl-kl' , •ubi' •

there. could aIeo be explained as a pronominal adverb like lbl. here, of •GiI-ki ' . It can be compared to Sanakrit iGinIbiaaPli" like tJinJbN.atld" of lIal-lEA.

The direot plural unban and uahaal are double genitivea in origin and these are III: tmA+aft and uM+tmi respectively. Similarly UDbaakl and UnhADDcI are triple genitives in origin and these are _ uM+a,,+Ad and uftl&+tmi+i4 respectively. The forma bUDbAnkl and buabaalkl are also triple genitives (b+uab+An+kA aDd b+uab+anl+kA) wit.h " prothetic ' h ' • laO is simply a met&theeia of ob. The honorific oblique form ubi, there, baa already been explained. In forms uahukl and hunbukl (unh+u+kI. h4-uah4-u4-kl\. the second 'u' has come from 'I' bv the influence of pri,~ 'u'.=.a·~

of ;owei hB.nnoilY-ind~~;;d by ~u· ~-;u;-~iDI-th~

vowel of remoteness in this connection. The oblique genitival forma okarl, hobrA. unhukarl and buabukarl are but the strong forma of oar. hokar. unhukar and hUDhukar. TIIB BBLATIVE PRoNOO

1"8.

The following are the forms of the Relative Pronoun (mean-

iag , who'. ' that', ' which', ' &8 ') in the st&ndard Bhojpurl :Sg. PI.

Dir. Je, Jawan, J",D. Je. JawaD. JUn, Jlnbl. JlabaD. Jlahanl 1&& Jiahl or sabh Obi. Je, JanDA, JUDI, All the above forms and Jib I&a or labb Jeb, Jlahl Gen. Adj. Dir. Jikar, Jeblkar, Jlnblkar ,. __ a .. uen. AQJ. VDI. JelUlra. JehlklrI. Jlnblklrl ~

1449.

""'1...1.

.I'_of_W _ _

Typical forms in other dialects of Bhojpurl are given below :-

Nortlwm 8tandartl BAoj1*ri (Gorakbpur)

ag.

PI. JI, Jawan.liia JI. Jannl. liia

Dir, Je,Jawan Obi. Je, Janne Gen. Adj. Dir. Jlkar . Gen. Adj. ObI. jlkiiri kar

W~BAqj1*ri

~.

(i) (Banlraa and Mirz&pur)

ag. PI. Dir. JI, Jawan Je, Jawan, liij ObI. JI, Jawlnl Same as above Gen. Adj. Dir. Jlkar, Jannl-1Ea 01' kar

Gen. Adj. Obi. Jeklrl ker, tal

138

T.BJI OBIOIN

..urn DBVJILOPIIDT OJ' JIIIO,JPUll!

(ii) (Azamgarh) Sg.

PI.

Dir. je, jawan Obi. Ji, Jawlni

ji, jawan, 108 Same as above

0__

uoaa.

" .1: '1"\:_ J:' 1. __ AUJ • .&.11£-. J"::AiU-

Gen. Adj. ObI. jlbri kar, tal

Sg. Dir. ji ObI. je Gen. Adj. Je-br

PI.

Ji-man Same 8S above

Origin: 1452. The following are the forms of Old Bhojpurl for the Relative Pronoun:Sg. PI. Nom. je < ya-ka/.l, Jlnba, Jinbi Inst. jeba for jAba

The relative pronoun je is found in Maithill, Magahl, BengAli and OriyA. The Assamese has ji Czi). The source of this Je is OIA ga.ktJ(a and it has been derived as follows: ga-kah > Mg. Pk. galee > jat. > jai > je. The Assameaeji (n) has been, however, derived from OIA yab. The relative pronoun je is found in old Bengali (ca.ryi 7). e.g. je ji lila Ii a those who came went away (ODBL. §G80). The old instrumental jeba (the modem Bhojpuri oblique form Jeh) for jiha comes from OiA 1ftJ81P with vowei' e' from nominative ie. This can be cOmpared with the old Bengill plural honorific form JIM,. The or~&IL'l of jlnha, Jinhi is jar-/lb iiiii ylfa,= with influence of old instrnmental plural1/f!.bA~ > jeb! in the root vowel and also in a:flix. Tne relative pronoun itU\n, jawan agree with kvn and kawan in origin (for kun, kawan, see, infra. §439 under Interroptive). They can be deriVed frOm 1ftJla+PUtaaA in the following manner : -yaf+Pu~ > ja·pufIIJ > jC!J'fIIJ > j@J'f& > jawaa. The ~ KCDitives jikar. Jehl-kar and jlnbl-kar are,. Je+kar, jebl+kar and jlnbJ+kar and the oblique fonDs jlkarl, jeblklrl and Jln"'-Wrlare Ot.orr-pondmg strnng lo..1'!De.

rJiJ"

Tma

CoBBBL.&.'1'IVlI PBoWOlTB

f463. The following are the forms of the Correlative Prono11D8 (meaning • that;'. • 80 ') in the standard Bhojpurl :Sg. Pl. Dir. ai, tI, tawan, ai, _ , tawaa, _n, tIDhI, tbIhan, t".haDI ton, tInhI 118 or INlbb ObI. tI, tawlnl, All the above forma

.... ..... ...... .1_......... ..

.....-, -......., "'_w,

139

Gen. Adj. Dir. dbr, tebllrar, tIaIIJbr,

aiw,.ehlka"

Gen. Adj. ObI. tlkarI, teblkarl, dnhlkarl, alkarI, slhlkarl

-§4M. Typical forms in other dialects of Bhojpurl are given below ;NorlAem Stand4rd BAojpuri

(Gora.khpur) Correlative:

Sg. PI. tel tawan tel tawan, UiA ObI. ti tanai tit tawinl.loA Gen. Adj. Dir. tekar Gen. Adj. ObI. tlkari DU.

1455.

W utem Bhojpur' (i) (Bana.ras and Mirzii.pur)

PI.

Sg. se, te, tawan tit tanai

Dir. ObI. ".-_

A...1:

'""'".

AUJ •

T'\:_

.I.nc.

Bi, tel lOA Sa.mc as above

..: t .__ L .......

Gen. Adj. ObI. tlkari . (ii) (.lzamgarh)

Sg. PI. Dir. ai, tl, tawan, tlUJD si, til tawan. tun. loA ObI. tI, tanni Same as a.bove Genitive Adj. Dir. tikar Genitive Adj. ObI. tlkari N agpurid (If' Saddni

§'Ga.

eg.

PI. iii-maii SaMe as above

Dir. .. Obi. . .

Origifl :

§4ti7. The following are the fOl'lll8 of Old Bhojpurf for the Correlative

ProaoaD:-

eg.

Nom. ",tI ObI. tela. tI

PI. dDl. dDIII Same as above

140

'1'l1lI OBIGIJI' ~fi

TLue aud

A1Q) D~

01'

Donuat

Proii.om 81 ia fOUnd iii Mailihili, _aphi, Beuglli

Oriyl. The A_meae baa • proD01IIloed (.) 01'

(oi). The IODrOe of" OJA MoW And itBY b-n d-iVRd Y to!L"W!!:...W > Mg. ft. *Iaie > * . > _ > .. > ~e. 'l'hia ~e baa been repJaoed '&y" in NIA speechee.

. . APP""'" to be

In modem Braj-bh1kbland N~~rDOUD is 60. It is also fouDd in Old KoMI! of 'Ukti-nakti ' of Damodara Panditll..

-

~~~

--

.

jo ~ hnuJ cirIIIcI, eO cJpcIt'uJ:e1aati& lawm m4(mam)1a == ya!& !JfM'GII1IG 1crM f1irtuld1ttJm ciflltJytJIi, ., ~ ipe tildrAamlva manhgtJIl.

a6-t- g .•) &8 liuggeeted by Turner (see N.D., in Old And Middl", "R..nglU V~'}.!1va lyrics and is undoubtedly a western (Sauruenl) form. _The form BOI whioh is prominent in Ao8ail of T'Uias1 Dis is an emphatio one and is == OIA 8a eva. n., 8OUl'08 of nom. ago ti appears to be neut. tGt+ka(a and this on the modal of IG.~ booa.ma ti in moda..-n Bhojpurf. Its other source oa.n be Ap. *teAlJ (OIA ee,iJm > teBam, WiI, te1aiJ). In early Assamese we find the non·na.aa.iized form tei&o with the na.sa.iized teM whioh is the source of modern Assamese singular tea and in modem Nepi.lI we have tyo. The nom. pl. ti is round in Old and :Middle BeDgiJI, e.g. jt ~ ht.uG Ma,,",nU, ti aj4r4fIIIJf'tJ Wmpi tItJ laonti. The

p..

6~~).

8OUl'08

of eO is OIA

Thill!JO Alao figu-,"8S

• Those (y5gls) who wander through all the world and also through heaven, they do not becOme in the least ar~ and deathless.' According to Dr. Chatterji. this a may be a Sanskritism or it can be a nominative plural, derived &om am instrumental aAi, aAl. The Bhojpurl dir. sg. correlative tawan and t.,n like relative Jawan and lun are - lcJ+auft and agrees with kawan , Jau,tn (see §459 infra : lIDder Interrogative). . T'-ue ObI. ag. tar.... iioild tviil &.i'e the itroug foi'iili of tar-a and ...... while tab- (the parallel form of the relative pronoun is jeh) =- Ce+1aa. The forms tlDl, tlnhl (Beng. tini) can be derived from nom. te+inst. tehI+nn.lcJtICItR (MIA). The dir.· and ·obi. pI.- tblhan and tlnhanl are - tlnh+gen. pI. aSix =Ul

< 4=cJ=.

The direct genitives tlkar. teblkar. t1nhlkar. ei-kar I nhl-kar are _ tI+kar. teha+kar. tIahl+kar. ai+kar, aeha+kar and their OOl'NIIpOndmg oblique -strong forma-are tI-kad. tehl-kal-i, tlnhl-karl," e!7'b.... and eII!a... NoIe.-Besides tawen- which is uaed in both genders. ID&8011Iine and jeminine, with dUfereD.t verba, there is .. form tiiWlliil which Is ued in dDeot feminine only. The oorrespond.iDg feminine oblique aiDgula.r form

ka..... "

.. tawaDI and the plural form. is ta_DIDI.

1'18-

--=pI= of PAlatlva and 0c:r=I&t.~:

Dir. II.: (1) JI, J.~. _J~J~_ karl. eI. ~. ta..... ~ _ _ pII, .. ODe (male or female) will do, 10 ODe will pt. (2) JIIdIr J.ra..a briIlI. tIIIhI tId8ul paIhI, .. 0Q!t (a euperior mall or WOIIUUl). will do, 10 ODe will pt. (3) JawaDI JaIaQ 1au'I. tawanl taI8aD pAI, ___ Gii& (wUUlAU) dO~ ao aha w-aJ pt.

wm

1'1 Dir. pl.: (1) JI, Jawaa. lua 16a or . .bh U. eI, ti tawaa. . . . loa or aabb pllll. those who will oome will be beaten. (2) IIDbI. JIDbaa, jliiJiaiilloa or iNibh Wihi. tlDluul, tiDhaai lag or . .bb pl_i, thoee who will oome will be beaten. (3) lawaar albl . . . .1 or Baal, taw'" p1talhl .a••1 or Baal. those (women) who will oome will be beaten. ObI. sg.: (1) ji. jawlnl. JODi jlbrA ki bolln. iii. til tawiDi. lfUlni, tllrAri ki kh!!w!. give him (equai or inferior, male or female) something to eat whom you invite. (2) Jeb. JIDhI. jebllEld. jlDhlklrl ki bolAwi tela, tlabl, teblklrl, tlnblklrl ke khliwi. give him (superior male or female) something to eat whom you invite. (3) Jawlnl ki bollwi tawlni ke khilAwA. give her somt>thing to eat whom you invite. ObI. pl.: (1) jet jawAni. Joni loa or Babb ke bollwA. Bi ti. tawlnl taunl lOa or sabb ke khlilwl. give them something to eat whom you invite. (2) jeb. jlnban. jlabanllog or sabb ke bollwl. seb. ai. ti, tinDau. tlnhani ioa or 8aoh xe khlAwa. give them something to ,'at whom you invite. (3) ja'Wlnlnl ke boliwl. tawaalnl ke kbllwi. Jeiv., them (women) something to eat whom you invite.

alba.

INTERROGA.TIVE PRoNOUN

1459. There is a distinction between animate and iu.nimate forma (mMning • who', • which' n in this pronoun. The following are the forms of animate in the st.ncie.rd Bhojpuri :-

Animate: PI. Sg. ke. kewan. kon. kawan loa. lopn. Dir. kit kewBD, kon. I6ganl kawan The Hltome aM above and klh.ldnhan. klDhanl ObI. kit kih. klnhl. log or USgBnl kewAnA. koni. kawiDi Genitive Adj. Dir. kekar. klhlkar.klnblkar Genitive Adj. ObI. klkari, klblkarl. klnhlbri Ni.iCe.-The direct.sir..gula.r and plufR.! kewan! e.nd kawalil and genitive klkarl, kihlkarland IdDblkarl are sometimes used in feminine only.

Inanimate : Sg.

n:.r.

Obi. Gen.

PI.

kI ki, keh, klhi, kitbl k1bi ki, kitbl ke NoIe.-In the instrumental kltbll is used only in old songs.

ADimate: Dir. ag. eumples: (1) kl, kewaa, lEVa, Dwanlwad, who (male) oomes , (2) kawai, kawaDllwatiA, who (femaie) oomee , Dir. ~ eumplee: (1) kI. kewan. kUa. loa. l&ian or ..,..... Iwata, wao (males) aiG GO~ , (J) kewaDI or --..... Iwetar! _II,

..... who (females) ue commg ,

1.0

TBII OBIGIlf aD D.vlILOftIDT 01' BBOJ1I11BI

ObI. &g. e-umple&; (lj to kit klli.1diiIiI b Oi' kI wii..iill, whom did you beat I (2) Ul ~. qpd. awIDI ke or Itl 1II8I'8li, whom (menial !!!1!oh - !!!ervAlltB. eta.) did you bRat ! Obi. pl. eumplea: (1) Ul kit kew.... kUn. awaD. klh. klnhan. Idnhanl loa. loaan 01' lGil&iil ke ill~ra1'. whom (men 01' people i did yuu beat' (2) Ul klDhan, klnhanl ke orkllD8l'816, whom (mem.Is auoh as servants, etc.) did you beat , Note.-ki. kewan. kun. kawan are used as adiectives also, e.Sl. ki, kewan, ton. kawan 8dlml, who man I;ke, kewan, ton, bWaD mehlrlrO, who woman' ; but sometimes kewani, It_nl, kaW'llnl mehlrlru, who woman 1 Inanima.te : Dir. 82. examnles: I kI hawe. what (thiruzl is this ! ObI. a8. e:mmplea: ki, keh, klhe, kethl~8e marile hi, with wlu~t (thing) did he beat 1 Typical forma in other dialocts of Bhojpurl are given below :-

§460.

N orthtm Standard Bhojpuri (Gorakhpur)

A!lima.t-e :

Pl. ke, kawan loa or 16aan ke. ~ne. kawane loa or USaan

Sg. Dir. ke, kawan, ksuan ObI. IdS. kawane. ~ne Genitive Adj. Dir. kikar Genitive Adj. ObI. klkari

kar

Inanimate :

Dir. ObI.

PI.

Sg. kI ki, keh. kithl, klthul Westem. Bhojpuri

1461.

(i) (Banlra.s and Mirzipur)

Anima.te : Sg. Dir. ki, kawan ObI. ki, kawane

Pl. ki, awaD loa

kawanan, kawan 13i

Genitive Adj. Dir. kear G--..!'oitive Adj. Ohi. klkare

Inanimate : Sg. Dir. kl Ohl. ki, klthui

Pl. (ii) (Azamgarh)

Animate :

ag. Dir.

kit awaD ObI. ki.kawanl ·Geitive Adj.-Dir. kiJrar ~ Geuitive Adj. ObI. klkL-i

PI. kit kawaD IGa kawana n , kawani

I~!t

'1'IIJI PBOKO'ON

143

inanjmate : ~Jf.

ObI.

Sg. III ki, klthul, tatbul, ketbul

§462. Animate : Sg. Dir. ki ObI. ki Genitive Adj.

PI.

Nagpuri4 or 8adtini PI. ki-man The 8I1omt' "8 above kikar

Inanima.te : Sg. Dir. kil ObI. ki Genitive ki-kar

IJI. kii-man The same M above kAkar-man

Origin: §463. The nominative ki is also found in Magahl and Maithill. It is intact in Bengali. Assamese and O!'iyi. Its source is ·kaka(l. and it baa developed as in the follOwing manner :·kaka[l. > kalce > ktuJe > kae > kai :-:- ke

Bhojpuri kewau, klUln (Mn.gn.hi, k(!!£n) amd kawan wer,' originally indefinite and in their emphatic forms kewano. klWno and kawano. tht' indafir..ite sense still survives. The pronoun is found r.,H k(!ll~', kUti, kf!J';;', IWn in most NIA and has its parallel i~ the other bl~H(':-; like j'E'n, I'!un. II, occurs in the western Apa.bhramM. n.s kom,nll. 1.'(11,1(11111.. Dr. ChattA~rii and others derive--vataa. ·-fJUtaa. = un forms from ,the ·kaputaa > kavu~. > kalt!VL. kava~. The Hhoj. purl forms klUln and kawau are derived from kau~u, and kt,va~. (li) ktttL· pu~ > ·1ce-pu!&B> ·1ceputw > kevutw and the Uhojpurl kewan is derived from this ke.fJutw. The oblique Bhojpurl forms kenna. klUlna and kawAni "n~ == keU1dn+a. ~nci and' kawan+a respectively. 1'ho origin of oblique form kinbl is ke,am: ktitwm. This kcitwm hccam(! kaf}a hut being influenced by Pili Atsa < OIA ka8ya and kim. it was cha.nged to kll)a and tina.lly to kin in Bho;;.:. By adding the instrumental Ruffix hat hi to the base kin. the forms and klnbl were obtained (ef. in this connection tho honorific ~teiiVgative Bengali form kini). The plural oblique forms klnban and JdDhanl are formed on the an!l.logy of baman and hamanl. The oblique Bhoinnrl from OIA kaaua,- in the foliowinR wav :---.c-- kAb - -is derived -OrA It:tu1JG > &.usa > Itiika but this •ii.' of k4Aa became •e' on account oft-he influence of'e' in ke a.nd thu~ the Bhojpuri form kAb was formed. III'

."

.,

The inanimate Bhojpurl nominative form ki is the contraction of klb and oblique klbi has developed from kababl (kAha+ (b)l of loca.tive). The oblique form kithl_ kitb+l. The origin of ketb is MIA J:oaAa, htINJ < OIA htnI. The '0' or 'u' of koah, kuUM becomes 'e' poaaibly due to the influence of nomiDative W.

144 ""'118 dUaut 1P'W~.!.ye fomi& kim, kelilkar. tlijhlt.r.." _ a+kar. JdahI+kar and k.hI+ .... and their oorrespondiDg. oblique forma tIkarI, klhAkarI, IdnhIkarA &1'8 tile Itmng formA. The oblique forma bwaDI instead of bwaDI is foUDd in northern and Bhojl'ui'I. This 'i' of bw-.ni iii poiiiiibly due to ~i' of 'ki' which is both oblique and nominative. The jnanim&te obUque fonD6 kith. ., bth. . and kith. . found in northern and western. Bhojpuri are simply dialectical variations.

.-.-tern

hmBI'JlQTB PBoNOl1B"

§4M. The following are the forma of the 'Indefinite Pronoun' (meaning • BOme' or 'any') in the standard Bhojpurl. The same forms am found in other dialoo4"ua of Bhojpu..-J also.

Sg. kiO. klil. kAhu, kihO, bUDO, kawano Obi. Same as direct

Dir.

PI. kehu, kihO, bunO, bwano loa Same as direct

Besides the above fonus, weatern BhojpW'i baa one more form keu and

Nagpurii or SadInI kol in the nominative. The plural of kol in Nagpurii or Badin! is kolmaD. Iuanimate : Pl.

Sg. Dir.

ObI.

Idchu, kuebu, ldebuG, kuebuo Same as above

Animate: Dir. ag. examples: (1) klO, klO, klhu, kihtl I bit kabat, some one told thii. (2) bUiiO, b'WiUiO I bAt kabalail. iOme one (meni.1 such as servant or woman, etc.) told this~ . Di..r. pI. 8xam ple8: (I) klhu; kihO; buno; kawano loa I bit kah.I, eome people told this. .(2) kuDO, bwano I bit kahal. sa .... or 8801, iiOme people (menial& such &8 senanti, etc.) told this. ObI. ag. examples: (1) kiO, klO, klhu, kihO, Bi mati kallA, do not tell anybody. (2) iauJDO, bwanO ai mati kaiIi, do not teii anybody (menial or woman). . . ObI. pl. examples: ¥hu, kihO, bUDO, kawano loa .. mati 1rabA, do not tell any people (men, women, servants, etc.). . 1Danhna.te :

Dir. ag. examplea: Idchu, kucha, Idchuo, kuchao eM, give lOme-

thiJur. . -- Obi. ag. e:u.mplea: kichu, kuchu, Idchuo, kuchuO iii kim DI =II. ;cmc;6uhi:1g -cr1Jl no1; de•. NGIe.-Tbe iDde8nite pronoun (animate) qpna, bwani are alao ilii8d iii iidjeotiv-tlii, &.g. ~ Jdilkliarl ~, kaw-.nl phiilW-.rt iiil ...... a (oerWn) foz walt to a garden.

on,t,,: ... I'U. 'DIe fonDa

pr..,-;m in

~-jpad

of .....,. aDd oblique a.iDPJar (anfmMe) iDde8Dite . , tie, te, u .., ~. '.lhG

_=,

=--..:5.

'I'BlI PBONOUW

14:6

orig!!!. ~f ~g and k • ..,AIIO has aLPAAll y been explained. The iUiiiV& of other f~ is OIA ~-Gpi and it has developed. in the following way :_ OIA ~ > Migadhi ·W'pi > ·N'w > .W'CIG > .~tbtJ > Wo kl1i, klh4 (in8uenoed. by the emphatio particle Tau). Maithilt haa ke.o; M'agab! kii!; B-..ngl.!! !a.'W, kl.'u! ke-,,: Ass&m~ k& Ho' Oriy& ~i,~). .~); Awadhl kOJ, kahu; kou. western Hindi ~ « !t:O't~, The neuter indefinite Idchu is found also in other Mlgadhan and non. Maithill has lcie1iu, .Benglll kicAu, Auames8 kicAu Oriya lricl!i, Awadhl ~%u. It represents OIA kim+c-;d, appeatwg ;U; kimeTai, kichi; in the central and e80Btem inscriptions of .Make. and kirhci in the west. The aspiration h80B been cxplained IIoS ·kaccki (ODBL, §589). The fino.l 'u' in :~~~~~'~. ~~~ly a.~~~c~e:. ~e Qpy~ ~h~ ma~ represcl!-t ~ho _omp.h!,t.i~ -nr (<;, "'KlRCn. == Klnc.+/nJ. In .1SbOJPurilorm KUChU, tho' U • in • kU • is perhaps due to the influence of the western Hindi form mA. Tho forma klchuo and kuchuo are emphatio. M&gadhan dialects.

1466. sab. sabll. sab. all. is also used !!.!! an inuefinit-c pronoun in the plural. It is usually written sabb. sab is found in KoM.lI IAwadhU 11.180.

it means 'aU', 'everyone', and has one COD8tOont filrm fur hot,h tho g~ndlll'8 and cases, e.g. sab, sabb all, all came; sab or sabh ke or kA bolilw', Cl.U everyone; sab or sabh maradan se kah., tell all the men; sab or sabh mehararun se kah., tell all the women. Sometimes sabbe or sabhan is used in the obliquc plural for tho sake of emphasis. Thus sab or sabb ke means •of ILII' •• tOokcn a" a whole', while sabbe or sabban ke means 'of aU' tI~ken severally.

Origi?i.: §487. The pronoun sab, sabh goes back to OIA RiiTva1.i; PAIl MibOO; AAokan inscription sarvtJ., satlra·, sam-; Prikrit savva-. Bon~ili has sab, 0riyi sabu and Hindi sab. The aspirated forms sabh. sabhA o.nd sabhu are found in Bhojpurl. Lahndl and in SindhJ. The aspiration is due in all likelihood to the- word sabhA which, as Dr. Chattcrji haa noted. was used side by side with sanHJ > sabba > saba. as a plural.forming ,vord (cf. , gutx.Jti sabM ' in the' Gltagovinda '. ODBL, §490). THE REFLEXIVE PRONOUN

§468. apilna, apilni. This pronoun expresses a reflexive selUle (' himself', 'myae1C', etc.) for empha.sis and is used with all personal pro . . nouns and with nouns without any change in form, e.g. U apilnl ke or kl burl bhall kahali, he rebuked himself very much; 11 spine a=lli. be .,1"1....1£ 'W"'vIlt away; tu spine kaha", you younelhaid this.

aplnl allo expreeaea the combined 801U1e of 'you and e.g. apInA s. kI matalab, what have we (you and I) to do ,

r

sometimes,

apInA and Ipan are also used as __~jecti~ ~thou~ distincti~D of geuder. Ipaa is used in direct while apinA is the oblique form, e.g. dir.lpaa la1kI 01' Ipan IaIkI (your, his, my, etc., boy 01' girl); obl.-apld laIkA 01' IaIJd s. (from my, your, his, etc., boy 01' girl). 10

148

..

'l'BJI

omam

.AND

D~ftImfT

01' BBOJPUBI

~-:-. ~ .;

§469. OIA ",""n. self, gave two forms in MIA aItca. and G.fJ1JIJ.; which an; both. ~ed 6ii iiOUii. iiiibetaiitiva; in A-.meae tSi&, father, grandfather; ap. a revered person. In Bhojpurl only -p- form is found. The forms ap (nominative), apat'i (instrumental). CIpfJtI4 (geDitive and accusative) are found in Caryle (ODBL. §591)•. The BhojpUrr adjectiva.f forin Ipan, Aaaamese ilpon, one's own, is oonnect.ed with. :p,tT.o\. appataaa- < OIA iUmanal--. The reflexive apinA. aplne. early Middle Bengili ilpdfti, aput'-i, modem BengAlI ~ni, AHame8U /i,puni, Dre derived rrom atmawu(i == Gppataa-. The final -i in BengAli and Assamese inste&d of expected -8 has been explained by Dr. Cha.tterji on a.coount of the a.nalogy of tini, jini (ODBL, §G93). 1470. The ts. word nlJa in the instrumental form nlJe or nlJi is alao used reflexively in Yn()l4-ern °Bhojptir! and Aesameec, e.g. 11 n!Je or niJ! gaDe,

he himself went away. HONOBDnO PBoNOUN8

§471. aplnA, aplni and Ap are sometimes used as honorific pronouns in modem Bhojpurl. e.g. ham aplnA, aplni or Ip Be or si kahaIl, I told yOill' honoill'. This ioppean to be io western in.fluence. for Ap is very frequently employed as an honorific pronoun in the second person in W.H., e.g. (lip) itO f!j8i bati MAl karni cdhie, (you. sir) should not utter such worda (second person); Vidyli80qar is did lee ek rama eke. (ap) ka janm ele 'prati~'hiiG barigdli brahmaiia pariwiir mJ hva eM, Vidy~ar' was a jewel of this country. (He) was bom in a noble Beng~ Brihma~a famiiy (third person). T'ne honorifio sense of ip in the third person is, however, fast disappearing even in western Hindi. ap is also use,f in old Hindi and in Braja.-bhikhi (although in Braja.bhikhi the non-honorific taW!J,

taro,

tum, etc., !:lore used very £..requently

\there. in fact, honorifio iJp ought to have been employed, e.g. tuma gijpiila fT.oso lit.;,\uta kan, you GOpila did much for us (' Sura paficaratiaa', p .. 23, pada 50», as an honorifio pronoun. e.g. miMlka.vaju yaka min ika gai. aha aju a (ilpa) ilgi dai iliyi canii C'Siira piilcaratna'. p. 36. pada 78). 0 MAdhava, this is a cow belonging to me. Now, from today, I have put it befol'8 (you, Bir). Y.ind1y"graze it. The honorifio Ip is alao used in westem Bhojpurl and in modem KoSaii (Awadhij but it is absent in the Punjibi and in the modem Khari.:B01I dialects of Meerut and Bijnaur.

ze;

rag~!2dire~:n~~ Xll~~~:id~~~~ni:ge~~~!~~rI~ ~:~~i. ~~~:ve~:

cikiJ, aM, 4iB, aiB and apfJne are employed as honorifio pronouns and in the P.jasthlnl dialec'"uii of'MewL-J'.and ML-warl n!wa.rO mearJr.g & 'husband' is an equivalent of OIA IJrya or iJryaputrtJ. These are employed as honorifio term. of address. and aiso as equivaienta of •your honour'. The Bhojpurl honorifio pronoun dur is 80 important that it has been freely used bi the poets of Brajbh&kbJ. from Sur Die (1483 to 1583 A.D.) to BAbt! Jagannlth DIe Ratnlkar (1866· to 1932 A.D.). e.g.fIICItlAupa

t:::).=~~=:u-~ia;::: ~.is;::,n:~~ :~

fIG (nJIDGfi) JuAcJd jaM. let thiS atory- (Of your hiniourl.-be not spread in BL~ (r. place in !!r.thu.'!) (P.&tD&b:r: ·Uddhavr. &tab·. p. M). .

.tI1t11 __

lOB

TIDI PRONOUN

..,

1'73. The origin of Bhojpurl rlur is MIA 14Vla ooourring, e.g. in tho 'PrabOdha.candl'Odaya', the source is an OIA raja.kula or nJja-hlyo royal (of. Hoernle, 'Gaudian Grammar', ;447); the western equivaient ~f this word is nJwal. The word raul or duwl is only an extended form of n1Q which is from raja. ~e source
§474. The r('h~tive prononn is eornhil1l'cl wit.h kehO Imrl sabh "l1fl sabh wit.1t kehO, l'.g. sabh kehO, e\"(>r.vOlw; je kiihO. Whlll'v(>r; Je sabb ill. all who came; sabh kehO ke or ke boliwA. C',,11 ,,11 nU'll. sabh ill also added to persona.l pnmouns, C.I(. ham sabh. wo 1\11; raur. or raull sabh. you (respectcu) aU; 0 sabh, they a,n. PRONOMINA.L DBRIVATIVBS, ADJBOTIVES AND AOVBRBS

(i) Pronominal Adjectives

S·HO. .l'ne demonstrative pronOI1I1l~ i, 0; rciativ(' jet jon. jawan; correlative se. teo t'l}ln. tawan and interrogn.tiv~ ke I\tc 111;(,11 Ito'" "rijrr.tivt'.R also. The pronominal adjectives !!howin~ emph!\'Mh~ a.rf' fnr!!H'!1 hy !!.dding he, hOt hfl particles to above forms, C.I-(. ibc, ibo; uhe. uho; Jebe. Jehu; sehe, scho; tche, teho; jsnane, jawane; jsnano, jawano; tsnane, tawane; tuno, tawano. . (ii) Pronominal Adjectives

0/ Manner or Quality

§476. aisan. cisan, this-Iik(': olsan, that· like ; Jalsan. wha.t·Ii ke ; taisan, that.like; ka,isan, what.like, are the adjectiveR of ma.nner or quality. Origin: §477. The ·8· forms occur in Magahl, E. Hindi, W. Hindi anri in mOllt fonns of NIA besides. Early Oriya shows forms like ji:~dnd _~nd oM Bengali like awn. Dr. Chatterji derives these ·8· for:ms fro!D OIA pro. nominal adiectives in .drAa.. This .drAa affix became .dlMJ,., .t!.iAa· and then .iBa. .iia. through i088 of interior .d· in MIA. With a ploonastic adjectival affix' .na-, this affix was extended, either in dialectical OIA or in MIA to give the form: eai.4tz1!G. ~l(!iAat!4 (jgi8at!4), etc. (ODBL, §6(0). The Bhojpuri aisan, eisan, etc .. have been derived &8 follows : alsan, el88D: etadrla > .' eliidrAaM > • milatil' > elsan. alsan; olaaD : o-ltidrla > • oIt'JdrAa'llll > • oailatJa > olBan; JaIaaD : ,adrla > • ,adrla'llll > • gailatuJ Uailatll') Jal88D; taI88Il : It'1IlPa > • tiitlrla'llll > • lallatll' > tatBan ; kaiaan: lri-tlr- > • ki.tlrla'llll > • milatil' > katBan.

148

'I'D OBIGIH AND D.vJiLOPJIDT 0 .. BBOJI"17Bl

1'7.8., The .,hove iodjectiv.,l fUnd liiove .,00 ItroDg oblique fOnDfl in I, e.g. alai.... elal... , 01111"', jalslal, tailllal, kaYdai. Dir. uamplea: alaan, elaan adlml, man of thi& iiOi't; olaau adlmJ, man of that sort; jalaan adlml, man of what sort: tallan adlml, man of _tsort. Obi. eumplea: alslnl, elsld din, me or inl, on !Juah a day or on day of this sort; 01111111 din me or ml, on day of that sort. 1479. Sometimes, the abovo adjectives. change for gender also, e.g. iiliiiiii Of .I&iiii iiielilrirC but also aiiiiiiil Or eliiW lUehlrIrG. lIuch a woman. Similarly olslnl, jaJlanl, talsanl, kalsanl, etc.

1'10.

Th=8 can be divided1nto the followb~g groups : atlk. ftak. hatik. hltik. so much: otik. hotik. tha.t much: •• Jatek, jitek, o.s muoh"; tatek, tftek, "that much; katek: kltik, how much. (6) atlbat, Ilihat, hallbat, hltihat, 80 muoh; ollhat, h6tahat, t.hat mu~h: jadhat. jldhat, that much; tadhat, tldhat, 1108 much; katlhat, kltlhat, how muoh. (0) atani, etini, hatAnA, hetinl, 80 much, 80 many; otinl. h6tlnl, jltlnl. JllInl, as much. o.s many: tatlnl. tltlnA. that much, thaf many: katlnl~ killni, -how much, how many; that much, that ma.ny.

I.'

§48~. The corresponding forms in Maithill are at~k, iJt~, katM, jatlk and latlk. In A.ssa.mese these are dek, kdek, jdek and tetek, in Bengali de, i:ete, jde, tete and ,de and in Oriyi ete, kete, jete. tea and ,ete.

Origtn: §482. The forms. atek, Itek, otek, jatek, jltek, tatek, tflik, katek. kltik are - at+ilqil, tat+elqil, ot+ekJ', jat+ekJ', jlt+elqr, tat+ekJ'. tft+'~' bt+i~, klt+ik.. The affix -ek. in Bhojpuri, Maithlli and A8ea.mese is simply a pleonastic one. The' h' in the forms hatek (h+at+ik;l), hltik (h+lt+ilql) and in hctik (h+ot+ek;c> is simply prothetio.

§'83.

The.so~

of f()rm.grou~ at-, et-, tat-, tet-, etc. have been

~ted~ ~f(Palir=.(~":;; ~~d ~eeJZJ:n=pa_ eto. aDd

&ni ..ti&oe&ble

to O.lA (Vedic) .. GyG#"p > • ayut:ip; .. ~ya

> • ....,.... eta. (~' 1163) made up of the .pronominal ba.ae the a.Iix .... (.,at)+a.djeotifti·. > .",.. 'l'hUa the form • ~ > • ... > .. tJIIQ, > ... ; ~.> ,. dIGG > • dIG > etII& •. Similarly the forme otik, jatik, jltik, tatik, tltik, katik a'Dd kitlk Oa.n be deriftd .

.f484. T"-w; iiOQiW of furm.pvupe -hiit (iitAhiit, ItAut, otAhiit, eto.j aeema to be the JIOIlO~1 ba.ae+an e~phonio -h-+the afti~ -~~ (••~• ....... ~). TIm8 atlbat- atlt+(oih-)+ftD.t > atlt. 8imi1arlyetahat - etI+li+ftIlt, otlhat - otI+h+vaat, jatlbet - jatl+h+ftIlt and In the . . . ofthe forma with initial-h (hatlhat, hltlhat, h6tahat, ruG.), the ·'h' II ~~ & pmthcfvic CD8. "

10 on;

TIDI I"BON017lf

§48o. The source of form-groups -nl (stliiA, filiiG, 6ti1iil, jltld, JedDl, etc.) seems to be the pronominal base ad, eli, 6li. jld. jld+nl from alslni, eldDl, kaiaaDi, etc. 6486. v - - --

Besides t,h", Ahovn

- - - - - - - ---- - - - - -

Ad;A~t.iv". -., R},ninnp' --"--"'."'-"'J ..."'.11' ...... J..•• .. a

_~

.. Ian .. 1'........ _ .......

•• & 0 " . ' " "'''aaaa ........... ,

matln, like, similar to, which, according to Dr. ChBtt.... rji, is a bll'!nd of H'oGta- and ".ar.i•. (ODBL. §599). T'-niH a.ffix is found in Cl\riy Hengiit and Asaa_mes~. _In}Jhojpu1'l-like modem B(·ngiili--it is regn,rdcJ. 8.8 8. separate word.. As in .Bt>ngill we have dmar. mt'da(lIp), like me; lOrna'" maIa(.), 80 we have a.lso in Bhoinuri harnlrii mata(nL matltn). IiItn mn_ t5hlrA

mata(n). matl(n), like·You.

.. - ---- ,-,. ------,--,. ---- ---, -----

(iv) Pmnomimll Adt·crl)8 of

The following o.re the 'Pronominal Adverbs of Ma.nner' in

§487.

11.........:_.... ..d .&Iu.U

J1..f ....... .&

1l1'(ul1Il'r

• •

aisl, eis~, thus; oisl. thBt, way; jald. Jelsl. how; talal. telll. so; kals~, kela~, how. §488.

The deriva.tionoiaU the above iorms ROOms to be the pronominal

base ais, ela, ola, jaia, jeis, tala, tels, kais, keis+ locllotivt) hI. (vj Pronomi1l4l Adverbs oj Time

§489. Tne following are tho 'n-onomina.i Adverbs of Time! in Bhojpurl :

fil-beri, ile-beri, eb-Jun, he-jun, now; oil-heri, iIeDiri, 6h-Jun, hiHun, then; jAh-berA. JAh-Jun, when; tlh-Wrl, tAh':'jun, then; kAh-berl,- kfh-Jun, whcn~ §490. The origin of the word berA is OJA f)(J./ii. while 'jun' meaning 'time or period' in Bhojpurl can be oomj.ared ",ith NepiU ';11,,,' meanir.g 'moon' < OIA jyOtsnii, Pili ju!,lui, Pk. jo?&lui. (vi) Pronominal Adverb 0/ Place §491. These can be divided into the following groups : (a) IhlwA. hihilwA, here: uhiwl, hOhiwA, there; Jlhlwl. where; tAhlwl, there; kahlwl, wheie. (b) IhA, hlhA, here; OhA. huhA, there; jihA, where: tlhl. there:

killl, where.

__

(e) fhljA or jl, here; 6hljl or ji, 61j~ or jl, h6hijl or t~, ~6IJI_'!.r . Ji, there; Jlhljl or jii, jlljl or ja. where; tibiJA or JA, te!JI or JI. there; kfhl-JI or Ji t klljl or ji, where. (tl) ethan, ethln, ethln, thl,• _ .....here: olban, • olhln, oth1n , olhl, •_ __ •• • •• _ _ • __ • _ ""-.... _____ .a. __ ..L _ _ .&_ . . . . . . _

there; JelDan, letDen. letmn, leloe, wnerei w;eJIUID, W;"I""II, tetbin, tethl, there; kethan, kethln, kethln, kethl, where.

__ _ _ _ _ _. ..... •••• ____ A-'" __ nL_.!_ _ .... NoCa.-The forma of IaBt group (II) a.re use<1 III Tone nonneru »nuJpuri

of GorakbDUl' a.nd in the westem Bhoi1)11J'l of Baniraa, Mirzlpur. GhJ.zipur and lzamg.rb. The fo1'lD8 of the other groupe are used in the stalldard BhcjpL-I.

uso

TJDI omaIN AND DlIvm.oPJDlfT 01' BSOJPUBJ

Grigiii:

't':hi;;e:O:: ~:~';:~~~h~~::: h::::~l~::~h~~:'~

and

Jlba+wl, tlha+wl, kaha+wl.

The source of -wI BeeID8 to be adjectival affix -ma in strong form uaed

adverbially. Is there an influence of P.Jndl forms j'l,'ci,

eyu

t1t~i;

iya, 'y3, j"M",

derived from western ApabhramM jemva, temva - jema, ti1'i&a 1 The forma jima, e£ma are found in Caryia and jimi, timi in eastern iiindi.

1493. The forms ihi, hihi, ohi, hohi, jAhi, tAha, kAhi scem to be the contracted forms of thlwll, hlhAwl, Ohlwl, hOhAwl, Jihlwl, tlMw! and Ublwl respectively . §494. The source of JA 01' jii in ~hi jl, jii; 6hi jl, jii; 6ijA, js is possibly the Persian word 'ja', meaning 'a place'. 1495. The origin of -than, -thiln, -thin and -thA- forms (ethan, ethen, etbln, ethA, etc.) is poRsibly the pronominal base Vstilli+thl" locative affix hI or ahI. These forms ca.n be compared with the dialectical Bengl.il forlD8 8elki, elki, jelhi and with -1M. forms in OriyA.

(vii) Pronominal Adverbs 0/ Direction

These can be divided into the following groups : (a) ene, hene, hither; one, honl, thither; jene, whither; tenl, thither; kenA, whither. (bj ehar, hither; ohar, hohar, thither; jihar, whither; tehar, thither; kehar, whither.

1496.

§497. The forms enl, hinl, onl, honl, etc., Oriyi, e~, tetae, etc., are locative forms of certain contracted pronominal adje(.-tives and would annear to b" ultimatelv from Ihan. lehan. tehan. etc. The corresoondinll forms in Oriyi show '~' which indiCates that their source is a sbtgle 'n" in MIA. 1498. The har-forms-ehar, ohar, hohar, jehar, tehar, keharcan be compared with Bengali e·dMre, o.dMre, MaithilI, em.kar, jem.kar, etc., a.nd HindI i.dlmr, u·dlmr, etc. The source of Bhojpuri and MaithiJi -har is -dhar while those of BengaU forlD8 is dMrtt, -dMre, meaning 'side, -A__ 1..... _1. 1':_':40

ou,lS'g,

1': __

Ucw..&A., .uI.U.lU, UJ.&'U.

t

•

CHAPTER VI

THE VERB (A) HUOJPURI VERB RoOTS

1499. The ten classes (ga'(las) into which the Sanskrit grammarians arranged OIA verb roots became levelled down to one in Apabhrarill\a.. Original thematic affixes were either dropped or incorporated with the root in MIA. The eiabomte system of tenses and moods underwent the grea.test simplifica.tion possible. The aorist and the perfect "ystcw8 were lost altogether. The sources of NIA roots have 1)('('n very ably investiga.ted by DnI. Chatterji, Grierson and others in t.heir statllllUcl works. and t1ll'rc remainH hardly anything new to be /l,llUt·d to t.he conclusions arrived at. FoUnwinJ,: is the scheme of classification drawn lip by Dr. Chn.ttt'rji for thl~ groupinJt of NIA roots, a.nd the principal BhojplIri verbs can htl alT3nJ(ed under the s&me hE'ads. The roots may be hroadly c1n.sRifit'/I int.!) t.wo groups: (i) primary ront.s, (il) seconda.ry roots. They again fa!! into tn('! following Imh.hen!ls : Primary ['<,nt.'! inhf'ritmi from OiA (tbh.) (a) simple roots, (b) prefixed runtH -2. Primary rllot.s from C:'lIR/,t.iV(l ill OJ A -3. Prima.ry roots re.jnt.rnduced from Sutlllkrit (t,H. and St.II.) 1--4. Primar.y motH "f douhtful origin (Dct\i) -i.

(i) Primary roots

I-(n) ~,~::.~) (ii) Secondary roots

-2.

r-- (i)

I

l·!arly (iuJff~r.it(~(!)

.--(iil C"illl·Il·--,--, m~ll(,-IIJ1 in

Mid. ILllIi N,'w Hh"j.

Denominati \'t"l'I I

I1--10,"J 'ratsam& ·-(c) Foreign

-3. Compounded and lIuffixed (tbh.) --4. Onoma.topoetic 1-5. Doubtfuf (i) Primary Root8

--- .--_

of the common primary -- - 1iAt --- or -- !lOme -. roots . They include some roots illustrating the incorpora.tion of OIA class signs. kas (kr,), to tighten; kar (kr), to do; kArb (MIA ktUf4ha.) , to take out to sna.tch away' kin (krand) to weep; kip (kamp.), to trembJf~; kit (krtl. to cut; kOt (MIA hIta·): to pound; kDd (Hrd), ~ jume;_ kab MIlO

.,~~~.

ThA fnlln_inu .. --..

ill A

-

(kaihizY.)" (really a denominative in OIA < k4tM), _~ ,!"y; ..k~a,! (~han.), to dig; kbl (iMd-), to eat; ian (gat'.), to count; gal (UG"" 00 De nappy (

151

)

162

TIIlI OBIGIN AND DBvlILoPIDI5T OJ! BHOJPUB!

< to ro&i' (with pride and pleaS1U1'); PI (gul.), to melt; Kith ~). to put on; Ilftj Cgwiij.). to murmur; Ilhat (gAal·), to happen; tbIa (gA,,), to mb;

~hat

(MIA g1!all.), 'to lessen;

CU

(CYtJ!!), t.() trick1A ;

CUD

(ct,

m~):

«. oa4ha MIA cai/4i' He. 4-206), to ascend; car (t4,,), to graze; cal (CGl), to go; clkh (of. B. clkh, to taste to taste; C-uUl (wtiibj, to kiii:

carh

.<w~a),

cuk (MIA C1tkkai; He. 4-177), to slip; chAr (MIA ckoi/4ai; He. 4-91), to ieave; cho (ciuwai = apri), to touch; chid (sts. chid: cMdm > c1&enda > c1&ld, chid), to pierce; jAn (jna-), to know, retains the 'n'-infix: jap (jalp), to count the bids; j1a-(jagr), to wake~ (cr. O.B.jiigai, Caryi 2-=3); jlt (baaed on a past participle jlrul < Vii), to conquer; j1. (jlii), to live; jot < (based on pp. yulcta-), to harness, to yoke; jhlt (Late MIA .IID/llia;' == 'hhramati': He. 4--161 t t n rnnVA t,hA hPM fnl' att.a.n1c: Ihal'

1kia;-h, tod;ip;tut '(trull, to -b~k;- ta~- (iaZ~-~

j~t;-~t, ~;.;,-t;,.

"Sk.-,

cf. YJl. B. tal and Ber"g. &al), to swerve; tlk (lafJi.), to rllitch; tAn (IGn-, to stretch), to draw, probably a borrowing from Bengi]I; thall (8t1aag, according to iIoernie), to cheat; 4iib (MIA .. butJ4a > .. 4ubba > 4iJb by metathesis), to sink; 41s (MIA t/.48ai: Hc. 1-218; OIA damA.). to bite. to sting; 4ar (MIA 4arai: He. '4-198), to fear; eJ,hlk (MIA4Aakkai':Hc. 4-21: Dr. Chatterji connects it with Bthag though he regards it as doubtful), to cover; «ihurh (MIA q;"utuii&aij, to search; 4huk (Itr.lA tiku-kkai), to enter; tAk (ta"kayati, probably.a denominative root). to see: tej (tyo.j-). to leave; thak (possioly coruiected with Bthag, cf. stkagita, meaning'post. poned '). to be tired; thambh (8tam-bh), to stop; dekh (MIA d-ekk1>.at), toO see; de (MIA dei, OIA 00), to give: dbar (dAr), to h~1d; dhAr (dMray). to owe (cf. Beng. dlui1'); dhas (dkii€iRh8), to sink, to fioll down; nae (MIA fiCiCWi), to dance; DahA (87Ui > nM > MM, as in na1uipita), to bathe; pi (pibati < pa), to drink; puch (MIA puccMi. OIA Prc-eMti); parh (ptJlk), "to read; pAk (MIA pakka), t() ripen; pIt (MIA pillai), to beat; phAt (8pk4l-), to split; phul (sphul: K~i.i&.c&.rya, 'DoM k~'. vefiie 13, 'phullai'), to break; phDI (MIA pkullai: He. 4-387), to blossom; bit (mn,-) , to distribute; blob (bandA), to bind; boi (MIA boUaj: He. 4-2), to talk; barh (MJA ~i. OIA vardAayati), to In'Ow; buJh (MIA lru.iikai, OIA budk-: OIA .yo.theme is retained), to know; bo .(mP-), 'to 8OW-;- bhaj (bhaj), to worship; bhar (bhr), to fill; bhiw (bMv), to like; bhi11 (MIA bkullai: Hc. 4-177), to forget: bhij (bkanj), to fbid: mij (MIA majjai: He. 4-101; OIA md). to clean: mlkh (mrak{t), to smear, to anoint. probably a borrowing from BengilI, MIA makkhai: He. 4-191: mal (mard) , to rub; mlC (mil), t.() un~t.e. t.() get; rlkh (MfA mkMai, OIA mk~), to keep; rae (rae), to make, to shape; row (rud), to weep; rus (MIA rusai: Hc._L'4-236), to be ___... I ....T A. ' __- .. .. n,ftO\.L_ ..... _1 __ '_ • __ 01_ , ___ ~

~_

..&.

IT'\'_

'1 __ .... _11"

DIJ8I'.)'; .." \_.1.4 HI.; .nc. _"';)O}, W wJ[e; lUI \CK. 'UffU',

.&

CJ:.

\.

.L._

OJ[. ""N-]' W

loot; SUD (Art.c--Artwti, 8UtuJi), to listen; 8UjA (hulk, retains the .y. theme), to be suggested; sah (8a,\t.;i), to endure, to suffer; slJh (MT.aArijjli6i, OrA --v'-':.tL\, .y. theme retained), to be 1?oiled; hat (based on a past p. form bkrtJ{lta > bAa#a > ka#a > kaij, to be driven back; bir (i&cJ,,-), to be defeated. §l501. The examples of prefixed roots are : awAt (4-.",), to stir. to bon; lcaw (4-cam.), to, wash banda and mouth after eatiDg; ubah (ud-waA-), to flow; upaJ (w-~). to grow, to ___ ...11 ______ .1 _ _ 1 __ w" 1 ____ ____ \. p!VUUW; U...... \'IIJ-,7'IUf-}. 1iO De aerseneu.; B1iII. UJNUf ''''P-MNJ. 1iO 111111;; UJUIIIr (td-iNU-). to pull out: ull (tul-gGtn). to rise: utar (tMl-cr·). to descendj ubar (tul-tlJi). to remain over and above; uear (tekcw.). to go. to fly: ueAr (ukIr.). to recite. to DlOD01DlO8: DIkaa '.Y.i4It to come out: DIrekh 'tlw-ii:.tl. .&

to

~

__

.L_

'--_

~

___

------L_.!I _ _ .L _ _ _ _ _ _

.L_

" __

.L~

__ . _. . . . . . _

'obeerVe olOeeIy; DeWIt (tli.,;.,.n,,:.:j. "to' invite; DIhIr-(.i-6Ai1. KiA.

'.,\alci'), to 188; m"a..r Csi-;;), to Fwd; IdbIh (~ < ." to;JL-Y

T.a. VBBB

lfiS

paltb (MIA 1XIqluJ~, based on a past participle baBe, OIA enter: pala (prtJ-N), to enter: poch (pm-uncia) t.o wipe' r..aar (pm-S;), to sPa"eaCi: pahlr (pari-dAd), to put on; paros (pari-.,u) to serve: partej (pari.tyaj), to forsake: parikh (pari-ik,) , t.o ('X"mine~ pakhir (pm-~),_to wash the feet; paw (pm-tip), to get; bllith (Ilptl-,'i,~'.) to sit: bais (upa-viA), to sit: b~e (vi-kr: MIA beccai), to sC'li; bhlj (ubi/i-fUij;: to get wet; aamhar (sam.bMl), to support; saOp (aam-arp), to gh'C'; ('te.

to P!'88 on: < pna-.,.".), to

OD,

§lS02. The primary roots have all ('.om.e to RhojpurI thrt)lI~h 1\11 A Imd hence we find a great deal of phonetic modifications in tht'NI' roots. 1'h,> ten classes of the Sa.nskrit verbs became levelled down to on(' ill AJ)ahhrl\rillJI~, and all onginal thematic affixes which wcre added to Hill root in tlw present. system were lost in MIA, being either dropped or ineorporl\t"'tl with th,' root. In some cases, however, a theme could not bo dropped and thiH passed on as an inheritance to NlA. BhojpurI has also prcscr\'ed 1\ f(!w uf

them, e.g,

(1) -ya- theme, e.g.

(2)

(3) (4)

(5)

sIjh (aidh-ya-ti), to be cooked; nae (na4"A'Ali, 1Irt?lfl.ii) , til dAm'a; jQJh (yudk-ya-ti). to fight; bujh (budh.-ya.ti). to understand; samuJh (sarn-b1tdk-ya.ti), to understand.; tilt (tru,ya-ti), to bo broken; bajh (ofl.dh-ya-te.) , to bo tiro. -no- theme, e.g. CUD (ci-na-ti), to choose, to select; sun (Ar-!,()·ti) , to listen; dhun (dku-no-ti) , to card; etc. -nA- theme, e.g. kin (kri-~-ti), to purchase; jAn (ja-na-ti), to know. -n- infix: runh < rundk, rudk, to eneiose; banh -c.: bandh, to tie. The -eeh- theme (= IE. .-8iceio-),. not r{'(~ognizf'(i by SanRkrit grammarians, occurs in the roots pueh (1Jrrda.ti), aRk; pahnc (. pro-bhu-,ke-ti > • prahkucchati > • lJahu1icai), to reach; aeh (acchati < • ea-ake-ti), to be; ieh and hleh (iccWi or 1:,-icc1w,ti < • is-alee-ti), to wish.

bad".

§503. Apart from phonetic modifications and decay and the analoJlica.1 tendency which brought about a general uniformity in conjugation, tllf'fC are certain other modifications through which MY A roots have paRRl!cl. In MIA the bases of active roots are "frequently derived not from the active forms in OIA but rather from the passive anrl in some CaRel! apparently from the future, rather than from the present. Causative baHl's of OIA also supplied the simple root forms of MIA and NIA. The dl~pon~nt forms in MIA can be explained as taking up a reflexive character, from whi,!h the active sense easily evolved and this was sometimeR accompanied by 81ight semantic "cball...ges, e.g. tapyate > MIA tappai, is heate(l > heats oneself> tip, to get hot: aak, to be able to do < MIA Bakkai. to be able oOf!HClr < OIA AakyaIe, is able: lag, to attach < MIA laggai, to attach on(,IICIC < OIA lagyaIe is attached. Similarly ste, to drench; nip, to measure; rop, to 801(; thlp, to establish, etc.

P.8.I:H.&Ry

RoOTS OJ' CAUSATlVB ORIGIN

f60'. Certain OIA causative roots have become primary roots til Bhojpurl. The old caaual 8eD88 baa been lost arid they are ranked as

1M

'rBB OBIGIN AND DBVBLOPIIBN'r OJ' BUOOPURI

ordinary tnmaitive verba. New causative iorm&tiOJl8 can be built up by adding causal affixes -I or -iw. e.g. muAd, he dies; min\d, he kills (m4.1v.!&'t!Ii); new causative marlwetl or meraw!wltl, he causes to kill. The old causative in miriti haa acquired a mere transitive force. §006. The following are some of the examples of this class of verbs : uAhlr (udg1u'Jtayoli), to uncover; ukhir (1lt·/eMlap), pull out; uclr (ut ..cilrayati), pronounce; ell (c4layati), sift; chAw (c1Uldagati), cover with thatch; chew (*chedayati), c~t; jir (jllQ.layali), bum; jhir ($ jilafayati). to dean; tar (idrayati). save; taw (Uipayati). blow fire with a. bellow; dhir (earlier: udhir < uddhiJrayati), o,,·e; nahi (ardlpayati) , bathe: paw (priipayati) , get; pasir (pra,'1t"i"ayati), to extend, to spread; pur (purayati) , fiU; phiir (sphii(ayati), to break; mar (marayati), to kiii, to bea.t: hir (lu'iraYl.lt;), defeat; st.s. siidh (8tidkayati), accomplish. §506. Bhojpurt has novel' been seriously cultivated £01' literature since it emerged as a. distinct speech from Miigadhf Apa.bhralh~a. In the sixteenth century, when there wal:! 11. great literary activity in northern India, the poets and writel'8 froUl BhojpurI area used Kosa.ii a.nd Braj-bhakhii. or a mixture of both in litera.t.ure and now the KhAori.Bi)li is being used at its place. The result of thiR il:! that we find only a few sts. roots -in Dhojpnrjo ']'heee a.re :

araD (af'1').)' to bestow: arai Cari·). to ea.m: ltaraJ (oari). to make sOund;· bad (vad.), t.~ Kay; laj (iyaj.), to ieave; -baraj" o(varj_) , to abandon; sobh (AaM.), to beautify; sew (acv) , to serve: tarap (trp), to satisfy; ts. duh (du/,.), to milk: rae (rae), to a.minge, to ma.ke. §507. A number of roots which do not look like secondarY formations cannot be tra.ced to any OIA (Sanskrit) form. These are : v

If. to conta.in: ott to go on sa.ying; olh. to

jqmp from one branch to another; uJhuk, to sta.gger; awls. to make the first use; ojhlgb. to lie down; cahet, to pursue; cihuk, to be very cautious: chir, to leave; jut. to unite together; jlw. to take food (Austric: jiJm., to ea.t): Jhlk, to peep; jh1t, to take a thing by cheating; jhlt, to butt with the head: jh1r, to wipe the dust; jhol, to ooke green gram, wheat, etc.; jh3k, to put fuel into the fire; tiA. to hang; tow, to feel; tip, to pinch with the nilgcr; tok. to call froiD behind; tOs, to take out tender sprouts, tllA, to ta.ke off the ea.r or whpR.t or hArlAv: thiik. toO AtrikA: the" to nllAh: daDat. toO

;b~;·;·4ik,~-~~;

4hlk, ~ c~;~;; 'tam8kh,- ~ be~ni;-;;-ium:

to clean the cotton and spread it: patak. to throw; phaUk, to boast; phic, to wa.sh; bltor;to col1(ct: bit. to distribute: bhlt. to meet; bhaAath, to become bad: lot, to lie down; lar, to fight; sin. to mix: saroOt. to devour: hie. to dra2: hutuk. to be on the poblt of dea.th, etc. •.

..

~..

0

(ii) Sf-coMary or Derivalive Rooe.

§508. The most chara.cteristic of this class are the causativt'.s. In Bhojpurl. c&u8&t·ivf's are formed by addirag =Iw to ta'le primary verb root, e.g. balth, to sit; baithlw, cause to sit. There is also an extended form in wiw.

155

. §5C?9' ·J.·h~ 8O~ of t~ia -:Iw is MIA -am from OIA -4pca which wa.." pnmanly restricted In applicatIOnm'to roots ending ill ~.the vowel -IL t.huUllh .'I,..:.......a. .....,.,........ _ _ l.a _ _ _ ".:_ •• LI ... .. ___ .a..L __ n.r.&_ _ .. _' •.• _...,&A_v."........., ..-.. "V"'''''',",UU:. J. fit" UHler V.lA OOUlI&f. a, i.> I, ii ':. U, e > e Im,l ii > o. §5ll. I: il indicates the \'o\\'l'I r(,!;,j jOIl~hip (l~hhUlt,) bl't,wl'('n tlw ~ie and_ the l'atlsati\"c forml'l from 01 A dowll j,o modl'rlt Bh"jpu,.i. "f. mAr-, mar; pasar, pasiir, nikus, nikas; ,.tl·. On l,hiM h"~iH IWW ,'au,:\.~ives o~ .transitives Wl'rl' form, r.' "'Ilgoth"ning' tIl(' (HI\ll/'t.) "owo,1 of all IntransItIvE; root; krtJiate > ka!!u;; :. kat. to lit~ (iiii, \\'hl-jUo., kAt, 10 C'1I1.:

?'Y

and by back formation 80nlP adiw or (';'I1;,:~ti\'(' /"fIoj,M with 11I1t~ \'0\\, I were transformed into l'(lrr(,I'III I III\in/I intrallMijh'l' fOl'lllH by w('/lk"nill/! Ilr shortening this long vowel. '_'f. Kit. Biili IHiinil <: "Ii/mi; Hhojpurr dll"M /1 .. 1, appear to have many stich back formations. §512.

Almost every primllry root amI dcnominat.ive which ill not,

already a causative in form ('non have its CIUlliolltivc in -aw. DCIlO1nimttive.,

9~>13. Nouns and participie adjt'l·tivl'S which an, Iltmd as ront,M for i lit' purpose of forming ncw verbs arc called denominat.ive root.s. 'I'his prad iI'" of using nOll''..! and participle adjecti .... es !!os roots ('an h~ tr80('f',l h!wk rij!ht up to OIA_ Even among the recognizl'd OIA simIlle roots, there ar" 1Il1lllY which are really denominativcs. In MIA this practice obtains a HtiIl greater voguc and a lallote nUJllhm' of MIA roots are formed from OIA past pu.rtidple~, e.,I(. baiul,ai. (uprLl)i.~t".). kaflil,kai (kr~ta). From these two we get ba1lh u.nd kiirh in Bhojpurl.

§514. In Bhojpuri, d~nomina.tives in -1- are frl'qumltly formed I'Vl'n from foreign nouns and adj"ctivcR, e.g. llarmA. to becomc hot, to he nngry ; sarmA, to be ashamed; narma, to be ill.

1515. Denominativf' root.s that hn,ve come down from .M! ~ arc t.n·all!cl as primary roots in Bhojpuri and elo not take the dcnommatlve I~ffix .a.-, e.g. MIA piUai (piWZ) > pit in Bhojpllri. §516. There are, however, Ronte Bhojl'uri dl·nomi.nati\'l.l rootH to,!. which do not have t.he .ii.. a.ffix. Owing to abs('nc" of hterary r('C'orrlH, It is not possible to fix with any amount of certainty /l.M wh.·.n the cit'llomi~l~ti~'('H w6re first employed but it seems ccrta.in that th~ forms Without ch'nom~nat~ve affix _I_ are earlier. Beiow is aPTJCnded Ii. list uf Mclcctcd (lt~nf)mlnat1vf~ verbs: lkur (atikura-) , to give forth IIprout; alall (fllrJ~ga,. az"fJ1IIJ) , to separate; aalA (aggi, d!Jni), to burn; AllurUlw «(l1l~uh.), to te~se: anhuA (ada-) to be blinded; ua (* U{/!lflO, udgn'a.), to flse; khaJA (De§1 kMita) to become sour; khow (* khatba, kllaa, k~ya), to loee; air (De61 ~ r < garta), to bury; aot§ (* gOtta meaning

IG6

TBB ORIGIN .AND DBVlILOPIUINT 011' BBOJl'UBl

~f. OlA Pli14i, to be hard (iii cue of grain) ; i\adarl (gadanJ is the fresh green grain in .Bhojpad), to appear. the grain in pod; ghor (DeM g'Mla, g1llJf/n. < gk!l~). toO inhr. to stir; i\ilhllw (gratltki). to tie; ghaml (gMrma), to sweat; corlw (~ra), to commit theft; ddl (oim.-/, to be .pOtted; clnb (ciAn), to recognize; clr (ciara, citHJm), slits, pierces;cokhi (DMI caicicha, meaning good. of. Beng. c6ic7&ci. to sharpen), to sharpen; chln (chinna). to snatoh awav: challari (c1ui.aa, • c1IJlrJar. MIA and Beng. ckiigal, a goat), to be- crossed by a goat; chlf (·-chilla, ! ~.P'4)J to epri...rJde; Juri (Bhoj. jar, mearJng cold, cf. Beng. jur), to be colu; jot (ju.tta., yukta), to yoke; Jaria (jan, meaning root, cf. Kh. BalI jar < MIAjada < OIA ja/a. matted and long; hair). to take root 6rInly; Jam- (janmtJ) , to grolV; jam (;OO1a.), suffer

iOmething rouiid,

t.o

from fever; j!bhllw (jiht.If!), t-o lick; jlt (!,'Gntra), to press; jhallar (jluJ4a4a, • jhagafItJ·), to quarrel; tlk (Dedi Iikka), to have a mark on the forehead, to marry; lerui (Baoj. lirh. slant, of. Beug. lera, N. ,era < • IretU(h)a), to be slant; lemhli (Bhoj. lemhi,

a sprout, probably beoause it resembles the wicker of a country lamp while burning, of. N. ,emmtJ, limmtJ and limikka), to give forth sprout; tarii (tutula), to bring out the ears of wheat and harley; til (Bhoj. tlli, a mound, of. Kh. BOli and N. tJ,it < .. ttilla), to heap; thehunfi (Bhoj. thehun, knee, of. Beng, ,hdg, le2). to sit on the knee: tit (ta1)tal. to be hot: taUl (lau'·). to wei2h; tlk~ (takkli, tarkayati): to gaze; tltl (tiUa.: tikta.), to 'be bitter; (!erhi (. t/A:44Aa, dagd.J.,c, .. ), to burn; 4ahar!w (Bhoj. 4aher t way), to show the way, to drive away; thanl (tMtI4, Btkana·), to 21'OW 'Profuselv at its 'Place: thlmh (tMmbM. stambM·). to stop, to cOme toa standstill; hathliw (WtM, haSta.), to stea.l; th!r! (tAira, "hira), to stop; dlt (danta=), t-o cut teeth by animals; dahll (dadhi), to be fermented; dukhl (dukkM, dul&kM), to feel pain; sts. dagadn (dagdha) , to burn: dhul (Bhoj. dhuwa < dkumtJ), to give smoke; nlth (~, na8ta), to run a noose through the noatril; plk (pakka, paba), to ripen; patti (Pk. pattia, an early loan from Sk. pralyo,yaI. which is inherited in Pi.li pactayo and Pic. pacctUJ.), to believe; paiih (paiFiM, pravifta·), to enter'; pit (pilla" pi,Ia), to beat; p6chllw (pumclaa, puccha), to pursue; plrA (pi4a" pi(ia), to give pain; panlAw (piniyo,-), to irri2ate: Dhis (cr. N. 1)1&if.mu and t1CJ8o < 1)Mmsa. 1)Ua-. mU·l. to entaitgie; ph~nI (pMtI4, pAena),·to givt;foam; 'baUrl' (tiauZci: tdr..tla), to become mad; batl!w (="4, -tdrtM), to talk; bakhln (tHJkkMtI4, tlydkAyan-), to praise; bij (tJajja-, tHidyo,-); to play mUsio: barhli (~i. tWddAi-l. to inorease: baradhl (btJltJdda. btUitHJ;da-): to 1>8 crossed by a bull; bhOkh (bUbAukkM, bUbAu¥)~ to be hur..gry; -bha6ul (6="44=), to be intoxicated; min (fII.aa,ngai, margati, milrgayo,ti, milrga.), to beg; mOt (mutItJ, m'IUra), to make water; muriii (mutuJa-), to be engaged in a. work headlong; latllw (latta, a kiok) , to kick; aOkh (sukkha, h,ka.), to dry; sudhll (suddM, ftuld1uJ), to be corrected; soDhI (sugandAa), to give good smell.

1617. Sanskrit denominativea in ts. or sts. forms, like Sk. roots and pa...-ticipial fw-mB _~ aa..., in Bhojpu..~. Below Iu' given a few eample; of ate. roots: akaIl (ahlo). to be uneasy; anaan (4Mtula-), to be happy (this ca-a"aOmiDative is fo-und in old Bhojpua-l ICDp c:ily. e.g. _tIrly!

'l'IDI VlIBB

167

anaDDeil ho, the woman becomea happy): allp (4/iipa.), to sing; asia (tUt,). to bless; tao nlatlr (ftittdra.). to escape: sts. lobhl (100= .. ). to be greedy. §518. Foreign denominatives are mainly from Persian or Pl"r8o, Arabic:-.

kabullw (qabiU Jni), to make one agree; khatllw (2"4!, .b.i..), to record; gardanllw (gardan, ~.,.l), to drive awa.y a man by catching hold of his neck; garml (gamaa, r/), to bt, hot. to be angry; gujar (guzar, )JJ'), to paM I\way; kasarlii (kasar ,-f), to be ill; Jam (jama' ~), to gnthcr; tahli\w (tah Ati), to put one after another; dikliw (diq, 13.», to torment; dig (00)>. ct~), to m&rk; naQ,ici (·l1.agic < ii.uzdiJ.,-) , 1.0 bo nriii"; narma (1Ulrm), to be soft, to be ill; bakas (ba.r~4 J.s..J), to ~ct free; badal (badal J~), to change. There are no dcnominatives proper from the other Portuguese and English.

forei~n

souroos,

Compm,n.deJ, and Suffixed Roo/.{J

§519.

Compounded roots a.m ma.de up of cith('r two rootH ('ombinccl or I. root preceded by a noun or adverb (lr, in thl~ ml.jority I)f (·I.H(~S, or 1\ root (primary or denominative) modified by a. suffix (0081.. , §62S). Among the Mii.gadha.n speeches we come across a. few illHtmW('S of the firlit tYJI(' only in Bengali, e.g. dikh"'·se, dekh,l-sil, eomo a.nd see. This Sl'tmlH to be absent in .A.ssa.mese and Bhojpuri. Po~~ihly, thc only tlxlunplo of t,lll: second type in BhojpurI arc-nalkhe. t.o be not, 71a+qi; pachata, to repent, pa4cat+tapa•. §520. The bulk of tho seconda.ry compounded roots arc suffixed. The principal suffixes a.re (i) til .k., (ii) ~ ·t·, (iii) , ·r·, l .r., (iv) ., 1, (v) ~ -8·, (vi) ~ ·C·. . These modify the meaning of tho original root or denominati,'c hase in various ways--a.s an intensive or continuative, frequcnta.tive or a.pproxima.tive affix. §O21. Sometimes these roots, in u. sense, may 1M, looked upon as denominatives from the nouns subjoined to the sC1;era.1 affixes. In certain instances, however, the corresponding nominal forms are absent, cf. camak. to shine, is both a noun and a verb; but patak, to overthrow, is only a verb. The characteristic denominative affix -I is 80180 absent. 1522. Of these a.ffixes (i).. -k- in Bhojpurl indicates genera.lly the suddenness of the action ita continuity:- it is th1J8 &n intensive. Examples: atak, to be confined, to be entangled (cf. Pali alto, Pk. alia < a~ meaning oppreasecl+kr); u8ukl, to trim a. lamp (1 utk4rfG); aahak (gwJIItJ-, depth), to be in foil swing; ciik, to be wrong (* cuii. < !); chapak, cf. N. cAapko and c1uJpakJ:a, ND., p, 191, the word chap in Bhojpurl means 'noise produced by beating water', Evidently, it appear. to be an onomatopoetic and thus chap+k, to 8p1ash; chlllk, to 8priDkle; (* cAiIIG < *cAitra~, ND., p. 197); clhOk, to atart1e; cubhuk, to dive; Jamak (Arabiojama- ~. to co11eot). to gather in large number; Jhapak (*jho,ppa-, sodden and repeated

or

cp'.

168

THB ORIOIN AlfD DBVBLOPllBNT 01' BHO.JPt1Bl

movement. cr. .lso N. jhapa'lid meaning 'lid', •oover' i, to ieei sleepy; lhumuk, thamak, to walk with a dancing gait; tasak, t.o run AWAY; tapSik. (N. tapk!P.'!'U < • ~- < « tarpa- !). ND .• p. 240). to fa.ll down; tarak (N. tarkanu < • tra;aUa, cr. Sk. ~kiiri. ci'&ckling: Pk. ~ktJTfjj, to make shrill noise; tbusuk, to protest angrily in a low voice, ef. N. IAU88a. displeased; thuk (ehul·kr). to spit; 4ahak. to bu~ brightly (dagdhf'-Ter); dbamak, to beat incessantly; pbauk, to be hasty; pacak or picuk, to depress; pb6k, to blow (Roemle: Bphut or pA'Ut+k;); bilk, to quot.e (cf. Ap.lr"k1cai, Ho. 4/98, Hoernla: brtl or tHJtl+kr); babak, to goatltray (vah-kr); bharak. to be confused (cf. N. bkarkanu); bbacak. to limp; macak. to be sprained; rok, to hinder (rudh-kr); suruk (cf. N. sulukka and Burko), to inhale; hutuk, to 00 on the point of death.

.'rappa-

§523. Tne affix w -t- is the -~·t·~ a.ffix No. (i8;. It indicates conti· nuity of the action. Exa.mples : eherawat. to surround (glter, circumference vrUa); ebisat. to drag alonll (ohar.m + !'rtla) : I!husawa t (OhU88il·. the fist t to box: capa't ('* cai}IK~-): to' ~mbmce; karawat. mo~e f~in ~~e ~id~ to another (kara+t,;tta); cunawa;, to whitewash (Ct&ifca+VrJa); jhapat. to t,tta<:k (jhampa + t'rUa) ; "apat. to be aggressive (darpa +vrUa); iapat. to cling; hurwat. to beat with the end of a stick (hura- < MIA 1Jhura < OIA Bph!tra, a weapon, cf. H. hill, a thrust, stab, amI Sk. lula). _. _. . .

to

Roois in -r- < -fja-. paka. (* pakka·rJ·), to ca.tch; jha~ar (Pk. j"'K1{ja.~-), to quarrel; bbakar (* blwkka-rf,a-), to rot; bAkar. to shout (kakka+r!-a-, cf. N. halciirnu and kiknU, ND., pp. 628 and 634 < Sk. Lex. hakicar~, caU, Pk. hakkiirei, calls and Sk. Lex. lwkkayati, cries out; Pk. kakkai, drives back. shouts); pacbar (pa.4ciit > pacchiii-t!.a), to be b&ckward.' .,. §524.

-r-.

§525. lwots in kacar (cf. Sk. Lex. kaccaja-, r....irty, Pk. kaccavara, iweepu-..gs, cf. also kaara and Desi kacckara-. mud), to eat voraciously, to press; ukter (* utkera-, cf. uticirati, digs up), to dig; glror (Sk. Pa. Pk. gatl4a, Pa. gatuJi,

sUJZ:a.r.cane·ioint, Bhoi. liAr. BeIlJZ:. aer, tuber < * fl6fld,a,. The joint of sugar. cane Possesses eye-like ball. Hence glror - * geia4a or * git'4a+ur). to show eye, to display anger; capar (cappa < * carpa+(I4), to press; juthAr (Sk. ju,lai), Pk. jullha+ii+(i), to spoil by eating; jhatkAr (. jkaleakka-). to steal: tbabar (ef. N. lkakarnu < * stabhira. ef. Sk. BtabhitaA, tlxed;"ND., p. 250). to remain~ pukir (Pk. pukkIJrei, 'pokklirei). to cali; aikAr, saklr (Sk. Batka,.o,i, sets in order, 8atk4rall~i, respects: Pa.8tJkIe4rdi, Pk. sakkarei). to accept; .Ikur (ef. N. Bilcule, BU:ro and sukuIe or Bilculeextension oi n,ka), to shrink.

1526. Roote in e !!!!J!!!! Lw-e very rare probably on account of the influence of Hindi, e.g. tabal (of. N. ft,IAcII-< • ft,IAt.IllG-. an ezteDaion of Sk. 'rt.aHati, goes; see ND., p. 2'1), to welk; phDelll" (N. *-,lgciuf&", . H. ,Au.tlcJII4, O. ,A~, G. ~. M. j'Ilul4f1itli), to entice.

'1'IDI VEBB

169

Roote in -a-. khamaa, to be crowded; gapas, to be thickly inwrwo\'cn: Ilarmas. to. be hot, to be su~try; jhapas (. jh,lppa-, su,idl'n mO\"l'meni),~-ht; ra.UlY and stormy; jbius, to roast.; thaUs, to sit down; bhakas (. bhaHccf. H. a.nd N. bhakbkak, meaning' puffing '), to be intl'll$'ly dark. ' 1627.

§528. Roots in -c-. This suffix inwl'att'S rt'sembllmcc. phokac (cf. Sk. phutkaroti, blowing; Pk. pJwH:ai), til (·urn il1t~) hoilM; thakac (cf. H. lakkar, collision, and N .. IhaH-nr-a.n md.t'IlNion IIf .,IIfll'k".), to gather; clhakac (cf. N. dkak1.:a, cumt' mto full blostmm, "1111 dnMr ml"mill~ , belchil!~' which becomes clhakilr in Bhoj., 1m extt'llsion of • ~kd:J.·u-). tu vomit; kbamac, to be crowded.

§529. OnODl3:topoet.ics also ~lH under d('lnomin:'tivf~~. Th~i"it~ ~t'ii h(~ cla.ssed under t.wo heads-·Onomatopoct.il'9 Prop<'r :.nll H.oot.N Rr·dupli('n.t",1 or Repea.ted, which produce a jingle. OnomM.opol'ticN l'f(lp('r ("m /lINf) "" either-simple or reduplicated. - . §530. Onomatopoetie rootM ean III' t.m('I',1 IlIwk til ,'"dif' IUIII I'II~R:-lil'al Sa.nskrit but t.hey were not NO f'OIlUllon t.1ll'1l. 'rhl' ;\11.\ ,lil~II'l'tH uno {'specially rirh in onnma.topoetics (I'\('f' till' 1'1.I.\lI'r IIf l\rr. Kali\l:~,b, Mit.rl. in IlldianJ..inguitltil~I'l, Vol. VIII, Pa.rt. T. HHtI·4L). ('.J!. t"'!"jJJlJ"".I~,i (III'. 4-·';Uifi), to st.rive; thc&rrztharai, to shl1.kf'!: tlhanuulJlfl1lw;, til IIlI\kl' lloisl'; /IJlllrr'llhurtj. yadi (Mrcehaka~ika). OnomatopoeticH were ir\l'hHh'" in 1hr' ,'a.tl'J.(ory of J)ei§i words by Prakrit grammo.ril.ns, "14 t.h(~~' ('nuM lIot Nhow 1·IIII1ltt-rpnrt.!c in Vedic or Sanskrit. OnomatopoetiC'R of two tYP"N 1m' fOllnl( in t.he HI)t~~I'h of ancient InrJia. (Vedic, Sk. and ttu~ PkH.); Himp!e. !ilw t hI' H!\!!/lkrit !!O!!!!M jhankiira, guiijana, kUjana, Pk. \'('rl,s jJwn/(llrei, qll1ija;, kltj"i awl n',lul'licated like late Sk. kha#kltafiiya1ndna, "w~lt1.mat.lti!lif(i, l,llIIrplwrri!ft1.f". l'te. §531. OnomatopoetiC's ofthe reduplicating.tyJX~ ILn' fOllnti illl\hundnn,'(' in all ~~IA languages. Like Bengii!I. BhojpUfi a!:iO hlLli j.!ut KUfra«! ono;nato. poetic reduplications which are ordina.rily used us ,,,in'rlls a.nll mllflil\ verb of action. e.g. jham-jham kalke pani barisata. t./\I' min iN fiLllillJ,( profusely; han-han kalke Aari calami, the tmiu is p"!I",in(! \"l'r~' !lwiftl,v; babua aju kalhl ghatar-ghatar kal ke dQdh pi jilt ba, thl' I:hihl, nowadays. drinks milk with great liking. §5:i2. A group consi'tting of a reduplicated or simple IIflf,rnBttll'''t,tic and a verh Iikc kar, to do, may 1)(' re~arrle(l 11.1111. cOInpolIJllI verh rorrrmtiolJ, ".g. pini me or me clhelA phekAla par chap-chap karela, wh(m " pebble is thrown in water it makcK (:hap-chap noitre; Jar 8e or se hawa caiaia par patai khar-khar karfli. whl'" the wuut blows struovl.v, the leaves make khar·khar noise.

Examplu of 01l.O'nlll.topoeic Ve,.bB in Bhojpu,.i

<

§633. (aj Onomatopoetics P-ruper. (i) Simple: tap (N. lapn.u, connected with lapkanu, Bhoj. tapak • ftJppa.), to jump over; ~b6~ (MIA phukkai, ~f. ~IA phtitkaroti), to

blow: hlk (Sk. Lex. Wleayata, cnes out: Pk. kakkG., drives back, shouts), to drive away' cblk (Pk.· cAiJ:J:anta-, Sk. Lex. cAikka: Dt;61 chikleam, sneeze), to ~e; bleak. to belch; tbanakl (#aaM, OIA lank4ra), to lOund a coin.

cr.

cr.

160

TIDI olLIom AND DBVlILOPIIBKT 01' BBo.nomr.t

(n) Duplie&ted; katkatl. sense of biting 01' breaking pain; iwrAUd. to chew something; khatkhatl. to knock: khankhaDi. to jingle: jhanJhaDA. to jingle; carl!Ari. toO break; thAkthAka. to st-Pitre e+..iek whlle fighting; tuktukl. to look with glaring eyes; bhukbhukl, to burn the fire by ghost; i1ai'i1ai'ii, to smoke a country pipe; .arsafl, striking with a cane.

§534. (b) Roots Repeated. (i) Complete repetition: pbaepbadi, be soaked with blood; tantanA, to have biting pain in head; kackacl, to be startled; dhukdhukl, to rise and fall; khakhA, chachs, a sense of extr-anle poverty; gal.ali, to ipeak while weeping: ganganl, to shiver on account of fear. (ii) Modified repetition, where another root of similar sense and assonance echoes the preceding one, e.g. c-ulbulA, be eager to move away; 4hulmulii, be shaky; ujbuji, to be tired; kulbula, to be anxious to get up: harbara, sakpaki, to be afraid t.o answer; kAsmasi. t.o be ill; kanmani. to murmur.

or

§535. Although roots conceived as the foundation a number of words are essentially the creations of grammarians, there is always present, in'cn among the uneducated speakers of an infiexional ianguage, what may be called root-conaci0u.me88. Often the barest form, identical with the gramma.rian's root, is found to 00 in use in speech, even in highly L"1t1ectcd languages. Thus in Sanskrit we see that arA means, •a seeing, 0. seer'; so bhuj, hhu, prcih arc used as nouns; and simiiariy tJrt is that which turns and via occurs as a noun in the sense of knower. The nominal inflections were added in Sanskrit, although, "s 0. result of phonetio decay, it would 80 seem tha.t ;n the nomin!!.tive singul!!.r the oore root itself without !!.ny fOrm!!.tive a.ffix added was the word. And in the modern IE languages like English, }"'rench, Persian, Hindi, Bengali, BhojpurI what was originally a combination ofroot+o.ftix has commonly been reduced to the bare root through phonetiC
§6S6. verDli W Bhojpuri are either iD.tnii8itive Oi' tniill'tive. In their outward form, however. there is no distinction between the two olMeea. Intransitive lOOts &Ie chiefly primary onea, although those of pannduy orisin a.1IO ooour, e.!. cal, to walk; baJth, to lit; Die, to dance; khel, toplaYikud, to jump; his, to laugh; 1'&. to cryi etc. Alao denomlDativea Jib pIk (rG.'-=). to r¥i rIIth (r-4fit.:. to ...

,...>.

=err;

TIIB VERB

161

mit (mtJita), to be intoxicated: ug (lll+gala-), to rise: pit (piffa'), to

beat.

§537. All primary intransitive roots can be malio t.rall8itive by tho ca.usa_tive -~w- or ~y lengthen!ng tho r~dical ~~weJ. In BengfJi, however, the -a affix 18 e8S~nttal for turnmg the ltltralUlltlYe into transitiv" and the quantit~ of the root-v~wel is immat.erilLl. In tho,) mat·ter of lcngt.hening the radical vowel, Bholpurl ca.n be comp'ued with c>thl:r Bihirt diale('I~ and Kb. BOll, e.g. kAt. kiit: paslr, pasAr; mAr, milr· etc. Thes,' intransitives with a short vowclare frequently new formlt in NIA built out. of the old causativcs with a proper long yowol (tieo H.. L. Turner-' The Lo88 of Vowel-Alternation in Indo-Aryan' in th(l Pro('I'ellin/!~ llnd TrnnsB.c·. tions of the Second Oriental Confcrencl'. C:.lcutta, W22, p. 49~). §538. The transitive verb depends largely on it.s ohjlwt. In Uhojpurl, as in other NIA languages, only inauirm~te nouus ca.n properly ho ~n.id to L.!___ __ __ UIIoY" IIoIl IIocculSIIovlve casc, I.e. OIllY t;nese uo not; tIl,lie a. nllotlVt' IHUX llke .Ke, e.g. Am blnA, ga.ther mango; bhat khat eat riel'; lOhil tOrA. bJ"('l~k iroll: IAthl ch\, give the stick; ete. Animate nonns; when rcn.!!y in the 8.CC!!~ sative case, take the dat.ive post.position -ke in Bhojpurl, when t.hl~y n.Tt' personal and definite; hilt they do not. tako the dat.iv('l IIotliX, and thtlR behave like inanimate nouns, wht'n the object signified is ~cn('rllol, vag1l1~ or indefinite: bhAlsl carAwatiire, grazes buffalo; but bhAisi ke Ie calA, take the buffalo. The extension of dative postpositjon to the accUl'lllotiv(, iR a NIA development. The NIA 'bhivc pmyoga' or neuter construction of t.hn t·ra.nllj· tive verb, in the past tense as in Kh. BOli us-ne "oli kl) khii,ya, by.him with-reference-to-the brea.d it was eaten, as opposed to tlll..' • karmllol)i' or pa.ssive construct.ion. us-ne "ali kOOi, by him hrend (fern.) IIhe·walf eatt'll, WIloK also in the natur-e oft~illlgi in MIA. As lit matter of fa.ct it is just Ii. cormtriii'tion where the dative postposition came to be attached to the I~ccusa.tive for the Drecision as the inflection of the latter wa.s lost and the verb·ad icct,i vo "' J long~r refelTed to tho accusative but was in tho neuter, e,g. Bhoj. u -admi-ke dlkhalaal. Beng. se mdn.-ke delckild, he with·reference·to-the man saw (from an earlier construction-by him with·referenee to-tho man it-wasseen) and u admi dikhalasl. Beng. se man~ dikkila, he man sa.w, an~ in their formation analogous respectively to the 'hhive' and 'kn.rrnaf,li' e'm· structions of Kh. BOll, etc. Only the Bhojpurl development (liko Bengali) has been to make them both active (with the proper nominat.ive ra.ther than instrumental), and definite in case of the postpositiona.l form. 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______

!

_

_ _1 __ ... 1

___

,

•••

•

.'

_

•••

._

(C) MOODS: OPrA.TIVB, SUlIJUNCTIVB, IMPERATIVB

§639. Bhojpurl like Bengali po88esses but two moods, Indicative and Imnerative. The imperative occurs in the second and third persons and in the present tense. - It is sometimes quite properly called the' Imperativo Tense'. AIl old future for the second person is used as a prccative or future imperative. For the infinitive, there are some verbal nouns. The other moods of OIA-Subjunctive or Conjunctive, Optative, Injunctive and. Precativ~--e entirely lost in Bhojpun. The old present indicative (originating from the OIA lal of Sk. grammar) ba.s become in Bhojpurl as much as in Kh. BOll a conditional or optative. The change of mood is noteworthy, e.g. ham dekhJ, may I see, or, I ma.y SOO, etc.

I.

§MO. The OIA -yl optative or precative became -lyyo.- in first MIA which gave later MIA -'Ha, -ijjG and a.aaumed the pel'8Onal terminations -mi,

162

THB OBIGIN .AND DBVlILOPllBNT 01' BHO.JPUBI

-r. (also- -Ai), ..ei ~ i~ etc., ~of the .indicative, and sometimei ·tu > -ii of the third person imperative. .This optative in -j is preserved as a respectful imoerative in the midland and western NIA lanll11&U:es', The D8.SSiVB in ijj&- and this optative both merged together as pO'lit; fO~8:-~.g~:K.h: B5ii leijiye, pleLae do; GujrAt! fIJ.arj!, ".~f'jo. In the poems of Kabir, we find forms like karijf!j, leije}, e.g. leaki kabir jiwana pada karana

kan lei bkalcti karijf!i (K.G., p. 303, pada 133).

mere bk'iiJ..e kapala flwG !cijQj, anta nibira tere jiya pahi lijf!i. f'I'.a1U!

(K.G., p. 309, pada 148).

It should be noted th80t the forms in -ij- 80re o!'ly restricted t-() roots kama, to do; pina, to drink; lena, to take; and dena, to give; in Kh. Boll. In the popular verse d,ukli BUkh. pralJh.u d,f,jei, lijei siB nawa, we meet with the optative form in -j; but in modem Bhojpuri and in other eastern languages, it is conspicuou8 by its absence. Dr. Chatterji is of opinion that probably -ijja- optative existed in Migai:lhl ApabhrarilM but in the absence of records in CaryAs and Middle Bengali, it is very difficult to say anything with certainty. The forms in Kabir and in the stray verses are possibly an importation from the W.H. dialects. §541. In modem Bhojpurl, the optative sense is expressed by the indicative with the pronomi.n.al Mverb je with the postpotdtion me ueed as conjunction or with the conjunctions kl and ta, e.g. 6ke b~liiwa kJ dekhl or 6ke b61iwa ta dekhl or 6ke b61iiwa Je me dekhl, call him so tha.t I may see him. .

In

8;

number of Bhojpuri documents oollect-ed by me and bearLYlg the

dates and year 1834 (San 1242 SiU), the indicative with the pronominal adverb je without any postposition expresses the optative sense, e.g. rasld llkhi dlhal je wokhad (t 1) par urn Iwe, the receipt was written so that it may serve its purpose at time. This Je co.n be compared with Middle Bengali jiM, e.g. ami jim dekhi, so that I may see. §542. The Bubjunctive mood, which was of so great importance in Vedic, was dropped in ciassicai Sanskrit. Bhojpurl in common with othcr NIA (exceut Assamese) 1)Ossesses a uresent uarticiule form which is uscd fCor the past subjunctive or conditionai as welf as paSt habitual, e.g. jo ham dekhltl, if I did see, etc. The subjunctive is formed in Bhojpurt with the help of the conjunction jo. In mode!"!!. BengalI, the conjunction is radii jddi but in O.B. the form is jai, e.g. jai fij m64ha accka8i bluinti puccka.tu saiJguru-pii,va (Caryl 41), if thou art iponmt. aak thou .bullt thy mistakes at the foot of the good master. This use of jai is common in the Apabhraullia. also, cf. PrAkrita.Pamgala, p. 211, aw akka jai pavii gh'tt4, if I could get a seer of ghee.

§M3. The paradigm for the imperative in the mOdem Bhojpurl is exactly the same as the oid indicative present and the question of the orUdn of in1lection will be discussed there in conaideriDg the indicative. In iddition to this imperative which ill now identical with the old indicative, Bhojpu.w! ~ ereMed a new 1wape..a,tive -by periplL.....i •• e.g. beeiclee !I Jlu. let him go, we have oIIIrI b JIe .tA, periphrutioally. liB

DB VIUUI

163

(D) VOIOJI

§M4= The paseive in 01..-\. was formed by ad,li..,g -ya t,-, the \~erb root. ~.:ya occux:s as -yo. (&88im~lated) or as -iya, -iyya. -iga ill first MIA and &8 -sua or :ia In second or. thll'~ MIA. In NIA lan~\1ag~s both -ijja > -rja and ia > ·UJ are found as inherited from thl' Apabhrnou\a but t.hf.'\· have!' not been preserved in all NIA languages. Early in the history uf NIA, the analytical mode of expressing the passive Mme into being and in most of them the old inflected passive fell into disuse. The languagCll of the Wl'!st have preserved the inflected pa.ssive but those of the midland, BOuth and the e&I1t have either entirely lost it or have only retainl'ci it &8 an obsolete or archaic form (ODBL, §653).

§545. 'rne innected passive has been retained in SimiilI and is found optionally also in Rijl\sthB.nI (Mii.rwirl), Nt'pa1i "'ml PunjAbl. It is formed by adtling the following suffixes to the root := Sindhi: -ij, Rajn.stba.ni (Mir.): -ij, Nepali: -iya, PllnjiLbi: ·i, e.g. S. dije, pije, etc., let it be gi,·cn, drunk, etc. ~~ep. pa-rAiye. l'unj. parhie. Raj. (Mar.) parhijai, etc. (Hot'rnle, §§ 480, 4tH).

All other NIA languages form the passiv(' analytically with tiln Vl'rb Jya, to go (Hoernle, §480). Relics of the old inflected pa.ssive in EIl.rly I.nd Middle DengiH[ have been fully examined by Dr. Chatt-erji (ODBL, §§655ff.). §M6.

There are plentiful exampleR of thl' old infll'cted p&..'Vtive in

KOMII ('Ramo. Carita. MillBsa' of Tulasic1i.sa), Maithlli (Vidyli.pt\ti) and some in 'VarJ,)80-Ra.tnikam' of Jyoti~vara.K"vi&>kharica.rya, ('.g. KOM-II :

n-.__ I __ ~..1,._ .LWIMIIO&ll

I ...T _

\.L~;

T"IIro

r.

C"I_1....L~

_....J.!L! _ _

;;,aUIl& tl.W\;IUIl,

InAII/ .. \

.lV'R1/,

_

p.

~ru~

UV,).

80ciya bipra jo be'da bihinil, taji nija dharamu bi8aya layalinii. 'That Brahmin is to be lamented. who has no knowledge of Veda. a.nd who leaving his duties is absorbed in lust. ' In the continuation of the above we have also the following examples:sociya baya.su krpino. dhanawanll, jo no. alithi 8im bhagala 8ujanll. 8ociyo. ridra bipra apamiini, mukhara miinapriya gyana gumiini. BOCiya puni pativafiu;aka niiri, kulila 1calahapriya ic/ui¢ri. 8ociyo. lJaIu nija bratu pariharai, jii nahi guru ayasu antuarai, etc. etc. M&ithill Vidy!pati (' Vidy&pati lrl Padi.wa.lI '. 2nd EclitioD. Le.hcriyl &riya, Darbhangi) :

iakMt 'IItJ pana jqlui kafiitAa (p. 16), 'cannot be distinguished (whether) old (or) young'.

jaI4 cWAaZa.ta14 hI1Iae na paria (ibid., p. 16), .... was seen, could not be deacri.bed'.

'VAl7J6-Ratnilra.ra' (Royal Asiatic Society), Introduction, p. vili:

1M

'mB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPMBBT 01' B:aOJPt1Bl t4nt'~ ii1twlJ, fiG~,

'the palate is freed, but the tongue does not leave'. 88 bolahi M p4rit.1i, 'that cannot be described·. 16'7. BhojPih-l is not .. literary language, so we do not find in it sUuh aamples of in6eoted passive (except in elbi which is a survival and. in puJe man ke ia, the expectation of mind is fulfilled, in 'b&rha-mis& BOng' (collected by Griel'8On in Appendix, page 164 ofhia 'Seven Grammal'8 or Bihari Language', Part II) but considering the other MAgadhan speeches, it can very well be surmised that it existed in old Bhojpurl88 in BenRAli. Sometimes, we come across such idiomatic expfessions in Bhojpurl where inflec+..ed pa=aive is dise.us~ both in its form and na.ture. e.g. i kim kare nl Ccf. Ben2it1J: e Mi. ktJre nal. should not do this: kahall se khlt' nl, does not eat' when said.; kahall se dhabi aadahl par nI carhe, a washerman does not ride his a.ss when (he is) requested, etc.

AnalyticaZ Formaeicm 01 the Passiw §M8. The living method for the formation of passive in Bhojpurl is anaiyticai and periphrastio like Banga.ll and Assamese. In ali luA ian. 2uaRes except the ones noted above, the passive is g;rammatically formed by &tiding to the past participle of the active verb,-the auxiliary verb Jja, to go. But the passive sense is often more idiomatically expressed by means of verbal compounds, e.g. u mlr khaDe, he was beaten; Jal al bhari Bani! til talll, the la.ke!J and ponlm are filled with water C' Seven Grammars', Part II, p. 166). Tne passive with JjG occW'il very frequently in Bhojpuri, e.g. D2.mri ithar se okar ahar dekhal Jill, his house is seen from my house; dOdh me bhel ke reitl khlll JIII~ the bread is eaten after soaking it in milk; iarml kI klran se dupaharlyl me suruJ nl dekhal jille, the sun is not seen at noon on account of heat. When the action is more prominent or when the real object is put in dative, with postposition ke, the passive is properly speaking tra.nsformed into the neuter voice or construction (~ 1i'iii1r) i e.g. hamri ke dekhal Jlu, you or- your honour see me, lit. 'by-you with-reference-to. myself seen is'; dudh me rot! ke bhel ke khln Jill. the bread is eaten after soaking it in milk, but lit. 'by.people with.reference.to·brea,(l is eaten after soaking it in milk i • We have numerous instances of neuter construction in Bhojpurl. e.g. khAn JII, will be eaten; ,kall JII, will be done; dhaD Jil. will be held,

eta. §M9. The origin of this jl.. passive haa been ooDne~u8d at least pL-tly to the influence of)JIA passive in -ijiG (Hoernle, §4.81, Beames, DI, pp. 73, '74; ODBL. 166-3), It h_ beAn -id t.hat old forma . like parhija'. karija' began to be looked upon 88 compounds of the put participles parAi. ka" (rlt. parAiG, icri:I - Sk.. pGiAw, ipo). But ooDaideriDg that no .ijiG forms are found in the relics of the in1lected paaaive in Benglll and other Migadhan speeches (ODBL, p. 92'), it is likely that the pasSive in -Jj4 might have ec=o fr'vm the :oct J;;4 quite ~.epm1l=t!y an ==-l3' NT.A formation.

==

TEll VERB

166

The PllHive in -4§550. The pa.!!!ive in ·Ii- is found in Bengalt, QriylL, Aeee.meee And other Mig~ speeches. It is found in eastern and westem Hindi al8o. The followlDg are lta. examples in lllodl'm Bhojpurl:unhukar ghar roJ Jbaraiii, his house iB daiiy dt"\'lned; jab iarlki du barls ke ho jllesa ta ur.hani ke kan chedAll, when chilciren are two yeart; old, their CMS (m; hored; anet! alai! se adlm! paJbc me bejalhl kahAJa, Ilo ma.n is enid to be had in societ,y Ii ving dishollestly. •

b,·

This passive in it is also found in KI~hir. 'Bljaka Mula.', p. 17:adr:llca.J..ii.we !J()f:P, 'he is called i!1\'i8iblc '. Again page 24 : 80

bana dekkata jiwa ~ranii, t.he soul was frightened seeing that

forest. §551. The -ii· passive has heen npllloined as a rRollsn.t,h·e or potf>nt,ial form, originating from the causative affix -a-, ·a,,- < OIA a-pa-ya (Hocmlo, • Gauc;lia.n Grammar', §484; Tessitori, 'Urammar of OWR', §140). nut a more rellosOilaoble deriva.tion--as suggestc'l by Grierson and IIocl'optccl by Dr. Chattcrji, ODBL, §07l-is from the denomina.tive -IlIla- of orA. Th(, Bihirl speeches offer a clue to the source of thiR -d- pa..~ivc. In Maithill, Ma,gahi: IIoS well as in Bhojpuri, there is clear illliicat,inn t.hn.t. thfl IIoffix fllr this passive was originally -dya- distinct from t.ha.t of the cl~usat.ive which was, and still is, in many forms -awa- « -iipaya-). Thus the cauRI.tive hM('H in Bhojpurt are chedlw'. katlw', to bore, to cut, etc. ; but t}lll potential passive bases are chedA, katl. But even in Bihih1 it.self, the RC'parl.tc identity of the two affixes is to some extent confused owin~ to interch&n~e of -w- Rond -y- as intervoca.l glides. In the other NlA Rlx',~('het!, thc dilltiuction has been entirely levelled down, both -aya- and -awa- being I'cdu('rnl to .ij.. Of to .aw·.

§552. As compared with the analytical passive in JA, the passive in

a has_a

pecuiie.r force in Bhojpui'I, intimatin~. not that a thLrlg is done but that it can. be done. Thus i pothi parhiUI, this book caft be read, but I pothi parhat jlli. this book is read daily.

• §553. Bhojpurllike BengAlI and Assamese 8how~ ?f'rtain examplcs of JmpersonAl (l()l1AtruetioDB which seem to havc been orlgmally exte!18Io~ .of the inflected passive in -ga., e.g. saAkh· bAJe balil bhAae (When) tho conch is blown, the troubles are away; marad mue oAm ke nlmarad mue pet ke, a (brave) man dies for the name (prestige) ~hi18 a coward !or his belly. It should be noted that the above expl'e8810ns are becoming archaic 'and obsolete in modem Bhojpurl. (E)

To TD8Bs

OJ' BBom7B1 VDB

PM. The teDIeB of Bhojpud wrb can be c....ifted &II follows, taking ilCt'ue of their origin. (The DumfMm of the tell8ell in order are given by Arabic numeraJa within braoketAI after the name of the tenIe.)

(I) Simpie TeD8e8. (a) Radical tense (l).

or·

8 > h- future the future of inO.ectional origin (2). (c) Pa..w1;icipial tenses.

(b)

(i) Simple paat (3) (at) Wi+.J.out -1 (P) With -I (ii) Simple future (4)

(With -b form) .(iii) Past conjunctive (5) (d) Dialectical present or agglutinated present in -II (6).

(ll) Compound Tenses.

As in the formation of the compound tenses, the 8ubstantive verb in the present, past and future is indispensable, the BhojpurI 8ubstantives are discussed first of all before takLng the compound or periphrastic tense forms. (a)

Prog-rt;ii8ive Tenses. (i) Present (7) (ex) Present progressive (positive) with -blnf. (p) Present progressive (nega.tive) with -naiKhi.

(ii) Past progressive (8) (iii) Future progressive (9) (ex) with -h- future. (11) with -b- future. (h) Conjunctive Tenses.

(i) Present progresai\~ conjunctive (10) (ii) Past progressive conjunctive (11) (iii) Future progressive conjunctive (i2;

(c) Perfect Tera&e&. (I) Pra..Aent (1.3) (ex} Present perfect (poSitive} with -bini.

(/I) Present Perfect (negative) with -nalkhl. (ii) Past perfect (14) (iii) Future perfect (15) (d) Perfect conjunctive. (i)

Present JJerfect coniunctive (16)

$) Past perl'ect conjunCtive (l7j . (LIi)

p.~ture

perfect ~njunctiV8 (18)

161

TBB VBBB

(Ij

SIKPLB T-'NSBS

(a) RadiMI 7'en8e §555. The Radical Tense (Indicative Mood) bas the following forms in modem Bhojpurl : L 1st 'I"'UJo1"'Dnn ~ h ....... .:.1, cal-t. lRt PI. haman(l)ki -1 jA, calHIl • 2. (a) 2nd Contemptuous S~. te -ii, cal-ii.

.. r----.. ...... "

2nd

3.

. . .610 • •&

..-...... ,.,..... -!lilli, -asa,

"

...III-

_nan_I..

-go .......... ,

-aaa..,

cal-l1sanhl, cal-aslln. calasa, cal-aBa. (b) 2nrl pCfl'lOn Ordinlny H~. tu -A. call\. 2nd PI. tohan(I)lo~ -A, calA. " (c) 2nd HOllorilic Sg. raul -1, call. " 2ncl PI. raulsabh -1, call. " (a) 3rd Contemptuous S~. u -0. calo. PI /I\Ir ... _Ollofthl _n.dlft ...... n"h ....,-,_ arc! " -asa, -alia. cal-asanhl, cal-asan, calasa, cal-asa. (b) 3rd person Ordinary Sg. u -asii, cal-asii. 3rd PI. ulOI1 -0, cal-o. " (e) 3rd Honorific Sg. uhAka -I, cal-I. " 3rd 1'1. uhAsabhkA -I, cal-I.

-_.._..

)j

Origin:

• .,.ho_Ia \Ir."l

"

.. -_.:._ ......

- _ g R• • ,

"

§556. The PWtdical Tense is obsoJcte in modern l1hojpur-i in t.he scnse of simple present except this that some inl:ltanCt~H Uire found in pro,9('rbM "n(1 songs. This is derived froID OJA la~ (liII~) and is lIOW like tlltl Hindi optative, e.g. Bhoj. ham dekhi (= HinlU mfli d.pkhfl), m"y J Heo 1; Bhoj. u dekho (= Hindi wah deicke), may 1m IIl'O ?

§O57. In old Bhojpurl, wc find the firHt pc.mlon HillJlul",r me cal6 ami for the plural ham call. We can compare thiK with Gujriiti: kil ciilil and pluml ame calie as well as the ca.rly and middle U('ngiili rorm : HJ£. mai, mui calo, PI. amki > ami calie, cali, Mli (pr. Chl~ttcrji in hiK Ol>BL, p. 935, gave different derivations for Bengiili caijj, cali hut the above (Inc he now accepts as he told me verbally following Prof. M. Sh"biduU"h's paper on the subject in the' Journa.l of the Bailgiy'" Siihityl~ PariHh",d' which glwe st.a.t.ist.ical evidence from ea.rly Benglill litcra.ture Khowing tha.t MfJJ wall sinw.Ia.r and cali 1)luml orhrinallvl also Assamese and Ko~ali calO. - Probably, in· old BhoJpur( ihis cal-6 was used with pronoun haUl but it appears, la.ter on, ml!! ca16· suppre88ed this haUl cal6. The origin of cal6 is caliimi. The OIA affix -ami became in Ap. -au and finally it waa changed to -0. _ The modem Bhojpu..-I &ing-ular form call (in bam cal!) can be derived from * calyate (tUmtJbhi~: tmJICI- cal1JVJle) which became • hamal, hama, caliat t calle, caB ; and then there wae naaa.lization aa a result of a feeling that the plural should have a naaa.llOund as in the noun « genitive plural).

188

TO OBIGDr

..um

])JIVBL()I'KDT 01'

BJ[o.JPUBl

(Iii plural (liamiiiilklj' call jl. this jla.ppe6!8 to be ioii emphatic; word added to emphaaize the plural notion. This jl has been derived from JII. Jlt in the AAme 'Way Y CAli.) It appears that people forgot that ham cad waa a passive form. Then the or&ginal plural wI drove out the singular Ciil4 when ham itself became singular.

8ecorul PUMm §608. (a) O~ ti. 'l'he question of the origin of ti « evayfj +ifia) as idi. inferior seooiid persoDiirl pronoun as opposed to t"u « N.am), the nominative, as the ordinary second personal pronoun has been noted before. Evidently tl became to the mind of Bhojpur! spe.e.kers a nominAtive form with all trace of its instrumental origin lost. So naturally the old impec-a.tive second personal singula.r forills wer-e attached to t~ in a.n inferior or contemptuous sense. In BhojpurI, the affix -u is used for the second person inferior, e.g. cal-u. The old Bhoipud affix -ahu (cal-ahu) is also found in Maithill and Ko6all. In its formation, there apPears to be a convergence or merging together of three OIA imperative second person singular affixes, namely, the 'parasmiipada; ·a· and ·hi (cal.a, iii cal.a.hi, cf. yaki, pahi, deki, traki, etc.) and 'itmane'P&da' -8tItJ (cala-8tltJ, labka.8tItJ) which became -88'U in MIA. In Ap. -88'U > 8'U -; and on the analogy of cala:8'U, calahi became calahu in old Bhojpu...-J: and cel!! ill modern Bhojpur!. The second person inferior plural forms cala-sanbi, cal-a-san. ciilasi. calasii a.oo the same u.s the third person inferior plufii.l fOCIDS. It appears that the third person inferior plural forms have 'been extended to second person inferior plura.L For it..!! derivation, Bee below under tbird person. (b) Second Person Ordinary to. Singuiar has the affix -i in Bhojpuri. This emphasis on -l is sometimes indica.ted by an extra • calaAa > call. It is also possible to derive it :&om OIA calata :--wl-G-tG > CGl..a-a cali. The second 'DOrson ordinarv 'Dlural affix is also -l ttobantl)1od. cal6.). (c) 8tcO'1fiJ, Honoriftc ~au. has -I affix (r~u. call). Tma ~n be derived from. cola_i.

PerMm

•

PAir'"

PUIfm

§alS9. (a) OOtltempnwus u. has the affix -0 (u calo). It would seem to be derived from the orA third person imperative sg. calatu in the following manner:calaCu > calau > calo. It appea.re that when imperative and indicative became confused, this was transferred. to indicative. Further thtt chances of confusion of the present (the form calaii > caZtJi > cilie; with the future (~> _iAu > cal8) waa avoided by bringing the -au> -0 form. The third person pluralcontemptuo1l8 forms are uDhan(l)kA CaIa........ caluan., eala8l, eala8a. The fOnDS ealg@D, cala8A and cal... are the subsequent short forms of calaaaahl which ('an be analysed as calul (or ca~I)+iiiihI •. For the derivation of calilsl #;i ca1aaO see

THB VBRB

189

beiow. As regarda -aohi, it is nothing but the plural genitival 8uftlx e.g. Ahoranhl, the horaea (.aMi is also found as a plural su1Bx in Ko6all' e.g. Zogan.\i, 'Fwam& Carita M!nasa' of T-ulasldisa). • (6) OnJ"fUJf'?I u singular has the affix -asu (u calasu). Probably the old Bhojpurl singular was u calal but later on it was 8Uppl'e88M by u calasl. (It seems calasl was at fll"8t used in the past teD8C of t.ransitive verb. cf. Ko~lI. dekke.ri > tlekhiB. cf. also western Bengali dialect which has dift'e~~t set. of !,ffixes for the tra.nsitive an~ intransitive verbtt. e.g. tra.runtlve: d,le, ,./,Ile, marle, korle, dhorle, etc. but mtransitive: (,,QUo, do, railo, etc.). This -sl of calaal either comes from MigadhI Ae or Ardha-m'gadhl Be < OIA 8a~. This 81 was changed in Bhojpurl to 8U (c&IR8u). either on ac~unt of the in1luence of 'u' of calatu, calau or duo to su (nominative) of ~auruenl Apabhrarou. sala. (e) Third, PUMm Honori.fio uhA ki call. It was just the old Bhojpurl plural form • calal (u calal) < calami, where the verbal ·anti (expected to give -Rt in Bhojpuri) has heon supplied by a nominal or pronominal affix or -M- > ,..., ultimately from the inter-inJluence of genitive plur&l doom > -tu' and tho instrumentai piurai ebAii& > Ai oi MIA. (b) The 8 > h- Future or the Future o/Influtional Origin

-M.

§560. This is found only in socond a.nd third person (contemptuous and ordinary) in modern BhojpurI. The following are its forms : 2nd person Contemptuous SJI;. t~ callhe. 2nd.. .. PI. tohan(i)ki: caliha-sanhl, -san, -sl, -sa. Sg. til callhl. 2nd Ordinary n __1 ~JlU

3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd

... .. .. ;:;

..

DI

.c I.

.._1.. __ I.UU_U\&JAu5 ""aa ••

/1\1.-.4. ...... 11 ... '" HI_

Contemptuous Sg. u call. PI. unhan(l)ki callhl- sanhl, san, -sl, H

-sa.

Ordinary

..

Sg. u callhl. Pi. u loa caU.

§561. This inflectional or -8- future is preserved in many forma ot NIA as -8- -s- -k- in Hindi (Lahnda), RAjasthAn! (JaipurI and MArwA.rI), Gujriti and w~tern Hindi (Braj-hhii.khi, Kanauji, Bundell) ami partially in eastern Hindi (in the third person only in Awadhl and BagheU and in all the persons in ChattIsgarhI). Of the Ma.gadhan speeches, besi~ Bhojptul, Magahl preserves it in third person (besides the -,- future) and 10 ~h~ second person as future precative; in Maithill a~d in m~m BengAli It 18 ~oun~ in the second person as a future imperative and 111 Assameae and Oray' It _1118 to have been entirely lost. -~ ~-sO fa--;-as- Bhojpurl is concerned, this ~ =?> h- future in the se~nd pe~n is exactly like the Mait~.and .~ngii.li (It..~ ~o~ as a future Imperative) but in the third person it gives t.he sense 01 IUlitJre. This change of intervocal -118 or .. to h is not an eastern trait. a.nd this 11- futwe cow;equently is to be look..A upon !Y! ,. wMtem form. whioh baa impreaeed itseJi on the dialects of the East.

0rigi3: §562. The derivation of eeoond penon aingoJar (oontemptuoaa) caltha appears to be from CtJUwaA AI foUoWB : ~ > • tAJlOaMi > • taUWi > • caU1ttJi > c:aUhe.

170

THB OmOIN AND DBVlILOPllBN'l' OJ' BBOJl"17Bl

The iiieooD.d penon plural (oontemptuoUiii) iiie8i1iiii to be .. DeW' formation: caUhe > caliha+sanhl. The derivation of -sanhl bas already been

given in the radical tense. The second person singular and plural (ordinarY) bas been derived £Viii eal~ ioiii folloW's ! . cal~ >caU.... Originally this was used for the second person plural but nofl it is used for second person singuiar and piurai both.

§563. The third person singular (contemptuous) call seems to be derived from califyali as: cali,yati >'" cali!i; > call, while third person plural (contemptuous) caUhi!saohl == caUhi!+saohi. This is a new formation. The origin of calihi seems to be cali,yanti. The third person singular (ordinary) calihi is the same as third person plural (contemptuous), whUe third person plural (ordinary) cali appears to be originated from'" calyatiJmas follows: "'. calyatiJ,m > ... caliau > call, perhaps through the L-rlluenoa of similar passive construction in the fi~t person :radical tense. (0) Participial Te;;i8e8. (1) S i

In

P Ia

P a. s t

§564. In BhojpurI this is found in two forms (tX) past without -1 forms· and (fJ) past with -1- forms. First the past without -1 forms will be discussed. (ae) Past without -1 §5M. The characteristic of the modern l\!a.gadhan speeches is the ·1 forms in the past tense but the non l forms are aiso found in them probabiy due to the influence of western Apabhram6a. This is corroborated by numerous examples quoted by Dr. - Chatterji from the old and middle BenglU litem.ture (see ODBL. §§687. 688).

§566. Below is given· the conjugation of transitive root V dekh. There is no difference in conjugation between the transitive and intransitive roots, the same affixes being used for both : -

1_" _____ .1.11" l"'''l.'IUU

Sg. ham dekhul.

lst 2nd "n 2nd It.

Pl. haman(l)ka dekhui JI. Cont.emptUQll8 Sg. 'tiS dekhue. ___ JI __ _ P1. tohan(l)kA dekhua-sanhi,

2nd 2nd " 2nd " 2nd "

Ordinary

3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 0>-.3

.xu

" "

. .. ., .

"

-D., -lla.

Sg. ttl dekhul. Pi. tOhan(i)iog dekhul. " Honorifio S2. raul dekhul. PI. raul aabh dekhul. . Contemptuous Sg. u dekhue. Pi. unhan(i)kii dekhuan-sanhl, It -ansan,-ansi.-ansa. Sg. u dekhuanl. . Ordinary

.

" Honorifio "

.ag.. _ L. __________ PI.

loa dekhue • ublkA delmul._"_'lL __ 11

-.!II

r l •. _ _D _ Ge&IIUI.

-san,

THE VBRB

171

Femi"ine

The following forms are found in feminine gentler only:2nd person Contemptuous Bg. tf same as masculine. 2nd" II PI. toban(l)kI dekbuu-.anbl. -aan, -al. -aa. 2nd Ordinary Sg. to dekbuu • 2nd II PI. tobar.(I)log dekbuO • 3rd Contemptuous ~g. u !!I,mI' 8.S mUl'llline . 3rd It PI. unban(l)ki deku(-aanbl, -.anl, " -ai, sa.

......

Origin:

§567. E,'id"ntly ill the abo\'" forms the base dekhu has ('emu' dllwn from. th.e w('stern. ApahhraritM where f,he u- form repn.·tIf'nt08 fht. nommatIve (mas('uline or n('utt'r) HinguJar. Th(' fact is to be noted t.hat when tho origina.l plU4Rh'e constrll('tion was IOMt in Uhnjpurr 1'8 in ot.l1l'r Migaclhan 81)(>c('h«,s as well as in KOAlJ.II, till' rn'krit.ic I'onst,rt\«'f.inn "it,h the ~Ilive participle became 0. regular wrb ill Bhojpurl, ami it ""/o:I,n t,(I be conJugatelt hy adding pC)"Monal termiuatiollS which I'am(' frnm tht· ru.lil'at tense 1),8 well u.s from the s > h- futllrt~.

First PerBOn 1068. TIll' first person singular dekhul == dekhu+1 where 1< iu -io < ida < ito < itail. The nasalization has a.lready boen explained in the origin of radica.l tense. The plura.l dekhul-jl == dekbu+I+JI. This JI, too, h8.R alrrn..ty been discussed in the origin of the radical tt~nse.

<

8eM1Ul PerBOn §569. TIl(' R('('(md person ('()ntt·mptuoIiH. Hin$(ular dekhue = dekhu+ e, where -e aplx'lJ.rs to be tierh'('d fl'om -alii in the tiIUo\\'inJ( way:---tuli > -aAi > -ai > -e. The sl'oonll person n'JDk'mptllous femillin(' ",ill~lIl"r dekhuisanhl == dekhu+G+s+anhf. whel'(' -u SC<'mH to have ('(Irne from /C(·Ct',",1 J"'!'Hon contemptuous singular -0 (cali). This -6 is a~"in found in second person ordinary feminine sin~lIlar and plural (to: dekhuO and toban(I)log: dekhuO) bllt th(~m it. haN benllmo long 6. JK'rhapM (In account of Htre8R. The H('cond person contt'mptuI)us masculine plural dekhuasanhldekhu+a+sanhl. This -asanhl has already been explaincll in the (Iri~n of radical t"n8(~. Third Persqn,

1570. The third ,person contemptuous singular dekbue baa the same affix as seconcl person contemptuous singular. The third person contemptuous plural dekhua.anhl, etc. - dekhu +a+88Dhl. This ..asanhf affix is the II&me as that of the third person contemptuous plural affix of the radical tense. The third person ordinary 8ingular dekhuanl- dekbu+anJ. This -ani comes from the genitive plural -iinilm. In the third penon ordinary plural masculine dekbue, tbere seems to be some relic of the passive construction or where -e ha8 poasibly come &om -ali the instrumental for the nominative, added to the verb.,

172

TIIlI

omom .urn

DBVlILOPJONT OJ' BHontIBI

The thii'd pe:non oontempt110US iemjnine plurai ciekiaailllUlhidekhu +1 + 88IIhI. This -I appears to come from .iW as follows : -ild > iii > i > I. N.B.~The dlD= for the =eccnd ~-=on ordin&...-y ainedla.r and plw,l, aecond person honorific singular and plural and third pe1'8QD honorific iriDg11la.r and plural are in a line wiih ihose of ihe radioai tense and. therefore, their origin is not disOWl8ed here. For these, see under the origin of the radical tense above. (Il) The Past Base with - 1

§67l. The origin of the 1- paat has been fully examined by

Dr. Chatterji (ODBL. pp. 937ft'.). The past bn.se in -il in Ber.gfJI, Assameee and Opyl., in -~ in the BihI.rI8peeches and in -il, -~ in Mari~hl and similar 1- fol'iliii in the other 2'."IA lallgWioges originated. from the OIA -ia. -ita pltlB the OIA diminutive or adjectival suffix -la in the extended forms

-ala > -iZla (-~Zla), -alia (O:DBL, §682). (There was also a. suffix -ula which is found in adjective vcUula > Bhoj. blur, Hindi: bQ;&nl.)

-,la,

§572. In modem BhojpurI, the following 80re the forms of past tense with -1 paat:1.+ADU

parson

1st 2nd 2nd

u

2nd 2nd 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd Q...3

...n.l.

. . .... .. It

It

It

.. is

Sg. ham dekball. Pl. haman(i)ki dekhall-JI. Contemptuous Sg. tl dekhale. .. Pl. tOhan(l)kI dekhala-sanhl, -saD, ==i, Ordinary Sg. tu dekhal'. .. Pi. tohan(i)iog aekhala. Honorific Sg. raul dekhall. _ .. PI. raul eabh dekhall. Contemptuous Sg. u dekhalael. .. Pi. unDan(i)ki aekhaie-sanDi, -BaD, -si, ea. Sg. u dekhal-anl,. dekh-ale. Ordinary PI. 11 1011 dekhal. Sg. uhlki dekhall. Honorific Pl. ulal aabh kI clalrha11.

==a.

.

=1

The forms of the first person, second person honori8.0, 1I8COnd. penoD contemptuous singular, third person honorific. third person contemPtuous

:f.1fe!nr~;:h~~nTh~i:a"l ahoWll below:

~~ ~~n7;,#t;J:~

;1:

-.. --, --a.--

2nd penon Contemptuous Pl. tobaa(l)JEA deldlalu-aanhl, -san,

. n n

.,

Ordinary Sg. til dekbaltl. .. PI. tobaa(l)loa dekbalO • CloIltel:DpMIoaI Pl. anhaDlnkA dekbal-l-aanld. a.. _ ...t......11

--- -81.:....

ue·· ..........·

.

-IIIUL' ~

TIl. 'fBBB

173

1673. This tense refel'll to a momentary action whioh haPJX'ned in tho

put, e.g. Jab ham uhl aalll ta kuchu III delmall. when I went there I saw nothing. If a continuous aotion in the past is meant, a root indicating action is combined with one exp~ momenta.1'Y action, e.g. ham balthall, I sat; ham balthal rahall, I remained seated.

1674. Used conjunctively, this tense :mfel'll to a futuro action, e.g. )0 ham bajiri aRlit ta tobarl kh!tlr 1m Ie libi. if I go (lit. if I wt"nt.) to the market, I shall bring mangoes for you.

§575. It must be noted that for the intransitive root (e.f(. VCii) thf'rt.' is an extra form calal for the third person contt>mptuous singular 'u' but now the form calalasl on the a.nalogy of dekhalas' is also being lIsl'li. This ean be compared with KOMII which has diiff'l't'nt terminations for transitive and intransitive verbs for the third pel'ROn and also with the wes+..ern BengilI dialect which ha.s different set of affixes for the iransith'e and the intransitive verbs but whioh is now partially vanishing giving pla('o to one set of the affixes only. Origin: §576. The base in above forma is evidently dekhal a.nd the terminations have been added to it. The affixes are in a line wit.h thoso of tho pll.Ht without -1 and their origin ba.s been discusseu there.

1577. The tense-forms of the past baRe wit,h -I may be mlLdo to mean aetion just now completed by the a.ddition of the pa.rtici~ hi or hi, which may be of adverbial origin meaning 'here' or 'now', the na.8Il.lization being due to contamination with the first personal and with the honorific forms. 1578. The following are tho forms of this tense :1st. per!!on Sg. ham dekha!l-h!. 1st .. 2nd OJ 2nd..

PI. haman(i)kA dekhaI1-hl-JI. Contemptuous Sg. tl dekhale-hi. .. ~ PI. tohan(l)kl dekhall-hA-sanhl. -san,

..

Sg. to dekhall-hl. OJ Pl. tohan(l)loa dekhall-hl. Honorific Sg. raul dekhall-hl. .. Pi. raulaaoh dekha11-hl. Contemptuous Sg. u dekbalasl-hl. .. PI. unhan(!)kA dekha!e-hl-!eDh!. ~Ian. si. -sa. Sg. u dekbaIanl-hl. dekbale-hl. Ordinary

-si, -sa. 2nd

2nd 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd

..

.. .. ..

..

.. .

Ordinary

.. .

Honorifio

PI.

woa dekha!-h!.

Sg. uhlkA dekhall-hl. PI. uhlsabh kA dekball-hl.

3rd The following forma are found in feminine only :2nd person Contemptuous Pl. tohan(l)ki dekhalu-hl-Ianhl. - ..... -si, aa. Ordinary Sg. to dekhalu-hl. 2nd.... Pi. tohan(i)ioa dekhaiu-hi. 3rd " Contemptuous Pl. uDhaD(I)kA dekhalI-hl-aanhl, -Ian • ..ai,=:. 3rd .. Ordinary Sg. u de1diaU-hl.

2nd

..

174

TUB OmGIN AND DBVBLOPJrIBNT OF BHOJPUBI

(ii) Simpie Future or -b future

The following are the forms of the simple future in Bhojpuri:Sg. ham dekhabl. 1st person .. PI. haman(i)kA dekhabl-jl. 1st 2nd u Contemptuous Sg. ti dekhabe. II PI. tOhan(l)kA dekhaba-Banhl, -Ban, 2nd " -sa, -Ba. 2nd II Ordinary Sg. ttl dekhab-'. PI. tohao(i)log dekhab-i\. 2nd II " Honorific Sg. raul dekhabi. 2nd " PI. raul Babh dekhabi. 2nd " Sg. uhl kl dekhabl. 3rd " PI. uhlBabh ki dekhabl. 3rd II

§579.

....

"

:Fo~ the thl...-d parson contemptuous

and

ord.h'l&rj' singular and plural the 8 > h- future forms are used-and not the ;.b- future forms. The following forms are found in the feminine gender only:-

2nd person Contemptuous PI.

2nd 2nd

1580.

II

"

Ordina.ry

"

tohan(l)k~

-sa. -sa.

dekhabu-Banhi, -Ban.

Sg. to dekhabO. PI. tohan log dekhabu

This tense refers to a future action, e.g. ham m1thli khllbl, I shall eat sweetmeats. As compared with this, the future progressive refers to an action which will be ill the proc-eee of l>eillg act-ed : jab ttl albi ta ham khit tababl, when you come (lit. you will come) I shall be eating (i.e. you will find me eating); and the future perfect refers to an action which will have been completed, e.g. jab ttl alb' ta ham khaile rahabi, when you come (lit. you will come) I will havc finished eating. Origin. :

§581. The characteristic suffix for the future base in Bengitll, Assamesc and Oriyl. is -wand in Ko~alI and BihAri speeches it is -abo It comes from the OlA future passive particilie (gerundive) in -tavya or -itavya > MIA -"""", -abba, -ebba and other IOrwS (P'JSChel, §570). T'-nis suffix ca.rries a vague mandatory· sense with an express future implication, and in NIA the simple future notion evolved gradually.

1582. The base is dekhab and the terminations have been added to it. The aftlses for the first, second and third persons masculine and feminine singular and plural are in a. line with those of the simple past. The origin of these aftlxea has already been given. (ill) P a at 00 n j un c t i v e §583. The following a.re the forms of the past conjunctive in BhojpurI:~g. ~ delElll~. ____ "__ _ 1st person 1st Pl. baman(I)k& deJddtl-Ja • Contemptuous ag. ti ciekhiti. II

..

"

II

Pl. tohaD(l)kI dekblta-88IIhI, -BaD, -sa, -e•• s,. til dekbltl.

THB VERB

176

2nd person Ordinary PI. tohan(I)Ioa dekhlt&\. 2nd u Honorific Sg. raul dekhltl. 2nd n " PI. rauA sabh dekhiil. 3rd .. Contemptuous Sg. u dekblt. 3rd.. .. PI. unban(i)kii dekblte-sanbl,

.. ....

3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd

-sa, -Stl.

Ordinary

-san,

Sg. u dekbit • u 109 dekblt • " Honorific Sg. ubi kA .dekbitl. PI. ubi sabh kil dekblt1. " The following forms are found in t.lw f('mininc gl'udl'r (lilly ;_ I~I.

2nd person Conk>mutuous PI. tohan(Hk:i dekhitu_IUlnhl _II,," _""i -sa. 2nd Ordinary Sg. tn dekbltn. " 2nd ... Pi. tohan(i)log dekhltil. " Contemptuous Sg. u dekhitJ. 3rd _ _ _ L.I .... _I.LJ .. ! "01 ... _1. ... _ / 1 \ ••:: 3rd ... J. UIIUDI.I\aJA.a UII:AIIIU-lItilnnl, -811n, " -si, -sa. 3rd Ordina.ry Sg. u dekhitI. _

..

..

,-,----

---------

- _ ...... _ - ,

__ •• ,

-r.;. .... ,

..

"

This tense denotes (in" conclitional or llUrIXlfl(l ch~lJ"e) 1m action which might have taken }lla.c() in t.he pU.lit hut whi,·h nC\I('r ('.IUlW ofT, ('.Il. jo bam tanki pabile ealal rahid ta lisall par gAri mlli JAm, I ,,"filii.) ha.ve got the t.rain at the amtiou, if I hll.d Mtnrted a bit I·n.rlicr; tll aisan kiim karltl ki bam uhl se bhagl jaitl, you should IIln-c ILei-('1l in HlJl'h a III:UUlI'f that I should have escaped. Compaf
. Origin: §585. The base is dekhit which is = dekh+lt. The origin of -at (as in dekb-at) and -It (as in dekhlt) is thl' 'Mtr'-anta hut t.he -at- form represents the base or nominative and is I'mplo,\'(~d in forming thf' f'ompoulI11 tenses (e,g. dekb-at rahi, etc,) while -it ('vidl'ntly OWI.'tj itK vowcl -I IIJI account of the epenthesis of the locative form of ApabhmmM and iH employed in forming the past conjunctive OOS(l in BhojpllrT. It I4hould 801110 be noted in this connection that the usua.l transformation of'Mtr' in }WngAII is -it. SPiRA_ The terminations are added to this base dekhlt. These ter· minaii~~ o;-;'ffi~;;r~r· the· first, second and third persons masculine and feminine, singular and plura! ~re !n a line with those of the simple past and these have already been explained.

(d) DialedicaZ p,t..It:M or .Aggluli1UJlt.d Pruent in -II §587. The -II present is a characteristic of the western Bhojpurl dialects of Baniras and Azamgarh, e.g. ham dekbJII, I see.

178

TlUI amaIN AXD DBVBLOPIIBNT or BIIO.JPUBI

Numerous iData.neea of thfa -IA meaent are found in 'BadmIA Darna.na ' (a oollection of songs in ~ dialect Baniras city published at&n~~bt 1889) by Tegh Ali, e.g. bhall cum! (leU) kehu sunnar Je (pAUl). ham ta u hal Je otb P!U" tarwlrl (uthlUl). ham unse pucball Je Ikh me surmi kibe bade (lagiili). ta u hisi ite kahaiiU je churi pattftai par (catAUI).

of

'I kiss the brow, when I find a. beautiful one. I am that man who holds the sword on the lip. (When) I asked him "Why do you apply collyrium in your eyes t" Then he said smilingly, "I whet the knife-on the stone. 0; • §588. This -11 present appears to be oonnected with the ·l future so characteristic of Marithl (e.g. 'to karel', he will do). This is also found in BhIlI .and in MArwirl as well as in Jaipurl among the RajasthltDl d.irJeote and. &lao in NepilJ, Garhwill arid Kumiunf The pleona.stic . . . -Ii with verb is aJao found in the early middle Bengii.ll (e.g. ' Sri Kriena KIrta.na. '.: hlriMZi, you will do; dWUi, you will give, etc.) (ODBL, §728). Bloch in his book 'Langue Marathe', §242, derives this ·fa future, which is evidently identical with the Bhojpuri present, from a root ·iii in Sanskrit me~ 'to taka' whence aa. adje
§589. As indicated. previously, the substantive verbs are employed in the formation of compound tenses; these are discussed here. There are only three roots which express the substantive idea. in modem Bhojpurl : ha, ho, ran and bit. Bengii.ii possesses two more roots 4ch (Assamese aiso

~:U:=dOllk~:ttL=~:n:~t.~et~~~~a~~::' although tAG is found there.

1690. The root acTa or acTa which is so important in modem Maithill and Benglil existed in oid Bhojpurl and KoAail though used probabiy in . a restricted sense. (The root ·aM is found in the old KoeaU of 'Uktivyakti. prakaraJ)&m', pp. 10. lI.) Bhojpurf postp08itional form achalt and early Ko8all oc1aat (as in 'Ramacarita MAnasa') corroborate the above statement. Dr. Chatterji baa given in ODBL, p. 167, an early ute of thia verb root by Kablr: ~ fJIGfIG bt.tirlJili. I was a 'bairlal' in (my) mind (Quoted by Jf1I.Dendram6han DIs, in iuS 'Beng&ll Diotioaary'~ caIcutta., San. 1329. under 1Jc1a). This root is also found in Gujrltl as mach as in BengAU and it is equa.lly common in some of the RljasthlDl dialects. Further. it 000Ui8 also iii the p ..hap speeches. In lI.rlthi it is common as ~ (with aha. -e . of c.\ to ,). 1891. Prof. Turner derives it from OlA aJ:,eti which became in MIA accAcIi and fiDally in NIA. , . , acAcIi, cAe, . . . etc., but

.~,

TIIB VBRB

177

Dr. O'natterji derives it from the IE. Ves+the vikaraJ,la -8U > ccha in OIA. Thus IE. • e8-8ke-t. > • acchati in OIA and early MIA and then accAai in late MIA and finally this gave NIA d~ke. §592. Root-ka, lw. This is appal't'ntly a sinlotlc root. in nll\DV NIA speeches (c.g. modem Beng.Hi) but. the fOrnl rc"ll~;- l't'preSt'nt.1I hn; root.s which have merged. into one-one being Vllh nrV!la from OrA va';, t.bo other ylw from OIA Vbhii. This distinction betwecn t.II(·II(' twu roots like MagahI (e.g. hal, halai < Vka and hOI, Mel < ,liiO. hila = b/n'l) is als!) found in Bhojpuri where we find hal < v'ba < and bhall < VbhO.

Vas

§593. The substantive verb hal has hcmlne lIolll('what "rl'bllic in the standard Bhojpurl of BaUii and Shahii.biid in t.lw fimnM,illn of pn'II('nt progressive telltle and its pla.ce has bean takcn by the suhshmt,iVt' banI and ani. An emDhatic form of hal is haul l~nd the 11!.H('r i!:!, hm\·!·\'t·r, used in the standard Bhojpad. The .....fol'JDtl of hal in the w('tlkm Bhojpurl of Azamgarh are given beloW':- . lst person

S. . . . . . ~

1st

u

2nd

..

2nd

tt .

2Bd

..

2nd 2nd 2nd n_-' .:>ru

3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd

t'

.. It

.

. .. .. .. jj

PI. b.1IUl'han

... hal

Contemptuoua St. tal· '7· ...

bu.

Pl. . . .. . . .

had

.

Ordinary

. Honorific

"

,,'

.~

,,',

l.

Sg'.-

baual

Pl. t1I toal

haual

s. .....

baul

·P1.a,... . .bh

haul

Cont.cr-mptuoua %4 a

.. Ordinary

" Honorific H

..... "tt V

Pi.ull8lwl

hauiS

Sg.u

huui

Pi. u jog

baue

Sg.

haul

PI.

haul

-------

---------

The following forms are found in the feminine gender only :2nd person Contemptuous PI. haui 2nd .. Ordinary Sg. bayii 2nd It .. Pi. hayii 3rd.. .. Sg. haul 3rd.. .. Pl. baul 12

178

TIDI ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPJIlINT OJ' BJ[0JPl1BI

1504.. The following Me the forms of the empbtio verb hftu' whioh is used in the standard Bhojpurl. This.is used by itself (e.g. ham haul, it is I am; to. haui, it is you are, etc.) and is not employed in the formation of the present progressive tense, its place being taken by the popular substantive bini and IDI. . 1st 1)8rson Sir. 1st - n PI. 3rd II Contemptuous Sg. 3rd.. II PI.

ham haul baman(l)kl haul-JI. u hawe uahan(l)kl hawe, ---

-~

--

haue-saahi,

-BIID, -B., -B ••

The forms of second person (contemptuous, ordinary and honorific) and third person (ordinary and honorific) singular and plural are the same as those of the westem Bhojpurl given above. 109ft The substantive verb roots ho and holm, to become, ar-e employed in the formation of the present progressive conjunctive in the standard Bhojpurl. It is difficult to give the derivation of root hokh. The suggestion that hokh = ho+kho where ho comes fromJbhO and kho is a particle from OIA k1&alu > MIA (Pili) klw is not tenable because ·klw· becomes Au in late MIA.

The defective Bhojpurl negative verb naikhe (na+khe) also Is it possible to derive kho, khe from OIA ak~eti 1 It is difficult to say because the verb ak~eti was not a. popular root in OIA. §596.

P088e8seS this khe.

§597. The following are the tense·forms of ho, hokh in the sta.ndard Bhojpurl:-

1st person 1st

2nd 2nd 2nd 2nd

2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 8ni 3rd 3rd 3rd

... ..

It

It

. . ... It

It

Sg. ham hoI, hokhl. PI. haman(l)kA holJI, hokhiJI. Contemptuous Sg. te hokhu.

..

Pi. toban(i)ki hokha-sanhi, -sl, -sa. Ordinary Sg. tu hokhA. Pl. tohanlog hokhA. Ho~~rific Sir. raul hoI, hokhi. .. PI. raul sab hoI, hokhl. Contemptuous Sg. u ho, hokhe. " PI. unhan(l)kl hokha-sanhi, -sl, -sa.

. Honorifio .

-san,

-san,

Sg.u hckhasu •

PI. u lo~ ho, hokho, hokhe. Sg. uhlkA hoi, hokhl. PI. uhl sabh kA hoI, hokhl.

so~~. T'ae ames of all the persons are in a line with those of radieai tense and these have already been explained.

1599. The substantive verb 'ho' has sometimes" tense·forms in the past and in the futUle (holtl, holbl, etc.); but in the modem standard Bhojpurl, it is being replaced by the substantive verb rah. The verb ho is, however, conjugaied like 'rab' in the past and in the iuture. 1600. The root rah, to remain, to continue, to be, is a regular verb In Bhojpurl and BeDgill e.nd is aJso used as a. substantive verb. It occurs I2B

TIUI VBl\B

179

in ~r NIA.: ~thl: raA4~. raA~; Gujrnt!: ra.'&eV'J; Siradhl: i'Uliutiii; PanJ~bI: ralutJtJ; W.H.: rahna; KOMII: ral&ab. It is &lao f01md in the Dardio KMmlri.

§601. The deIi-vation of this root is obscure.

It ill found in Pili

&8

;/~- and figures in 'Jain Texts' aiso. 1>1'. Chatterji haa discUBBOd t.hia

root in det&ila (sca ODEL, §768).

§602. The root rab &8 a regular 80S well as a substant.ivll verb is conjug~ted like the simple past base in -1 ~ tlw I)!~t t,{·!I..8C anu like the simple future m the futuro tense. The followmg arc Its tense· forms in the t1lUlt

tense:-

-

--- .----

1st person Sf!. ham rahali. lst .. PI. haman(l)ka rahall-Jft. 2nd .. Contemptuous S~. te rahale. 2nd .. PI. tohan(i)kA rahaJa-sanhl, -san, -ail, -sa. 2nd Ordinary S~. tu rahalA • 2nd PI. tohan(i)log rahalA . 2nd Honorific fig. raul railali. B 2nd PI. raul sabh rabali. 3rd Contemptuous Sg. u rahal, rahalaal. " 3rd PI. unhan(i)ka rabale-sanhl, -Slln, -sa, " -sa. 3rd Ordinary Sg. u rahale. " '01 .... In.,,, "Bhol 3rd ... a . . . . &"5 • " Honorific " 3rd Sg. uhft kii rahllit " 3rd PI. uhft sabh ka raball.

... ..

..

..

A.IA • •

..

"

The following tense-forms are found in the

fl~rninine

gcndl'J' only :--

2nd person Contemptuous PI. tohan(i)kii rahalu-sanbl, -san, -si, -sa. Or
....

"

§603. The following are the forms of the root rah in the futuro tense where ihe base becomes rabab a.nd the affixes or tcrmino.tiuns arc added to it:Sg. ham rahabi. 1st person PI. haman(i)ki rahabi-JI. 1st " Contemptuous Sg. tl rahabe. " PI. rahaba-sanbi..-8an. " --- tohanmkil --------,-, . . -8i.. " -ea. Sg. til rababA. Or
..

.

.. ....

ISO

DB OBIGIN AND DBVBLOPllBNT OJ' BBOJPUB!

§304. The third person contemptuous and. ordinary (siD.gula.r, piwai j have the s>h- future forms as follows:3rd person Contemptuous Sg. u rahl. 3rd" .. .PI. unhan(l)kA rahlhl-sanhl, -san, -si,

. . ea.

3rd 3rd

..

Ordinary

..

Sg.

11

rahlhi.

PI. u log rahl •

The following forms are found in the femiIUne gender only:2nd person Contemptuous PI. tohan(l)ki rahabu-sanhl. -san, -si, -sa. 2nd Ordinary Sg. tt'1 rahabil. " Pl. tohan(l)lOt\ rahabO . 2nd

.

..

§605. The root rah is also employed in the furma.tion of the Paid P'I'O{I1oIl8Bive Oonjunctive. Then the baBe becomcs rahlt like dekhit of the past conjunctive and the affixes which are added to dekhlt are also

added to rablt. The following are its tense-forms :1st person Sg. ham rahitl. 1st .. PI. haman(i)kii rabitt-jft. 2nd .. Contemptuous Sg. te rahire. . 2nd.. .. PI. tohan(l)kii rahlta-sanbl, -san, -si, -sa. 2nd Ordinary Sg_ to rahlt'. 2nd PI. tohan(i)lol1 rahit•• 2nd Ho~~rifio Sg. raul rabitl. " 2nd PI. raul sabh rahld. 3rd Continuous Sg. u rahlt. " 3rd PI. unhan(l)kl rahlte-sanbl. -san, -sl,

.. .. ~~

3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd

. ." "

"

.. .

OM;n ..."" -.---.~

" Honorific

..

-aa.

RrY I-I .... hit. -e' • __ •••

PI. u log rablt. Sg. uhlkl rahitl. PI. uhA sabhki rabid.

The following forms are found in the feminine gender only :2nd person Contemptuous Pl. tohan(l)kl rahltu-sanhl, -san, -si, -sa. Ordinary Sg. tt'1 rahltO. 2nd " 2nd " Pl. t9.1og rah!tO. " Contemptuous Sg. u rahltl. 3rd " to PI. unhan(l)U rahltl-sanhl, -san. -si. 3rd " -sa. 3rd Sg. u rahitl. Ordinary §606. The root bit: It is a.lae & substantive verb and is used in ,the western Bhojpurl of Baniras and Azamgarh as well as in the northern standard Bhojpurl of Gorakhpur in the present tense·only. It also helps in the formation of progressive tenses (ham bltl, I am; tu bita, you are, eto. and ham dekhat bltl. I see or I am seeing. etc.). The root btll asa substantive verb is found in BeDgliI in the third person present oniy. In <>PyA, the counterpart of bdI is iiI and is a defective verb. In the modem standard Bhojpurl this root is used in the present tense (simple present~ present progressive, pzesent conjunctive and present

THB VERB

181

perfect) only and is changed into bani au ..1 in its short form -bi. Tbo short fo~s -ini, -inl JI, -ira, -are. -a. etc. are Udl·t! in tho pn'8l'llt progressive tense only.

§607. The SOllrcc of this root is OIA vrt whh·h be('(lml~H t'flrtaU "> ........... _ •• __ __• _Da.. ~_/~L.~ ~~t:.c )::..~ In~rf' > ii!e _ l\1t!~ vU'/t" _ .... 11(1[" .;-. Ollnl. II1C lurU1M -anI -Ini-JI, etc. a.re the short forms of bani. l'te.

• .-.,_.:

.

_~

.I.~.

1- _

. :: ~

..

_

......

~~: ~ vu~~: ::":::!:.~:::_ft~r:. _ ...-

...-

V&.AV

-"lOll'"

J""&OVU

plU'~l

•

_ .

__-

L

I~nll

§60S. The following a.rc the ten~c-fofrnl:l of tho Bhojpuri:-

1"1 lot.

in tht' Rt.u,nda.rd

1st person Sg. ham buni. anI. 1st " 1'1. haman(i)ka bani. anijll. 2nd " Cont.l'ml'tllo1l8 l')!. tc bare. -uri;. 2nd" " I'\' tohan(i)ka barn. -ara. -s~lDhl. -sun. 2nd 2nd 2nd. 2nd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd 3rd

"Orllinary ~g. " 1'1. " "Honorific Hg. ;; PI. " Contemptuuus :-;1.(.

"

" " " "

"

6

Ordinary

..

Honorific

"

-sa, -5.1.

tu bar:'t. -ar:'t. tohan(i)lOg barA, -an\. raul bani. -ani. rauAsabh buni, -ani. u biite. ba. ii. Lil. unhan(i)ka" burl', -arc. -sanhi, -san,

-sa. -sa. Rg. u bare. are. PI. ulOg ba, s~.

a.

iihA kd banI, ani. PI. uhA sabhkii bani. uni.

The following tense-forms nrc found in the fcmininl' gellli<'r only :2nd person C.ontemptuol!!! P!. tohan(!)ku barn. -ariA. -sanh!. -san. -si, -sa. n Ordinary Sg. tu barii, -aru. 2nd " PI. tohan(i)lOg baru, -ArG. 2nd "n Contemptuous Sg. u bUi. iii. 3rd .. Pi. unhan(i)kii bari. -ari. -sanhi. -san. ard

"

3rd 3rd

..

-sa. -sa.

Or~u\ry

"

Rg. u bari. arl.

PI. ulog bat i'i.

" §609. The root' nalkh', not to be, i~ a m·gat.iv(· clef~~dive !'uxiliary verb and is employed in the formation of prc:~R('nt I)fogrl'Klli\"(! and pn'H('nt perfect (negative) only. This ront is fnund in the Ht.nJl(L'J.fll Bhojpllrl only and is a well-marked characteristic of it. ItK ofigin haR a.lready been discussed. The following are its forms :1st person Sg. bam naikhi. 1st .. Pi. haman(i)ki iiiiikbl-JI. 2nd " Contemptuous Sg. te nalkhe. 2nd.. .. PI. tohan{i)ki nalkha-sanhl, . -san, -si, -sa. Ordinary Sa. tu nalthA. 2nd " Pi'. tohan{i)log nalkhA. 2nd " Honorific Sg. raOI nalkhl. 3rd " " PI. raul sabb nalkbl • .3rd " Contemptuous Sg. u nalkbi. 3rd J;

"

182

ftB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPJIBNT O'B BBo.JPt1BI

3-113 penon Contem.ptuous PI. Uiiliiiii(l)kl iiiiIkh-iiiiiiiilil. -Siiii, -iii. -aa. ~inAry Sg. u nA~hBnl.nAikhAnhl. 3rd PI. u loa nallthi. 3rd " " Honorific Sg. uhAkA iiiiIkh1. 3ni PI. uhlaabhki Ilallthl. 3rd

..

"

The. following forms are found in th~ feminine gender only:2nd person Ordina.ry Sg. tu nalkhu. 2nd" " PI. tohan(i)loa naikhu. 3rd " Contemptuous PI. unban(i)kA naikhl-sanhl. -aan, -sl, -iiii.

(II) COllrlPOUND OR PERIPHRASTIC TENSES (a) PrDg1'u8itJe TentJe,8

§61O. Compared with the Simple and Perfect Tenses, these lay special emphasis on the continuity and incompletion of an action-Present, Past or Future. These are given below: (i) Pre sen t (at) Present Progressive (Positive) with bini

§611. The Present Progressive (positive) in the standard Bhojpurl is made with the help of verbal form -at+thesubstantivc verb blr. The full ooniu2ation of root wt (> bit) in the St. Bhoi. has been g:iven previowily: The verbal form With -at (e.g. dekhat) renia.ins constant~ §612. In the western Bhojpurl of Baniiras and Azamgarh and in the northern standard BhojpurI of Gorakhpur, the form with -at+bl, (dekli&t +bAt) is used and the affixes are added to the, substantive bAt. 1613. This tense refers to a.n action which is taking place in the present and}l.ae displaced tho ppv&ent indicative. It also refers to a future action about to take pla~. e.g. i bAr[ kalkattl ki jAi, who will go to

Calcutta. this time i; going.

e bid haUl lUi iii-bini or iii-Ani. this time I

am

(Il) PreBent ProgreMive (Negative) with nalkhl 1614. The present progressive (negative) in the St. Bhoj. is made with the help of verbal form -at+the negative substantive verb nalkh. The fa..ill conjugation of root naikh in the St. Bhoj. has been given previously. The verbal form with -at (e.g. dekbat) remains constant. (ii) Pas t Pro g res s i v e

§SIS. The past progressive tense in the standard Bhojpurl is made with the help of verbal form -at+the tense.forma of the root rah in the Jimple past with -I. The full CODju.,ntioD of the root rah in th", aimpl.e past with ,·1 (rahalJ, rahall-JI, etc.) has been given previoualy. The ywbal fOiiii in -at Cdekhat) i6ma.iDa oour.-nt.

TUB VllBB

(iii) F u t u reP r

§616.

0

183

gr e 8 ai ve

The futu..1'6 progressive ill the standard Bhojpurl is made:; wit.h

~e help of verbal form -at+the tenao.forms of rab in the simple futuro

WIth -b and s > b. The full conjugation of t.he root rab in the futuro tielnae (rahBbl, rahab! J~, et-c.) haa been given previously. Tho verbal form in -at (dekhat) remama conatant. (b) Conjunctive TenseB

(i) Pre a e n t Pro g res 8 j vee 0 n j uno t. i ve . §617. The present progressive conjlmct.ive in the St. Bhoj. is modo WIth the help of verbal form -at+the WJl86.formlt of the substantive vE'rb ho. The fu~ conjugation of the root ho (hoI. hokhl. hoI jl, hokhl jl. ctc.) has been glven alrea.dy. The verbal form ill -at (dekbat) remains unchanged. §~!8. ~ tense refers to a continuous conditional action preSl'Ilt, probable or lmprobable, e.g. Jo ham tohArii ke dhokhii det h01 or holml ta marl Jil. I may die if I am (or were) deceiving you.

(ii) P 11.8 t Pro g r e K s i vee () n j un c t i v e §619. The past progressivp conjunctive in the Rt. llhnj. is made with the help of verbal form -at+the conjunctive tcnl'l('.formH of verh rah. The full conjugation of the root rah in the conjunctive (rahltl, rahltl jl, etc.) has aiready been given. The verbal form in -at (dekhat) remains unchanged. §620. This tenso refers to a continuous Bction in the rA~t which might have happened but which did not happen, e.g. Jo ham unukA ke oh ghar! de khat rahid. ta tobilrii se Jariir kahali~ rabid, if I had heen seeing him at that time then I would. have told you. (iii) F u t u reP r

g res 8 i vee 0 n j u net i ve §621. The future progressivo conjunctive in the St. Bhoj. iR ma.de by adding Jo; if, t-o the future progressive. 0

§622. This tenst! refers to a. conditional progressive action in t,he futuro, e.g. jo haUl khit rahabl ta tohilro ke debl, if I shall be eating, I shall give you also. This tense is not a popula.r one a.nd is used by educated pel'!!O!!8 only. The uneducated and common people will use only Rimple future for it, e.g. jo ham khilibl ta tohilro ke debl, if I cat (lit. I shall cat), I shall give you also. (D) Perfed Te"Me8 §623. These lay emphasis on the completion of an action, whether it be in the present, past or future, having special reference t-o the effect of that action at the time of apeaking or at the time referred to in the speech. These are formed with the help of the perfect participle in -81 (dekhal). In fact; this -a1 (dekhal) becomes -ale (dekhale) when the substantive verbs are joined with it. This 'e' is of locative origin for the passive participle dekhal. Thus the locative passive form ·dekkhaUahl 'WOuld give dekhale in modem standard Bhojpurl.

1324. In. the intransitive verb, this -al form which is reaUy an adjective qualifying the object, the locative is not formed. Thus we haft

184

'1'IIlI OmGIN AND DBVELOPMBNT 011' BHO.JPUBI

tense-foiiiii-ham calal' bIiiI. I have walked; ham iiuUil riihiiU, I had slept. But owing to the fact that the transitive forms are more popular, the !oc.a.tive 'e' is 8Ometime8 ext.ended t.() the intransitive verbs &180 and we hear calale rahall, I had walked. But such usages are not regarded to be pr-oper and C"Oii"ect in the itll&ndard Bhojpuri. (i) Pre se n t (Ilt) Present Perfect (positive) with -bini, -Ini

§625. The present perfect tense (positive) in the standll,rd Bhojpurt is madc with the help of verbal form -aJe+the substantive verb -bini, -Inl. The full conjugation of the root Vvrt (> bini, ini, etc.) in thtl St. Bhoj. lui.s a.lready been given. The verlml form with -ale (dekhale) rema-ins unchanged. §626. The difference between this tense and the simple past tense is that this refers to an a.ction the effect of which lasts up to the present while the simple past refers to an action which has no effect at present, e.g. ham mlthli khaile bini. I have taken sweetmea.ts. i.e. the sweetmeats are stili in my belly; while ham mithli khaiIl, I tOok sweetmeats, refers to the momentary action in the past. Compared with the past perfect, this tense refers to the recent past while the past penect to the ~ ~t, e.g. ham u ghar dekhaie bini, I have seen tha.t housel.~tct·""<"".tha.n that referred to in 'ham u ghar dekhale rahall', I QCheCA,tbAi'l'Otise. "l-

-

,

•

"'.

(I) Present Perfect (nega.tive) with -Dalkhl §627. The present perfect (negative) in the St. Bhoj. is made with the help of verba.l form -ale+the nell:ative substantive verb naikh. The full conjuga.tion of nalkh in the St. -Bhoj. has a.lready been given. The ver~form with -ale (dekhaIe) rema.ins ll.Ylchanged, e.g. ham dekha!e nalkbl, I have not seen, etc.

(ii) Pas t Per f e c t §628. The past perfect tense in the St. Bhoj. is made with the help of 'Verba.l form in -ale+the tense-forms of the root rail in the simple pa.at with -I. The full conjuga.tiQn of the root rah in the simple past with -I (rahall, rahall-jl, etc.) has been giVen previously. The Verbal form" in -ale (dekhale) remains constant. §629. The difference between this tense and the simpie past is that while the effect of the action denoted bv the latter does not last bevond the time, when the action took place, that ·0£ the past perfect lasts.. Moreover the simple past refers to nearer past time than tta..e past perfect does, e.g. ham abare gaUl, I went home, a.nd 'ham ghare aan raball', I had gone home. .

. NoIe.-The English past perfect (e.g. I had gone) requires comparison with another past verb; Dut here it is not necessa.iy. ~ (iii) 1!' u t u reP e r fe

0

t

§6SO. The future perfect in the St. Bhoj. is made with the help of y.baJ fo...~ iii -ale+t1i6 ten&e-fua-uaS of the verb root rah in the simple

TBB VBIlB .II!!..-.A.___ _

....

1~

_

IUliure Wllin -0 and 8 > h. The full conju~tion of the root nah in the future tense (rahabl, rahabl jl, etc.) ha.s Already been given. The verbal form -ale (dekhale) remains uncha.ngt.'d. §6S1. This tense refers to an a.ct.ion which will b~ ncccsSl\rilv ('omplet.e(l by some particula.r time in the future, c.g. jab41e til hamarA' klhll albA tab41e ham khet bollle rahabl, I shn.ll hn.vo sown tIll' til'ltl wlwn }'O\1 come to my place, • (d) Per/eel. Conjunctit'e

(i) Pres~nt Perf('ct Conjunctil'c §632, The present per1~'ct ronjuncti\'c in thf' Ht. Bhllj. i~ Illn.d(' wit h the help of verba.l form in -ale+thn t.l'Jl.'4c·fllrmM of tht" Imh,d;\uth'(' \'t'rh root hOe The full cnnjllgat.ion of the root ho (hoi hokhi, hol-JI, hokhl-JI, etc.) has a.lrea.dy been given. The vl'rin,] filrnmt ion in -ale (dckhalc) l'ema.im; unchanged. J~3. _TJl~8 ~n~ reftors to a contlitionnllLl'tion, (,llmph'lt'ci in th" )lIlHt., e.g. jo tu dekhale hokh6 ta bam4ra se kahA, if "Oil fu\vt' Mocn tl·lf mo' Jo ham bura kam kaite bokhi ta Isar saJal desu, if I have done bali deeds let God inflict, punishment. OJl mI'.

(ii) Pa.st Perfect Conjunctivl'

§634. The pa.st 1l('rf('et conjunctive in thl' ~t. Hhojpllrl iH mad(· with the help of verba.l form in -ale+thc (;onjllndivll tenlll··fllrJIIII of vllrh rah in the conjunctive (rabitl, rahitl jl, cte.) hall alr<'"dy bCNI gin·n. Tho verbal form in -ale (dekhale) rcm"inH unchangcd.

§635. This tcnse rcf(>fS to a eonrlitiollai completl'rl ILdilln in· !.iUl pD.K!. whieh did not occur, c.g. jo bam chutti me kulhi kltiib parhale rahltl ta iju arim karat rahili, if I hatl fini8h[~d r,-!~;"lin;l: ~,H th;~ hnokt=l fluring the vacations, I should have been cnjoying thc rll,y. (iii) Future Perfect Conjunctive

§636. The future perfect conjunctive in the St. Bhojpurl iR made by adding jo, if, to the future perfect. §637. This tense refers to a conditional action whieh will be completed in the future, e.g. jo bam dekhale rababl ta tohira se kahabl. if I Khan have seen, I shall inform you. Conjugation

0/ Vocalic Root8

§638. l\ia.ny veros have roots endifijt in vowelii a.nd the junction of the root with the terminations frequently causcs some slight apparent L.P1'eg-~rity.

These are discussed below=

§639. Roots ending in -i are conjugated like Jdekh except in the ioiiowing pointe : (a) In the past tense, these verbs insert a euphonic vowe~ y~(l), wa(u) (' y.'ruti' and' wa.'i'uti') between the root a.nd -1 of the termma.tlOn. Thus root khi, to eat, in the first person past tense will fllBt become • kbl+y(l)+l+1 and then, after 'sarilprasiraQa', it will become kha}'B;1' in the westem Bhojpurl of Banil'88 and Lamgarh and kham an the St. Bhoj. Ballil and Shihibad. Similarly root pi, to get. will

or

186

DB OBtGIN AND DBVBLOPllBNT 01' BHOJ'PVBI

beoome !II pl+wa+l+1 &Del pawail after 'ympraairaJJiio' in the St. Bhoj. In SAran. this wa- is weakened to -u and therefore we get the form palUI. The following rules show when ya(l) and when -wa-(u) are the euphonic VOwels;(i) All transitive Cincludinsr causal) verbs take -wa-{u). e.ll. DI. .. to get, pa-,\va-ll (paull), I got; carhl. carhawait (carha': ell), I caused to ascend. Ezception: The root khA. to eat, always takes ·y'(I). Thus - khaill, I ate. (ii) All neuter or intransitive verbs take -y(I). Thus. from vaghi; aghanl, I was satisfied; Vi; aill, I came. (b) In the future tense, first person singular and plural as well as second person and thl..-d person h.onorific singular and plural, however, we get the root in I (pi, I, aghl. eto.)+lb, b- future as the basic form and the amxe8 are added to them. Taus we get forms: paibi, aibi, aghiibl. The reason is probably this that •samprasira.J)a' I, u are preserved and the vowel retAins its long quantity because the future in ~b was of later origi.n than the past in -1.

§640. In early Kosali of UVP we get only s > h- future, e.g. devadatta kala karlha devadattali 1eatafh kar.,yatit what will Devadatta. do 1 .uvp, p. 9, but in the Ko~a.JI of' Rima Carita Mii.nasa' we have the forms iike aub, will come, and in modem K.oMlJ -of Alii.hii.bad. we get forms like jab, will go, a.nd kMb, will eat (instead ofja'lih, kMub), etc. This, too, shows that the ~biiii future is of later origin than of 8 > J;,. futu...-a.

=

Roots ending in i Jpi, drink 1641. The infL-rltiva f~um the above root is piyal, pial and than it is conjugated like base dekhal. The long pi is shortened when the terminations for the past and future are a.dded. In the 'Present Conditional', a euphonio -h- comes between the root and termination (e.g. pi+l > pi+ h+I). The present participle raas forms w~th -at and ... it (p'l=at and pl-h-It), but the -It- form is more popular in the modem St. Bhoj. Ali the roots ending in -I are conjugated like pl. Roots ending in'd'

§64.2. The infinitive is cOal and then it is conjugated like base dekhal. The long cd is·shortened when- the terminations are added. The present oonditional is quite regular (cC-I, dl-I-jl, etc.). The present par'"uiciple has forms with -It (cult) but we have this participle in -at (cuat) also diaieoticaUy. All the roots ending in -6 are conjugated like cO. Roots ending in G

The

-=

JrG,

to weep

5~ec:n!i!ve:6~~~::: ~~: ~te~:~~:=:

TBJI VERB

187

&nal is. quite ~guIar (rai, rli-JI, etc.). The prescot participle in modem St. BhoJ. ends 10 -It (..olt) but we have this participle in -at (roat) 80180 diAlectically. All the roote ending in -0 are conjugated like roo

Imgula, Verbs §644. The following verbs are irregula.r only in their ~..8t t-er.8t'!:'\Ikar, do; '\Idbar, seize or place; '\lbo, .become; and y'ji, go. Their conjugation is therefore given in that tenso only. The conjugation of ,Jbo has already been given and thert-fore it iN nut given here. w

§MO. The verbs ymar, die; yde, giv(l; n.nd y'le-; h~kr, n.rt.' mort' or less irregular in all the tenses, especially in t.lw }lBRt mill in tIll' pn'HI~nt conditional. The verbs ...;mar a.nd Vde, therefore, will ht. CfmjullBtt-d throughout the radical and participial tenscs. Tho verb Jle is prt-rilidy conjugated like the verb Jde. §646. It should be obAervcd that in thr radiCAl tNLMt' all tlwKO Vf'rbH are quite regular (e.g. karl, dbai'l, hul, JAI, marl, del, leI, I·t.(·.). Till' dialectical present indicative in II is a.lso reguln.r (lst pc'r. karllii, I tio; JIUI, I go; delli, I give; etc. and 3rd sing. kareUl, he do!'!!; jill!. he goes; and iwell, he comes). §647. It has a.lready been noticed that ihe pJ't's('nt in II ho.s ilcromt' archaic in the St. Bhoj. but the third person singular formA karelA, he does; jill, he goes; IwelA. he comes I10re still prevalt'nt ill Hw St. ]~hoj. though with a slight change in meaning. In fact. thcse fonns rn('an •he ill in the habit of doing', 'he is in the habit of going' and 'he iH in tho habit of oomi.Ylg " etc.

§648. '\Ikar, do; ydhar, pla.ce, scizc. Infinitive :-old-kail and dbail. recent-karal and dbaral. The origin of kan is krta > • kaa+ala > • Icaa.ya.ala > kail while kar-a! and dharal are = kar-al, dhar-al. In the present and the future tenses the roots kar I~nrl dbar 80m regniar and are conjugated like dekh, see, but in the past these are irregula.r. §649. Past Tense. Old Bhojpurl forms.

Ir.dicative Mood

- _.. ----

.-

Past Tense

Jkar Person

2nd 3rd

·. ·. I ·. I

Jdhar -

I

Plur80l

Singular

kan3

kalll

dbail3

dhaDI

kall~

kail,

dbaile

dbaD'

kaD..

kaDan

dhaJla.

dhaDan

Singular

1st

I

Past Tenae

II

Plural

188 §6lSO. The followinR tense.forms &re found in the modem St. Bhojpurl in the pa.st teD8e : --

Sg. ham kaIll, clha1l1. PI. haman(l)kl kaill-JI, dhaDl-JI.

lBtperson 1st

..

2nd 2nd n" 2nd 2nd

2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd .3rd

3rd 3rd 3rd

. " .".. " " "

.."

------.:-----

l".nnt""mn+.llnllA ii

Ra~

till kAilfI!_dhAIlfI!_

- 0 - - - - - - - . . , - - - - - ..

PL kana. dhaila. --- tohantnki -----,. ------. -sanhl... --~--,-,--

--~-

-san, -sl, -sa. Sg. tu kaill, dhaill. Ordinary PI. tohan(l)lo~ kaUl, dhaUl. " Honorific Sg. raul kaill, dhaJII. PI. raulsabh kaili, dhaill. Contemptuous Sg. u kailasl, dhailasi. PI. unhan(i)kl kaile, dhalle. -s8nhi. " -san, -sl, -sa. Ordina.ry Sg. u kali" dbalie. PI. u lo~ kail, dhail. " Sg. uhAkl kaill, dhaill. Honorific PI. uhAsabh ~I kaill, dhaill.

..

The following forms &re found in the feminine gender only:2nd person Contemptuous Pl. tohan(i)ki kanu-sanhl. -san, -sl. -sa. 2nd "Ordin&ry Sg. tu kanil. 2nd" " PI. tohsn(!)log kanO. 3rd " Contemptuous PI. unhan(l)ki kaill-saobl, -san, -sil, -sa. §651. Jmar, die. Infblitives :--old, must reoent, maral In modem St. Bhoj. the b&se mual is conjug&ted like dekhal, saw, in the past and dekhab. will see, in the future tenses.

§602. In the present conditioD&i, it is conjug&ted like root boo to be (mul, mul-jl, etc.) &nd in the past conditional like dekhlt (multI. mUltl-JI. etc.). Sometimes in modem Bhojpurl in the third person singular past we find: u maral. he died. This is &l&ter form&tion. §653. In old Bhojpurl, we find for the first person singul&r past teD8e : muala, and for the first person singu1&r future: maraba. etc.. . Besides above we have numerous dialectical forms for the present and past conditional, e.g. fh-at person p..-eaent: IDa!; and past conditional: muata, etc. §6M. Jjl, go. There a.re two orA. root! combined V yG, to go, a.nd V(JO:m, to go. The conjug&tion of JI can be compa.red with the root I, come. The infinitive in the modern St. Bhoj. is IU, JIB &nd Before the termin&tion is added the be.sio. form will become all and ~aD in the past teDse in the modern Bhojpurt and then these will be conjupted like dekhal in the put ~.

.an.

TBB VUB

189

§3M. In the future tense ihe base wiii become lib and JIIb and the following will be the tense.forms :1st person Sg. Albl, JAJbI. 1st .. PI. Aibl-jl. jAibl-JI. 2nd " C'lnromptuQus Sg_ iiibe, jaibe. 2nd u Pl. alba, Jeiba, ===nl:l, --san, -al. 2nd .. Ordina;y S~. aiba\. jaiba\. 2nd" .. PI. alba\, jaiba\. 2nd .. Honorific Sp;. Aibl, j~ibl. 2nd" .. 1)1. aibl, jiiIbi. 3rd Contemptuous Sg. iii, jai. 3rd" " PI. aib~, jaib~, -sanhl. -san. -si, -Ia. 3rd "Ordin.'\ry Sj:(. aih~. jaih~. 3rd" " PI. ii. jal. 3rd " Honorific Sjl. aibl, Jiiibl. 3rd" " PI. iiibi, jaibl. The following forms are found in the fl'minine gt'mlt'r only:2nd person Contemptuous PI. tohan(l)kil: aibu. jaibu. -sanhl, -san. -58. -sa. 2nd "OrJina.ry S~. tu albu, jalbu. 2nd.. " PI. tohan(l)lOQ aibu, jaibu. 3rd person Contemptuous PI. unhan(l)kil aihe, Jaihe, -saDhl, -san, -sit -sa. §656. The tense.fOl·ms of the prl·f;(·nt eClnjunctiv(l it! mad" with th(' help of verbal form (alt, Jilt) plus tIll' affix('s, c.g. 1st person Sg. aitl, jaitl. 1st .. PI. aitl jl. jaitl jl. 2nd .. Contemptuous Sg. aIte, jaIte. 2nd " " PI. alta, JaYta, =sarahl, =Gsn, -ai, iii;a. 2nd "Ordinary Sg. aita\, jafta\. 2nd.. .. PI. aita\, Jaita\. 2nd "Honorific Sg. aitl, jaitl. 2nd" .. PI. aid. Jaitl. 3rd .. Contemptuous Sg. ait, Jail. 3rd.. ." PI. aite, jaite. -saDbl. -saD, -sl, -Ia. 3rd .. Ordinary Sg. aite, Jaite. 3rd.. " PI. Ait. jilt. 3rd .. Honorific ·Sg. aItl.jaltl. 3rd" .. PI. aitl, jaltl. The following forms are found in the feminine gender only:2nd person Contemptuous PI. tObaD(I)k! altu, Jaltu. -18Dhl, -san, -sa, -8a. uramary Sg. tii al'tii.jalt'u. 2nd " PI. tobaD(i) log altu. jaltu. 2nd Contemptuous PI. unhaD(I)kI altl, JaltJ, -saohl, 3rd " " -8aD, -sl, -sa.

..

v'de. give §667. The infinitive dlhal becomes the baae for the conjugation in

the past tense aDd then it is conjugated like the regular base dekhal.

190 §M3, In the futUf6 t.6Die, the bi.ie fol' oonjUption, however, becomes deb and then the affixes are added to make the tense·forms for the future. The only exception is , > h- fi.!tu..1'8 which is it'regular and these forms are given below:. 3rd person Contemptuous '01 Sg. 11 diM, del • • ha._/J\.I.,B .111..2. 'I......

~

..,... \6

3rd .3rd

n

.

"

... &.

......... . .

\&,. .

____ L.I

____

_JI.

u.u.&V, -a........ , - ..... , - • • ,

-8a. Sg. u dihe. PI. u loa dlhl, dl •

Ordinary

• §659. In the present conditional the tense.forms are somewhat irreguiar and these are given beiow:-

1st person Sg. ham del, dihl. Pl. haman(i)kl del-JI, dihl-JI. 1st .. Contemptuous Sg. te de.· . . 2B.d " 2nd. " Pl. tohan(l)ki da, -saRbl; -san; -8i. ij

-8a,

2nd 2nd 2nd 2nd

"

"

.i

.. ..". O-.l

~

3rd 3rd 0_.1

~.L-u.

3rd 3rd

.." .

Ordinary Sg. tu di, .. PI. tu log di. Honorifio Sg. raul del; dlh!. " PI raul sabh de!, dihl. Contemptuous Sg. u deu. .. Pl. unban(i)ki da, -saahi, -san, -si, -sa. Ordinary Sg. u desu. Pl. Ii log deu. " Honorific Sg. uhlkl del. Pi. uhi sabbki dei.

..

§660. For the past conditional, the basic verbal form becomes dihit and then the affixes are added to this base regularly_ (F)

THE PART!!.J.!!'Ll!!8

(i) TAt Prumt Participle

·a_

1661. The nreBent nartioinle in the St. Bhoi. is -at. In HindI it is -at4, :aU,.ca (in the locative absolute), in ~eng&l(-a_, .Ste, in Opyi and in ..Aasamese -~t. The un&t...~hened ~ete, in its =t..~nrvhened form -atl (of. the strengthened. Asaamese form .aca) becomes an attributive adiective in Bhoinurl. e.2. caltl jiJllI. a wanderillJl saint: bahatl DIDI. the flowing watei;but alsO calat adiml, a going man; urat cirai, a Bymg ~:~

u .... ~.

",

.

The source of the present participle is OIA and MIA active participle in .ani. .

TUB VBB.B

191

(G) CoNJ11NOTIVB

§663. The .conjunctiv~ ~ the modem St. Bhoj. is fotmll in .1 strength. ened by the datIve postposItion -kef e.g. dekhl ke, lu.ving sl~n; sun I ke, having heard; par~l ke, having read; etc. The postposition ke is absent in Old Bhoj. specially in poems, e.g. babul ke mill baUri hArf bharf rlDhell JaUrl apne khAli kathawati mi! babue ke deli ketor!i mi, ee (dekh!) babu! rust call, blp pltllwa manawao karl. (A Nurtlery Uhynw). 'The mother of the ba.bv is bad. She cooked RW('('t 1"ir" in n. r ...... I,I ...... She herself ate in a tub (lit. win a big wo~d~n pl~t;) -~hi-l~ ~i;~ ;~~~ tll~-~by in a cup (lit. in cup-like pot). (Having sc(-n) this, the baby became angry. Then father and uncle began to conciliate him. ' This -i· conjunctive is found in olel and middle n('n~iili «(',g. caryA: (2) duki, ha.ving milked; (4) cdpi, baving Pfl"ss{'d; (il) clliu,li. giving up; (7) de"A;" haviI'..g seen; pai8i, baving enter.! i. T{~88i~l)ri derived the Gujritl conjunctive in ·f (&8 in cilli-ne, having wa.lked; mdri-ne, having struck) from the passive purticiple in -ia rather than the ApabhramBa abaolutive in .i. This is quite likely but OlA drqya for dr,'vil can develop &8 dekkhia > dekhi and, simila.rly OIA • cal-y~ > calia> cali, cali> NIA cali, cal is a periectiy normai deveiopmcnt. (H) CAUSATIVE

souu. A causative in Bhojpurf is g~ncrally fOiIDCd by aildinM Iw t,u • simple root. The stems thus formed ar'...~ ("onjugatccl ('xaetly !ike ,·erbe whose roots end in i. The a;ourcc of this aw is dCllomina.t.ivl' OIA rjya, e.g. balthal, to sit; baithiwal, to sca.t; hAsal, to laugh; hilsiwal, to make

laugh.The very common causat'Ives m . '0': oJ:: d"":: UolndI _na, huna, p"-_;; ...., pt.O'''_N ....__ are not found in Bhojpuri. Even the Doun.forms like dintiiii, the cost of washing' and Biliii, the coat of aew'iIlJ(, which ha.ve been borrowed in Bengill 'from Hindi, have not been adopted in BhojpurI which uses tho native forms dhoii and sill. §666. Some primitive neuter verbs h.a.vin~ a. monosylla.bio root enclosing a ahort vowel form the causative by lcngtlwning the vowel, e.g. Simple Verb Jkat, be cut Jbanh, be tied Jlad, be loa.deci Jah1e, be dragged

Causal kit, cut bioh, tie lAd, load ahle,drag

192

'l'HB OBIOIll' AND DBVBLOPJIlIlII''l' OJ' BHOJ'P17BJ

§887. Sometimes a. cognate diphthong is substituted. for the long vowel, e.g. kbul, be opened; khol, open; gIlul (neut.), melt; gIlol (active), melt. §668. The lengthening in above cases is the result of •guQa' and 4vrdhi', i.e. 'abiaut'· in I.E. Some of these roots have been inherited by :£il""IA from !YITA and OIA. Roots with short vowels are intrari8itive and those with long vowels are transitive, originally causative in OIA, e.g. OIA mo.rati for m,.yate == mare. mar in BengiJI and Bhojpurl but marayati > mAre. mar-. Similarlv truJuati "> MIA tttUai "> tute. tut- but tmtatmJ.& '> tore, tor, etc. ------.,------

-

---------.,

--

-- • ..,----

-

----.--ii---

~

.--.-

... -.

----~--.-..,-----

§669. Sometimes, in the intransitive forms, the original passive also survives, e.g. 1crtyafe > MIA lcaIIiai > lcaItai > kate, kat-. but 1cartayati > MIA 1callei > kite. kit-. Similarly OIA prasarati> pasare, pasarLil NIA (Bhojpuri) but OLA praa!i,rayaJ,i > p38ire, pa8ar-. §670. This rule, namely short vowel for the intransitive and the long for the transitive, became quite a rule in Bhojpurl so that analogically a number of roots which occurred only in the transitive with a long vowel were given a corresponding short form in the· L,traraSitive. ThUii root able, drag, became gh!c, to be d.w-agged; and pel, nOlLPi.eh « piila'!lati, cf. HindI pdla'llii, nourish) became. palal (of. HIndI palM), to be nourished. §671.

It should be DOted

QM,-,~~are

a good many roots in NIA

.~M which cannot bep-pWnedbj- OIA, ••.Jl11.ojpurl, &hulal, to melt;

tihiilSt, ~ Opd; jiii&1. tc. unite, etu~

§6'72. A doublecau.ti.ve.in Bhoj~ is formed by adding wiw to the simple causative.. The'lcmg lof the simple causative is, however, shortened. Thus uthal, to get up:·_lwal (causative), to make get up; utilawiwal (doubie causative) instead of utillwiwal, to cause to make get up. §673. The origin of the double causative appears to be OIA denominative dya+dpay (causative).

§OJ... Ii the simpie root contains a iong vowei in Bhojpuri, it is shortened, e.g. Simple Verb Jplk. be cooked Jjig, be awake JUt, conquer Jghum, be turned f675.

Causative pBkiw jagiw jitiw ghumiw

Double Causative PB~dWlw

Jag""lw jltJ;lwlw ghumJRVilw

The following are irregular:-

Simple Verbs at, be stopped pilat. be tom

phit,phir,phir

Doubl~ Causative arlw phariw, phannviw.

char,chAr

chorlw,

mAr

mul..., IIIIII'J1lWAw

Causative

If

plitilwa, piuulawiw chut. to be aeparated

·mar,die.

cho~lw

TBB VUB

193

§676. Where a doubl~ causative exis~ll, the ~implfl one is used gent.raUy when the remote agent actIVely helps the Imml.'diatc agent. to do thl.' ''''tinn e.g. Jamuna aaliadew ke pinl pUlwale. Jamuni caused &hluil'w tllilrink water (i.e. il"amuni actively helpt'd S...hn.dew by ~ivin~ him wat('r); ami the. douLl~ If, the remo~ agen~ d:)('s ~()t actiwly help but IIllly .lin'l'h, t.he

action to De (lone, c.g. Jamuna sltArum se sahadew ke panI pUiwawale Jamuni directerl Sitirim to ('ausc Su.ha
ll.B.-The difference between the two ca.usa.tiv(l8 is not gCllI'rally marked.

However, either can be WIed. (I) DBNOJlINATIVES

§677. l.ike Bengali, in Bhojpuri too, commonly, the nOlm if it itl II short form (disyllabic> monosyllabic), is used as .. root, P.g. pik,. (paA't'U), pi.k8-ti, is becoming ripe: cinh (cihna), cinha-tinl. (I) am recognizing, clnha-bl. (I) will recognize; sukh (.fu~ka(l.), sukha-tA. is bcromirig dry; sukhal. became dry; sukhi, will become dry; bhukh (lmbk"klil), bbukhatinJ. am fasting; bhukhabi, (1) will fa.st; tap (tapta·, hot), to ha.ve I(w,t. power and influence; Jam, gathering (Perso.Ara.bic jam~ ~). §678. The OIA a.ffixes to form the denominative ("p:.rt. from ell-'ll'S where no such a.ffix was used) were ·a· ·ya· .a-ya- -i.ga. -i·lJ-n -u.ya -'11.-11(1,-, ·a-ya (,·ya). The form .a.ga. res:,rnbli~~ til(' ~all)o1l.ti~e aifix' .apay~ seems to have been more commonly employed t.ha.n the reKt. ill cborly MIA and consequently the denominativcs have often been confused with caUMUves in mlmy NIA speeches, But the (lilttinction hllos been preserved in Bihirllanguages of the present day (see §551 under Voice). The examplell of denominatives in Bhojpurl are: pitra(ll), tq become like hrass (pitar, brass < Sk. Lex. piUaiam, pitaiam connected with pita, pital, yellow); khati(U), to become sour (Sk. khoUal}, Pk. khatla); mithi(iI), to beclJme sweet (Sk. fi"..,,;al}, Fa. 11'.aI'''.o, Pk. maleha·. miHha.); kasll(iI), to bt'comc astringent (Sk. kaftJya1}); plyari(i1). to become yellow (cf. ~k. pita, yellow); harlari(il). to become green (cf. Sk. harita(J., cf. alsl) Bhoj. hare bond N .. harra, a kind of tree from w}>Jch a yenow dyc ill prep'U'flcl. For der. H(~e under Mrro, N.D., p. 632); cokha(il), to be cured, e.g. ghllw cokhA tlail, the injury has been cw:ed JSk. cauk,a(J., cokfal}, J!lIre,~a. P~:. ~k~~-); retl(Il), to be cut (BhoJ. reti, a tile; for der. see N. reb I, ret,,, ID .N.D., p. (41); sonhA(U), to become sweet in smell (Sk. sugandkal}); Jamhil(II), to yawn (jambha-j; lall(1I), to becoiiie red (Per.;o-Arabic la~! J..J). etc. (J) VERBAL NOUNS

§679. The verbal nouns in Bhojpuri are represented by the following forms:(a) Nouns in -an 'with extension in -anA. ni, -ani,

-nl

~(1iscull8ecl

under Formative Affixes). The verbal nouns With above atlises are prominent in aU Migadhan speeches, viz. Maithill, Magahl, Bengali and Assamese. In Hindi ,.a (Braj•. bhAkhi no), ;ame as Bhojpurl, BengAlI and Assamese -ani, is used as infinitive; ..lao ita equivalent -01 in PunjAbl.

am

13

194

THB ORIGIN AND D.vBLOPJIlIBT 01' BHOJPUBI

(6) NQQD8 in -" which is quiescent but traceable in l'OOts endiD-S in a oousonant, e.g. Bhoj. bOl, speech, sound (of. early middle BengAlI and old BengIU bOll < MIA Mlla.). Similarly dekb, mlr, dhar, etc. There was a feminine (diminutive) extension. of this by. -I < -ia < -ik&. Thus boll, dekhi,

--_.

_.... tn,c. Ce) NOtL-uJ in =1. e.g. dekh!, sunl, cell, etc.' This aleo-is f01L~d in Maithill (Grierson, Maithill Grammar, p. 109). In the nominative, when there is no inflection, the final -I is practi~I"I,

cally dropped but in other cases and in compounds, it is retained, e~g. mAr bhail, there was beating; but mirl-pltl bhatt, there was n. fight. (tJ) Nouns in -al from the passive participle in -al. This is very common in Bhojpurl and in its sister speeches MaithiU and Magahl, e.g. calal (caliam+alla < caZitam). Its equivalent in :Bengill and Assamese is -ild. (6) Nouns in -abo This is from the same source as the future base. The form occurs in all Magadhan speeches. In BengalI, its counterpart is -ill. §680. The verbal noun in =sb is becoming obsolete due to the fact that the future base in -b ha,s beoomemore prominent. Probably, it is to avoid this confusion that verbal noun in -al has become more popular. (K) DUPLIOATBD V.BS

§681. Certain verb-forms are doubled in Bhojpurl to indicate repeated, intense or continuous action. These are either conjunctives in -I or present participle in -at used with an dodverbial force with reference to the finite verb. Thus we have in Bhojpurl: chul chul, frequently touching; kudl kudl, repeatedly jumping; nlet nlci, repeatedly dancing; caliit calat, contil'lUously ,,'alkitlg; urat urat, conti..YJ.uous!y flyi..'lg. Such verb-forms are found in all NIA speeches and its usage goes back even to OIA. PiJ)ini has already noted them in SiUm •nityatnp8ayo~', 8-1-4:. showing that in repetition doubled verb-forms are used. e.g. pacatipacatt. repeatedly cooking; bAukttN2-bAukttl/i, repeatedly eating. §682. There are a number of roots which are used in pairs-roo~ similar in meaning, or indicating connected ideas, and together they convey an intensive idea, or the idea of the entire process involved (cf. under • Onomatopoetio Roots', §534). These do not make what are known alii ·Compound. Verbs' as both the roots take inflections, e.g. karl-khanl, scooping and digging = digging completely; dhal-p3chl, washing and wiping ... making clean completely; kudl-phlnl, jumping and leaping .... forcibly; dhal-bAnhl, catching and restraining - forcibly; call-phlrl, wa--1king and roaming; 1!kh!=P=ihl, writing and reading: hI=!=b~l!. laughing and 8pea)ri~; kU$!-p!8!; pounding and grinding; ehlohl-bloh!. fastening and binding. . §683. There is in Bhojpurl. as in other NIA. a common verbal noun ofieCiiprooity, which may be noted in this connection. T"ne verbal root or

~8

noun is doubled, .,d it is oonnectwd by a Hrak vowel _1__ , and the eeoond part of this re-duplicated form takes the aSix -I, e.g. mIrI-mlrI, at.1'ikiDs er.oh other, fighting; dekhl-dekhJ, seeing each other. mutual aeeiDg; lIlell-lIliD, pushing each other; kllI-kltI, biting eaoh o.ther; 13·

THI: VERB

19f,

pherl:'~Il~r!~~~~ ~c~ .~ther; ~li-::bOli. speaking with t>"Ch other. quar~lImg; Ulpui-Ullal. ngntmg each other with st.ickl\; dhaka-dhukl, pushing eac~ other; ahus~-ahusl or muki-mukl. fi~htinJl: wit.h tiBti. cuffs; papai-patkl, dashing each other. Tht' nOIiM ('.All hl' IIsed ad.verbia.lIy. (L) COHPOUND VERBS §684. Modem Indo-Aryan sp,>(wh(ls agl't'c in hlwing a n'rnl'rkl~hll' idiomatic use of verb roots in connection with R. nOlln or vl'rlml conjunctive or participle. The noun which is compounded is in till' lI.c(·uMt.i\'c and ncl!AIIionallv in the loca.tivf' ~ Anrl th.· v ....hA.1 fnp ......... m'~i,,~ ."".fl....... ~i ..... ~t-f~ll~. ~k~ -th~' t~~~r~i--&~d- ;;~;~~i ~fii~~~~- i;h::'~::'~''";)I:;;': combined form one idea. The-inflected root in suC'h 1\ J.:(r\l\lp.t,hn\lJl:h·rl~t. wardly in form the principal part modified. by a nOlln or hy R. I)lLrticipl,'. is properly the auxiliary and sometimes it has no spl~d,.1 force, althlJllj(h generally it strengthens or otherwise mo(lifics the idea flf till' pn~ccdill/o( verbal participle or noun. The usc of this 'Cumpound Verb' or 'Grflul" Verb' construction amply compensates for the lollS of thc rt)ot.modifyinlo( prefixes which form such a characteristic fl~a.tnro (If the &1.nllkrit Bonf} of Indo-European speeches outsido India..

sao.>. Tne compound verb

OCCUl'I.I

from tho caru('st

Dr. Chatterji has quoted several Gxamplea of such

v~ih!'

pllrlOfl JII

NiA.

fioro {~i'iYM (see

ODBL, §778).

§686.

Types of the Compound Verb in Bhojpurl. 1. Nomina18

(a) AccU8llotive: bhoJaa kall, to cat; bhoJan dihal, t.o fl'ed; Jami kall, to gather; darsan kall. to sce; aim libal, t() rt'}l(·:\t, tll(~ IIluna of

(God). (b) Locative: il16 barbal. to ad vance; piche hatal. to hl> hl.ck; aice airai, to laii, etc. (e) With the locative verbal noun:(i) Inccptives (with Jlill, to begin), e.g. kahe lagal, (hl.·) bl'gBon til say; mire Ilia! (he) began to beat.; !thAe ligel, (he) hf'S(I!;rl toO ea.t. The westorn Bhojpuri idiom is illu8t.rll.tt'd lJy til(' phra8l'lI dekh@) lillal, to begin tn IICC. (ii) Desiderath"ps: c.g. biJe cibat bA, is ahout to Ktrikl·; u bole cillu\tA. he wishes to t;ncak: U 8ute cahltii, hc wish(,s to ;i~p ;-Ii bhille cihAtA: he ~ish(,K to fly; u Jie cihiti, hI' wishes to go. (iii) Accusativetl: jie piwal. to be able to go; baise pawal, to be a.blc to sit. (iv) Periilissiveii: Jle dills!, to allow to go; bole dfhal, to 111!!OW to speak; khae d!hal. t·o allow t·o t'st.

(e1) Desidemtives: When the principal verb iK put in the oblique: Generally this form of compound verbs expressee desire, e.g. u JAe cAhAll, he wishes to go; ii bbla- clhAtl, h~ wisheR to fly. (i) T-ne desiderative oompou....d in. the precative form with. db! i= idiomatically uaed to express obligation or duty, e.g. I pOth! Parhal cihI, (one) ought to read this book (lit. be good

196

TUB OBIGIN ANI> DBVBLOPMBNT OJ' BHO.J:PUR!

enough to wish to read); tohlriuhl ji@ ca hi s it is right for you (i.e. you ought) to go there. (ii) The westem Bhojpuri idiom is illustrated by the phrases dekhg cahal ; dekhal clhal ; dekhab@f cihal. to wish to see. (e; Potcntiais: boi sakai. to be abie to s}Xlak; dba:ur sakai. to be able to run; jal sakal. to be able to go. / (I) Frequentativcs: Formed byafti.xing the verb karal or kan with verool noWl in -al. e.g. iU kara! or kail. to come often (lit. do the a.ct of coming); kahal karal or kail. to be in the habit of saying: parhal karal or kan. to be in the r...abit of reading. Probably this construction is based on Hindi because there a.re no equiva.lents in other Migadhan speeches.

2. .

(~)

Verbals

The following auxiliary verbs are usually employed to form

Intensives :(i) (m plying violence: tur cJllal. to break in pieces; mar c;liUal, tokill~

(ii)

(iii) (iv) (v)

Tho a.uxiliary vcrb ghalal is also used in BhojpurI. In fILet the verb ghilal is ••Iso used in Bengali, e.g. mar ghltat, to kill, etc. Implying completion: bani iil. to be completed; kha jiil, to ea.t up. Implying chance: air paral. to fall. Implying suddenness: bol utha1, to speak suddenly. Implying reflexiveness: rikhllihal. to lay by.

(6) Continuatives-These arc formed in Bhojpurl by combining the present participle of any verb with the verbs jiil, to go, or rahal, to remain. The compound with jail expresses 8teady 1)TogTUBicm and with rahal the continuance of a complete action, e.g. Ukhsit ,.-Hit biitl~_ 11I~ -is:! 0----0 anina un niini bahAt - -------i'-. --.--.- writina' --------0' r--------- Hit bah" --1'-' t,hp -_ ...

II

~--

water keeps flowing away; nadi ke cJhir bahat rahell. tht' stream of the river keeps flowin~ on.

(c) Staticals-These denote motion in a state of doing anything. These are formed by combining a verb of motion with a present pa,rticipie, e.g. rowat ail, to ('ODle weeping; aAwat ail, to come singing.

CHAPTEU VII ADVERH~

§687. Th~ OIA and MIA .(Pii!i) l.d\"l'rhN lloft' tilrnll'li hJ Illl' addit.ioll of adverb.makmg suffixes especIally to pronomiual roots or Ktt'llll', but alHo to noun and adjective stems (vide 'Whitney: Sa.n~kl'it Grammar, §§IOOi 11'.• 'and Pii,1i Mahii,vyiika.ro.Q.a. p. 215). . The OIA and MIA ('haral;tcl'istic has \J(lCn illhl'ritl,rl bv NIA sllt'celloR where a.dverbs are based on nouns, pronouns, 1I.£ljecti\·~R· or on ;.nc·itlllt adverbs. The prollomim.i adverbs 11IIo\'t, been disells~('(l Pl'l'\' il)IJ 01 1\, \Inrll~r pronow,s. Tho rest i\fe difu~usscd hcar('. . §688.

ADVERB!! 01<'

Tun:

(Sec alr-lO Pronominal Adverbs of 1'i01l-' u",ll'r Pronoun, §·H!9.) (a) Based on noulls : saitl, momt'nt (cf.

Kosali: 8£;il,·-:: I'l'l'~"·:\mbil' "Uq,'t ~.tl_); gbari, moml'nt, time (Sk. !Ihatihi. PI\. fllwli!.-,;. Pk. f/M(lili); samai, moment (Sk. sam-aJla) : tern (I·~ng. tinll'); bakhat. Ulom .. nt (Persn-Arabic waqt); jaIdi, at once! (P.. r";(I·Arn.hiC' jff/d); pllurti, with haste (Sk. lIpkiirti); hali, with JUL~te (pro"I."I.\, t,OlllwI·t.Nl with Perso-Ara.bic (mt J~~, fit'alling at pn~s(1l1t).

other aclvcrbs:in front; aju, tmlli.,Y (Hk. adYfI: I'I~. Pk. (Ijifl); kiilhl. tomorrow (SIc kal?/flm., kalye, n.t dn.,Yhrf'n.I_, tOlJi"I"'"W, 1'••. k4liltun. at, dawn; Pk. ;'Yliimil, «aihilh . .wst.l"r,il.Y); lurani. im rJwliilLkiy (Sk. hn'at"" pres. part. turnt. tl'fll'ulf', ha..';tf'IIS: Pa. fllmli. 1'k. tumi. tUfJa,ranta- ~ tt,aram-\: nit (nitunmL ('ollstant.J\': baram-bar. re~a.t~dly (;'{iTfnnt1ar~;"'); ab~, n;,w (:vv- 'a.pp{'ar~ tit II" th(~ origin of -b-, the start.ing point acC'orcling t,o Dr. ChaU.l'rji ht.'in~ Hk. f't",m, Pk. evt'am). 'rhl' origin of kah~. whell, jab~, whell, tab~, t.Jlf'n, are the pronomilllLI ba.sl's ka+ba. ja+ba :.,111 ta+ba,

(b) Based

age

Oil

(agra~),

§689. Wh<'ll the p"ollumillal II,I\'I'rils al'l" I'!·p,·.\t,·d 0/' l'lllllililll'" the i.· lDl'aning i8 changed, e.g. jab~ jab~, wlu'II(,\'(·'·. folloWI",l II." tab~ tab_ in the correlath-e cfauS('; jabl jabA, wht~J'''\'I'r, rt'gllh.l'ly li,\lIl\\'t'li h~' tahA tahA ; kabbi kabhi, sonwt.ilDt's; kahi kahf, in sllm,' few pl.wI·s. §690. The relative may hI' ('omhiuc·d with the eorn'''pondinl! in.h·fi· nite a.dv'erb to exprcs~ fL (~ertain Hort of in(lef"initen~sM. {'.j.!. jab~ kab!!l. whenevcr; jabl kabf, wherevt·r. Or, Hw llt'g"tjvtJ pa/·ti,·I" nii rna.:; tw interposed het,W{'('ll two eOJ(m~te :uh-crhs til exprl'Sf! :~ ".,/'Iain "'''1'1. ,,1' indefiniteness, e.g. jab. na tab., now and thl'll; kabhi na kablli. at ",,,rn,·t irnl' or other; Jaahl ni kahl, somewhere Ill' other.

§691.

ADVERBS OF l'J..ACI!;

(See also the Pronominal Adverbs of Plar~e and I>irccti'm untler PronoUn. §491 and §492.) ante. elsewhere (Sk. anyatra) ; nlyar, close- by (Sk. nikala, nigru/.a, ni-a.tIa. "i-"o4,.); nagle. near (cf. al.so H. nagic, N. nagic < Perli.

"iti,..

(

197

)

198

THB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPlIIBNT OJ' BBOJPl7ld

~);

part acrosa (St. ¢fVTli, the fur-Jier ihore, ¢re, at the" f'ur.Ji&r end, beyond; Pa. param, fa.rther bank, adv. beyond, Pk. pcJra-);' bhltar (of. N. bhitra < Pk. abbkifttara (probably < Bk. abkyafttara-; Pa. abbAanItmJ..) or < • abkiy-afttara with early. loss of a·, N.D., 477); bihar, outside (Pa. b4l,;ro. outer (of. Sk. ba.\i~t out; Pk. M,\i), ...... M,\iraa-); tar!, on the surface, tara+hl in the locative (Sk. tala(6, bottom, sole, Pa. Pk. tala.), etc.

t..

§692.

ADVERBS OJ'

MANNa

(For Adverbs of Manner. see under Pronoun. Pronominal Adverbs of Manner, §487.) The following ta. or sta. words are commonly used as adverbs of manner:aksmat. suddenlv: ati. verY: sts. atiant. infinitelv: adhlkg.mol'f>: kewal~, only;" nirantar_: -fu:~~M.~tly;-·-paraspar~~-~tualiY; yathii, as; tathi, so; sts. blrithl, in vain; sahaj;r, raaturaUy; satya, truly. §693.

ADVERBS OF NUMBER

e.g. ek-sar, alone; an adjective but also·used a,S 8,n adverb, cf. doear, tisar. The deriVation is ek+sar < Jar. to move The sc-nse of onc-c, ~~i~(', .e~~.:. is expressed. in_~hoL 'r.it~ ~!!.e help of .som! suc.!t !l0~1J~~..aR ~r, tort, nan, etc., e.g. ek tor, torI, nail, once; OU tor, torI, hall. The derivation of tor appears to be tod- (n. tod- or tor in modern St. Bhoj. means •a. picce of bamboo- cut from the whole ') < .. '1'01-. breakag<" < irofayati, Pk. torf,ai, breaks. Tho origin of hall is Perso·Arabic luil. §694.

ADVERBS OJ' QUANTITY

(See also §483 under Pronoun.) e.g. aurl, more (apara.); bahut. much (Pk. bahutta·, much-perh. < Sk. bahutvam, abundance; Pa.. lxihuttam; cf. Sk. ba,\ulo; Pa. bahi', baAuleo, Pk. bah.ua. N.D., p. 427); jyadA, much (Perso-Arabic Zlliidak 8,)1o~); kam, less (Pers. kam rf); kulhl, whole (Perea.Arabic kuili); besl, more (Pers. beAI); bes, better (lw. Beng. < Pers. bu, better). §695.

ADVERBS OF .AFFmMA.TION AND NEGATION

The common affirmative adverb is hi, yes (of. N. 1&4, N.D., p. 628, and H. M). The nt'gative adverbs are nl, nlhl (proba.bly < • fla-akai, N.D., p. 337) and mat, no, not. Of these mat is regularly used with the imperative only; nihl, never, with the imperative and ni with any part oi the verb. In the wcstem J!hojpurl dialect of Baniras in Tahsil Canda.ull nOhl is used instead of nihl, not. §696. Various nouns and adjectives are also USf'd in affirmation, e.g. toB. avaAya, Jarnr (lw. H. f(lnlr from Pen .•Ar.), ce!"tA,inly; IliIIcaya. nlhtd. assuredly.

to\J7. The foilowing Persian and Arabio words occur now and then as adverbs in Bhoj. These have come through HindI, e.g. Jald,Jaldl, quickly; ilyad, slyad, slid, perhaps; hame6I, hame6, hames, alway;; albattl, albatt, cer.i....ly, i..~d; kblakar, eapeciaUy; bilkul, altogether; ylne, yinl, namely. that is ~ .y.

100

ADVERBS

1698. Some adverbs and noUDS complHmdcd form useful adverbial phrases, e.g. aurl kahl, elsewhere; kabahi nAhl, nt'\"t'r; dblre dblre, slowly, easily; nih!;;=ta, else. 1699. Conju~ctive pa.rticipll's are wry oftm l'qnh'l\lent to EngUtlh adverbs, e.g. jAnl ke. knowingly; milike. tngeth('r, ('te. Hl're we may aLto note the use of kalke (H. kara.ke), l'nnj. pa.rt. of runt with noun~, adjectives and numera.ls, forming acl\'('rhil~l l,hrn.s('s, t'.g. mebanati kalke, laboriously; kbiis kalke, chiefly; ekek kalke, singly; nice mOb kalke, with face downwards.

Ykar.

§700. We may here notice the partil'il' he, e which mt.y bo plal'f'li after any word to render it emphatic. , .It. .ma.y sODll'tim('s he n'ndered hy It' ..... . _, _____ I __ L_ - JUS1i', - very', or some Slmuar W01'(l; oJt.('n, 1I0W<'\'('r, Its lllrcc can OUIY IJ., expressed by a stress of the voice. After thl! pronounN 1 (II. yah and tl), the particle he is employed but after je. se sometimes i iN l'ml,loYl,d. This i comes from bi (in HindI, the partiolc is I,i, e.g. ?Iahi, uWii, 1~1811 cf. H. johi, 8ol,i and joi, 8oi) and is written aN a pa.rt of thc_ pnJllo~m! c:t;. ham u-he biit kahali. I told tha.t \'cry thiuJ(; ham lhe bat kuhan. I told this very thing; jei iii,. siH pitai or jchi ai sehe p1tiii. Wh08OCV('r will como, he (lit. that very man) will be bl'&tl'll. ore

••

~

OHAPTER VIII

CONJtJ!iCTIONS §701.

The conjunctions of Bhoj. can be divided into two classes:(A) Co-ordinating. (B) Sub-ordinating. (A) Co-ORDINATING CoNJUNCTION

§702. Co-ordinating conjunctions are of four kinds : (i) CumuIa.tive or copulative which merely &dd one statement to another. (ii) Adversa.tive which express opposition or contrast between two statements. (iii) Disjunctive or altern&tive which express a choice between two altern&tives. (iv) Illative which express an inference. §703. The following are the cumul&tive or copulative conjunctions in St. Bhoj.:-

A. auri, i-phinu. and, e.g. tab mahan i sohan Jaihl. or tab mohan auti sohan jaihi. or tab mohan ii-phinu sohan Jalhl. 'Then Mohan &nd Sohan will go.' The origin of i and aurl is Sk. aparam, moreover, Pa. aparam, Pk. amram (cf. W. Bhoj. conj. au. N. aft, am, H. aur) and i-phinu is two

=

conjunctions a+phlnu. This phinu appears to be a blending of phir+ ounah. For the derivation of ohir. see N. 'Dhir a.nd 'Dhirnu. a.lso 'Dhirnu. under·&ddend&. N.D., pp. 406 and. 65i. ~ • . . . §704. The most common a.d\,f'rs&tive conjunction in St. Bhoj. is bikl

« Pereo-Arabic baqij, e.g. u ha ta dhani bAki keno ke eko paisA nA dei, he is rich but does not give even a pie to anybody or though he is rich, he does not, etc. The persons connected with BengAl very often use kintu and partmlu and Persian m.f.i{ifif' and PefBo-Ara.bic Win are employed by lluslims and Kiyasthas. . §705. Disjunctive or Altern&tive Conjunctions. . The common HindI disjunctive conjunctions w4, atha_ or preferably Arabic yiJ are not employed in St. Bhoj. The most 'COmmonly used alte:ma.tive conjunction is I bliA, e.g. BIVium I bbl 50biiii Jallil. either Mohan or Soban will go. 'rile origin of i has 'been previously expiai.ned. The bbA is from defective Bhoj. root ho (of. N. bha1/8 obI. of bicltlo and past PIort. of Au"", N.D., pp. 484. -and M1). . --

( 200 )

101

OONJUNCl'ION8

Besides. the following are also used

St. Bhoj.:-

&8

alteraative OODjanotiODll in

(0) Tne negative disjunctives 'neither'. •nor'. are expreased by

repeating the negative particle nl with each 81lcC81J8ivl' clause, e.g. oA moban Jalbl, nl sohan. neither Hohall will go nor Sohan. . (6) kl (H. it) is also employed &8 an alternative conjullotion. e.t{. tu jaibl kl nl. will you go or not 1 The origin of kl is Sk. kim, ·Pa. Pk. kim or it may be • lw., at least in meaning, from Persmn ki (see N. ki, N.D.• p. 9]). (oj ·.!'he word cihe « root cdh, to wish, N. aioo7l1l, Pk. c41&ai; for further derivation see N. ciihantl., N.D., p. 173) is used &8 an alternative c-onjunction in two successivo clauses for 'whothor' ... 'or', e.g. elbe u Iwe eilbe nA Awe. whether he coml'1l or not. For the second cue. bha ma.y ho used; o.g. cAhe Iwe bbl nii. (II) The interrogative ki, wh!:']) n'llCu,k
1706. The common illative conjunt'tion in St. llhnj. is ta, theu, therefore, e.g. u nlalle ta bamari jile ke paral, Iw did nllt comll tll1'rt·fnrl' I had to go, This ta is employed in Nepill with a alight adversativll or contrasting sense. The origin is Sk. tat, Mokan inscription: ta, Pk. fa or more proha.bly - ' 1Iil'L-

,~~;;.

'On

'i..,'I;:

n....

-..... ........ ........,.... ... ca. MoMMoIr, ... a.

,._.:~

M.6DU.

_.. ___ u:\·.. I ..... '~

U.I.

"".Jna,u,~

fIJI,..

UA.

MM'....... "Dn. ......

._,L;;

,_,J.~~

Ulr

1Il..."K60,

.. f t .

taha, N.D •• p. 271. (B)

SUB·OBDINATINO CoNJUNCTION

§707. The following are employed in St. Bhoj. as 8ub.ordinatinp: conjunctions : jet jekl. jeme. jebme, jo, klheki, jilnu, Jano, mAno, ('.g. u bamarii se kahale je or jekl tohara ghare cori ho he told me that a theft had occurred at yours.

~aili,

jeme or jebme, in order that, e.g. u dawiU kballe je-me or Jeb-me jaldi nIk bo Jlsu, he took medicine in order that he might recover soon. JOt if. e.g. jo bam sutl ta marlbl. beat me, if I sleep.

klhlld. because, e.g. kidb iawaJi dihail kahiki u niman adlm.[ iii hane, I retumed his book because he is not a. good man.

jll1u. jll1o, as if. e.g.

til rltl kbI 818811 baUI macawala jlnu or Jal10 41k1 para I bli. you raised such an alarm at night &8 if a. dacoity had

taken place.

202

TBB

oBtaIN

AND DBVBLOPJIBlfT OJ' BBOJ'PURI

mino, as ii. e.g. u alai alral mlno Dwano Iithl airal or u aisl airsl jaIal Dwano iilhi ani, he fcU down as if a stick feU down. The origin of Je. jeh. JOt kl has been discussed under the pronoun and that of kl above. The derivation of l1no and jAnu is Sk. jandti, Pa. jlJnati, Pk. jiI/pei (el. B. jiI/na, N. jannu, H. janna)· and mano is second

pI. old pi'e8ei1t man, to accept, obey,l.isten to (cf. H. UJiiilUi and N. mannu; and for the deriv&tion see mcJnnu, N.D., p. 5(4).

CHAPTER IX

INTERJECTION §708. Vocative interjections are the following :-he (Sk. 1ae, Pa. Pk. 1ae); ho (Sk. ho); aho, Aho, are (Sk. are, Pa. Pk. are); re (Sk. Pa. re). O. Of nll'S(' he iN t.lll' mOtlt, l"I's(K,ctful, and must be used to sU}K'riors; ho, aho, Aho 11."'- (·mploYl'd in addressing equals or superiors (such 11.1.'1 1I1l1'\t·s and ddt'r UI"I.t,hl'rs) when no dispicasure is intended; and are, re a.IW"~·N ilUlkMt· HOmt" degree ot displeasure or disrespect. These interjections precede the noun with whil'h t.Jlt'y " .... t'OllllC'I,t(~1 but ho and re sometimes follow the noun, I'o/!. ram ho, 0 nilm; camarA re, 0 CWilir. In Hindi re is clllm~l·d t,o ri in iilt' il'minillt' /oC,·ntlt·t, t}.~. ari or ri lar'" or larki ri, 0 girl; but in Rhoj. arc mul re do not, ('hml)!t' for gender. §709. Various cmotions are expreHH("(l by th,~ follt)win~ :--. a, expresses pity, i, dCI!}lontll'llt~y, bih (H. wdh), "PIII'lIiJntill ll 1).1111 surprise, ··bravo', 'w('U'; dhanl (Sk. dhanya- n.lI!oil'it'illlll~) ('Xprl'NSt'li praise, 'bravo', 'w('11 done'; hil hil "Iflo hi hR 1~'lIll\h Ah (cf. Sk. M, Pa. Pk. ka), alaI!; trihi also I"Its. tarah i is IIwrl',v I, lit,. 'save'; uh and oh, oh, (·xpress pain or dillf.(lIHt; Jal Jat (Sk. jaya.), hurrah I, lit., •victory I' 'victory I'; chi chi, fit', ('X}lrt'MNt'M IliMJ!IIIit., also thfi thO and thuri thurl (,XPn'MIi diRgnst. Yt·t. IItht·r inti"" jections are dhlrik and dhirikir, )lhll.m(' «(·f. Sk. d"ikkilra~, Pk. dAi1c1e4rijjai, is cursed); dur (gk. duf'at\ ~ 1)(;,. Pk. dura .. ), ~c~t, .away; CUPt hush I (cf. B. cup, O. cupa, A. B'UP, N. cup). §7W. The usual words of salutation l~monJ! the Hindull !Lrc: til cqUl.l or inferiors in easte, rAm! rAm!; to Brahmins namaskAr, ob.·iH&nceN; to Europeans or Muslims salim, lit., 'pt.·ar(·'; or, still morl' rl'HI)(·ctfull.v, bannagl,lit., service I (Pcrs. bandagi).

(

203

APPENDIX I OLD TJilXTS

(a) Kablra Siheba kr Sabdi.waU, Part I, Fourth Edition, (6) (e)

(d) (e)

Published by the Belvedere Press, AUahahic1. Do. . Do. Part II. Do. Do. Do.

.&ft... T'_

n__

~V.

D __ L T'lT CGI.-Ii .I. Y •

Dha.n! Dha.ra.ma Dasa. ji ki Sa.bdawa.!i, Second Edition, Published by the Belvedere PreRS, Allahabad.

Do. Do. . Do Prema Pragasa. no. . uo. (h) 1 .. \ Sahara \P, Dn. (1) (k) A Document of' Kurila. Siha' of Bhojpuri. Distriet Hhiilui.biid.. (l) Parilcanamii. or An Arbitration n('oll (A.D. 1787). Do. no. (A.n. 18241. (m)

(f) (g)

(a) Kahi/a SiiMba ki /jabddlOali, Part I. page 2:1, sabda. i;.

L

kiUlno tnagawa nagariyi iiitaia no.

2.

candana katha kat banal khatolani. tipara dulahina siitala ho.· .

3.

uthiiri sakhl morl mlga silwiro, dulahl !nosi riisala hi).

4.

Aye JamarAJa paliga carhl b~the.

III\Jnana IsO. tuta1a hOe

5. cirl Jane mill khita uthiin (Jlthawale ?). cahO dlsa dhii dhii 0. thala hi>. 6.

kahata kabira suno bltil sidho ! jaga se nita chiitala ho.

1.

Some robber robbed the city.

2.

The small cot is made of 8&n~.a.l\,"ood, (and) the bride slept on tha.t.

3.

0 my friend I get up and comb my hair. the bl'idegrOolll is displeased with we.

4.

The Lord of Death came and sat on my bed, (and) the eyes began to shed tears (lit. pour down tea.rs).

15.

Four men took up the bier, (and) on all four sides fire (lit. flames) arose.

( 204 )

APPBNDIX 1

6. Says Kabir. •Listen to me my brother saint, the connection with the world is severed/ (b) Kabit'a ~iihiba Ii SabdilU'ali, Part II, page 40, l'iIlbda. :?S,

1.

tOra hirl hirlilbi klcare me.

2.

kol4hilrhttt piiraba, koi 4hiirbi\J pachimu, kol4hilrhav pani pathare m~.

3. sura nara muni aru pira 'Ulliya saba bhiUala bafi\J. nakbare Dl~.

I,

Your diamond has been lost in mud.

2.

Somebody is searching it in the east while someone in the west, someone is searching it in watl'r and in stone.

3.

The gods, men and saints as well as the' Pirs' and' Auliyil8 • (Muslim priests and sa.ints)All are misled in coquetry,

4.

(Only) Kabir Das has gauged the v&l.ue uf the diamond. (so) he with great ca.re tied it in the border of the cloth. (c) KaUra SOMba. ki Sabdii,uYIli, p&rt H, page tiU, I§o.bda 11.

i.

siitaia rahaili mQi nlda bhari ho, auru dihal@J jagai ;

2.

carana kiwala kill aiUana ho, rutinl lelil laaai ;

3.

ja se nldiya na awi\J hOt nahl tana alasil.

4.

l1uru ke bacana nlja sagara hOt calu cali ho nahal.

6,

janama janama ke papawi hOt cblna mA 4iraba dbuwli.

6. wahl tana ~ jaga dipa klyo, aruta batiyi I_ail.

7. olea tatta kaJ tela dllye bramha al1bla jagli.

8. 8umatll1ahanawl pablralsdl hat kumati dlhaltUl utAra.

9. Ilirguna mlgiyl dwaralrUl he; nlrbbaya sldura III.

205

206

DB OBlGm AND DBVJILOPIIBlfT 01' BBo.JPt7BI

10.

prima plyAlA plyll ki h~ auru dlyo (dlhali l) bUdl.

lI.

biraha aaiDa taua talap-.J ho, Jlya kaehu na suhll. .

12.

Aea atariya earhl balthalll ho, JahA kAla na khll.

13.

ka~ kablra blelri ki ho Jama dikhl4erlya.

1. I rema.ined sleeping in deep slumber. (when) the teacher awoke me; 2. 3.

The collyrium (of the dust) from his lotus-like feet. I put it in my eyes; On account of which neither sleep may come,

nor the body may feel drowsiness. 4.

The word of the teacher is like an ocean. let us go and take a dip in it.

lS.

The sin of several births, I will wash in a moment.

6.

He made this body like a lamp. putting (therein) the wick of love.

7.

He squeezed the oil from the five elements of my body. by inflaming the fire of Brahm&. (the Creator).

8. I put on the ornaments of good conscience and put oft" the bad conscience. 9.

He arranged my hair and applied vermilion to it fearlessly.

10.

The teacher got me drink the cup of Love (and he) made me mad.

II.

The body has become restless on acoount of the fire of separation, (and) nothing is pleasing to the mind.

12.

(I) climbed up the balcony and sat there where even death does not devour.

13. Says Kablr after thinking. "The Lord of Death fears after seeing it. •

(d) Ka6irtJ fJfJAIba ~i 8abd4.... Part IV. page 19. jiUtJtI4M

I. apaal plyA Id m" hoth" aOhAalnl, -ahi Bajanl.

APPBNDlle I

a.Jyi slga llpba ri kl.

2.

biutJyii taJi

3.

8~yl ki dulriy! anahada b!j! bilj"

4.

DieahI surati sohialni ri kl.

5.

gamaa Jamuna ki fUlllhat, ghatiyA bOt -abi sajani.

6.

tibi para joaiya matha chAwala re ki.

7.

deh'" sataguru surti ke birawA ho -ahe sajani.

8.

Joaiyi darasa dikhi jAiba re ki.

9.

dasa kabira yaha aawalQJ laaaniyA ho, -abe sajani.

-ahi sajanl.

lu. satagura alakha lakhiwala re ki. 'J'he song 8'/1/114 by the women while grinding corn in a hand-mill made oj atone

1. I will be the fu.vourite wife of my Husband. -0 dear friend. 2. I, leaving my brother, will accompany my Husband. 3.

At the door of my Husband. the musical ill8truruent.'1 a.rc ph.y'·,. continuously, -0 dear friend.

4.

(And) the fa.vourite wife full of love dances.

5. The banks of the Ganga and the Jamuna. are rugged. -0 dear friend. 6.

On that the Jogl (ascetic) has thatched his hut.

7.

0 my True Teacher I give me the plant of Thy love. -0 dear friend.

8.

I will go to have a glimpse of the Jog!.

9.

Kablr Dis has sung this marriage song. -0 dear friend.

10. The True Teacher showed the Invisible. (e) Dhani Dkarama DalIaJl ki 8abdii.'IIXIli. page 46••bd& 12.

1. Butala rahal", mqJ sakhlylt to blta kara Aaara ho. 2. aataguru dihal@j Jaglit pi'" aukha algara hOt

207

208

TBB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOl"IONT 0., BBO.JPt1B1

3. jaba rabaU jananJ ki wiidara, parana aamblrala bii :4. jaba IIU1 ~Da mi prioa, Da tiibi biaarllba bo.

O. ika bUDda se aibeba, mldHa banlwala hii. 6.

bini nlwa laY mandlla. bahu kala Ilgaia ho.

7.

ibawA gAwa na tbAwa, nahl pura pitana hi).

8.

nih!na bita batohi, nahi hita ipana ho.

lJ.

semara hllJ samsira, bhuwi udharAila ho.

10.

sumdara bhakti anupa, cale pachitiila ho.

11.

nadi bahl\i. agama apira, pAra kasa piiba ho.

...

1"

sata-guru baithe mukha mori, kAhi gohariiba ho.

13.

satta nima guna gAiba sata ni eJoliiba ho.

1....

kah@) kabira dharmadisa !lmaca ghara pi!ba ho .

1.

U friend ! .I wa.s sJeeping in the hoUtll' of p"iKon.

.,

1'11e True

:1.

When I wa.s in the womb of my muther, 1

Tl~l\cher

a.woke me and I got the O('CHon IJf hlloppiul':!l> .

t. & long as there will be 1iJ(' I will not tiJrget

ill Dl)'

D1U,llc

this

\'IlW----

body,

~·ou.

ii.

The LorJ created this house (body) uut of!!= ili-tJp.

I).

This house is without foundation but has several kinds of JllHo('hinel>.

7.

Here, there is no village, no place, no city;

t;.

No way, no traveller and no dear one.

9.

This world is like a 'Semar' tree (Bombax beptaphyllum). spreads in all directioDS.

) O.

Its cottou

(Though) devotion is beautiful and unique in this world (yet not acting on it) one goes repenting.

APPB~DIX

I

209

II.

The impassabje and unbounded river is flowing How will I cross it 1 .

12.

The True Teacher ilf sitting with his u.cu oppolfitl!. for help?

13.

I will sing the praise of 1'ruo fOl'Bake the truth.

14.

Kabir says to Dha.ra.m DI\8, 'I will gl)t the illlmort",1 I'lu,('e '.

Whom will I cnJl

(the Name of Gud) and will not

NI'IlW

(/) Dhani Dhorama /Jcisa ji ki Salxi{ill'flli, pal!l' 6:1, ~\bll:\ 3. 1.

kahdw4 se jiwa aila, kahdw4 samail a ho ?

2.

kahdw4 kaila mukama, !cah! lapl1taila hO ?

3.

niraguna se jiwa aUa, sarguna samaila ho.

4.

kayagarha kaUa mukama, maya iapatdiia no •

•;. eka bunda se kava, mahala uthawala ho. (S,

bunda pare ~ali jiiya, piiche pachitawahl ho.

7.

harhsa kab", bhiii sara\,·ara. hama uri Jiiiba bO.

M.

mora tora etana didiira, bahuri nahl paiba ho.

J:

From where did the soul come (a.nd) where it enter?

2.

Where did it make its a.bode (a.nd) where

3.

The soul came from 'Ni..-guna.' (the 'Sa.guna.' (entered the body).

4.

(It) made its abode in the fortres.s of body (a.nd) got t-nta.nglcd wit h r MayA' (illusion).

5.

(Ue) built this pa.iace of body with a drop (only).

6.

(This body) is di8S01ved when drops faU, and one has to repent after-

Wlt"

it, p.ntall;..dNl '!

fcJrl!1!CIiK

Brahrnll, and heca,lIle

wards. 7. The swan (soul) says to the lake (body), '0 brother I I shall flyaway. 8.

We lived with each·'other for luch a short time (but) we "hall Bee each other DO more.'

110

TBB OmaIN AND DBVBLOPKBNi' 01' BIIOJl'tJ'B!

9. thawl kGlohi Ipn., klhl siga bo~ ho ? 10. blea tarawara m-.Jdlna, aki!! (hamsl) 401. h~. lI. lakba cUris! bharam!, manukha tana palla hOe

12. minukha Janama am5la, apana sa kh5Us; h5. 13. siheba kabira &Ohara ail suDiwal h5.

~iwala!

14. silnahu ho dharmadisa, ehl cita cetahu hOe 9. Here there is nobody my own, with whom sha.ll I talk ! 10. In the centre, there is a lonely open field; the swan (the soul) moves about aione.

11. .After wandering through eighty.four iacs of births, I got this body of the man. 12. This life of man is priceless (and) I wasted it on my own accord. 13. Kabfra Siheb sang this 'sobar' (the song of birth) and made it hear. 14. 'Listen to it, 0 Dharam Dis, and take a lesson (from it).' Prlma.Pmg4Ba

By Dhara:v.1 DAsa Text from a manuscript completed on 21st date of Bhido, year 1281 (FasalJ)-A.D. 1873; by Mahanta Rima Disa of Mijhi: District Saran, Bihar, for Jinaktdisl alias Baratii. Kul.ra of the same place. (g) Prema·PraglJ8a

(Jhumatl) 1. kl 8ubha dlDillJu, sakbi 8ubba diDi. 2. bahuta dinanha pia basala bldesa, iJu sunata nlju iwana sidesa. 3. citra citra sarli mf llhala Ilkhil, hlrdae kawala dhallo dlari liiil. 4. prima paliaa tahl dhaii5 biehle, nUba slkha sahaja stglra baDie. G. mao Alwakahl dlhu Igu calli, IUlJna dhana dul duiri -balall.

Al"PBN DlX I

211

6. dbaraDi eO cihw palq palu akuW blnu pia Jlwana aklratba JII. (A form of song sung in choms and in a danoing pose.)

1. What an aus,picious day today is I o friend I what an auspicious day I

2. For many years the husband lived away from me. Today I havo heard the message of his coming.

3: I got the picture-house of my mind painted and I lighted my lotus.like heart with a lamp. 4.

I spread my love cot there and beautified myself from head to foot with natural decoration.

6. I sent forward my mind·servant (to welcome) and made my eyes to sit &t the dooi'.

6.

Dharal)l Dis says that the wife (devotee) is restless overy moment, (because) without Husband (God) the life i8 worthless. (h) Prima.Prag48a

1. ki more desawi, sakhi more desawl eka acarja bita more deSa. 2. tara ki upara bhl\Jli i upara ke hetha i

jeiha lahura hola i lahui'd se jctha i 3. Illu ke pichu holi i pichu holi illu i jAgala sutSlJ,li; sutala uthl Jig.u. -

4. iiiiri puru,a hola, pur-u,a se iiai'i bhii minahu, nahl. sawat! pliri. 6. iila se galla; gaila call iudharani ke desawi kl\J l\Jsana subbiu. 1.

0 friend I what strange country mine is! There is a strange thing about my country.

2.

He who is in the bottom, comes to the top; he who is at the top comes to the bottom; he who is elder becomes younger; he who is younger becomes elder;

3. He who is in the front rank goes behind; he who is behind comes to the front rank; he who awakes, sleeps; he who sleeps, awakes. 4.

A woman becomes a man while a man becomes a woman. The brother is not loved but the co-wife is loved.

G. He who came went away; he who went came: Such is the nature of the COUDtry of Dharal)l DIaa.

212

TJIB ORIGIN AND D.BVBLOPJONT OF BBO.Jl'l1BI

(The following two SOb&ra Songs of the Standard Bhojpurl were collected by Pt. Jaya Govinda Mi4ra of the village Sahtwir of Bal.lii Distriot. Tile ianguage is somewhat archaic.) (i) Sohara

1.

alsu morl kaheli bAJhfnfyl, nanada brajbaslnl rio

2. e lalaDi. ! Jlnlkar bAr1 me blahi, uho ihar se nlkalele ho. 3.

Khar Ete nlkalall baJhlnlyA, nlkhujh bani thArhl bhaili reo

4.

e lalana! bana me se nikilli baghlnlyl. puche-Ie bheda lai nii hO--

5.

kiya tore sasu nanada ghar baJrini ? naihar duri base ri ?

6.

e tlrlya! kawanl bipatl toharo paruli, nlkhujh bane iwilu hOe

7.

nAhl mora sbu nanada ghar b'llrani, naihar'durl basi rio

8.

e ballhlnl ! kokhl kA blpatl bayarallall. nlkhuJh bane aill nO h5. -

9.

sasli Dlori kahili bljhiniyl, nanada braJbAslnl rio

10.

e baghlnl ! Jlnlkar birl me blAhi, uho ghar se iUkiilele hOe

ll.

Jagawi ke sab dukh sahab3, lhi nih! sahabi ri.

12.

e baghlnl! hamArA ke tOhO khAi litii. blpatl mor chOtit hOe

13. Jahawl se ail0 tiriyawA!

uhi cali jihu nu re. 14. e tlrlya ! toharA ke ham nAhl khaibo, bajhini hoi jiibi hOe

15. uhawA se jil tlr!yaw!. blyarllalle. tharhl bhalll rio 16. e lalanA! blli me Be nikall nallinlyl, puchele bheda 111 nu ho-

17. klyi tore alsu nanada Ilbar Dalhar dur! basi ri 1

~r8D11

API'BNDIX I

tiS

is.

e tlriyi ! klwaDi blpatl tobaro paraJi, blyarllage tbarb bhallil bu.

19.

nab1 mora silsu nanada gbar bqJranl. naibar duri base re.

20. e Diginl ! kokhl ki blpatl bayaragall. blyari lagl tbiirh bbaliI hi). &ihar (A kind of song sung by a ~roup of child is horn.)

WOIlll'1l

~('Ilt'TIllJ\" whl'n

.,

1\

male-

1. lly mother-in·la.w calls mi.' a. barren (woman), Ill\" "ilit.cr-in.ln.w rallll me a wanton woman, . 0 la.lanii. 1 I with whom I am JIli~rricd, IWt'n he dri\"C's me n.way fl'llm

2.

home.

3.

The harren woma.n (iriven away from 110nl(' :It.o,,'' in I~

4-.

0 JaJaniil the tigrcss eomin~ out of the forest askH the ranllc sccrctly-

ut\IlSO

forest.

5. •Are yonI' moihcr-in.iaw ancl sister-in-iaw your encDli(~8' (or) Is your father's place far away 1

6.

0 woman! what cala.mity has befa.llen you that you hav... come to this dense forest l'

7.

(She replicR) :-Ncithcr my mother-in-law nor my sistcr-in·laware my enemies nor my fa.ther's place is far away.

8. 0 tigre88! I have left my home. on account of bC'ing harren and hav(· come to this dense forcst. 9.

My mother-in-ll~w calls me a. barren (woman), my sister-in·law callK me a. wanton woma.n.

10.

0 tigress! with whom I am mn.rried, even he drivl"-R me away from home.

11.

I sha.1I endure a.ll the troubles of the worM, it is this which I "hall not endure.

12.

0 tigress I if yo, eat me up, I 8ho.l1 be relieved of the trouble.

13.

(The tigress replies) 0 woma.n I return to the place you have come from.

14. 0 woma.nl I shall not eat you up (for) I Kha.1l

BIRO

hecome barren.

Going from that place, the woman stood neal' a hole.

15.

16. 0 Jalani! the female serpent coming out of the hole &8U (the cause) secretly1 LalaDA (a ".0_) h .. JM,en aaecl repeatedly in th. aboY. IIOD8 fa the YOC&ti".

-.

214

TBII OBIaIN ARD DBVBLOPllBN'l' 0 .. BBOJPUBI

17. ".An, YOW' mother-in-law aud sister-in-law your enemiesi (01') Is your father'. place far away' 18. 0 womanl what calamity baa befallen you that you bve come to thI: dense forest!' .

19. (She ..~plies) :-l'~either

~l

mother·m·laow nor my siB'"wr-m-liow are my

enemies nor my father 8 place is far away. 20. 0 Nigin (female serpent) I I bve left my home on account of my being barren and have come to this dense forest.

*..

22.

81su mori kaheii bajhiniyl. nanada braJbAslnl re. e DilUnl ! jlnlkar birf ml blihl, uho ghar se nlkilele hi).

23. Jallawi ke sab dukh sahab3, lhe nih1sahabl reo 24.

e nilllni ! hamAri ke tt'iht'i disllitii blpad mar cbutlt bo.

26. Jahawl se aYlt'i tlrlyawi ! uhl cal! Jlhu nu re. 28. e tlrlyi ! tohlri ke ham nihl chuAb6, bajhlnl h61 Jilbl h6. 27. uhawi se JAI tlrlyawB, ami ghar thirh bhailI reo

28. e lalani ! obarr se il maylrfyl puchele bheda Iii nu hi): klyA tor kanta bidesl ~ kl slsu nlkilele re ?

30. e dhlyi ! kawlnl blpatl tohari) parall Dayan Dira c;hAreiu h6 l 31. nAht m6rA kanta bidesl, ni sisu nikilele re. 32. e Imi ! kokhl ki blpatl bayarallall, nay~na

duno 4-haretl ho.

'

33. al8a merl kahelI bijhlnlyl t naaacla braJbialnJ rio M. e Ami I Jlnlkar blrf mi blihl, uho ahar ae nlkllele ho.

M. Jaiad ke aab dukh aahab3; lhI nlhl aahabl rio 38. lImA I hamirA ke dehu auanawl, blpatlldchu .Ith! nu ho.

APPBNDIX I

JII

37. Jabawl Be ano dhiyarlyi ! uhl call jlhu DU rio 38. i dhIyi! tohlri ke rakhall patolalyl, bijhiDJ hoi jll DU ho.

39. sagAri ke tejlll tidyawa, ta plrlthl maDlweli ri-

40. i miti r phit' na pirithl deal, tii hiim gahlb3 iiarau bo. 21. My mother-in-law calla me a barren (WOID&ll), my sister-io-I&w cn.lls me a wanton woman. 22.

0 Nigin (female serpent) I with whom I am ma.nied, oven be driVl'8

me away from home.

23. I shall endure a.ll the troubles of the world, it is this whioh I ~hr.n not. endure.

or tbt'

24.

0 Nigini (fema.le serpent) I if you bite mc, I ..hall be rcliovC'J

25.

(The female serpent replies) 0 woman I return to tho place you hn.ve come from.

26.

0 womanl I sh&ll Dot bite you (for) I shall a.lso become barren.

r..

Going from that place, the woman st-ood at her mother's place.

28.

0 Jalanil the mother coming out of the inner compartment asks (the cause) secretly-

trouble.

29. 'Is your husband away from. home! Does yoU!' mother-in·l&w drive you away from home'

30. 0 daughter 1 what calamity baa befallen you that you arc shedding tears " 31. (She replies)-:Neitlier my husband is away from home nor my mother.in.l&w drives me away. 32. 0 mother I I have left my home on account of my being barren, and I am shedding tears. 33. My mother-in.iaw calls me a barren (woman), my aister=in.!aw calla me a wanton woman. 34. 0 motherl with whom I am married, even he drives me away irom home. 36. I shall endure all the troubles of the world, it is this which I shall not endure. 36. 0 motherr give me shelter so that I may rel&te some of my troubJee.

37. (The mother repliea) 0 daughter! :etu."'D to the p1aoe you have

oome&om.

!18

THlII OBIGIN AND DBvm.oPJlllllT OJ' BBonmd

38. 0 daughter! by keeping yuu lDy daupter.fn.J&,w will &Iso beooiii6 barren. 39. DIscarded from all plaoe8, the woman prays to the (goddess) Earth:-

40. •0 kind mother I split up, then ~ will take shelter.' (jj Sahiirii

1.

eka ta me pina alsana pitari, phula alsana sunarl reo

2. e lalana ! bhul,1 loteli morl keslya, ta naIyA bljhinlyl ke hfi.

3. Illana bahara!!a cerlyl, ta awali1lilurlya nu ri, 4.

e cerlyil ! apana balaka mohl dite, ta jiyarl juraltl nu hOe

tie

desawise balu hama nikalabl. basab3 nlkhuJh bani ri ; .

6.

i rani! apana balaka nlhl deb3,

tora natyl bajblnlyl ki hOe 7.

morl pichu-Irawl barhaiyl bhalyl ! bege cail awahu reo

S.

e barhaya ! kithe ke horilawA garbl debu, ta jlyarl jurilbl hOe

9.

olthiya urehale, ta petawl, iahAtha gora slrlJe-Ie- ri; .

10. e lalaltA! mOhAwl urehat. bafhsl,. rowe, paranawl kalse 4alabl ha ? 11.

godawl mi! 1Iha1l horllawl, ta obart 88mali! nu ri.

12.

e sisu j himari bhal1e nidallla, nalharawllocana bhijahu ha.

13.

dhau dhO gilOI ke naOI,

bephl cailiwahu ra. 14. e naDI! ·bahul kA bhalle nidallla, locana pahOclwahu ha. 15.

Igana baharalta carlyl, ta rAnI ke jallwe Ie

16.

ret

e rani' babunl til bhaQe nAdallla. locanawl naOd Ilwell ha.

17. bole ke ta. carl,.! bolelu,

bolahu did Jlaelu 1'1.

.&RB1(DIX I

217

18. e cerlyl r morl betl kokhl ke baJhlnlyl. loc:ana kal88lla lila he; ?

.....

.IV.

khi"Udna hoi jaba dekhaii, ta Dana ta jhalakeli reo

20. e lalani I blJe liaala anida badblwa, mahala utbi sohara ho. 21. paaawl khelata tuhO babul, ta paaawana jani bhulu ri ; 22.

e babul! tohlrlhl bballe bhayanawl, dekhana tuhO Jlwahu hOe

23. jaba bnaiya aUe iganawi, ta bahlni udiaell ri ; 24.

e lalani ! dhaka dhaka kareli karejawii, hamlra patt gall! nu hi).

25. jaba bhaiyi aile obariyii, ta balaki uthiwele re; 26. e lalani, mana blkbe idlta maniwell, mora pati rikhahu hOe 27. hathawa ke llhale horllawi t ta mOhawl uaharalanl re ; 28.

e lalani, thunukl thunukl horlli rowale, se Idlta deylle bha!le ho.

1. Firstly I am thin like a betel (and) secondly I am be80utiful like Hower; 2.

IL

0 lalani I the locks of my bair roll down to the ground, but I 80m caU('(i a barren woman.

3.

0 you maid servant I (engaged in) sweeping my courtyard, 0 you ma.id servant I

4.

0 you maid servantl if you give me your male child, I shall have cooled my heart.

5.

(The maid servant says)-I shall go away from this locality and shall settle down in a dense forest;

6.

0 quea.1 (but) I will not give my child to you (because) you are called a barren woman.

7.

('l'ha q-uean =1=)=0 my brother carpenter residing bellind my house, come at once.

8. 0 oa.rpenter I make a ohild of wood 80 that I may cool my heart.

9. Be (the carpenter) made the back, the beDy. then the hands and lep;

218

TKB OmGIN AND DBVBLOPJDINT OJ' BHOJPlJBI

10. 0 JaIanlI the

Ciiorpeiiter

will I put life in itt'

while pi'epiiti'h:ig the face wept (_ying; -How

11. She took the (wooden) child in her lap and entered the inner oompar'"ument. 12. 0 mother.in.lawl a male child has been bom to me, send this news to my father's place.

13. 0 barber of the village I run up, come BOon.

14. 0 barberl a child has been bom to my daughter.in.law, take this news (to her iather's piace). (The barber goes to her father's pmc6 a.nd informs the maid serva.nt of the house.) 15. Sweeping the courtyard, the maid servant awakes the queen (and -ys)16. •0 queen! you!" ilaught-er has given bLrth to e. child. The be.rber ha.s brought the news.' 17.

(The queen says)-O maid servant I you try to spea.k but you do not know how to apeak;

18. 0 maid servant i my daughter is a bom barren (woman). this news come'

.How hall

19. When she (the queen) peeped out of her window, the barber wa!4 visible. 20.

0 ialan8. i an ail· round rejoicing began and the birth song began to be sung in the palace.

21.

(The queen addresses her son)-O my sonl while playing dice, do not be a.bsorbed in dice.playing;

22. 0 my son i a nephew is bom to you, go to see him. 23.

(Her brother goes to his sisier) When (her) brother goes to the court. yard, the sister becomes sad;

24. 0 lalanil (her) heart begins to beat rapidly (tbjnkjng that) her prestige was at stake. 25. W'.nen her brother came to the inner compartment, he took the child;

26. 0 iaianii she prays to the sun.god in her heart (saying) 'Save my prestige.'

2!1. He took up the child in his hands and unveiled the face; 28.

0 lalanll the child began to sob because the sun.god was pleaaed.

til ThA t'ollowinA- alB doaument of Hfirlla SIha.\he Jdrur ot' BhotbUr. was coi~ frOm-til; CBahl'-ofsriMldha';'~of~l, Pray&8, oD. the iwunuatlon .0£ Kum&r Du..,& War Singh of Da...1Wpp"..r, DI.atrict Shlh&b&d

APPDDIX I

il9

(Bihir). The original document bears the seal of HorJIa SIha in Persian character. The date is Samvat 1786 (A.D. (728).

horna slha SwoBtI sri" rlpuraJa ~tyanli"ienetya-Adi bibldha blradAwail b!rijamAna minonata 'rl mihiriJidhlriJa riJA irl-jlve diva deVAnA(,!D) sadi samara bijilini. (Age (suvamA!! 1) p04e peri-Age ke up.ar.ohita piehi1!' rajanha IatJ. uparohlta haUahl se hamahu ilpana up_arohlt~ kaila.: je keD pa.ri_-il\a mlih~ iwl\J. se suvamsa pA4e ki malU\J., uJena nawa • • 1136 Ula mokima dilwil dhusa "mata 1785 saml\J nama bl\Jsikha sudi tirodasJ roja budha • • pral\anl\J bhojapura I\otara sawanaka miila ujena jin pAwara) (suva(msa) Je pichili rajanha k'\J uparohlta haUahl se hamahu kIlJla apana uparohita) IIori14 Silla Transla.tion of the portion uncler brackets. [(The it"lIiiotemefit is tha.t SUVa.IOM) pii.c;lo of PrByii.g is the priest of tho past Rijls, 80 I also made him my priest. WhoMever among tho Ujj('n (Rajputs) comes to Prayft-g should ha.ve rega.rd for him. • • • (yeoa.r) 1136 MIa pJace Diwi (Tho old placo of the RAjas of Bhojpur, now a ,.mage) ~amat 1785 (A.D. 1728) date 13th of the bright part of BC!iMkha, Wcdnesda.y. • • • Paragani Bhojpur, Gotra Sawanak, origin Ujcn, caste PAwlm.] [Suva (mM) who is the priest of the past Rijls, him I also made my priest.] .

The following two documents el) and (iii) were obtAined in original frum

Pt. MihMwar Plde of village Ratn.sAr, DiStrict HI.llii.. Tho dates are Sathvat 1844 (A.D. 1787) and 1881 (A.D. 1824);(I) Parilcaniimi

Sri K"'l)a Saral)am Aubha aathioa rataiariu;a, bkaIa parnea pradhliia AI\I dul bid. nyAwa I\Jll\Jhi, lil\a bidt. tek pl4e pamca kA fhi katha katha je hamera beta jajamanlke kI\J se brahmacArl k'\J se bale Ie subais pi4e. phala pi4e lutale bitllJhI. taba pieo puchala pratibAdl subarb6a pi41 kl, phala pi41 ke, jl teka pieJe ki kah~lstJ-hl 1 taba 'ubaa pl4i kathala je jaba sl hamAra mI!ikl hawA., taba 6e hama ja!amanlkl mlllki duno hama karAwala hiinha. amala nihl kabahl katla. tlhl para paoo kaf1a1a je dlnapitra 'il\hirie kaila; prlthlmala ~ sa batori, duno lanA kl ki kahl\Jli. sabho kahala Je pica pustl bhaila, "hamaranba I nlhl jinl je duno jana kalie rahall\J hA. aba paduJlta ~ ilatra mAgi. jekari ke dlvya bhi,al, se ao,,,,. kI ahara 'I nlkIll leu. tikara duno bldl kabiila kl\Jla. Ustra mlllchari ~ p6th1 ilia. Pothl kaJ piljl duno bldi kana. 8ubalb'a pl4e ki dlvya lbaharai. Aubarbia kabuia kaiia. kal'lhl bal..la. ah!wa, tila, Dlra I.., 118ila. parana pi4e kl mAthi badhltla. Jabii bhl9& II~ ki bballa. taba paeo puchala JI peca paramlla vua ~ .. arabi. taba 'ubaa kahala Ji paca aMali

220

TRill ORIOIN AND DBVBLOPMBNT OJ' BHO.JPURI

hawl. je kahitJ Be giihl. duno bid! kabula kaila. karini utarala. paea ke mociUki apani ,u8i li,1 dihala. pacO prithlmala k1\J je raruv se paca ke leke niw8rala. je brahmacar! ~ millkl para rabathu (rahasu 1)"" teka pa4e, apanl jaJamanika para rathu dunG bidl kabul. kaYJa. ruk~ bhaila. aba kiu jhagarii karat se Jhuthi. paea ke gunaba-Ilara, Iloil"a ke Ilunahallara. ag~ 8ubba 8mat (sarilvata?) i844 sm'tl nama Una (SAwana 1) sudi puranawasi. paea kqJ nawa-bhawini rie, hukuma rie, dini rae, baradatta rae. ssy.na rae, jowaraja rae, ataia de. paea mahijana-baflana sabu. sullhara sibu, manasa sabu, leai sibu, sabba paea mUi niwarala. paea jIwaka paeJ,e, janaiipunl, tiki paeJ,e. newaila bbirathi. buddhi rama pa4e Ii,ala sabha paea kijubinl. In the. shelter oj Lord Krishna The auspIcIOUS place 'PWlttsitr' (the na.me of a villu,ge in the Ra.llis distriet): 'rwo rival parties came before the chiefs and the arbitra.tors of the village for tho judgment. '.feka Panc;ie stated before the arbitra.tors 'Subamsa. Piinc,Iti, Phala. Piinga of the village" Bramha.ciiri" ha.ve looted my property and ·'jajmiini"'. Then the a.rbitra.tors also asked tho defendants, Suoomsa. PinQ.e and Phala Pinc,!8. if what '.feka Pii.!).Q.a had stated \vas true. Then Subarhsa Pii.nQa stated, 'Since the time we ha.ve possession over the property, wo ha.ve possession over "jajmiini" ll'iso. The plaintiff was never In Possession of it.'- Then the arbitrators sa.id, 'This proPerty was donated by SL1J.gha. Rie; cl~n an the" Prithima.!!18" (the Rijputs of the villa.ge) and ask them, what they say about this l' All su.id, 'Five generations have ~.

We do not know how these two men used to live.

Now ca.n for

the .. Bistra" (a saered book) from the PanQit and in whose favour the .. Divya;o 1 decides, let him have the property'. 'rhen the two parties agreed to it. The sacred book of' Mitik~ra.' was brought. Both parties worshipped it. The' Div ~ii' belonged to Suliamsa. Pinc;le. He agreed to it. The frying pan was pla.ced on fire. Then was written with 'Ghee' oil, water and wa.s tied round the hea.d of Para.san Piin\la. When the time to give statement ca.mo, the arbitrators asked. 'Do as the sacred. arbitrators say'. Then Subamsa. said, 'The arbitrators -are just like gods. They wi1lspeak the truth'. The.n both the parties agreed. . The fryblg .pan was removed from the n.."rC. They wrote a penalty bond before the arbitrators. The arbitrators of the village Rave their iudRment. Taka Pinge should ha.ve the property of the village 'Bramhao&rl' in his pOssession -while the 'jajminl' -should be in the poeeeeaion of both th.e partiea. They &eareed t-o it. (Then) this document was written. Now whosoever will quarrel will be t&ken to be untrue.

He will be guilty before the arbitrators, before God. This document

WiiS

written in the &1J8pioiou8 Samvat 1844, on the 15th day of the bright part of the month in SrivaJ;la. 1 An orde.al of which t8n kinds are enumerated. viz. 1. Tula; 2. Agni (touohing fire); 3. Jalo (immersion in water); 4. _ Vila _t~iBOIl).L 6. K.OfIG). 6: (chewing rice grain and ejecting them): '7. 'I'apla Ndlll {takiDg a . mala • ~ight o~ JOl~ out of h8!'~ oil) : 8. _P~lo (holci!DII.a hot ~101l§h~ I. 9:..!,~ CINIt'mCI (~171P1 9Once&lea ot virtue ana Vice out 01 • " . . 1 Dllea WlWl earth)": 10. P-ulGri (holding the lea988 of holy bail aDd after repeatiDc a form of roaWli ewal10wbil them;. . .

T_'"

1m....

·APPENDIX 1

:!21

The na.mes of arbitrators-Dha.",inI Ric, Hnkum Har&datta RiO, StWti.__Rae, Jowarija RiC, Af..'\la Hie. rr"L._ __ ... _.-L __ ..... I_.! .... ___ .. ..., , .... _. ...... _

.LU" _ IUCl_CIlUoILIi

arunra.w~-na.sana

~a.lm,

nile,

/S\lglmrl~

DInA RM,

__

~Ahu,

lfa.nIWA.

Sahu, BesI Sahu, all the arhltra.tors agrl'l'lug ~lH".· t,his jUtijl;lIh'IU.. Tht' arbitrator .Jiwaka.. Pii,(;le (of) Janaiipul' (name of a. villl~gc) 'J]kn. !'iclC:: Newii~ Bhirathi. ' . , Buddhi Rima Pa.c.te wroto it on b(!ing told by all t,hc arbit.rll.tol'll. (tn) Parilcanama Kadh~ia rima pariuJUa ji. (likhi) ueharilta padc wo horf pAf\lc woallUl rha matuki pii4e wo munasaramu pa4e wt) lilu l,u4c wo awatiira pii4e wol1lH1rha laehi piide malika mllule matukinurA a,l (siikina ?fra'ta-Sariiej'a kaSabe khiisa wo uparohita ·'iiluk~-;'~t~~~rit4~ ~ap"" ~lU1r~~i .a~al~ _praaa~e_ ~o~a~ita. __u,gc h,umarii duno junu ku taKarara Dnsy.-lIa Khuta phequ bagu basil khcla pokhurii miUljc matukipura wo jajumanlkii tiUuke rataiarhf\la tapi\} ciUlrasi kill.

tabs. bamara duno b!d!nha apusa maha eka dila

ho~

ke {;alahi.i

thaharawala ki eka palitea mokararn kari kit jha~arr, apusa kqJ. iiehii niihi. taba hamaranha ka apuSa miiha salaha thaharaJa ki pamca kadhltliirama pam(,lita ke badi. je parhdita nIwiirl dehl. se hamarii duno jane kabula kari. salUha apusa miiha thaharala. taba kadh\la-rama pamf\lita kii ihu hamaru duno Jane 113i1i. llhawiiJa mopha{;i1a baiina kaili. kahali ki hamaranha kl\J jha~arii chof\liie dei. taba pari1eJita majakura ne kahala ki jo hamara ki duno Jane jo pamca badab' ta· adilati jiii duno jane hamari nawa k'lJ hphinu hajura se Ie iii. taba ham a raUra sabha ki\} jha~ara eh04ile debao taba hamarii duno jane parh4ita majakura iie araja knlJa ki filma kiitika kl\J hamarii girahasatai kalla dihi. jo hamaranha kc gAji. pura bhejila, adiilati m~, taba hamaranha bejiakil hollii. taba pamyita majiikura ne kahala ki aelia raur~ duno budi hamarl iiAwa ke kariiranamii mocalika Satama pra (para?) Iikhi dei, taba hama niwid debao taba hamarii duno biidi pamea badaln. apana khusa rajiie se. pamea kltl nawa ••. malika mauje matukipura sa. (Ukina?) rataSarheJa kaSabe khiiSa amali pragane majakura ke kararanama moealikii likhi dihala ki paril4ita majakura ji niwarl de hi lie hamarii duno Jiinii kii kabula wo marilJura. parilClita kil kahali nibarali je duno bidi maha ubhaYl\.1 se apana pada se biiji rah"" i siiheba jaJa ke jaribana de wo apana jati me kupadi hoe. adilati ml ubhayi ki duno biidi miiha je nillisa kara) se silheba JaJa wo korata aplla na 8une. eha arathe dabtaweja kariiraniima moealikA likhala, ki iani anahiila sanadi. raha), wakhata pra (para ?) kama Aq. sana 1232 sala, samata 1881 mili kiltika badi aiatami 8 mokiima rataiarilcJa siii pra (para ?) kar5raniimii mocalikA apanA khusi rAjiwadldi lie duno jane likhala. !i (!!kht) uchathta pii4e tuHi pi4£!; kararanima likbala 8a Babl bi (bikalam) harl picJe. 11. maDasii picJe, lilu pieJe, atiira pa4e, kararanamii Ilkhala ai sahl bi. lilu pi4e. aawiha-bhawini sialha, Imaradira tiilukS\.1 rataiaeJa karAra uehata pieJe wo manaiA pi4e woalSUIrha, bi [baqalam?] biharidasa. j

aawiha~

rajaDa 61tha ImaradAra dluk'\J. rataSa4a karira uchata pleJi manasi picJi woallU)rba.

222 daiakhata :bibiridUa paC-wlri muJe babidurapura. 61 [elkin lJ ratda4a Wabi Imlaa. - Kadhlirlma paJbcJIta. Writes-Ucharilta pic;la and Harr PIela. etc.

'~ pi4a' (P~6--8. caate of Brihman of the village Ma.~ktpula.j and v.;.naa..~

PI\l6 and Lllu P-45 and AwatL-a lMc4.8, etc. Lachl PIdA owner of the Mauzi (villa.ge) Ma~ukJpura residence RatUaJ:b\k (the Dame of a village) Kasbi. The same and priest ofiTilukA' RataMJ:br.ia, 'Tappg.' ~ under paragani KOpiclp.,. . (The fact is that) quarrel took place between us for the bamboo groves, trees, gardens, bamboo-deids, and tanks of 'Maud' 'MatukiDura' and for the 'iaiminI' of'Tilukl' RatUarbda. 'Tappg' Qs1rui. Then, we, two rival·p&rties agreeing among ourseIV:;S e&me to the ooilc1Wiioil that we should appoint a.n arbitra.tOr bec.use it is not good to quarrel. Then we decided that we should appoint Ka.dha.iirimA PaJ:bC;lJta as an arbitrator. Whatever the Pandit will-decide, we will aocept it. Th~n, ~e went to_~iirima PaJ:b\lita. ~e~~ted_ th~ facts before him in details. We asked him to stop our quarrel. Then the Pandit said, 'Tf you two appoint me an arbitra.tor, then you go to the oou...rt a.nd bring an order. Then I will give my judgment in this case'. Then we made this prayer to the Pandit and said, 'T'nis is the month of Kitik (a month of 80win2 seeds) and we are engaged in our fields. If you send us to the Court at Ghazipur, we becOme without a living.' Then the Pandit said, 'Well, you write an agreement and bond on a stamp paper. Then I will decide- (your case).' Then, we, the two parties agreeing among ourselves appointed the Pandit as an arbitrator. The name of the arbitrat-or, is ••• owner of the village Ma~uklpura, residence Rata.MJ:b4a, of the same place. We wrote this agreement and bond to him (stating) that. whAt.ever the Pandit will decide, will be accepted by us. WhOsOever of the two parties defies the order and judgment of the Pandit will forfeit his oJaim. will be liable to a fine by the judge and will be regarded as bad in the caste. If any party (disagreeing) files a suit, then let it not be heard by the judge and the cOUa-t. For this pU&--pose the document and agreement was written 80 that it mar Jl~ u~iliz~ when o_c~si~n arises and be used at proper time. Ana 1232 Wa, Aamat 1881 (A.D. IR24),8th ~a.+... ,,'+.1... tt ..p1r na... nf''Kl.t.ilrA_ nlAM 'RAtda.mda Uli.. wrote thiA AI7I'P.p.mAnt ..... "'" v • ......, _ .... r-." -- - - ' ' ; - - - --------;-.- ---, .. ---- - - -0------and bond with pleasure. WritM! Uchamta. PidiS. Tuli Piela. ~his asrreement is true. written bv

man

may

~~f!:~~!.'!:·Pi\i~, ~lu P'4~. ~t'm

agree~ent tru~,

the ;646, this is written by the pen of Lilu Pic;liS. Witness: Bhawinl Mgha, 'Lambaradira', 'Tilukai' RataM4a, the agreement of Uohata P!4! and ~..e.naM P~e, etc_ written by the pen of Bihali<Wa. . . Wi R ...;A.nA. ""--0----. RlahA.. 'La.mbA.mdira Tiluka.i' RataAa.da._ the ................ ..,-_.• ---.------------,....,. ---------.--, --- aaree • ment of Uohata P146. Ma.nasi Pl4i, etc. . ---~--------

--Q'---

Signature:

BihirrldIA Pap.,wirl of Ka.'b! Kb.!4a.

~I Bahidurpur. residence-i Rat.Ua4a'

APPENDIX

n

Standarll BAojpuri (For the specimen of Standard Bhojpurl (Dt. Ballii) see Appendix (a) pp. 7l>-81 of' A Dialect of BhojpurI' published in the Journal of Bihir and Orissa Research Society, Patna. Vola. XX, XXI and XXI part In.) , (a) Nalkl dunlyl (by Rihul Bibi of Siran, published by tho •Kitab Mahal', Allahabad, 1944, pp. 3-6).

Wutem Blwjpurl (6) 4hiHa patti (Baniras). (From Shital Tiwirl,. aged . of Sri Baniras.) - 71 -years.- villaKe - Pamiour. • . 12 miles .. to . - eaat ---(e) tis ke na terah ke, 1 bardhA tin ke (Baniiras). (From Sri Narayan TiwarI, aged 22, of the above village.)

(d) nlO ke kahani (Mirzipur). (From Sri Shiva Murti Tripithi, village Barowii., P.O. Chunk, 22 milea to east of Mirzipur.) (6) dul sidhO ke kahanf (.Azamgarh). (From Sri Kima.ta. Prada Shukla, vQla.ge Bhuwa.uchak, P.O. Dohri Ohit, 39 miles to north-east of .Azamgarh.) .

(/) aawrA aawraiyl I rljl (Azamgarh). (From Sri Ra2hu Nith run, village Akhpur, P.O. KandhArpur. Dt. . .!zamgarh .) -North Standard Bhojpuri (g) saAkar I pArbati ji ke kabani (Gorakhpur). (From Sri Ram Dhanl Ahlr, aged 40 years, village TurkawaUI Ahirin Toil, 10 miles to north of Gorakhpur.)

(1&) non bOe ke kahanl (Gorakhpur). (From Sri Darbiri Thirii-sub·caste Ka~haril, aged 45 years, village JCl1nia.lnul'. DiAtrict Butwal. 5 miles to BOuth of Butwal in Neoil Tarii.)

--.--r-· ------- - --. ,

...

(i) bimhan ke kahanf (Hasti). (From Sri Jasal Kahir, aged 30 years, village Rehra near Ry. St. Uskl

Bazar.) Nawurig4 or 8tM14ni

(J) hll'III rAni (Rluchl). (Collected by SrI Peter ShIntI Nawanmgl oflfaDarW HoUle, Rlnohi.) ( 223 )

TBII

omam .urn

DBVBLOl"IIlIBT 0 .. BHOJP17BI

(iij

dkal

<&It·8IwaI Jldl) nalld duniye ke baaaule. I kull dukhwi jll ni:- . Jahawl nI kehuye cbc; bar leAawl, aabbe bhll bhll nil kehu ke ti gljiii biRt an, eihan, aODWa, kihu bhukhlyl tarp'" nI, kehu tI nahlll nit atar __uIltawl, kihu panlyi tarsaJ DI. kabiihii nI eiekhiiiltj je ghamiiwl batisawa, nlhl jarlwl janlqJ nikothlwi baithi ke dhokhlwi ke balwi, ee jeglwi !ull!'" !!l. iw' ho iw' mor bhaiyi bahIDlyi,· sab hilimfli lil1l Di. eamAwi ke chAri jab kamiwi plyAr hoi, tabe bhukhlyA bh!gl nl. (ramdham sigh, onkar matiri jagrim aiil)

(a)

The New Worltl

Act I (The Bong " being sung)

By building the new world, ali these troubles will pass a.wa.y. Where there is no one superior a.nd inferior. (but) all a.ra brothers. Some bve hea.ped up com, wealth and gold, (while) some are l'6t!Itiess on account of hunger. Some do bathe in scented water, (while) some are deprived of water even. Those who have never faced "he s!!!!. and the wind. (a.nd) have not experienced cold(They) sitting on their balcony and possessing the strength of bud • . have robbed. the world. Come, 0 brothers and !isters, come, and let 118 combme together. W'nen labour will be valued more than the skin, then only hunger will1iy away.

(Enter Ramdhanl and his mother JagrIDI)

tl pahlll Jab alfthl baY ke nOD banaull ml Jehal aaDe, mirl khalle, fih" bakhat hamAr kariJI klpat rahaI.

J~: bab",l! ~:

mlp

kIhI mil P raJputtn

~

kareJI kill lalkl b Jehal &alii

Al"PlIlfDIX D

t..

J(jfJfV.M: a b jehai jay-=. ite bit pabJle pabil aunll nO. lu tI hamar elatJgo bitA, elatJgo batlhar, Jlogi k~ awalam. ketal atawlr ketnA ~ld'dA.1 hh ..1rh",..' "';;: ...11 "'_U_"'aL .! - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -..-..... ........ UIVJUUlU &lnU JaKe dnarDA dehol, tab bhal1wlo tori ke debalA. Jab se kokhl ml alii tab se tori ke ikhiy~ baoi ke rakhanl. kal her soglyllDU nJ 411nl tori par najar garull stU'l, modi kllb-.,raw blbi k~ llan41 jab se tori gar mi 41r dehoi, tQPne din ae saltanat bhalnl. ' 0_0 __ •

._.

••

Ramdhani: gan41 ta ketol din se ham tur ke phAk dehnl. Jagrani: tii nu turi phikab\, mudA Jab Ie gbari autat rahal' tab Ie ham khatiya mi biobl det rabanl. A jab patoblya All ta' ohl ke kahanl-' beta hiH l1an4a atho pahAr batiso gharl pahlrlle reb lb.! ' • e!se ta hamar aka bat iii mine, iDudii i bit miDi l1ail. Ramdhani: ta mil! tora ke apni patohlyi kl muwllA kI\J dukh naik~?

Jagrani: dukh kihe na hoI babui! mudl u bar bekahal rahe. ab ta beciri ke bhagwan Ie gaile, ab alklJt kaill miS apradh bil. RamJJ&ani: glw ke log ta kahlt rabi kl jagranlye kaU mOh karJlrl lekhl tit ha. u patohlyi ke phutilfUllkhl dekhI\J nl elhe.

Jagrani: kawan kahAI~ h' aogiyA-nuni, hamAra ke pahUi nu batawi ke cabat rahal. Rilmdlwni: ta

t~ jhagAr~

nu kartis ?

J agrani: hamar ghar phori dehall babua ! IhSV glw bharl cablUloi mill ke.

kI\J bbatari-

RrimJJ&ani: mati gariyiu mAl! ab ta patohlye oaikhi, ghar kalae

phoi'ih@j.

Jagrdni: patohi Ii libi nO. Rrimdhani: patoh Ii ailO kl I1lw bhar kI\J bhatirA cabsuanl mill ke tohAra ghar ke phori dihl A'tohAre ke apridh lagalhl, kl JagrAni ego patoh ke ta muwiull, ab dusaro ke muwA~ clhat bArl. i katahA patoh jabbar mUi gail? hamarl ta IatJ IatJ dlnle gbare Da iwqJ ke par¥li. I jo jh3taJh3tl ka ke hamarA burblyA matArl ke muwi delas, ta ham ki karab ?

Jagra1"..i: tor &lun ham mlnab babui! tl kab3 meill"lrll ke pach nl leble"; glw bhar ke putkiti patohiye likhl toroke blgire cahall, blkl tor Deti taDiko Di 41gal.

R4md1aani: kalse 41gU ml!! tA hamArl ke pill-post ke bar kalle, ki ~r patCh? I meh....ril ke mull! par ketn" tnehrirll mUibl. mudl matlrl mulll par matir! nI ou mUl. Jagr4ni: My IODI when yon went to the jail in the first 'Salt Satylgrah' (nonoOOaOpemtloo mo:vement) of GindhI BibA, and were beaten, at that time my heart was trembUng. 15

THlII ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPJONT OJ' BHOJPURI

.&L~J:

Why, mother 1 Should the h8&&-t of a P'&jput woman for her SOD beiDg sent to jail ,

~~mb16

JOfrlJft': I heard something about jail then, for the first time. Moreover YOU!L"e nay only !!On. the only -wick, the only eupport of my life. !

observed fast OD many Sundays a.nd 'ekidaM' .days (eleventh day of the br'..ght piiri't of the month). I threw myself Pl'Ostra.te before Lord Baijnath and then God was pleased to bless me with you. Since the time you came in my womb, I took care of you like pupils of the eves. Manv times the wicked witches cast evil Jdances at you. I felt qUite re1ievecI only when I put the black thread of Kit Bhl!jrava (a god) round your neck. ~:

Long long ago, I broke and threw awa.y tha.t black thread.

JagriJ,fti: You threw it away, but as long as you were sleeping inside the - house, I used to tie that thread. by the cot: When the daughter.in.law came, ! said to her, 'Put thi. b1a,ck thread round your neck, all the

twenty.four hours.' Ordinarily she did not listen to my advice but she (very readily) accepted this. Riimdhafti: Motherl do you not feel the death of your daughter-in-law 1 Jagril'!!,i: Why not, nay eon'

But she was very r1i..obe rli ent. has taken her away and it is a sin (now) to talk ill of her.

Now God

Ramdhaft': The people of the village used to say that Jagri.ni's tongue was

bitter like 'kariiri' (a very bitter 'Plant). daughter-in-law even. with broken eyes.. JfII}riJ,fti: Who the wicked had said this'

She did not like to sec her

You ought to have informed

me earlier. .RamdMni: T"Jlen you would have quarrelled. JagriJ.ni: My !!On! Iill these killel'B of their husbo.nffil of the village brought quarrel in my family.

RiimdAafti: 0 mother I do not abuse them. Now your daughter-in-law is no more; how will they bring in qua.rrel in the family i Jagr4ftI: i will certainiy bring a daughter-in-iaw,

PAmd..1aani: If you bri.ng a daughter=in-law all those killers of their hUBbands of the village· will bring quarrel in your house and they will put the blame Oil your head thai; Jagrini had already killed Olle daughter-inlaw and wants to kill the other. And if the daughter-in-law happens to be a strong woman, she will quarrel by catching (your) hair-locks. What shall I do then when ahe ldawrhter-in-law) 'will kill mv mother , (For as you know) I have often to absent myself from homO for maiJ.y days. .. ".,."': My sonl I acknowledge your quality. You never favoured your wife.·· All the mUJderen of~th8ir SODS (an-abusive term) of the village trW. to apoil you Ii1re thA daughter.in.law. but your mind 'WIIoII never

polsoDed. i5B

Ul"BNDIX II

.R4mdhani: How couid I be ied astray, mother 1 You have roared mo up and not your daughter.in.law. (Moreover) after tho death of tho wife many wives can be ha\l but a mother cannot bo uti if ahe iN onoo ioet. JagrtJt,i: (Ikhl mi lor bharl ke) aisan beta kawlno mahtArI ke bi?

bhuJli me ta ni hawllJ.. beta! pAc barls ho llail. patohlyA ke mulla I ketna betlhl awat bAran. u harpdlpur m~ hamArA naihlra ke betl nlmman bl. ehl sAl blyiih hoi jaw. Rdmdl&ani: jo mahinnA mi5 I pi co sat din tohlra hAth ke banAwal

bhlt mllatl, ihtl ke chorAwe ke man hoy. ta bUlh ke bAt karlh'. bhale blrah barls ke nitl bu. ohl ke kAl-bhvraw ke gan4i pahlriw'. Jagrani: u gan«Jii pahlri. okar cale ta ham kawllno barilt nil kare pAl.

tin ber pallkhat pawlte haluii mi5 nun diU dehlas. betl! bar~Uu na, surujnarlyan ke badt torll mi§ bar pAp hOIA. . --.-

Rilmdliani: tuM bara]A.

tohme nu iiiuhl besllilga; bA.

Jagriini: (With tears in her eyes) Has any mother got ttuch a good 80n! There is nonc here in Bhnilt (t.he Immo of Il('r \"iI\l~ge). My 80n! five years had eln.psed since the ,1('ath of my daughter.in.la.w. J)urillJ,{ t)}(l/JC five years, many men who have ,ll\ughtem (to marry) hlwe boon coming to see you. There itt a very ni('c ~irl in the viIll'J«(! (If my father n"ml"l Haripilpur. Let the marriage be solcmniz('d thili Yl'ar. Riimdltani: I get cooked rice prepared hy you some fivfl or

11(1\"('11 tim(~ 110

month: ifvou want to deprive me of this evon. tlU'1l vou tt,lk of mlurillol:l'. Well, You¥ha.ve a grandson of twelve yea.rs age; put 1\ Mack thrcB,I~)f (god) Kil Bhairava l1>und his neck. Jagrilni: Will he put on a blaek thread'

If he iH allowed to ha,'e hiH own wa.ys, I c.a.n..not observe a.ny festival a.nd fast. lie has thrown ""It thrice in the porridge when my attention was diverted for a. little while. o my son I check him. It brings grea.t sin, if the fast in honour of god Sun is discontinued.

lliimd1&ani: Better, you cheek him.

(6)

He haa grown much familiar witb you.

elhilA pattA

ik rahe 4hili ik rahe patti. dun6 me bhayll Juglrl. 4beilwA kahe ham barA, patawl kahi ham barl. ta u duno 8ulab kall'. 4hellwl kaha1es! k! ADblAI ts ham toblre upar cerbl baJtblbl kl tu urabs\l.nl. patti kahllesl kl pAni II ta tobAre upar bam carbl baithab kl tu bhlJabi DI. etane ml Inhl Iyal lIP plnl Iyal. patti ta uri aayll I «Jhiil ha tawln bhlJl ke gall gaYII. -Jalsan oh logan ke takilph ml bital olaan kehu ke na bite.

Pke Story 0/ a Olod and tJ Leaf There were a clod and a leaf. Both quarreUed among themselves. The clod claimed to be 8uperior while the leaf claimed ita own superiority. They then. made a compromile. The clod said, 'When there will be a sto~. I will place myaeJf on you 80 that you may DOt be carried away by (6)

228

TlDI omOIN AKD DBVBLOPJDNT OJ' BBo.JPt7B,I

the stoi'm.' T'-ae leaf said. 'When there will be ram, I will cover you 80 that you may not be drenched.' In the meantime, storm and rain came togetJu.Jr. The l_fwa.& blown up a.nd the clod being d.."enched was eof1-..ened. No one should ever experience such trouble as they did. (e)

tis ke ni terlh ke, I bardbl tin ke.

ek klsin ek bayal kharldlle iwat rabe. ta payire rna oBi tIn ,haa mllll@). Ik blp du lelk.. ta burhaO spane lerlkan se kahal:v. 'I bardbl kawano tarab se leilibe ke cAb!.' ta unukar larlka duno kabl.U5 kl 'baml.han dim call ke karat hal. tu cali ke ille baitlu\. hamlhan tohke tlsarait mlnlb. ttl jawln tai karlbl, -otane' ke

bardhA m!1!.' burblO jil ke lal baithal@J. unukar laiki jil ke klsin se dim lag81@J k8re. ki bardhi ketAne ke kharidall\ hi. ta u kalil tis ke. ta u kahll@J, becabSV. kabi kahi dim thik se dSV tohI ke dSV dei. ta u kahl1¥, 'e bardha ke dam terAb ruplyl deb.' ta u kahll@j kl kehu purlnl adlmi ke tlslrait manl. terAh ke mil hoy ta terAhe ke del del.' u log gayAl bUfhAU kihl. SalUDe jil ke sab bit kahi dehll@J. ta ukabAIsv kl'jawln ham kahl tawAn tohan lo~ manAb~.' duno jane kahll" • manabl ta kahil" kl 'na i bardhl tis ke na terah ke. I bardhii tin moavi ke.' tin ruosvi ke del ke u baradh lei lehAlI\J. . - - . . . . j.

(e)

Neither lor Thirty nor lor Thirteen, PAis Ox is u'Ortk RU?vS8 Three 07JJy.

A fA.rmer was coming with a.n ox which he }I..a.d purcha.sed. He met three 'Thugs'--a father and his two sons-on the way. The father sa.id to his IIOIiS, 'We should take his ox anyhow from this man I The sons said, 'We are going to higgle the price of it, you go ahead and Hit down. We sha.ll make you 80 third party. As you will settle the price so we shall pay.' T'-ae old m&il went iohea.d and sat alone. His sons went to the farmer and began to higgle the price, 'What have you paid for this ox" He said. '! have bought this ox for thirty (rupees).' He sa.id, 'Will you sell it l' He said. 'If vou will 'D8o\' the suitable urice. I shall sell tho ox to vou.' - Then, they said;'We sha.ll pay thirteen rupees for this ox,'· He asked them to havs an old man to be a thi.---d party. If the ox was lvorth thirteen (rupees), it would be sold for that. Then they went to the old man and told evervthin2 to him. Then he (the old man) asked. 'Will vou accept what I ei.y " - Both of them said,' , Yes, we will accept.' Then he said. •This 0: oo=+va neither thirty nor thir'"veen, but it is worth only tb...."e r~pee8.' They paid three rupees and took (bought) the ox.

ek the rehll niil.. ta u rlJI ke blr baniq aayal. ek Juir tak bar biiiilwiit riihiil. tab rlJA kbiiii be; .ke ek blAIiI khit dehllen. ta u nAG ahare aki pbad.Aleke khit khanne aayAl. jab Idbl kbet khan cukal tab eAt pae cOr -.JlIn. lUI aalll ae kahe laallan Id. khete m . . .t 1aan4A. rupiyl tarat bl.,.. II I " ham khanI. tab naH coriWaD ke pharull de clehIIea A corlwan khet khane Isillan. tab G theta =I k"oIchc nlhl n!kllal.· tab cOr billa ~.

Al'PB.'iDIX

n

229

tab naiii oh .khete mA gobQ boiles. 0 gob6 jab pakke suru bhayll tab ~he cor kite bade l\Jlan. nalli ke I milIum bbayal kl cor khet kite Iya! !laIn. tab u Me kheie me khatid ie ji ke autal jab Adhl rit ho gayl1 tab cAro orl Be goh6 kiitstllogalan. jab thori sa rah gayll, tab U DaUA cllliyil au corwi bbagalan. tab DaH sodes ki ab hame kite ke niihl bhayil. kharihilne mf Ie cal ke dAI. tab u kul g(sh6 kl:arlbane me 1" Ayol. aur dll dO ke ghare II Ayal. u gohA ke kothlli me bhar dehtes. tab uhe corwa gohA corawe bade pher ~lun. naU~ ke i mAlum ho gayil. tab oh! kothili ke la-gge khatlA blchii ke Aekthe cbura Ie ke sutal. tab i1 cor l\Jlan. ome se ik cor dusarke cor se kuhlleA kl kothila~i mi§ hab\. tab u cor 0 kothlHi me hal aayal. naUA ('hOrA se. 0 . cor ke nik katles. alsaM sab co·ranka ndk katles. blMn dekhles ki aab cor mar g~lan. . . ohi bakhat ek «JOID Ayil tab naUi kahales ki ekthc murda hamlre ilhare bil. (ike plil§ki iiwA. tab tonKe ath anii paisa deb. u r"iom ek murda ke phi§k ayal. tab t,iom naUa se paisa miJales. (Jkire pahlle naill.dOssr murdi Ii ike rakh dehles lUI kah!ee Id dekh~ kat'll! ph!kd!~. abahl ta bati1l\J ba. tab «Jam ohu kc phekl uyal. nani tlslrka murdi II ike rakh! dehles. aUr t,lom se phir uhe but kahleR. aisl!J cba murdA phikwawiUes. «Jom sab se pache walo murdii ko ohl jagah se phekles. u murda jii ke ek adml ke Opar ~iral. tab u admi ,,"om ke bahut blgral. tab u «Jam bhdg ~ayal a noUii ke paYsa blc gayal.

(d)

The Story of a Barber

There lived 0. bo.rher. lie w('nt to slu.vo the kin~. He had· hc.'en sha.ving him for haif the da.y. Then, the king being pieMcd, gave him OJlI' •bighi' of la.nd. Then the ho.rber returned a.nd takin/! a 8)Jl,cl(l went. t.1I dig his field. \Ilhen he bnd completed tho dj~$dni-! of lla,If of hiK fi~l(!, t.ht;r('~ ca.me seven thieves and bego.n to teU the ho.rber, 'Sev('n ja.rs fuUllr rIlJl('CK are buried in this field. Give the spo.de to us to dif,( tlwm out.' Then the barber gave the spade to the thieveS and thl'Y b('galt to dig the field. But nothing came out from that field. Then tllf' thien'~ lied o.wo.y. The barber sowed wheat in that field. Wlwn the crop Wa.R really, those thieves ca.me to reap it. The bo.rb~r came to know that the thievM had come to rea.p it. Then he put his cot in the middle, of the field o.nd slept there. When it ca.me to be twelve o'clock a.t night, they began to reap the wheat from all the four sides. When 0. little wn.s left, the barber raised hue and cry and the thieves fled away. Then the barber thought that he' wa.s sa.ved from the trouble of reaping (the field). (And he so.id), 'Let me ta.ke it to the bam o.nd thro.sh it. He took &ll the wheat to the bam and brought it home after thrashing it. He put the wheat in the store-house. 'M""n t.},nAA t.J.iAV_ aaain came to steal o.wo.y wheat. The barber co.me to b;';-thi;'-- He -.deptO~nth~-Cot near that "storc.hol18e keeping a razor with him. Then those thieves co.me. One of them tolcl the other, 'Get into the store-house.' The thief got into it. Ihe barber cut tho nose of that thief with his razor. In this wa.y, he chopped off the noses of all the thieves. In the morniDg he found that a.1l the thieves were dead. . Then came a 'Dom' (a man of very low C8.8te). The barber tolel hlm, 'There is a corpee iD my house, go and throw it away and then I will pay you eight anDa8 for that. That 'Dom' threw away one corpse, retamed back and demanded money. Before thie, the barber brought a.oother

230

THB

omGIN

AND DBVBLOPIIBNT OJ' BJlOJPUBI

ool}/iie then; iioiid pointed out thiot he bi.d not thrown (the corpse). .1li IS lying there. Then the '.Qom' threw it away. The barber placed before him the third corpse a.nd t.old him the sa.me thL'lg. In this wa.y, he managed to get rid of six corpses. The '1?om' threw the last· corpse from the same spot. Tha.t COrpSe feU on a man. The man got V"cy angcy with the ':Yom'. Then the '1?om' Bed away and the money of the barber was saved.

(e)

dut =Idhil ke kahanI

ek din ek b!bil ke ibl! du! e!dbu cabilpa!e.blb9 dono Jane ka bari iw bhagat kaili. jab samjhA bhail ta ek sldhO kulll pbarAklt howe kbAtlr mayadln mA gaile. tab dosAri sidhfl se blbfl pucball ki 0 sidbO je bihar gail blre u kabl tak parbal likbal blre. - sldbO kahale Id u te gedlha baUe. ok ere kuchu De Bwat. u te hamBr kharlA I jbori 4boeUI. klcbu der bid jab pablll sAdbO Ai galle tab dOsar sadhO bihar gam~. tab biibO oh sadhO se bhl uhe bAt puchall kl u sldbO kabl tak parbale llkbale bAre. jabib mllalkl u kucbu ni jinltA. uta belkul bayal hA. jab ham sldhO nl rahali ta hamlre gbarl u glln ke carawAb rabal. okar saJjI buddbi byalak bo galll bl. eklr6 bid Jab dUii(; sldhe ak jag 3 bhaill ta blbe S6 bhojan banilwe khiltln uJur kalle. blbu kabatl, • ham abbe IntlJlm karill.' l kahl ke aplne nokaran se ek motarl bhilsa i ek motari ghasl unhan lollan ke kble kbltlr bbeJall. sldhO loll bAbu klbl daOral Ilanl kahali klsarklr! I kalsan-at-pat kall galfbl. blbO jabAb dibBle kl jab ham raUr! duno Jane se ek ek kai ke ir m! dosAr! Ice blre me pucball kl u sildbO kalsan parbal llkbal bilti ta doslre kbiltir Ip sabb lbe jabib dlball kl u ta bayal. u ta Iladlbi bl. ta ab leI nat ek jane bhilsi khill ek Jane gbisl. (e)

The Story 0/ Two .A.8ceeica

One day two ascetics went to a gentleman. The gentleman welcomed them warmly. When evening approached, one of the ascetics went out in the field to answer nature's call. The gentleman asked the other ascetic, 'The ascetic who has gone out, how far has he read.' He aid. 'He is an ass and he knows nothing. He carries my wooden sandaJa and wanet.' After a while, when that ascetic came in, the second ODe went out. The srentleman Dut the same Question to him. viz. how far that ascetic has read. 'He knowS nothing and" is an ox (block-head),' was the reply. WheD. I W'&8 not an ascetic, he was & mere herdsman at my place in" chL~ of my oows. His mind had bccome ox-like. After this when those two ascetics came tOJrether. they reQuested the gentleman to manage for the.food. The gentleman said, '-I shall manage eV8&..,rthing immediately. I ~uer =Tang 80, he =ent one bundle of Ir---= end one bundle of husk for their meal through his servants. The ascetics ran to the gentieman and said, 'Sir, what confusion have you created i' T'ne gentleman replied, 'When I enquired of you each, one by one, separately about the other-how far the otner has read-both of you made this answer .. he is an ox, he is an ass .. J' theil one of you take husk and the other grass.'

APPBNDIX

n

DI

Ii id_hi m" lib. ta u dbun d1halltl. ta IdbI u ....... I IcIIaI u lehale. ta pheno u kul gl\#l" jollhl klhl. I kabali kI eke bra! de idM t@J ie idM mti iib. ta u bin dihli". ta idhi u iebali I idbi u lehali. ta ph!no kulli g,UI darjl klhl. ta kabal@} kI ekar ,apr sl d~, l'!h~ .!~tlioldhi m@J }ib. ta u sl dehlllt#. la eKtne lOP! u gawaralawl ke de debliltl. ta u kaplre par de ke galll riji ke khaplri par. ta kahalesl kl e rAjl! hamlre alsan t~re topi ne hU- tab dJi apane slplh! se kehl!@J kl eked top! chor! Ie iwa\. ta slplhlyi chorl Ie ayal. ta dunG kahll", k! rijA ke dban ghat gayal morl topl)'1 chor lehllQJ. ta phi no rAJA okar toplyi dl dehll@J. ta Apan topi),A Ie ke kabllv je rAjl mose tlar ga)'aJ~ mi5r top!ya de dehlla). (J)

A Cock .•Yparrow, a llell.Sparrow find a KifU,J

There lived!!. hen· sparrow and a. cock·sparrow. They were pickinR food on a. dunghill. There they got a picco of cotton. They took it to a. carder and gave it to him to card the same and said, 'Take half of it. fur YOtll'R('1f and the remaining half, we shall take.' Then ho carded it ami dividc.tel it half and half. They, then, went to a weaver and "aked him to WMVtl it, promising him to give half share. Then he wovo it and tuok the half and gave the remaining half to them. They, then, went to 110 tailor 1.1\(1 asked him to sew caps a~d to take half and to give tho remaining half to tlll'm. He, therefore, prepared the caps. Then, the tailor gave a cap to tho sparrow. Then putting it OD, Hho flew to the roof of the ki'lg'e palaco and said, '0 king, you do nut 1)()118e88 " cap like me.' The king asked one of his sepoys to seize the cap from her. The sepoys seiz£:d the cap. Then they both said, 'The wealth of tho king has decreased and so he hM seized our caps. ' Thereupon, tho king ret.umc.>
(g)

SaJ\kar i plrbatl jl ke kahani

Kisl Ji nahln lagal. ta gaUrl pArbatl saAkar JI 8e bolall kl sab nahae Jitl. awa\ call nahle. SaAkar JI kahal@) je sab nahle nAhl JAta; kahO likh me ik J!tl. ta aaUrA pArbatl kahali Je call call nahAi. ta sankaro jl plrbatJ duno Jane calale nahle. calat call aalle kuch dQr. ta rihi miS piyari mi korhl k"; bbis doal ke baifhl gar;l. ta aaUri parbati kaplri Ie ke marJ lagall pocb'tJ. ta Je bhar nahanlyl jit rahli@J rih dhaite te kalia\tA~ kl k~rhl k! selle kl bltl I",' call nahie. ta kuch bUam ki bid ektbo °brlmhan aD",. ta kahal" je calA call nable. ta gailri plrbatl jI bolill Je aplne pat! ke kalM cbori ke call nahle. ta brlmhan kabale je ham Ie calabl ailaflUl),. utbAl ke. ta barbase! smkar JI ke uthiI UhI1.J. ta kuchu durl Jab pn" ° ta sa6.kar Ji kahll@J, ' bam" utld dyl" -ta brlmhan ke kabl dlblbtJ call JI nabai. ta Jab brimhan call pn", ta sankar jI bolll" pUrl pirbatl 8e je deklu\, sab uahle . . jlta. ek brlmban nable Jltbl. tab antradhyln ho aalll\t. (g)

Tile 8Iory oJBmU-ar OM Parboil

Once there was a bathing day at KMI. '.l'heJl Gaurl PArbat! ..td Let U8 go w tab a dip.' &6br aafd,

to Sa6kar, •Allan going to bathe.

232

THE ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPlIENT OJ' BBOJPUBI

All are not going to bathe; perhaps ODe among thousand is going (to bathe). t Then Gaud PArbatt said, 'Let us go to bathe.' Then both &nkar And P!rbat! !!te.rted for bat.hing. They wa.l~ed a.nd walked some distance and (Sankar).sat by the side oftha road having dis· guised as a ieper. Gaura. rarbaii, then, began to ciea.n the wound with a piece of cloth. AU those going by the road to bathe began to say, 'Why a.re you (here) with the leper 1 - COme and let us go to bathe.' l';a.&Buer a short ,,,hile, a Brihman came and tllcn said, •Come with me to bathe.' Then Gaurit P4rbo.tl said, 'How can I go to bathe leaving my ~UBbo.nd (aU aione).· Then the Brahman said, 'I will carry him on my back.' (He) took Sailko.r forcibly (although he was unwilling). When he covered some dista.noo, Sattkar asked the Brahman to leave him there and he said to the Brahman, 'Go, and bn.thc.' Wh('n the Brahman hn.d leftaway, flaJiko.r sa.id to Gat1rii. Parbati, 'Look here, all are not going to bathe, only this .Briih!!l.a.n is going to bathe.' Then he rliA!!,ppeared.

IE

(k)

non boe ke kahanl

ek tho dill1borlA rahe. ta u dui bhai rahale. ta kawAno baniA se pudiAI@J kl non boe ta kaisitn hoy. ta u baniA kahaUs ki khub p_lihar- khet b&na ke ta.b oh me boA ta non khO)) Jabsr hoI. tab onhane duno bhAi khub jote lagAI@J. ta khub paUhar khet banalli!. ta non bollA paUhar rnA. tab u non kA lAme jamal moth§.. ta motbl ta kbub jimal. ta b3t khub laBalc motbi kb~e. tab ek bhAi kahl\til kl non khil-IetA!@}. ab b3tan ke mare cale ke cah!. ta duno bhAi tJr kamlthA lei ke calAblJ non rakhiwe. tab ehar ohar lagAI@J b3t urAwe. tab jab hike la811¥ ta ik bbll kft chAti par bot baitbal. tab ek bhit sltl mar ke balailasl kl marl ehe b3t baithal bi chitJ par. bas, u bhiil ka kaiUs kl tir kamAfha tan ke marHs. bas liigai tir bhii ka chiti mahl. b3t uri tlail A bhai sUr Ilail. tab u bhii jake jab apilni bhil ke tollls tab 'kahlt bly kl non iiAi boe ke. u ta bhai mArathl\J.

(1) There was a DaAgabori! (a eub~caste among Thirii). He had a brother. He asked 80 Ba.niyi (merchant), 'What will happen if salt is sown l' Then that Baniyi. said, •After ha.ving prepared the iand t.horoughly by keeping it fallow, sow salt, then there will be a very rich crop.' ~'l;er this, those two brothers begWi to till tho land thoroughly and prepared the ground. They SQwed sa.lt in the fallow field. How could salt be grown; there grew Cyperus rotundus in place of the salt and it grew abundantIy. Then parrotB flocked over it And began to ea.t it. One olthe two brothers said, 'They areea.ting away the salt. Now we should proceed to kill them.' 'rnen the two brothe1'8 ~ried with their bow and arrow for proteoting the salt. They began to chase them away. WJ.~ they were ".baaing them, one of the parrot: =t en the chest of one of the brothers. He whistled and called his brother to kill that pa.rrot sitting on his chest. lnstantiy he drew his bow and discharged his arrow against the parrot. The arrow pierced through his brother', chest. The parrot.flew away and the brother. fell down. Be said, when he went; there and felt his lmt"..hw, 'The iiW~ ahould not beiOWii. It kiUi. bivthei'.'

A.PPBNDIX 11

(i)

233

brimhan ke kabinl

mla.

ek brimhan rahal@J ta bahut garib rabal". ta din bhar oeE ta kbAe bhare nAt hoy. ta unke pan41tiin kahAlin kl kahi pardee se kama laUtA ta -khat'. aram se rahAtl. ta parlt mahAraJ ka kahatiit@} kl rah ke kharca bareR de dA. ta parltain satuA pis ke Ilathlii othHi ke d~hlln. ta pan",lt ek j ..4l1al mE ~ail@}. bie jarigal me ek kilA para.. pandlt kahal@} kl kuchu kha 0 leI ta cali. IOta 40ri Jill ke pAni bhare legal@}. kul me dekhal@j car janawar giral rahal@}. ek kaUA. ek slAr. ek sAp. ek kiiyath. ta sip a slar a kaua kahatat@}. he bilbil hamme nikara. ta oh me se slar kahatiit@J ki baba sabke nlkara. e kayathll ke na niknrl\. ta pan4!t kaha!@J k! I hamar dharam nil hoy 1£1 sAp; kaua, slAr nlkarl a manal na nlkarl. ta kaUa, smr kahata\@J kl biibii Jo nat manabA ta ekar phal phlche palM. 4arUil IlhalaJ kul ke bihar. tab orne se sl~r kahatat(!J babll hamare !Dani par uyau a kaUa kahatut@J, baba hamarethfite pur ayau. sAp kahAtAt@J, baba haD1Art~ bili par "yau a kayath kahatiit@J. biiba hamAre makan par iiyau. ekare bad dUI ek roj kil bad babii gall@} sHiru kn manl par. siAru bare khatfr bat se baithawal~. pani onI dlhal@}. khUlwal@}, pUiwal@J. rali bhar rahal@J. sabare sHiru se kahatRt@J ki baed ab ham calab ghar~. sHiru ek kothAri khnl dihAI@}. ta oh me sone ke It rahal. ta kahal@j baba elt me se jawan toh se Jil tawan Illi jay. ta baba car pic It tar upar dhai kc uthawe lal1ll" ta uthe nill. ta oke phlnu utar dlhAI@J kul. ek tho rahl l1ail ta bare bare muskilan uthawal@}. laJ ke makan par gail" pail4ltAIn dekhAlIn. bahut khus bhai!ln. ta khub maje me cale 15ga! i makin bane one Uigal. ok arc bAd ohin oanditiln se kahltita!. kl celii kihA ham lAb. ta pan4itiin kahAlhi. 'Jll·. ta eail@J sipe klhl. uho khitlr -bat kams. rit bhar rahal@}. sabere kahll'\l. baceu ab makan par jab. tab sapau babi ke kuch rupayi dihl@}. bibi uhi se apane makAn par ail@}. sipaii babi se kabal@J kl kahft girh awlsan pare ta niw hamman ke IIh.. tahA jut jib. ta gharA an" pamJlt ruplya paisa l'\l ke. ta pan.,ltAin khus bhaiUn. bihiin bhar pan.,it kahatiit@J. 'ek dUi kihl aUr jae ke bay. ta pan4itain kahAlln ki acchi Ja. ta eail@J kaUA klhl. kaUi perc par that lagawalqJ rahal. ohi ki nice pan4it bAbii kahRtat@J. kaisl II. ta kaUa kahatit@J kl carhl AwA. ta pan41t bibA gai1@J uhl. khiitir bit kaUi rim kail@}. pan.,lt Jl rAt bhar rahAt@}. sab!re kahltit@J, baecA ab apni makin par jib. ta kaUA kahatit@J. baba thore Ilhar! baith! J!. abbe ham a!!!. ta kaU! urat urat ek TaJI kl maUn par gail@J. rini slhab nahAt rah@J. Ipan har khftti par tAgate rahl. kaU rim birer! par se taJbljat rahl. bAreri par 8e kaUi orwlni par ail@}. palAkhat pawal@}. thore rna bAr I"" ke uri galb\t. call gaD@} apane tbAte par. biba ke dlbal@}. bAbl uhl H aplli makan par aii". pBllylil1ii ke dlhalv. paii41tAin apni iatal ma pahlr lihalln.

I"

(i)

PM Story 0/ a Brahmin

There was a Brahmin who was very poor. He begged for the whole day. even thea. it W88 not aulicient for him. ~D his wife said. 'If you

234

TRB OmOIN AND DlIVlILOPJlBNT OF BHOJPUBl

could have earr&ed somethirag from the outside, I would have iubiirwd on it and lived comfortably.' Then the BrAhmin Mid tlit. 8&vst 'Provide me with the erneDAell of thA way.·-Th;n-h~:;ife-p~pa~-th~"po~erofth;-Pa~ch~d~;cand-~;.d~it

L~to

a bundle. Then the Brahmin went L~to a forest. Ther-e" waa a Well in -the heart of the forest. The Brahmin thought of taking something there before proceeding further. He took out his 'LOti' (a metai pot) and string and went to the well to draw water. He looked into the well and saw four creatures fallen into that well. There were a. crow, a. ja.clc.a.l, a. snake and a. ''Kiiya.sth' (a man of the writer caste). The snake, the jackal and the crow requested (lit. request) him to take them out. Then tho jackal said (lit. says), 'Take all of us out except this .. Kiyasth" '. Then tlie Brahmin Mid (lit. says), 'It is not my duty tha.t I should t.a.ke ·out tho snako, the jackal and the croW" and leave tho man there. ~ Then tho crow and the jackal said (lit. says), 'If you will not accept this (our proposal), then you willrea.p the cOnsequences afterwards. ' The Brahmin took all of them out of the well. From amongst them, the jaekal says, '/Sir, come to my burrow.' And the crow says, 'Sir, come to my nest.' The sna.ke says, 'Sir, como to my·hole.' And the 'Kii.yast.h' sa.ys, 'Sir, come to my house.' Mter a day or two, the Brahmin went to the burrow of the jackal. The jackai weicomed him warmiy and gavo him breakfast anel food anel made him eat and drink. The Brahmin stayed there for a ni~ht. In tho morning he said (lit. MyS) to the jackal, 'Now I will go home.' -The jackal opened Ii. room which contai.Ylcd the bricks of gold and then &f!;id to him, 'Sir, take as many as you can carry.' Then the Brahmin placed four bricks one on tho other and tried to carry them but could not do so. He. therefore, put them on the ground and carried only one and that also not without difficulty. He taking them reached home, his wife sa.w that and she bece.m.e very glad. Then their days passed happily and the construction of a houso was begun. Ag80in the Brahmin s80id (lit. says) to his wife, 'I will go to ii. disciple.' His wife said to him, 'Go. ' Then he went to the snake. He also welcomed him warmly. Tho Brahmin stayeel there for the night and ea.rly in tho morning he said, 'l\Iy boy I now I will go home.' Tho snake offered him some rupees. From there the Brllhmin returned to his place. The snake requested him to remember his (snake's) name whenever he was placed in any diffioulty and trouble. There they would all assemble. Then the Brahmin returned to his house with the monev and his wife became very _ . glad. Next mornL~g the Brahmin S&jFft (to his wife), 'I have to go to one more disciple.' His wife said, 'Very well, go to him.' He then went to the crow. The crow had his nest on the tree. The Brahmin standing under the tree said (lit. says) to the ct:Ow, 'How should I come to you l' The crow pointed out to climb "and the Brahmin went there. Tb.e crow welcomed him. He stayed there for the night and said (lit. says), 'I will now go home.' Tnen the crow said (iit. says), 'Sir, kindly wait for a while. 180m coming soon.' The crow flying and flying went to a king's palace. '!'he queen was taking her bath. She had placed her necklace at a peg. The crow was watching it from the roof. The crow flew from the roof to the eaves of the palace. He got the opportunity and taking the necklace in his beak, he flew to his nest. He offered that to the Brahmin. The Brahmin went home from· there and handed over that necklace to his wife. His wife put on that necklace round her neck.

.&.Pl"BNDIX U

kahll~aeebl JI. Jlte Jlte panfit bibA aall@J. kayatbu kl makln par. ta kayathO dekbl@J bAbl ke. tab kabatlt@J. accbt kall III gall. hamiA blhla puJI carhl t& ek Ip Iy galll. eldie hume khoje ke pari. tab IIi.ke okbari dhaills ki bibl iJ carblib tuh@J. ta bAbii bare aake ml pari". puJI ke Jab bakhat Iii tab kabal" ki iJu kaUI bot". allr hot". sip bot" ta hamlr jin bad jit. tab kaUA slAr. sip apne apne ahar ae calal". ta kaUI ik lalrl Aal ballal ml dabotl Ie aD". kayathO ke abar ma kho.i dlhl@J. makAn liaal JarqJ. ta kayatbO ke ahar bhar clju nlklle laaal@j. pujA ke carbal band hoi aall. ta allrO. aipaO duirl par gall@'y. ta BipaO kAte par rah" manaln ke I BUlra abiBrly ablsrAy ke blgabA bhar par 1atl dl. tab stlrO sipaO. kaUi kahatAt@). bibi se ebI nAti kahat rahalt kl na nlkin\ bibi kOwl ml se. tawAne ke pbal fhe tu pAwat rahah\. ta bAbl kahal@j. baccA tu loa na bot!\ ta Aju hamAr Jin II", let. ta sab loa apni apne makAn par Ilall@).

Next morning the Brahmin said (lit. says), 'I have to go to one more disciple.' His wife said, 'Very well, go there.' The Brahmin went on and on and reached the home of the 'Kii.yasth'. Tho' Kil.yaHth' saw the Brahmin and said (lit. says), 'You did well to come over hero. Tomorrow we shall have to perform a sacrifice. Now you have come, I wiU have to search only one more.' He, then, brought a wooden mortar (and said to him) 'Sir, I will sacrifice you today.' The Brahmin was very much puzzled. When the time for sacrifice apIJroacherl, he thought within him. self, 'If the crow, the jackal and the snu.ke were present, my lifc would havo been saved.' Then the crow, the jackal and the snake started from tlu'!ir respective places. The crow brought a spark in his bcak and fixed it in thc house of the 'Kiyasth'. The house caught fire and all the inmates of tho fa~nl began to take the thL"lgs out. The Mcrifice ceremony wa.~ stopped. The Jackal and the snake went in front of the door. The sna.ke hUg/oln to bite the inmates of the hOuse and the jackal dragged them at a distance of a 'bIgM'. Then the jackal, the snakc- and the Cl-CJW said (lit. says) (to the Brahmin); 'It was because of this tha.t we told yOIl not tu take t.hiH fellow (Kiyasth) out of the well. Now you are reaping the consequences of tOlli;. ' The Brahmin said, 'My boys I had you been not pruscnt hero, thiH man thcli might have killed me. ' Then all went to their respective places.

(j) birni rAni ek tho raJA rahe. sa raj eke thin pesab karat rahe. 8e Jail dubll ahls khaUb lahlahil blrhal rabe. egor hlrnl carte carte hu. Jle pohicalak iur u thin kar ahls ke carlak to cahalt aelak. iur rOJ u thin carek jlek llalak. carte carte bbArl gar bbelak. lur Jekhan din purlak to ek tho manwA chauA ke janmAlak. hote hote cball &e)-Aii bbe gbelAk. ak diu mll-hlr ke puchlak kl ' mi. mor blp kahllhe ?' hlrnl kalh Ilhurilak kl ' bitA, tor blp i rill kar rAIl. hekal. ch3r1 keblak. • mi. mol mor bAD than JAbO.· iiirnlmAa-jabij,-deJak.-'-iiibf-biti.' tor- blp kar rlnl-man AhBllor aarh ma umAnak chaUl-man Ihal; sa toke bes nl karbal.' ch3r1 kahlak. • Je hoi sa hoi. e ml moke Jlek de. moe rajl thin nokri karbD.' mU-hIr JIek delak. hIrnJ kar bell Jld Jld rAJI kar darblr ml Jle pohlcalak. rlJI darblr ma balsal rahi. ch3rA jleke salim karlak. sa aotA darblr kar admJ chari Dr cehIrI ke delkh ke cakrlt bhi aelal. uku ceblrl rlJI Dr cehIrIe lakIle nhi. rljlo utar cehlrl ke delkh ke tljub kank II...... b....aIe ke chlrl kar m6h clekhek lor

236

'.J:'ll1I OBlGIN AND DBVBLOPJIDT 01' BHOJ!'U'BI

50cek lIaalak kl, • I kalil kar challwl heke? mor blli-maD to mabal ml lhal lur bis plndhahal-ol4hahal. I t6 aartb chaflwl bujhlell. mal!ar "'01 caM!'1 to eke Ih!. ae I kl bit hlki ~ ,

There was a. Rija. who da.ily urina.ted in the same pla.oe. On tha.t spot 'durvi' grass ha.d grown in grea.t a.bunda.nce. A doe while gra.zing a.lTived there a.nd ha.ving ea.ten the-grass of that place, grew accustomed to it. so that she daily bega.n to resort to that pla.c-e t-o graze. Thus grazing she became pregnant and when the time of delivery came, she ga.ve birth to a. human child. In course of time the child grew in age. One da.y he a.sked his mother, 'Mother, where is my fa.ther l' The doe a.nswered, 'Son, thy fAther has queens and they ha.ve their children in the pa.la.ce; therefore they shall not treat thee wen.' The boy said, 'Happen wha.t ma.y, mother, a.llow me to go. I sha.ll serve under the RAj'" The mother allowed him to go. The doe's son went a.wa.y (lit. going and going) and arrived a.t the RAja's court. The RajA was then holding court. The boy having a.pproa.ched lIA.!ut-ed him. At this all the :E0ple of the court, seeing the face of the boy, were greatly a.stonished. His fa.ce was lIimilar to that of the Rajii.. The RajA. also began to wonder on seeing his fea.tures. He was thunderstruck and continued looking at the face of the boy and thought, 'Whence is this child! My S0118 are in the pala.ce and they are well. dressed. This one seems to be a poor child. But the face is the same as theirs. What then is the expla.nation of this , ' rljl ch3rl ke puchllak, • toe kahlle awlth!s chaUwl ?' ch3ri kahllBk, 'garlb newij, mor ghar "heir dilr ihi. moe sarkir-hajur kar durA kono kim bhetek lehB.' rAJA puchllak. • ki kim karbi ? chari jablb delak, 'kono nokrI mor plrek Iilk mUi to karbil.' rililpan dewAn mUliiollar oarbir kar aaml-man ka puchiiak kl, 'I chaUI kalsan disell ?' dewin kahe, • garib parwar, kalse kahil ? kahek nl banat-he/ rljl pharmllak. • kahek ma kl Ahe? kahu nl.' dewln kaha1ak, 'garib newlj, kasur baklsal jll, to kah3.' rAjl kabllat, 'kahal se je rlUi' kasui' hoi to, lage. baasal geisk. rlur tAl-bll me I chaill kekar lakhe dlseli?' dewln kahllak, 'garlb parwar. I chaUI kar cehlri tlkaIt silhebo kar ceharA se balrh ke Ihi. rlur cehlrllur I chaill kar cehlrl me kono pharak nl bujhielA.' rlJA darbAr ker !uro edml~man ke puchillak, • kahu ball, r!urman kar tlj-bIl ma I challl kalsan dlsell ? ' keU kell kahllal, ' clewln sAheb je kahllal hamaroh6 ohe socat-hl.' d08ar-man kahllal, 'hamlre to socat rahl kl tlkalte.slheb lpan bislugllman ke badaD ke lehal. !!lagar rAJlsl!!eb kar cehlr! tikelt sAheb Ie ptlre Inkare ml bujblell.' rljl kahllak, 'hi ball, raUre-man thlke kah1ll. se moll charA ke rL"kh lebO. talek rAjl tlkait slheb ke boll1Bk Aur il ch3rl ke kahllak, kl, • e chaill, tor kim titBIt slheb ~1 khelek h61; lur tor ciosar kim kono n1 hoI! lie '6 ch3ra r6J tlkalt slheb 881 khelek-kIIIek IlgUak. kheltekhelte =allb khen ml ohi chaill jltell. rAjl diif)'o cull kti' p&j'bek 118ID aura balsle delak; lie parhko ml obi chaO ~_ p~l. _ ohe cIfI rijlo U cDalli ke pore peylr karek lIaliak. rIaIl cIeIkh lEe nI "'apatlyllak lui' u dultll ke modek kar blhlDI khojek IIllIlak. • ek din da1y6 chaO phldA ldaelat rahal, .. tbln rbI jIe ke baItb deIak. khelte.ldlelte aid-till aelak to a 'IIII' n bIp' dcf:Iek

r!D!",

APPB!I'DD: 11

237

llllllak lur mahal ml Jle ke khatwls-patwls leke 4hall& dll ; khlek berl bbeJ.ak teu iii utbo. rlJI ukar tban Jle ke pucbllak, kl • Itl bhelak ~ u.hu dul, khiek bid holak. t rliil j.bAb deiak, e ki karo? ab mor Jlu nihil bid.' rlJi kahllak,' kahu kl holek-aelak ? ke rallri ke kA kahllak ? rallri kabab se mol karbO. rlur ke kl kar phlklr Ihi? t rinl kahllak, 'Je chaDI ke raure tikalt sal khelek III rllkh-hl se moke mlrlak. se uke phial nl dele mol DI blcbO. mlDr tar blthl ae mDr Jlu Jlt-he.' The RijA asked the boy, • Whence dost thou come, child" The boy said, '0 protector of the poor, my house is very ra.r~ I have come to your Highness's door with the intention of getting 80me job.' The RijA asked •What job wilt thou have , ' The boy &nswered, 'Any iob that I can do~ I \\ill do, if it is given to me. ' - . The RAjA inquired of his chier minister, the other councillors and t.he men of his court, •How does this chiid iook i • The chief minister says, '0 Feeder of the Poor, how can I say! It may not be said.' The RAjA o~.ered, 'Do flAy; what is wrong in AAy1ng it" The chief minister said, '0 Protector of the Poor, I may speak only, if the fault be forgiven.' The RAja said, if in saying you commit a fault, it is already forgiven. In your opinion whom does the child resemble!' The chief minister said, •0 Feeder of the Poor, the features of this child are better than those of your Highncss's heir. There seems to be no difference between your face and this child's face. ' The RajA asked the other courtiers also, 'Say friends, in your opinion how does this child look" Some said. 'We too think as the chief minister said.' Others said, 'We thought that your Highness's heir himself had come after having cast away his fine robes.' But your Highness's featurea are reBeoted more on this child's face than on tho face of the heir.' The Raji said. 'Yes, friends, you are right. Therefore I 8hall kcep this child.' Then the Pwijii called his heir, and =hi to the child, 'Oblld. thy job will be to play with my heir; thou 8halt have nothing else to do.' So. then. the boy daily took 'P&rt in the aames of the prince and also took his meals with him. -As time went on tiiat child began to win in all the games. The RAjA appointed a teacher to teach both the children; but even in reading that child succeeded better than the prince. For that reason the Raja also showed more affection to him. The 'RAnt' did not at all like this, and she began to plan some pretext for doing away with the child. One day both the children were playing ball with sticks. The' RAnI' went to sit there. As the game prOgressed. the ball happened to come towards her. At this she began to shriek saying 'btip ,.6 blip' (lit. father. 0 father) and going to the palace she went to her bed and lay doWJl. The time of her meal eDme but she would not get up. The P"&il iiiUiia and

.~!:;~~~,.;:'J/id!; ~:~~tut i!n~~~b..ro:!;.~ ~; ::.

The RAja said, 'Do say what transpired t Whoever said anything to you' Whatever you will say that will I do. What bave you to worry about " The 'RAnI" said, 'The cbiJd whom you have adopted to piay with the prince, beat me. So. UDleae you have ~ hanged, I cannot live. On account of the pain ~1III8d by hie beatiDg me. my life is pauiDg away.'

rlJA u chatll ke iii moriek khoJat rahl. 0 phial dewalyA ke boIIe ke eamjUe delat, 'u c:ha1lwA ke phial de eli; mapr jhlcI mI .. uktek IaJdae eel~ tarN; leu bate urbaS ,*ke aartI iii clplek

238

TUB omolN AND DBVBLOPIIBKT OJ' BBOJPURI

1=1:1;. nanm 4CrI ml tilA debe.' 40m ohe I."he bIr b ebaGwltho ke tllA 4elak. hlrnl roJ cbaUwl ke dekhek lwat rahi lur kono khaek-ftlAft Illn det raha. rljlo chaDd ke kooo ookaln 01 hok'kalh ke pahlrl halale de :-abe. andhlr holak to pahlridar dakhat..he kA Id ek-t.b.iI hlroJ ie rahal ihe, iur chaUwi ke pharkehi Ie doh ke iur I blh ke kioaek iigiak, 6 kekar kiroe beti phlsi plie t kekar karoe beta aurl pile?' ch3rl jabib delak, • mosl kirne ilyo phlsl p113; moal kiroe Ilyo suri pil&.' slplhi ek jaa dabalr aelak kl dekh3to I-man ki karbll, sipihi dekhll@k ki hirni ohe IAkhe ka!!dte AWBt-he. ukar slah-mao ml masil biral rahe lur slah mljhe ek tho thirl ml lila bldA kar khlek banAl rahe. hirol pahUe to thld ke udde ke bhui me rllkh delak; talek chaDwl ke utrle ke khiyllak-plyilak iur ipsn korl rnl sutilak. bhlnsir hera ch@Uwi ke DIm.ehl liill rlkhalak lur caD delRk. blhlne pahiradlr rAja ;hln gelak lur jalaan-Jal&&n delkh ralie saOb ke kalh suoilRk. rlji kahilak, • bes, ekhao ehaDwi keutarle ke lur kbiyae-piyie ke kahlo iukle riu. siljh ke uke ohe lakbe talA debi, lur je harol phelr iwl to me-ke. turte hil debe. dekhG to i chaCwl rAni k8 Uhi mOBI kaheJI i' pahiridlr Jie ke ehaUwi ke utrilak, bia khlyllak-plyilak iur Idm Be rikhiiak. pheir sljh hoiak sekhan ehaiiwa ke jalsao kar taisan tilA delak. olsbad rllt ml hlrol phelr iwek Ilaalak. ukar slAh-mao -miS masil barat rahe iur mijhe khAek elj-manak thirl dharAI rahe. u p@hUehe l@khe klnd@te Ilh·· kAh@te Ilak kl. • kekBr kiroe beli phlSI pile? kekar klroe beti surl pile?' ehGrio kaih Ahurilak, • mosl klroe, iiyo phlsl pil3; mosl kirne, ilyo aurl pil3.' p@hArldlr sunte-hi kuld gelak lur rlJI ke hll del@k ki; • c@lu. ealu, hlroi iwat-he. rijl kudle Ael8k lur dekhell to thike bit; hlriil 5lKh-man ml masAI biIr ke Bur mOr ml thlrl boIh Ite Ie rahal ihe, lur isao kaIh ke kiodat-he ki. • kekar kAroi beti phlsl pile? kekar klme beti surl plie t' ehaiiwlo klioa jhurliak ki, 'mosl klrne liyo phlsl pl13 ; mosi kime lIyo surl pil3. rAJA I aaUb delkh=8uIn k= bhekuw!= a=18k lur =ccek- ]laAlak kl. • ehafiwi ki Iii hlroi ke Uyo kahell lur rAol ke mosl kahell ? to i hiroi mor barid rini hue ki kB t se i bit ke jioai bigur 01 ehorbtl; je hoi ae hoi. mil-beta mi ohe lakhe sawAl-jabAb hote-h~te hlroJ pohle Ael8k. thirA ke bhuie mirilak, chaUwl ke utrllak, khlyllak-plyllak lur korie sutleke cjhaiig rahaiak. The RaUL did not wish to take the chlld's life. Therefore. he called exeeutioner and instructed him, 'Hang that child, but let the knot be made in ...lob :. way that it does not hold tightly the neck. I!aDg him up

the

with a soft cord with' the ooose in front So that it does not press 00 his throat.! Tne' canQa1a' following out the RAja's iDstIuctioD8 hung up the boy.

..

_

__ _

_

_.

_.

- The doe was coming every day to visit the child and to bring him 80methJng to eat. The R&ji too set up a guard to watch that 00 harm oimie tome ohlld. 'Wheii it beoimie dark. ruM; dow the g-Uiiid see 1 I[e sees a doe couUDg. whioh ~ th~ ohJld ~ far ~ to cry, .~. '0 BOD, who iJtI1e cause of thy being bAmged 'Who is the cause of thy beinir &eDt to the nDowa t' The boy Dve aDIIWar. ·0 mOther. my step. mo~ 1Bt.he ....-of my beIDa IwiPdfmz 8tev-mother fa the ofmy . beiDg'l8Il\ to tb8p!!cw:.' . '!'he =PC7 ~ tb ,..,. down to ~ .1f'het

cause

Al"PBlfDIX

the two wouid do.

n

239

'.rho sepoy saw that the doe came nearer and nearer

crying in the same manner. Her horns wero lit. up with torches and between them, there "'-.8 a tray full of all kinds of eatables. She first put down tho

tray on the ground~ Then she took down the child, made him to eat and drink and then made him sleep on her lap. At cock-crow she hung up tho child as before and took her way. In the morning the guard went to the Raja. and told him all that ho had seen. The RAja. said, 'Well, go, tako down the child and give him to eat and drink and hide him somewhere. . In the evening hang him up as before and if the doe should come, let me know it at once. I must tind out why the child calls the Rani his step-mother.' The guard went and removed the child. Then he gave him good thinJl8 to eat and drink a~d made him rest. When evening came, ho again hunl( him up. In the silent night the doe again began to come. Her homA wero lit up with torches and between them a tray of eatables was plac('d. As oelore 8ne CUOWO crywg o.nu 6IIoymg, . V my son, wno was tne ('4uSe ot ttly being hanged' Who was the cause of thy being sent to the gallows l' The boy t.oo Mid i.ll ap..8wer '0 mother, my step~motber \\·ae the cause of my being hanged; my step-mother was the cause of my being sent to the gallows.' . As soon as the guard heard this he ran to the Rii.ja a.nd informed him saying, 'Come, come, the doe is approaching.' The lU.ji ran and he 8008 that it is so: the doe is coming with torches lit on her horns and carrying a tray on her head; she is crying and saying these words, •0 SOD, who was tho cause of thy being hanged 1 Who was the causo of thy being sont to tho gallows! ' Tho child too cried and said in reply, '0 mother, my step-mother is the cause of my being hanged; my step-mother is the causo of my being sent to the gallows.' The Rija. on seeing aDd hea.ring these things was thuDdel'lltruck aDd begaD to think, 'Why does tho child ('.ull thc doc his mother and the Rani his step-mother 1 Is t.his doc my elder Rin.1 Of' \\'hat ~ I WGul,l not allow this matter to rest until I know the secret, happen what may.' The dialoguo betweeD mother and son went on till the doe came nen.r. Then she put down the tray OD the ground, removed the child, gave him to eat and drink and making him to lie down on her lap, she also my down. '-_~

____L

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .! _ _ _ _ ...lI

___ ....! _ _

,,....

____

_ ___

..

_~..

... ••

j

sehe khan rljlo kuid ke hirni ke dharbe karllak. hlrnl kahllak, 'phit, phlt! manwa, toe ke hekis?' raJI Jabab delak, • moe I rllJ kar raJI hek3.' hirnl kabllak, ' mo-ke kihe dharat-hi? se choru choru !' rlJI kabllak, • i chathvl kalse mur betl heke IUr kl 11.ln rani ke mos. kahela, seke nl Jlnal blgur moe raUre ke 01 chorbO; bbale altl mor parln Jil to jll.' hlrnl kabllak, • bis, ab choir deu Itlr sunu, moi batle det-h3.' i'lji cliOfbO kiii'liik ILl hli'iii elL iiuiidarI J&ii&iia balii ilelak, J8ke deJkh ke rlJI thak ralb gelak. sundarl JanAnAtho kabek 1A8I1ak, I hlrnl hek6 lOr ahe ban rni raboDi. ek din bulte-bulle moi rlur &arb kar pidlwlr bat 113, lOr raOre Je than peslb karUI ee ~ kar ahle ke cUI3 _t~_ b8(A sa~ld 11.11ak•. ~01 hewle tela lur roJ dJD Iwek IIA1O. Isan karte-karte bUrl plw hoe tell lOr I chaDwl ke Janam del3. moi Ike pols barbll3. ek din chaDwl puchllak ki 'ml, mor blp kabl Ihi ?' moi batll! kit I . . . . ., U 1 rIIJ kar rlJI hebl.' chaOwl kabllak ki, ' moi mor blp b deldaek JIM.' moi IIWII brll, ki, 'bill tor blp kar rial l1li-1; .. malt JI'; toke Jlte nhek nl debU.' chatlwl nl mlnlak lOr nIre .. deldI-k 1IIae .. I ... 'DOkar! brbO'· kaIh ke call ......

1'BlI OBIGIB .A!iD DBVBLOPIIlIn 0 .. BBo.J'1"t7Bl

mattar mor kahal nI tarlak:- moal-bAr chaltwA ke -Dhlar dead. deJ8k.' -rljl kahllak kI, ' moe i chaUwl kar bin bhirl 8andhi me reba ki i-kar cehlrl kaiae mar nlyar Ahe? ceblrl delkh ke mol Ike bacAek upie karla; Je ml kl nI marl ae lakhe phial deuwila, lOr rllt Ita uL-le bhai1uwiek khoJat &&113 sekhan dur Iwek-biiiilr pIlB.' hirD! kahllak, 'dekbu nl kekar cehlr! he!!!!ke l' rAj! kahIlak, • more cehlrl he-ke; ae ab mol raUre-man ke garh bhltar legal blnu nl chorbO.' hlrnl kahIlak, ' Dlhl blbl, mol nl jl&. chaUwl rlur thin nokrl kaln ke rahllak, 8e to ukar I hll bhelak ; moke lejab hal hamre dulyo kar kl hAl hoi? ' hirni-Did kar 8urlt delkh ke riijl ratlyAe jiie rahe. u kahllak. , je hal 8e hal, mol riur ke bini Ie Ie nl minba. ..-Iur ke ke je dukh del? raUre jaJaan kebab taVaane mol rlnl ke dAr debD.' hlrD! kahe, I·bia, magar rlnl kar rahat-bhalr mol garh nl jAbO, Di mor chaUwl ke hlvl rahek debO.' riiA kahllak. 'hot blhlne moe rAni ke garh-bharA debtl, rAur betl ke raj II debO lur rlnl kaJ.-~beti~ke kOwarkirl debO, magar raUre ke garh leJabe karbO.' hlrnl I bit ke maDjur karlak lur kahllak, ' lehl I bit mo-ke manjur Ihe; laan hole mol garh me jibtl.' rajA mal-beta ke nBiBr ml ek thin y6ra delBk, khiek-plyek kal' bandcbast kalr ~kbllak IUr garh 4huklak. ~.:rte ek tho kC,," korek kar hukum bhelak. doaar din blhln hot Ie plnl nlkaJ8 gelak. rlnl ke kuwl cumiek III hokum bhelak. jalaane u kuwl cumlek III habkurlyl bhelak kl thahrll adml-man ~ke kuwl me 4hekall ke upar Ie mltl clll delae. rAjl glJI-bljl kalr ke hirnl ke garh bhitlrllak lur ukar betA ke rllj kar tUak delak. rlnl kar betl ke kuwar-klrl kar tllak mllalak. hlrnl aundarl ·rinl bhelak. talek rijl aukh-caln ae rliJ karek Ilglak.. ~~

At that very moment the RAil also nmninR up cauRht the doe. The doe said, 'Fie and fie, 0 man, who art thou " -The RiJi. answered, 'I am tho RAjl of this country.' The doe said, 'Why do you catch me' Let; me go; let me go.' The RAja said, 'How is this ohild your son and why does he call the Rani his step.motlIer' Until I know this, I will not let you go, eveD. though my life be taken away.' The doe &aid, 'Well, stop holding me and listen. I shall explain it. ' As soon as the RAjl released her, the doe became a beautiful woman; and the RAjl looking at her was captivated. The beautiful woman began to speak, 'I am a doe and ~well in _this. forest. _One ~y w~ out ~ I happened to come on the back side of your palace. 1 ate the gra.sa of the place where you urinate. I found it 80 sweet, that it became a habit with me to go and graze there fJvery day. Thus I beoame pregnant; and gave birth to this ohild.. I naraed him up. One day he questioned me, 'Mother, where i8 lather" I a.idi 'Soni hA i8 the Rlja of thia oonntry.' 'l'he ohi1d said. I will ao to see mv father." I forbade him aa,yUur, 'Tav father baa queeu8; 80 doJl't go; they·wm not leave thee alive.' the-i)bwldld not Jisten. He said, 'I ahall take 80me aerrioe; ·.and with the cleeint of aeeing F.'I !-~: But my prediction oame true. '!'he ohild 'a atep.JIdJaer had

m;

mID

. '''~.,

~.:~. ~_:..1 .....,~.

."-.au.,

W_ a..

IT _ _ JL

_ _ 4.

~~.,

..I __1d. "",'U,.,

n ..........1.:" _1.:1..1

I _

_UVKU . . . . . ........--.,

••

1._~

1.In

v., uuw .....

f.tunII'laIIilbledmille. aee:mg hla featuna I p1wmed to ave him. I .. .ordeNd him to be huug in 81IOh a way .. he should D.Ot die. I".. thinldng of ha"fiDI hhD Wendowa aDd 0I0I'I'ied away, wheD. I aid .... DeWl of jour

UPBNDIX 11

241

coming.' The doe said, 'See, whose features hlWt he l' Tho Itaja said, They are my own fE'atures; therefore now I cannot let ml~tters stand, until

I

I have taken you to the pa!ace.' The dee said, 'Please, don't; for I won't go. The child merely came to seck service with you, a.nd he was tn'ILll'd so badly; what more will not happon if you take both of us ! ' Having seen the beauty of the doe·woma.n the H.ii.jii. ho,cl madly fa.llen in love. He declared, Happen what may, I will not. rest untill have tll.ken you. Whoever will da.re to do you any harm 1 I will punish tho Rini in the ma.nner you will choose. ' The doe said. I Good. but alt long I~~ tho (l,ant rema.ins, I will not go to the palace nor nllow my child to remain here.' The Rija. said, I As soon as it is morning, I will haw thl' l~i\ni buried Il.lin'. I will give the throne to your son, a.nd I will deda.l't. the Hiiul's SOil merdy 0. prince.' The
16

INDEX I

ake.... -I. 85. aksmAt, 198. akhari. 08; akhap."i, M7.

Ikaa.24. iikaadil, 24. ,x_.... __ OJI

-.......

agawarhl, 59.

,~~.

a, 16, 203. alai, 24, 39. alta. 189; -eanhl, -san, -sA, -sa, 189. aiti, alti, 189; -ii, -saohl. -san, -si, -ea, 189. altu, 189; -sanbl. -san, -sit -sa, 189. alte. 189; -sanhl, -san, -si, -sa, 189. alb•• 174; aib'.I85.189; -sanhi. -san. -sit -aa. 189. aibu. 189; -aanhl. -san. -sA. -sa. • on

.lOU'.

albe, 189; Llbl, 189; . . sanb!. =san, -sit -aa. 189.

aill. 186.

aile. 17,201. albe. 189; aiI:Il. 141, 189; -aanbl. -san,-si. -sa. i89. ais, 149. aisan. 127, 147, 148. 175.201. alsInI,49,148. alai, 202: aisl. 149. Au/rl. 16 (ph.) .. aurl. 42, 198, 200. aurl kabl. 199. ikur.l06.

&Ir1oa....... , 00) ............. .,61.

igUthii 58; igftt hA , 124. iguthl. 58. igurllw. 106. ic:aw, 162; -an, 24. iJuri. 36.

it. 1M.

agArl,87. agll,155. aI1Ui.84. aiuA.52. Agua:I:,9 (ph.). agoril. SO. aghail). 186. aghA. 186; -Ibl. 186. agbOrJ.29. aearaJ, 24. 40. AC)'a:r, 6 (ph.). ameuJ1lf. 21. amawat.24 . acel,..94 . achait, 176. aeehe aeehe. 116. ajiln,I00. at. 192. atak. 159; -,.. S5. atAd .56. atha-I, 84; atbAT, 122. athlbanterl. 121; athahantarl.ll9, 122. athhattar, ll9: -I. ll9. aihalsA80. 121.' . atbils. lIS. atharahottarso. 121. atbArab, 20. 22, liS; athiire, 118. athcttar=c, ) 21 . athAsl, lID. anthilwanl. ll9. attbAwan. 119. acIcJ1.59. arlw.192. arhAt, 124; -i- yA, 69; -iiiai, i2i.

atlni. 148, 149.

iratiUs, 118; artiUe, lI8. artie. 118;ir1tia, liS. ......th,119.

atAbat. 148. atardln. 92 . ad, 198; -ant. 198; -anta!}, 94; -kII,94. atik.l48. adawarl, 62. admI, 78, 106, 161, 165; adlml.

Itarl.88. I ......, 24, 66. ibuth. '13. Ded,24-. akAj, 100; aklj,.,94. .Alrili. 6 (ph.).

I ai~!':n::.'~. 148,190. I adhIJIrjt~ M.

~Ii~r:e. 83. (

243

)

244

THB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPIIIBNT 0., BBOJPUBI

adbirJ'. 100. adbeli, 85, 89. anbhlllJ', 94. anaYs, 117, U8, 120. anata, 128. anamj, 113. aniJJ',29. anidal"Jit, 100. anGn, 100; -fl,94. anek,lOO. anetl,165. anl1inatli,94. anthAnbe, 119. anthAwanl, 121. atbwanniso, 121. Ant, 20 (ph.); -e, 197. anann, 166; -ell, 157. annan, 114. apni, 111, 115, 117; aplni, 145-46; -ke i -k~ i -se, 145. apne, 116; apane, 177; apane, 191; -sab!!.177. abJ', 197. Abl:r, 9 (ph.). abodhJ'. 94. amoli.85. ayAgunli. 94. arsathi. 119. araj.I54. arAtls, 28. arap.1M. arim, 185. Arua:, 13 (ph.). arujhal,56. are, 130, 203. albatt. 198; -A. 198. Alag, 155. AIAlla:. 17 (ph.). alamo 64, 94. al!p.157. awit.152. avaaya, i9S. awls. 1M. asarO. 113. asidhu. 100. asArh,71. asia. 157. aatutl.39. aathAn,39. asDAn, 39. aatraeeaetra, 98. 48PAat, 15 (ph.), upAhat. lIS (ph.). a.I.119. aee!, 119; elec.121.

allA'rl. 16. abir, 40. AhlrJt. 21, 29 (ph.). ahert, 33; ahert, 29, 73. abo. 203. astamJ.73. ahtam!,73. anhir, 32, 41. annul, 155. a.181,186,188,2oo,203. a:. 17 (ph.). ilt. 187; lit, 189. aibl, 186, 189; -JI. 189. a:U, 17 (ph.). ill. 147; Ail. 105, 106, 131, 14.'>, 188, 100. awa.114. iwati.141. iwatiri sa. 141; -sa i -sRuhl. 141. AwatiA. 141. Awahu, 108. iwe. 162, 20i; -lAo iS7. Awe, 201. Ilk. 24, 40; -J'. 35. tkus. 24; -lit 35. Ikh. 176; -i, 37, 103. a:khl, 10 (ph.). Ic,37. i:Cj', 7 (ph.). I Icar.54. IclrJ'. 29. Ithl. 37, 58.

Ir. 58.

- Inn. I art ""'i -PO' 7".. It, 24, 61. d

ikbrA,28. aga.112. a:gi:, 5 (ph.); igl, 112. Agf. 195. Age. i9'l; -pichi. 198; -pichi. iDS. laA, 112, lI3. Iii, 106; igl, 52. IJ. 55; -u; 86, 97, HS9.

AJu-WhI, 97.

I a:l!u, 5, 7 (ph.). AtA.66.

.

Ath. 21; -f'. 21; -daa. 125. Athi,122. 94. I AthihI, a:dh, !! (ph.). Adb,25, 124; -6,40,63,124; -thin, 00. In, 40, 68. 1M.

INDIIX

!:\an, 36; =&, 68. ip.146. a:pao. 9 (ph.). ipan. 64, 146; 146 .. Apas.-.90. i-phinu. 200.

a • ___ ...

_._1. . _

'*

1_1_ ,

\p".J.

Islok. 3~. iha. 134; -ana, 134. IhA, 132, 134, ]37; -ki, J:i2, 1:14. 137; -tak. 115: -sabh; -sabhan; -sabhanl, 1:12. I:J:I.

ihitiri,

Am, 24, 35, 68, 73, 117, 161. imli-Ioa, 107. irasJ.38. i:ra:, 5 (ph.) ilas, 72. Awa, 114. (See Ill.) awaru, 40. a:wi:, 16 (ph.). 18;71,164; -Jlfi2!. is pas, 22, 9S. ihte, 73. ihlh,203. iho, 203. lobar, 35; -kin, ii7. It. 1_1.. \

..

~

ADA ,,;~,

. . L. L.:II. nnn. II UIUI, lriVU.

. . . &U.llU. i I

246

:m.

fhe. lOll. i 1-""-, :l~ I :l:t.... , I..:U ,. , 175, I9f,. wH. it, 37, 57.

I I.-.

--

i:s~:r,

4 (ph.).

ihe, 1:13, 147. ibO. 147.

uu

Ipll.J.

1I I, 132. 1,17,18,62,113, 117.

Inri, 7 (ph).

ttl,25. (See fhl.)

fa:r; 14 (ph.).

lJa:r. 14 (uh.).

iaire, 118..

IJatdir, 93. IJatl,106. Itlha:8, 7 (ph.;. ••• 1..11..

I_L. \ ......... &11, '7, \l'u.,-

I

I

167.

InhaDl, 33, 34, 132; -kl, 132, 134.

ua'li)' .. ,pO.].

lear; lSli. Iskul.39. IstAm,3t. 18teun, 39.

ildbUlrf. 26. u, 17, 1M, III, 114. I:H, 130, 145, 146, WI, 162, 16·•• 167. um, 170, J71, 172, 173, 17.'), 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, lSI, IR2, 1M, 18H, 190, 195,196,200,201,202; -aail, 167; -kar, 136; -kar-man, 136. u:, 181; -.:, IS8, 190. ilhllwa. un 1,.f1 iihi:'149~ ili6.--·I:~l'c uhl.) un, 136. . . . unhan, 1:14,135,136,1:17; -kar,136; -ka, 134, 1:11;, 137; -lOll; -lOllanl; -iogAni, i34. uralhan, 136 . unhan(l)ki:, J6M. inO, 170, )71, 172, 173, 175, 17S, 179, 180, lSI, ]S2, i8H;-asanhl;-asan;-asi; -asa,

I

10, 133. Inlhan, 133. IDba,134. lohan, 33, 34, 132. Inbl, 34, 132; -I, 134; -kar, 132; -kari. 132; -karl. 132. Inhikl. 132, 134, l37. lDArdAU:.4 (ph.). inlr, 26, 32, 35; __ • 21. (mll,41. lmindlr, 93. Imlrtl,41. 11 __ . . . . . I_L "-

1.i'7 • •• , •IItt;. ,.n.,

i:\I, 7, 1fI, Ii (ph.). ikar, 133; -man, 1:1:t . I:I3:tl, 4- (ph. i. iman, I :la.

inhI, 35.

IbA, 149, 150.

.... .. "'.

1.1'1 , 1.t.i

I

unhan(i)ka:. i8i (ph.). unhan(J)kA:. 189. uohanl. 134, 135, 137,165; -kit 134, 135, ) 37; -1011; -loQanl ; -Ifialnl, 134. unhl. 136; -I. 134, 135. uohukAr, 16, 17 (ph.). unhukar. 13~, 137,165; -1,135; -I, 135.

I I

_ .... Lo...... I ••.........

-.a& . . ,

1.';'

..........

!!!!h01rA; 131),

unhukl. 137. uloll, 181. u log. 190.

TIll: OBIOIlf AND DlIVBLOI'IIBln' 01' BHOJP11BI

o-loa-o.167,

gl!o:. 6 (ph.).

uI6a:. 190 (ph.). u~loa, 169, 173, 175, 178, 1T9, 180, 181, 182,188. uAQbl,53. __ ...

u:, 6 (ph.). O,117;-mnan.136;-sabb.147;-bi. 147; -bo, 147. Dc, 42. M; -I. 79; -JII, 39.

UAP::U, 1UO• '>1;. ......... , ..v.

ft ...

0

t-..&.~_

ukbAr, 152; -r, 154. ukha:w,7 (ph.). ug. 152, 155, 161. ugald1n,92. ugbataI. 53. pgblr, 154. ~car, 152. ~cAr, 152, 154.

"Jar, 10~. uBa :r, 7 (ph.).

ujar, 25, 55; -JI(, 21,29. ujbuk,I54. uthal. 192, 196. ......L . I . I

....

ftA

.. ~ _

Ul. "'0, 01;

. . . . . . . . liii0 . .

'I."a

U\.uaua, .I IV.

_,..

u:kbI, 5, 7. Ojar, 116;-1, 116. u:tbe. 7 (ph.). Ocl,26. -flpar, 113. ~

e

Ikthe, 120; -0, 120. ItnA, 26, 33. (8e.e eteni,) Ih-jun, 149. ~h-berl, 149. Ibar, 100., (See ehar.) Ihtjl, 149, 150; -jl, 149, 150. i28, 130, iS2, is:;, i34, iS2, i97.

e,

...Wa

uthewiwa!, 192. utbAwal. 192. uthiwlwal, 192.' ur, 25; -at, 190. urat urat, 194. uriii,80. urikJl(. SO. ur1kJl(. SO. urAn,81. urharl.59. utar. 152; -II, SO. utarJl(.29. utarabl. 82. utlrO,85. udhlr.I54.

--'"

"11, "' I.

... ,. , 'I'll.,. ., I_L \

....a,

lAO.

.&.~U',

_8 __

An

-auClo, "Zv,

lAQ.

_ ..

.L-ZO,

-~t

IAn ... "tV.

elslnl, 148, 149. ekarii, 134. (Sec ekan.) e1£:)p:ta:,5 (ph.). ebra:r, 5 (ph.). ekwan,51. ebhAn, I) (ph.). ek, 120, 122, 125, 127, 150; -0,200; -ek,199. e:k. I) (ph.). ek-IJurl, 50. ek t5r, 198; -I, 198. ek-sar, 198. ekAbu:, 16 (ph.). _I __ L."-!l " ,

""UII&"1I, V.I • .... h&lf ....-.aa. ... , IOQ • .,_.

udha:r.7.

upaj, 102. ekldb, 120. updi8Jl(,29. ik, 42, 51, 117, 120, 121. uproblt, 39. ego, 16, 17, 20; -0,144. upla, 25, 32, 152. ego, 120. uuar, i52. ekala, oi, U8; -iso, i2i. ubab, 152. ekatll, 118. umIrI, 117. ektlallO,121. ulukl, 167. ektAlta, 118. ub,203. I ektillO. 121. ubi. 134, 137, 173, 170, 196; -kl. I 'ekAdiaa:(b) b, 4, (ph.). 134, 135, 137, 169, 170, 172, 173, ekln, 133. 176, 178, 179, ISO, 181, 182, 188; ekar. 133; -i, 133. -kl-I. 167; -aabb; -aablum; ikar, 132, 133, 134; -a, 1M; -I, _ .............d..Il 11M. Hue. __ ........... _" -......... __ , .V":IIt, -...u......-a' &.,."

16'7', uJaIkA:, 190 (ph.). abe, 1". Obi, 138.

100. _2. &elM,

-s,

100

AUV.

ekLaat!!i !I9; -Ii 119.

ebattbleo, 121. ekasarJt,90. ekaaarl, 90.

UfDU

ekahattarl, 119. 173. ekhattar, 119. ekahan.,91. eklbari, 123. ekah!r!. 91. ekinbe, 119, 123. ekiDbeso, 121. eklwlUl, 118; -I, 118. ekaw8llDlso, 121. ekisi, H9; -so, i2i. ekyl&I, 119.

ekkl,123. ekanne, 122. ellirab, 26, 29, 118. eaarabottarso, 121. earottarso, 121. eagar!,50. etblUl, 149, 150. etbln, 149, 150. etbl, 149; 150; -n, ]49; HID. e:ri:, 4, 5 (ph.). etani, -113:- en, 133. ealban, 133. enba, 134. er.han. 133; =loa i =lcl1an, 133. e-blr-,50. eb, 132, 133; -a, 134. e(b)lUla, '134, ebana, 134. eban, 150. en~, 150, ene, liID. elii or, li3.

6 0 6iJil, 149; -I, 149. 6bljil, 149, 150; -I, 149, 150. 6kariikar, 135. 6karl,135. 6kl,162. 6tAnA, 148, 149. 6h-ju!!, 149. 6b birl, 149. 0, 17; 6, 134, 135, 136. 018, 149; -an, 147, 148; -I. 149. 0181".148. oieini. i~. _1... _ 10 I_L \

okU-balestar, 98. okU-mukbdr, 98. okU-lo4.107. o:CJb. 6 (ph.). 6 (ph.). I C,Bh4it, oJhA. 00; _inl, 100.

6t,I54. 0:th,6 (ph.). otb. 176; -..21. I ~!~£~~, ~~,.103. olDIIgn,

IO~.

othan, 149. otbln, 149. oth~, 149; othA, 149. o:ra:, 6 (ph.). orlll, 42, 58, 83. orhani, 78. otlhat, 148. otek,148. ooa, 136. ookar. 136. oalbao, 136. onban, 135, 136. obana kara, 136. onais, 118.

on.aId.c, 121. onAsl, 119, 120. onnAslso.121. oneils, 118; -so, 121. ondUs, U8, 120, 122. ~~~~8~~!2!~~_

I onn8, 110,

1~;

___ .n.

_au,

1~'.

onsattbllso, 121. onbattar, 119; -so, 121. onahattarl. 119. I or, 113. onf,I50. oban.I50. o:la:, 12 (ph.). olb.I54. o:ll1a:, 12 (ph.). 0.,21. OBAra:, 6 (ph.). ob, 135, 137, 183. ob.I34.

I uliApi;, 6 (ph.).

u ....-. &0 ,jlD.,.

okar,lMi"-il,113,117,137. oldlril, 162. okAra:, 16 (ph.). oklri. 135,136. lkar. 115, 135, 138. 137. obakara, 138. ob:!:. 8 (ph.). o:kI. & (ph.).

III ka

k:»on. 6. (Bu qpn.)

I ~~-' 24. kAfUA.23.

(Bu kacabarf.)

btAJut. 20 (ph.). I kltibat, 148. (Bee IrItibat.)

......23.

248

THB OBIGIN .A.ND DBVBLOPIIDT OB BBOJ'PUBI

ka3la:e. 5. klhe,23. (See kab.) kAwl, 67, 79. (See kul.) k!!j!, 149: =1, 149. klhlJl, 149: -I, 149. klO, 144. (.c~ee kiii.) klkarl, 141. klkarl, 141. kekare, 142; -kal, 142; -kar, 142. kltlnl.148. kltek, 148. (See katek.L klthU!.141. (See ketblyl.) klthuA. 142, 143, 144. (See kathuA.) klh. 141, 142, 143: -Akar. 141: -Akavl. 141; -Akarl. 141. (See kehAkarl.) kothArI.32. (SI'.8 kothirl.) kalke. 159, 199. kaUa. -aa.tlh!. -san. =si. -sa. 188. kaDan, 187. kallas. 187; -I, 147, 188. kant, =sanhl. -san, -sit -sa. 188. kaDI. 113, 187, 188; -jl, 188. kaiiu. -aanhi. -san. -sit -sa. 188. kane, 188. kAlle. 16 (ph.), kaile, 175, 185, 187, 188; -aanbl. -san, ,,:,si. -sa. 188. kail3, 187. Uiee kar.) kaltt.61.·· kair. 39. kailAn. 3Q. ka'ls.-149; -an. 147; -ani, 148; -A, 149. k.>\i&an.20 (ph.). kalslnI, 148, 149. kels, 149; -I. 149. !taOl, 51, 105. kaua :-hikAni: 17, 18 (ph.). kun, 138, 140, 141, 142, 143; -A. 141, l43; -I, 142; -e, 142; -5,45, 144. (See kawau.) kltaaar, 92. klthad,35. (8ee hnth. 2.) kawai, 23; -". 29. kI*aI.37. klhl, 149, 150. klkarl,37. klkhIf,37. Uc. 37; -kitA, 100. kit. 57. "... It .. - -611 .... aI • IH -p, AUA j OJU j U't. kAmpa.15 (ph.). lEIlA, 36, 72.

-po,

k-arl,-~

_. .

·kCwIr,24, 66; Jdlr.r,37.

I

klwe"" 29.

(Su

awe;.)

kAUk, 15 (ph.). kAath, 12 (ph.). kanthJ, 83; kaththl,57. kAneJa:, 10 (ph.). kAnlba:, 10 (ph.). (See Jratharl.) kAUWi;, 12 (ph.). kCSrhi,60. kCSha:r, 16 (ph.). kObir. -•• 29. kobl~. 81. kUnlbir. 35. kBCkadl. 160. kacar.158. kACJ'AbArl:. 16 (ph.). kacah~l. 34, 54. (See klclhar!.) kACJ':l:. 14 (ph.). kachul. 42, 54. kat, 191. 192: -a. 186; -A. 165; -e. 192; -lwa, 165. kate. i92. kat katA. 160. katorlA. 191. kara, 34. karl-kari. i02. . karor. 119; karor. 119, 121, 123. karor.123. kat.kI.86. katAhat, 148. (See kltlliat.) kalek. 148.. (See k6Iek.) I kanmana. 160. kAUra:.18 (ph.). kapat. 127. kapis, 64; =1.29. kapit. 94, 101. kapur. 42, 64; -Jli, 20. kab". 197. kabhi kabhl, 197. kabhi na kabhl. 19'1. kabahl nlh1, 199. kabullw. 157. kam, 117, 120, 124, 198: -aaal. 96; -umtrl, 95; -Jor, 95: -bisi. 98. kAmAri: 11 (ph.). kamari, 35, 68. I kar. 70, 151, 187; -al. 70. 187, 19ft karat. 85, 113; -I. 113. karanl, 78; -hi..... 91. !al!'abB, 113. karlke, 24. .~. 17" I kantll, u. . kadll, 187. karIha, I~; karlbl, 32, 140. . kari, 32, 40, 47. lSi, i91; kari. 187.

I

I

kiii1l, U.

-

INDEX

orlli.159. kare. 164; -lil. 159,187. karaJkhor. 92. karam. 36,70; -". 21. kal'awat. 168. karilh,.. 29. karilb,58. karla:. 8 (ph.). karla, 117. . kareji, 113.

........ ..4.... U.'

1r ... I'1r","'e4.

lei:

.1.'0

kabl nI kabl, 197. kabl~. 81. ka:, 16, 17, 19 (ph.). kA, 110, 113. 114, 126, I:IU, loll, H2. 143, 145, !t.t4, 201, ~U2.

kika, 130. kAg,48. kiigada, 110, 114. kAgaJ-patllr, 99. kigaj-pattar, 49.

I_t... \ \}lIt.• J.

I .. ~-

.... _ ... _1_ Alaua&."

AI\'1

L_L._I:

•.-. ...

AD\; • .;:1"* •

kalkatti. 182. kalmi.28. kalam, 28; -kalamd.lin, 92. kaUiwati. 106. kaii. 10. kawan. 113, 138, 140, 141,142,143; -log, -lOgan. -lOganl, 141, 142. kawani, 113, 144; -I, 141, 142; -e, 142, 144. kawane 109. -lclgan, 142. kawanan. 142. ."" kawano. 202; kawano, 127, 144, 145; -Set 144; -log se, 144. kewan, 141, 142, 143; -I, 141, 142; -0, 143. kenna, 141, 143. kii-man. 143; keman. 143. kAwAn, 6 (ph.). kawar,6t1. kawarii.8'7. kiii, 151; -maSH, 160; -aria, 15i; -awatl.87. kasi(iI). 193. kAbAb. 11 (nh.t kAh.d. ·14, 17 (ph.). kanl. 144, 145, 151, 185. kaba-suD, 160. kabati, 164. kabillil. 165. kahab!; 18.5. kahal. 144, 196; -l, 145; -ai, 176; -as, lI6; -asl, 144. kAhAuar. 18 (ph.). kAhAli. 16 (ph.); kaball. 130, 146, 147, i99. GO

IIVA, . . . . . . . ..,.. CHJ,

'''1::

"'WV,

01\.1.

.olfV.&,

-aanl. -sl, 144. kahiIcp. SO. kahe, 195.

kabinl

29; kaha nl, 73, 79. kAIlAwi:, 17 (ph.).

kabI, 128, 130, 132, 135, 147, 201; -talE. 116; -Ii. 116. (Su 1IibI.) kalal-kalal. 197.

kiciral, U. kach, lOa. kAJ, 55; -_, 21. kajar, {ia.

kat, 151. II);;. HlI, lUI. 11)2. kAta:wAI, 16 (ph.). kat-chllt. 1611. kiti-kdti, 194. kith, 58, W3; -phorwu, till. katb_ra, HH. kathawatd, 190. katbawatl, 114. karh, J51, 165; -ai, 00. karhul.60. Irll_"'lI r.;o &At •• At uu.

kitbil,62. ka:n, 1 I (ph.). kin,23,:i6,67,6H. W4, iii I , 166. kini-kAoJ, 101. ka:ni, 10 (ph.). ._w __ niL' _ __ 6' .... Kanu,

._~

.,~;

&anu,

0/.

kanwil.79. kinb.35.62,G8;-il,34,5I,6R ka:nb. II (nit.). kanbalil, 8M.. ka:m, 10, 11, 17 (ph.). kim, 23, 24, 40, 51, 6N, 104, 113. 114, 127, 132, 133, I:JfS, 144, 147. 162, 164, 175, IHa; -cor. 24. lr.im-lr.ij, 08. kamai,80. kAyan.31. kAran, 113. kArlgar.92.

I kli.oi. I.JlUl.lI

.......... ,

10: 1

V.I.,

AI\

vv.

kAlltbin. 61. kAlbl, 197. ka:lbl, 13 (ph.). kalhl,169. klsl-Daria. 99.

kIai~,90.

Uh. 143; -abl, 143; -e, 176; -I. 141, 142. 143.

THE ORIGIN AND DBVBLOPMENT OP BROJPU'BI

i«: i45;~:~: 146; -0, 14:4. kuchu.)

Irl 1R9 1'711r. 901

ki~h;:' (~'ee

91\9

kitlb, 130, 18.'>. 201; -ollb, 49; mahal,99. kin. 153; -ai, 51; -ill, 18. kinD, 143; -I, 141, i42, i43; -ikar, 141,143; -Jkarl, 141, 144; -Ikad, 141; -Ike, 141, 142; -Iki§. 141, 142. kinhan. 141, 142, 143; -I. 141, 143; -lloa. 141,142; -USaanl, 141, 142. klyArl. 29, 31, 41, 70,83. klArI, 41, 70. klrlpl,41. klrlyl,38. k!h!.I85. klrl.25. ku'. 31. (See kow•• 67, 79.) • kukarmi, 94. kukhet~, 94. kucii~, 94. kUlDii"gi, 94. kukur, 70; -~. 29; -an, lll; -ani, 111; -anh. 111; -anhl. 111. kuchu, )44. 173; kuchau, 113. kuchuo. 145, kuchuo. 144. kudaratl, 38. ku-naaar, 94. kun~, 12 (ph.). kunti:, 15 (ph.). kub~. 12 (ph.). kurkurl. 160. kurml.28. ku1A.Cj'bAni:, 17 (ph.). kulbull, 160. kuiigiri, 92.'I no 1 ___ 1LI • auaoa,

O~

J.OU, .L170.

kusal, 71; -J', 29. kusum, 68. kusti:, 16. kOt, 151; -ai, 56. kutnl, 28, 56. kuti-pisi, 194. k4d, 151. kudo 160. kudi lrudl. 194, kudi-phinl, 194. kOcI'a:r, 17 (ph.). kudlrl, 62. D, 17, 105; 107, IUS, 124, 127, 141, 141. i61, i62, i64, 160, 176, 183, 1ft' ,ftG ,lIlA onn CN\, . &v .... AVO, AVV,

keo, 14:4.

kethan, 149.. "'-tbin,149.

QUV, #IVA.

I

kethl, H9. kethi§n, 149. kenl,I50. kehar, 150. keth, 143; -iyl, 108; -d, 143; kathui, 44, 143. klibDl, 144. kithl, 42, 43, 141; -ke, 141. kithI set 142. kewal. 51, 57. (See ki§watJ'.) kewarl,31. keWJlfP, 88. kewari,88. kewa1~, 198. keh. 42, 141; -lkar, 144; -u, 76. 144; -0. 14, !lS, 200. kihO, °47, 144; -se, 144. ki, 42, 43, 47, 82, 141. kilO, 144. kin, 141. kikar, 44, i4i. '1___ 42, n43, _ ___ 'I ....

'1 ..

'14ft

IUI-Aau', .1'*"; -In.an, .1,*".

kekarl, 105. kill. 30. kolll, 51; konl, 26, 42. kol, 144; -man, 144. kocwin, 93. kothirl, 41, 42, 58. (Su k6thlrl.) kora:, 13 (ph.). korAl.80. ko:,,!!!; 13 (ph.). kotwll,.. 00. ko:la:, 12 (ph.). ko:lha:, 12 (ph.). kolhO,13.

kon, 26, 104. ..:.__ na: .::1 au... ,

~U,

U&.

koro, 103. ko:ro 6 (ph.). kOB.5I. kosi. 28. khl kha khlbar, 23. khlntl, 23. (8ee khantl.) khAlle. 74. 84, 1M; khaDi. 201, kbaIlIJI.I27. (8ee khI.) . khaldil, 160.' . khajlnd, 92. khaJuU,89. I IdiajOr, 31,153; ..... 29. 1.1.___1.1..... HU\ . . . . . .. .- . . . . . . , . . , AVV.

kaCI, lU; -0, 193. 1du.1Ia:, 10 (ph.). 1daa1ll, 61, 67, 103.(8ee 1dIa:il:.)

261

INOBX

khatoll.85. kbatft.117. (SM khati.) kbarl-kharl, 102. khAtam.9. khatllw, 157.

khan khen!, 16. khAnta:, 10 (ph.). kbanti. 28, 52.. (See kblnti.) khAnta:, 10 (ph.>. khana-haD~~- 9f.

khaparA. 51, 64. khamac. 159. khamas. 159. khAmbla:, 9, 11 (ph.). khambhl)~, 65. khayar. 62; khaYar. 31. khayaIl, 85. (See kbI.) kharac, 113. khArlka:,6 (ph.). khArua:, 13. kharuA,84. khar-khar, 169. khawAi, SO. (See kbI.) khA, 61, 85, 86,96, lIn; -1,32, 164; -Ibl, 83,174; -il, 23, 164; -ii, 85; -e, 196. khAJA,55. kha:b, 9; -I, 10, 11 (ph.). 149. (See khlAw6, khayali, khaw-AI.)

kh!c,103. kbI:ij', 7 (ph.). khi:ij'l:, 11 (ph.).

khlJhi. 51.

khtr, 25, 52. khl:ra:, 4 (ph.). khtla, 48; khllA, 25, 52. khl:sl, 4 (ph.). khQklmrl:, 7 (ph.). khO:tl:. 7 (ph.). khud,25. -. . kbur, 2/'i, 41. 104. khul, 192; -al. 192. __ L _ I I

11ft......

aDUI, IV;;:;.

khuwlr;l,87. khus-Amad. 05. khus-dll, 91>. khus-I-hill, 95. khuskl:.· Hi. khetwarl. 26. (Ree khet.) khel,8. khet, 113, 85. (See khet.) khedal.89. khedA-khedl. 102. khel, 160. ('~l'e khel.) khe kharl, lOr;. khekharl, 144. khe:t, 10 (ph.). khet, 26, 42, 52, 60, lO4: -fII. 21. (See khet,)

khe:ma:, 5 (ph.). khin, 26, 48; -A, 29. khel,160. khelatAye. 105.

in. I kheiawani, khelw8j;C, 87.

khe:II, I) (ph.). kh6cA-kh6c1, 102. kh6rblla:. 7 (ph.). ~~~rbl~, ~o~ . . kbOpArl:. 7 (ph.). kho, 178. khow, 155. khola:, 8 (ph.). khol, 192. (Sea khul.)

khA:tl:; 7 (ph.). I khArA, 35.. khlti-mitbI, 97. 100. kha:tl:, 7. (Sea kbatiA.) kha:tlr, 8 (ph.). khltl!'. 73, !l3. khAd,I04. kha:nl, 10 (ph.). gl,ga khI:sal, 16 (ph.). Ilijal, 23. khA-dhib, 100. I .. 1 I.. KAJA&, &'E \1'"./. kha:lii, 13 (ph.). I g.d!, 18; -1:, 17 (ph.). kill., 199; ';ka,r, 198; -mahal. 100. aall, 105; -I, 144; -i, 46, 145; khAt,52. -I, 167. idatcarl, 52. 3!, 32, ~_ 47,_ 6O!_~. BJI, ~, khlJa:l. 15 (ph.). khJ.:l. 15 (ph.). I ~!. 1~; :a~ ~l iA-I!r.~H; -I, M, I 1"3; -e, 11, 1", IV, IUD. khirJdd. 86. galr I bid, 95. (Sea pyar-lbld.) khls:a:, 15 (ph.). aau-mln, 99. (Sea alt.) khI:I8:. 15 (ph.). aa6a1. 106; -Jal. 99; -Jill. 102. 1dda,25. A. ..

aaD.

I

1_'" \

Ilitharl. 88. glch. 54. Iliris. 32. lli:j.7 (ph.). iir-ed.58. Illj.55. 1l1wa:r. 14 (ph.). Illjl, 36, 80 aiwAllI', 81. aljert, 87. IlAwlrI, 106. glth, 22; ~. 35; -I. 22; -1,52,57. Ilallarl. 53. ~:tl:, 7 (ph.). QA~lftl, 15 (ph.). Illth. 152. garlwiin, 93. (Bee gilri, 59, 123.)· 81*,52,66. garut', 49. (See gai"Urjil.j gAw, 107; -an, -ani, -anh, -anhl, garh, 59; ~al, 80. 107. gargarA, 160. glw-char ni ,99. gad.ki. 86. ga:I3, 11 (ph.). gadara, 156. glj, 103. gadahA,62,73,l64. alr,155. gAd:I:; '1 (ph.): girt, 175; -wAUi, 90. Ilan, 67, 151. (See gin.) gar1wiln, 93. ganganl, 160. ga:nfti:, 12 (ph.). ganes,., 29. gilbhln, 22, 65; -I, 22, 29,41. gAIlda: 10, 15 (ph.). airil-girl, 102, gaQ41, 59, 123. Q.iil, 24. gapaa, 159. Qiwat, 196. aftmkhor, 92. giwe!e. 31. (See gitt.) Q.babhril, 33. 89. giw~. 109. iAmha:rl, Ii (ph.). glb,73. gayar~!b!d. (See Ila!r!bld.) gUli, 123. gayar-jagah, 9 5 . · gtror, 158. gayar hajlrl, 95. (81313 garhijir.) gla:n, 15 (ph.). gayiwill,., 90. Illin. 53. gar. 52.. Illja:n, 15. garall, 53. glyilri, 53. Ilardaiiliw, 157. gin, 10; -ti, 47, 78. (See gan.) Ilaraj, 154. Illni-soni, 99. gArAbh, 16 (ph.). glyln, 53. (See gla:n.) Ilarabh, 38. air, 10, 196; -atii, 109; ;..al, 195, garam, 38; -aa, 159; -I, 57, 155; I 202. -I, 164. lliratJ' paratJ', 78. garah, 52; -an, 52. gilils. 110; -san. -sanl, -sftnh. ~ar-hljlr, 101; -I. 95. (See ~ayar -aanbl, 110. hajlrl.) gm, 52. (81313 gAwat.) Ilaru rJl , 29. (81313 tarur.) gldh, 34, 63. tal. 1 5 2 . · Ilftj, 152. :1 guiiiJl, 29. (See guwa' .) al all 160· g.1i l 1, h . • lu"7 . lluJar, Il;ua:, 5 (p .). .. 52 ... 1 III ( h) e una • .;u:a:, -- ,p-_. . Ilurhllh,... 82. tawani,67. _ I, '1.0~ (po., . . tl Kuwa: . .s :. 115. Ilwa:I, 15 (ph.) . • at.lnw ,130. Ilwllini. 106. 157. . Iluh, 73. aabJr.4O, 70, 73; -fl. 29. _ I iab.25. 5, 7, 26,103; -D, -ial. -lab. al:r, 7 (ph.). -1DhI. l07~ air. 168. ~ "'-beJ8l. 98. . (8ee a.u-mlr.) 7. . lII.e",. 87.. (Bee III...) "nat 'I, -d. I

aahak.

AI'.

.'fUrI,

•

,

IBDBX

lleDA.26. ahll.26. a6h61, 26. (See ao:hil:.) goIthl.58. giSell.27. tlo:r, 6. 7 (ph.).

j8i.26.

. .

a3ralt.26. llocaDi.50. Kugar, 50. ditto. . . . .

(See llo:hO.)

A I_J,. \

I;vNQ.&·, v \1',1&.1-

goJhI.56. goragar.92. . Ilori-giral, 100. (See gor••) Ilotar, 40. (See got.) aodA-aodi, 102. aopJA,28. gopbA,26. goyiri,88. got. 26. (See iotar.) goth. 26.

gar., 21.

go:r, 6, 21 (vb.). gar, 26, 5S. (See goragan.) Ilar, 42, 52, 70,117. afir!~!!ne, 99. llarD. 21, 26, 33, 52, 89. llarD-bacharu, 9S. gol-llIl, 98. lloll,116. goil, 16, BO. aolilrl, 113. go:hD:, lQ (ph.). gah6,26. tlohO, 42. aocaBl.50. lloJal, 50. (See Q6hill.) abA aha ~b!t-pho!'aw!,

102. abis, 37, 152. 1lbi:86, 7 (ph.). (See ghas, 72.) llbatar-abatar.159. gbatad. 78.

:=:YA~, 100.

ababrAhatl, 82. gllaml. 156. (See aJaIm.) alhAr. 6. 16. 17: -a, 6 (ph.). am:r. 6, 16, ah::r .-16 "(ph:). ghar. 7, 13, 14, 16, 24,40, 53, 64-, 65,70, 84, 105, 167; -II. 49: -.... -aal, -aah, -anhl, 107. gbaraItA. 77.

ab3re, 5; ah3ri, 7. abare, 109, 84; ahari, 201. abar-abar, 22, 100. abar-duAr, 50. aher~p!che, 100. ahar-blrf.98. abarini, 91. abare-duire, os. ahar.nl,28. gnar,yara. 20. _ ... __ n", 'Inn ~

KUlou-a.UI, ao.).

gbas, 72. ablsat, 158. (See ghBS.) Ilhlkh, 103. ahA:ti:, 7. ahAt, 53, 56, 103, 152. ghAnI,24. abA~,23,40,53.6H. gba~il,

166.

eMmas~. 90. ~bAlal. 196.

ahilO," 123. gbAw, 24,93, 104. ghis,53. gb•• sl, 13 (ph.).

... .. ,_ no In .......,_ n.') In,

5u' .... '

U~,

.1.0'1,5""", ,,_, lUI..

ghln, 10, 22, 25, 34, 63; -., 22. ahlr, 10. (See gher.) ablw, 34:, 53, HH. ghlw-bhit. 101.

I ~~!w-:~.I~~I-~~I, ~!)! ..

'Knlsal, lOIS. (~ee Knas.) ghOci, 53, 79. gbuah,11. abuahunl,53. Ilhu~, 192; -akkara, 77; -Awa, HI ; - -Aw, 192: -awiw, 192. ghumatBra, 113. ahuskbOr, 92. (See gbls.) abusal,53. ~hue!-~hue!. 195. aburwl. 70. abul, 192. (See abOl.) ahOmtira, 113. (.'Jee gbum.) ahOa, 53.

I ::::::~t: ~:8.

abl :ij'u, 7 (ph.). abku, 53. Qhltu,53. I jher, 53; _-I, 53; -awat. 158. Ilh6rmilhl.26. (See ahlr, 10.) aYrlwI, 28. (See abora.) 1lh6jhl.53. abo,....,., 21.

'l'BB OBIGJN ........_ _ ...

JiUVt-&&&aa,

~D

DBVBLOPIIUT CD Bllo.JPlJBl

lit"

t

AV • •

aho:ra:, 10, 13 (ph.). ahorA-orl, 40. (See thOr.) ahor, 104; -I, IS, 26, 42, 53, 58, S2, 104; -I, 6, lOIS. ahOr, 156.

.:1-_1& IBn

11 g

..., . . 040. . . ,

~UD.

A 1_1.. \ \}'u./ •

U

~.,

J.UO, .1.17"*, - • • , J.UI, - " , J.U,.

ca!l!!!!ph!rl, 194. callha, 169, 170; -sanhl i-san i -si; -sa, 169. callha saDhl. 170. caHhe, 169, 170; -i, 169, 170; -sanhi; -8an ; -si; -8a, i69. call, 32, 33, 35, 44, 132, 167, 169, 170, 191. call, 167, 168, 169; -JI, 167, 168, cal-u. 168. 169. cal-6: 34, "67, 71. cali. 32. cal"o, 167. calG, 167. __ t: __-, "'0

-e.

..., '0. ca..IInJiC, 81. catan.,79.

~

cat-.:r=ealblk,IOO.

camIrI,.I04.

81\4

cal-as6, 167, 16S; -asu, 169, calat-calat. 100, 194. calalA, 7S, ]59, ]65, 190. calatJA, 150. calatl,78. calam, 169. Cj'AlAbl, 6, 16 (ph.). Cj';):IAbl. 16 (ph.). . calal, 173, 175, ]84, 194; -asl, 173; -e, 184. calasl, 169. calahu, 168. caliO. SO. ca1iw, 110; -£1,81. __ 11 'Ino 1ft.... _ , 14"". __ 'I.o1I!

J.OU.

U57 ;..,., 81;. . c:aaqqoI,88.

.I.~,

~.29.

.................. .A.a.".

camak.

101\

carabl,38. carl91111A. 123. (Bee rilr.) cal. 160. 173: -a. 167. 168: -al: -al. Hio; -aSanbi i -aSaD i '-asl; -asa, ]67. calasan. 168. calasl,l68.

caUwanniso. 121. caUk. 29; cauk, 122. caUkA, 51, 123. cauke, 122. caillQi(, 85. caiiiddir, 93. caUth. 61; cauth, 121. caUthi. 121; CAuthl:, 16 (ph.). caUdah, 62, 73, 11S, 122. caUde.11S. caUdhottarso, 121. caUble. 11S; -Iso, 121. caubi.l03. caUmukh. 101. cau-mGhInJ,101. ce!1eeth. !!9. caUsathl. 119. caUhattar. ))9; -I. 119. caUharl.123. (See cAr.) caUhiD,66. ciwil'Ji. 29. clhr.66. clWIU'fI'. 37. cakaIA. SO. Cj'Ak:u:. 14 (ph.). catanl.7S. callUl, 176. carbo 152; -I. 186; -11.80; -IWJ', SI; 164; -aull. 186; -awall,

ca...... 1M.:.··.·

InA &",..,

32,104; ..,..29,SI; -an; . -ani; -anh; -1Ulh1. 107. Cj'Ampa:. 15 (ph.). ear. US2; -11.80; -Iwatire, 160. carci.l60.

dl. 23. (See cal.) calt.31. caltl.31. caUan.11S. caUllls.11S.

c:a6(a)erJ. 88. caada. 134. CaaA-..29. capaf, 158.

'v,

ca~r,

poi,192.

w....

'70

camarawA, 104.

ahol,71. ahul. 102; -al. 102.

....ft.II...a~1

........ _...

~_,

eaIIII. 36; ealIII, 123. (See ellls.) cawrlDbi. 110. ca~!_llO~ __

Ia.:ur. I

C8Il1lp.4Y; -tI. 11.

CIIbet,

1M.

clch.37 .

31. (See clwar~)

IHDjjx

cAk.63. c:AkI.cuId, 102. ij'a:ku:, 14 (ph.). cAd, 106. cAn, 30, o:J. cAn-suruJ, 98, ij'a:m:, 11, 12 (ph.). cIDI, 1 0 3 . ca;m, 11 (ph.). cAm, 23, 36, 40, 104: -,., 21.

cukatl, 78. 162, 153. cunwstl. 87. (S,I' con.) ~up, 203. ij'up:l:, 15 (ph.). cum. 152; -awar..-, N2. (8u cOm.) cubhuk, 167. curaJII, 106.

CUD.

curlhJ1')1:, 91.

culbulA, 160. cuihi. 20. I cil, 186; -t, 186; -1-JII. 186; -ai, -6,124. 186. (See cu.) dr-hath, 101. cOk, 51, 157. (.-;ee cuk.) carlauni, 123. cun, 25.26; -ii, 42, 68. (See eGaaeIl,IM. watl cunawat.) cills. 29,71, U8. cOm. 35. (S"P. cum.) calld, 36; calisa, 123. Cj'l!QI: 9 (ph). cAlso, 121. cl!rl.26. q3:IO. 6 (ph.). _ cerl, 53. ciwar, 31. (See ala:ur.) Cj'e:la:,o (ph.). cih-bagAn, 99. celi.26. cihat. 195; -a. 195. die. 43, 53. elhal, 196. cokhA. 193; eU. 193. (See cckbA.) corwi. 70. {llee corU elhl, 164. 195, 196. c5khl; i56. ,- - - --, elhe.201. dDhlrll. 25. (See deh.) Cj'o:nha:. 12 (ph.). clih,., 82. cor, 53; -i, 201. Clo:r. i i (ph.). elurA.88. cori-camArl, 98. (Sp.p- cOi'wA, 70.) elum, 88. elurA-dahl. 97. chAk,.ra.28. chak, 122; -i, 122; -e, 122. (.sePcikan. 51, 53. dkh,152. chaw.) ehakkA, 51.123; chakke.122. (N,.,. clnbA-bandI~ 93. chaw.) cinb, 193: -bl, 193. (See clahiril.) elmti,83. chaaam. 156. clr, 136. ehatik,37. ciraf, 190. ehajhal. 122. clrill, 78. chathwl, 122. chathwl, 122. cirai, 105. chatlilAra. 81. ij'IrAI:, 8 (ph.). char!dir. 93. clWm~;82. clhtlk, 167; clhuk, 154. chattls. 118. chanaDI,78. dtl, 41,53,60. chap, 157; -ak. 107. dnA had!m, 2c. chappan, 118; -I. 118. dill badlm, 25. ehapanniSO,12i. al:n. 11 (ph.;. cli.bls. 65. dah, 28, 68. chabbls. 118, ) 21, 122. ij'1:ah, 11 (ph.). (Su ciah.) chablalso, 121. ciibi,I06. chay.117. (8u chaw.) c:tldarlJA.Ilo. chai.I27. . c6nawatl, 26. (8u c:tla.) cu. 152; -at. 188; -It. 188. (8ee cO.) chaw. 04, 117, 122. ehawanl. 78. (8u chlwanI.) cuk, la2. (Su c:tlk.) I chlchath. 119. (8ee cblchathi.) cuJqf.85. (8ee

cama..-i.) cir, 117, 121; -I. 117, 120. 122;

DB omOIN .A.lfD DlIVBLOPliBliT 01' BBOJP1:7BI

chlwaal t 67. (Bee ct.a..iUiI.) I jAn, 23. cAh, 37, 54, 67, 104. Jan, 54. chAchatbf, 119. (See chlchath.). JlbAn, 23. chAJi, 5 4 . j l r bhun, 160. (See Jar.) chir, 152, 154, 192: -an, 78: -I, 113: JII, 23. (See Jal.) -6,32. (See chor.) I ~a!, .1~,_~~6. cOita, 23, 54, 60. Ja1 Jal. 2U3. chAnbi. 110. jaita; -sanhl; -san; -si; -sa. 189. chAnhl-bAnhl. 194. jam; -sanbl; -san; -si; -sa, 189. chApikhAnA.91.

d'ha:r, 13 (ph.). chAl. 71,104. . chiw. 154. cbiWlnl. 31: cbiwani, 106. (See chlwanl, chawaoi.) chlk, 159. cblills; 118. cblisl,41. chit. 156; -lk, ]57. chin. 156.

IlIltf. IRQ· _II. lRA

I iaiha'. i89~ -~~;'hf~' -san: -sii: -sa.

• 189.' . . .-. jaite; -sanhl ; -san; -si; -sa. 189. ,aiba, IS9, 201; -sanbl; -san; -si; -sa, 189. jaIbu, 189; -sanhf : -san; -iii; -iiii, 189. Jalbe, 189: -sanhi; -san; -si; -sa, 189. JalhA. 189,200, 201: -saohi; -san; c!t!~r~. ~~. I . .:-si! .:8a, 189.. __ _. _ _._ _._ jals. 149; -a~. 131, 140, 147, 148; cn1rutrl. O4. chlni. 102. -lni.I48; -ani. 148; -I. 149,202. chlhattar. 119; -I, 110. jun. 137, 138, 140, 141, 147;. -I. chlhantarl. 119. H3, 141; e. 147. chilottarso. 121. jicAI, 88. (See jlc,it.) cbl chi. 203. jibl, 149, 160. jihlwl. 149, 150. (See Jllji.) Cj'bO:Cj'b. 11 (ph.) Cj'hOCj'h. 11. ~;)on. 6 (ph.). chut. 192; -ti, 185. ~wAn. 6 (ph.). ij'hu:ra:, ii (ph.j. I jiikheri. 105. churl, 176; churl, 25, 41, 64, 83. 8AJl.\t:r, Its (ph.). chOri. 106. ~gA.b. 16 (ph.). C)'bu:rl:, 4 (ph.). ja~wiw. 192. (8ee ji. 9.) chul chul. 194. jagiw, 192. chO. 152. . I ~agl. 63-,_55. ch~w. 54. Jagya. 63. chedi,I65; -Ii. 165; -wa.I65. jar~, 91. chini, 33, 54. jarAi, SO. (8ee jir·) chimA, 33. Jariyi. 83. chir!; 54. jatan. 38, 40, 55; -ft, 21. c h6rl, 99. jatihat, 148. (8ee jAtAhat.) chot, 116; -akawi, 116; -AkA, 116; janam, 38, 54: __ ,21. -akl, 116; ;'akI. 86; -ahan.... 91; Jantar, 38, 40, 50, 70.' -ahan. 116. jap, 152. .. " a L . 'Ia 'I'" I_L \ CDOniwiw. i 92. I IOJAU, .LV, .L' \1'"./. clioflw.192. (Set! chAf, choj'.) jab, 165. 173, 174; ...... 197. chor1t1, 175. jabll kabhl. 197. cbo:r, 11 (ph.). ja"" ja."., 197. chowl. 102. ja.". nita."., 197. eMr,I92. (Bee cMr. chorlw.) I ta~e,)_~. ___ _ eb&b, M. jabDII, 118: -I, lUI. Jam, 56, 90.157; -ak, 16'1; -a, 198: Jltlnl, 148. (8ee jitllli.) -all, 105;'4", 105; -A., 8J. Jltek. 148. 149. . (8a lato.) Jam-l&k, 99.

257

I

jamld1r,93. jamUDi, 69, 106. jamhl(n). 193.

jan6,126. Jib, 1M. (See ji.)

Jyldl 198 , . . jar, 65; -I. 156: -i, 106. (See JAr.)

I ,Je:munl, •••• , 11 (ph) 1.11_

, .....

.l.UU.

jlmuni, 68. .. jeri.!, 156. jlrl-JOrl,98. Jarilr, 183. tit 1]3 ' jaI, 1M; -Imal, 99. (See jll.) ..,a:, • (I'n.). jaIlyi, 83. jj~l, 54. jaId, 198: -i, 197, 198. 201. alA, 164. 16G. 187. (See jl.) j3AwAn,6 (ph.). jale, 164; -sa, 165. jlbhlAwal, J'&WIUI-- , 137• 138, 140, •1.J. Ai 8 h 25. (Set! -Jlbhl.) .., a, (p .). jawilDA, 137. 141. - . - _. ffg 1 "9 j awanI , 140, 141: -sa; -sanhl; -sA I ~-- ........ 141. ' 81e, 8 (ph.). jawlnI ke, 141. jite, 31. jawine, 137. 138: -ka. 137' -kar jlidil, 116, 117. 137. ' 'Jlin, 29. jawane, 147. I ~~, .~13. ~ (:~ee jlwjantu.) jawano, 147. (See JaUn.) Dluua:, /'S Iph.). jabl kghl, 197. jit, 152; -~wlw, 192; -Iw, 192. Jahl Jahl, 197. (See Jibl.) Bid:I:,15 (ph.). jahlj-ghAt, 99. . jlnha, 138. jl,167. (Suj!.) I Jinhan, 137. 141; -i, 137; -loll; jlgh, 103. -sabh, 137. • jlah, 35. jlnhl, 137. 140. 141; -kilrA, 137. Jlqr,77 •. (See jldU.) 138.141; -kar, 137, 13K. jlt, 24. 61, 156. jinhl, 137. 138. 111..1..1 u .<.1 <16 "'w , 156 10 nl..l..lI \ jl 124 -j"-7 -1.... I I&ULI&, .... U ; -a ). \,.ee I&UII&./ jlit, 189; -a, iS9; -i, 175; -1', 175. Jite, 31. (Sell Jla.) Jill, 196; -I, 187. JUd-bandl; 93. jAi, 82, 87, 1M. Jit, 192. (See jit.) jll, iUS. Jlbhl, 25, 41. (Se.e jlbhl.j jll, 183, 187, 189. JlrA,98. jlu, 162, 1M. Jlw-Jantu, 98. (See jlu.) .!Ie. 162, 195, 196, 201. Jui, 55; -rio 32. (See JOI.) Jilt-bini, 182. jujh. 25; -ai, 00. "(See jOJh.) jltinI, 182. jut. 154; -aI, 192. Jib, 1M. juthlr, 158. jill, 164, 166, 187. I jurA· (8ee Jar·) Jl1e, 164. jutl-jutl. 102. jlleaa, 160. Jurmini, 91. jig, 92, 152. jOl, 25. (See JOI.) jlr, 54, 58, 1M; -all, 78. I jGw-A, 31. j-ril, SO. Jilj!:, 15:40 (8ee jujh.) jlrA Ahlm, 98. JOr. 156. (.'lee jurA·) jit, 22, 96, 169: _I, 22. JIIJI .. 149; -I, 149. (8" Jlhl.) iiti, 60, 87, 164. (8ee ji.) jlbljl, 149. 8:f:8:r, 17 (ph.). (8ee rI.) jlhl JI, 149. jIcIatar, 92. JlkarA, 138; -kar, 138. (See jikar.j ~:n, 12 (ph.). jlkari, 137; -kat, 138. jill, 152, 153. jlfhaut, 26. (Bee jeth·) jIaIke, 199. jlflhat, 48. (8. Jatlhat.) jIIlu,201. Ilk loa. 49. H

,

,""

jlao,201. 17

1.,.

....

QQ.

I jill-Nil, 149.

268

TKB OBiOIN AND DBVBLOPJIBNT OJ' BBOJPVBI

J!h loa. 137. (See Jell.) Jib aabb. 137. 8e, 17 (ph.).

Je,131,137, 138, 162, 176,201,202~ Je Je, 131. jel.l00. BiGl:,9 (ph.). lSi wArI, 7 (ph.). Jekld kar, 137. (See Jeur,

Jikari.)

jekArl kaI, 137. Jeld, 201. Jeth, 56. (See Jith. Jfthut., JethiD, 14:9. Jethfn. 149. jethl,· 149. Jeme, 201. Jebme, 201. , Jeb,137, 14:1,202; -a, 138. Jebikar. 137, 138. jehikiri, 13'1, 138, 141. jebl, 138; -it 199. Jebar,I50. (Sfl8.jibar.) Jebe. 14:7. lSe:hAl. 14: (ph.). je. 137, 138, 14:0, 14:1, 14:7, 162, 191. Jikar, 137, 138. (See Jeklrikar, jeklrikai.) Jiklrl, 137. Jikib6, 14:7. jeth. 26, '2, 55. {See jeth~} Jethan.; 149. Jitlnl. 14:8, 14:9. (See IAtInI.) Jinl.I50. . Jel-darOaA, 99. (See jSe:hAl.) jihar,l50. (8ee jehar.) jihe,147. (Su jehe.) jebo, 14:7. Jo, 162, 173, 183; 185. jo:l, 5 (ph.). (See jol.) Jolnl. 38 (ph.). 86:k, 11 (ph.). jSo:r, 13 (ph.). jSo:ra:, 13 (ph.). (See J6r1.) joW, SO. (See Jot.) . Joba..n. M. 80:1', 11 (ph.). (8~ Jar.) Jo. 175, 183, 185. 201, 202. (Sfl8 Jo.) Jol~ 26. (8ee Jo:I.) Jot, 12; -I~ 55. 90. j8ri, i23. (s. &Io:ra:.) t~P. lIS. : JOt, 152, l.~ (See Jodi.) • J6t1, 28. 61. ~ob, 1M. 178

I

Jor. 169.

(See 8o:r.)

JaUrI,191. JblU8,159. Jbak,66. Jhak Jhak, 56.

I Jnagar, ~~~~~a~~~...... lOOj -a, 00.

(.Qe-. , ...... J'o"-a-g-a-r-.,' Jbalili'ri, 88. Jhat.56. tbat oat. 66. I jhaiIiA.·56; -r, 158. jhan-Jhan. 56. jhan-jbani. 160. jhan-Jbanihati, 82. JbaneJil, 56. Jhap, ·56. jhapat, 158. jhapas, 159. jbapsi. 90. (See jhilp-s••) JhapAs, 56, 82. I ~~~~:~~a~, 56, 159. Joaln,ua,

00.

jhar. 152; -al, 56. jharnil, 56. Jbarilil. 165. jhalak•• 85. Jblkal,66. JblJhar, 56. Jb1t. 152, 154. jbld. '56.

9.11. ... ...:;, 1ICA.· ... I ..Ih&. (Se.e jbir.) ~t'

~,

....... = ....... ,

jhAri.66. JhAp-a•• 90. Jhapsl.90.

I JDal.OO. ~~~. }.?4'

JhAlarl. 56. JbllI.56. Jblwl.56. jblkarl, 56; Jb1JblDl, 56. JblJh1rl. 56. JhlAaur, 56. Jhtla6aA. 56.

I

Jhm.56.

I Ahftrr. '7 (nh_\_ jh.iri;ioo:c I06. .

JbuJbual. 56. Jbulanl. 79. I ~~!~:! 11 (ph.). JDUJD.oo.

Jb6mak,56. Jb6mar1, 56.

Jh6r,56.

'7Q.

--,

=n..

t

QA: vv-.

lKDBI

j3b6:k, 11 (ph.). jno:ka:, 14 (ph.). jb6jb,56. jb6t1,56. )b6ti-jhotl, 102.

jhoU,42. jhol, 56, 154. taklsAr. 28, taksir, 56.

I

temblA, 156. te:lha:, 13 (ph.) .• t(Slki,56. I t~ii. 56. tok. 154. toks-toki. 102. topi,56. topiwala. 90. ! tow, 1M, i

......... ~ ""'6 • • tl&tAG,

tarak, 158. tanak,-, 85. tantanA ,160. tap, 159. tapak, 158, 159. tar, 152. tarim, 38. ta1a1. 56. tasak. 158. iabal: 56, 158; -ua, 84. t Ak ,152. t lkal ,56, tlo, 56; -I, 56. taogarl, 56. t*=Uft.-\D, 12 (ph.). tit, 56. tltl ,56. tlnA-tlnl, 102. ta:p, 10 (ph.). tik, 156•.

jikathi, 56. tiki6, SO. tip, 1M. tlnudd.86.

iii, '156:

tDA, 156. tisan, 175.

IA

to ,56. tog, 154. tnr!!.I56. 153.

tu~rI.

tulqUi.

88.

s.~.

(8eo iCk.)

tuktuki. 160. tot. 26, 44; -al, 56, 57; -e. i 92. tGk. 53, 103. (See tuklfrA.)

toa,

(See thAn4ba:.)

tMn4h, 10, 73.

t.-\t:u:, 10 (ph.).

tot,

209

I

lh..kac, 159. thakthakil, 160. thag, 57, 152. thA;he:ra:, 10 (ph.).

t hatheri.8li.

thathera. 5'1. thatthii-maskharA, 99. I t~aThia, 60. (Se!' thArh.) thanki,159. thAncJha:, 10 (ph.). (S,e tbiln~h.) thari14hA. 57. thamak, 158. (..~t.'f· thumuk.)

I i:;~~~O~:~hAI. II

Ti7, 66.

thAw. 57: thAkur.57. !~~~u~:~!J. 09.

\ph.) . I •,AAUt' hA. " •. lUiSa, IV Pl.'7

thArh. 57. (See tbarhli.) thlk. 57, 175. thik thAk. 98. thOth.57. thumuk, 158. (See tbamak.) thu8uk, ]58. thel, 154. theIA-thell, 194. thehun. 156; -lA, 156. I the. 120. tbell, 57, 79. thokar,57. (See thak.) thokiri, 57. ;hopAri, 57. I thO. 120. thak,IM. ihaki-thakJ. 102. (See tbokar.)

cJJD4. 103.

154: -I. 56.

(See

eJAn4.)

(8e~

tekbA.66.

4Imph. iU4.

teraA.

4aka1t, SO; dakiiqi, SO. dIktl.) ...... ~, 68.

4Gs,7. cJAa, 36, 68, 152.

te6I'I.56. ierh. '56, 156. 156.

tim. 197.

tlmhI.ll8.

I

4amph.)

(8.

260

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF BBOJPUBI

4An4. 12 (ph.).

(See 411") I 40:ra:, 10 (ph.). 4arllA, 68, 166. . 4orl.l03. 4a r huA,68. flapaf, 154. 168. (See 4 I t.) 4blgacll, 124. 4abaril, 68. 4higOd. 124. 4.bb6, 58. dhakac, 1M.· 4a..~ph, 1)8. (lIee 4!mph.) I 4hakanA, 78. (See clhik.n.) 4ar, 68, 152. 4haknl, 59, 79. qerilwa..,.,82. 4hakir, 159. 4ahak. 168. 4had, 59. 4a~ar, ~, 156; -aw, 156. I 4 ft Adft:a:. 15 (ph.). 4IIDi,58. . . -. c1lk, 78, 154,201. (See 4Ik-khini.) 4hapor~, 21. 4hab,59. 4lgar, 68. dh Wi t:1l 41t 4apat, 160. (See ejapat.) .....ar_. Ov. 41r. 58, 77. (Sl'e 4In 4.) eJhllk, li>2, 154. 4hica, 59. 4 ilk khini 99 ,99. . 4hAkan, 78. (See 4hakani.) 4Ik-b!-.ilri, 4lk-masiU, 99. 44=ath:, 59; -i'h59. 4Igghar,50. a:r a:, 15 (p .). 41ktar-b.yad, 98. 4haral, 59. 4l!lga~, 21. (See 4Iger.) 4hlth, 39. 41rllA,69. 4hith, 57, 59. qa:rhi, 10 (ph.). 4hlrh, 59. 4Arhl,68. 4hibari,59. 4illal, 196. 4himilail, 59. 4Isan~, 78. 4hU, 59. c1lsal, 68. 4hiirh, 152. 4iptilinl, 106. c)huk, 152; -aI, 59. dlbiyl,58. (See 4ibil.) 4hulmuta, 160. 4h~:ki:, 10 (ph.). 41t h l, 25. 41bi, 58. (See 4Iblya.) 4blki, 59. eJibbl, 58. eJhlkull, 59. 4ugeJugl, fi8. 4birh!. 59. 4uggl, 58. 4bisarail, 59. 40b, 152. I 4bekua:i'I, 5 (ph.). 4Qmad, 70. 4hebua:, 5 (ph.). 46mart, 23. 4hebua, 59. qigl, 58. (See qugi.) qhemni,59. 4~rh, 33. clhelwls, 59. 4 e r h , 58, 69. 4hilil, 59, 157 . .c)erh-gajl. 101. 4hG:rhl:, 10 (ph.). (See q.horllr.) 4erh aal. 121. c1hiill, 59. 4erh so, 121. 4horhi. 60. (Su 4hii:rhl:) 4erAwa..... 82. (See 4ar.) 4holAk. 10 (ph.). 4erbl, 124. 4holsk, 59; -1,83. d6m1b1uji, 26. (See dom.) I 4hul. 26; -fit, 21 .. diitl. 58. (Su diar.) 46r.58. 103. tltik, 148. (See tatilt.) 4omlwl. 104. (See dom.) tAt 17 (ph.). 4orl. 58. I tat 162. 165. 173, 174. 170. 176. i83, 40U, 68. 185. 200. 201. 4oI-karbul, 60. tala, !49; -D. 1..3~, 140, 147, 148; 4ild. OS. 148; -I, 149. 4Cm, 28. 58, 1M. (See domlwl.) tafalnI,I48. '. ,

I -am.

IND_X'

tun. 138, 139, 140, loll, 147;

~i.

138, 140, 141; -i, 147; -0, 147. (See tawan.). taUI, 156. ~~!~1~29:,Io30, ]31, 137. ~•

.:. .. all •

.I. .1.0.

ta!t!!!e, 118. tAhA, 149. (See tahilwA.) tak, 115. takath, 38. takar, 38. takrir, 38. taj, 154. tarak_, 86. tatik, 148. (See tltik.) tatAna, 148. (See t~tiina.) tatAha1-, 148. '(See t~tlhat.) tatbA, 198. tani, 117. tanki, 175. +.".... "PI',

109

.1.0',",.

tAb. 17 {ph.}. tab, 200; -_, Hl7; -a, 105. tabjil tabjil, 197. tamakh,IM. tamaga, 49. tamara, 87. (See tamA.) tamoli, 60, 83. tar, 60. tarkul, 104. tarap, 154. tarWirl, ]76. tarahl, 198. tarlwata,82. tarlhl,109 203. (See trAhl.) ... _ "R&~t

avu.

trlbenl • 67; trlbe!}i, 67. trlbbuwan, 101. trlhl, 203. (See tarlhl.) talll, 164. (See til.) tawan, 138, 139, 140, 141, 147; -log, 139. tawtiA, 138, 140, 141; -log, 139. tawanJ, 140, 141. t.wanl, 141; -sa; -sl; -sanl, I4J. tawlnlnl, 140. tawi.nl, 141. (See ton.)

tawane. 147.

tabiwl. 149, 150. (See tib•• ) tahI tahI, 197. tah!!w, 15'7. tlll,35. tA,139. tIk, 152, 156. tIkIluJd,I02.

281

I tit. 156.

I tAtlt_, 29. tAn, 60, 152. I tip, 153.

~~~!0l!~ 1~ .....

,

I

mma, 00, tamrA,2g. ~a,

Uri.

I tAmrii, 60. (Sf'f' tamf_.) ta:r, 9 (ph.). I tir, 1M. I ta:l, !l (ph.). i tiU, HR (S((' tala!.) I taw, I!H. tawA, 79. tl, 122. til, 122. (SI'" tin.) tllll, 122. tlkuri, HO. I tikka. (Sel' tin.) tlkki, 123.

!

I I

.. J! J

... t.

lIlI, '.. .

tita, Ifill. tin, on, 117, 122; -I, 140; -fgo, 16; -i, 130; -illunii, 124; -u:, 17 (ph.); -0,124. tin tilla, WI. tiri, 122; -k, 122; -kA, 122; -ke, 122.

tiJottarso, 121. tlsar_, 90 .. tisarl. 121. tihili, i 24. (....."" til, tlklm.) tehAnl, 12:1tinl, 138. tlnh, 138;1111}O. -an, laS, 141; -log; __ ...... ___ ;' 1 'lQ .I.tlO, -a.., •• '_.10. tlnhani; -log; -sabh, 138, !4!. tinhl. 138, 140, 141; -kar, 139, 140; -karA. 139, 14(), 141. tinhi, 139, 140. tiylsl,50. tirpan, liS; -i, 120; -i, j iR; -Diso, 121. tlrsath, 119; -I, 120; -I, BO. tlranbe, 120. tlrlnbi, 119. tlrAnbeso. 121. tirlsi, 119, 120. tlrl. 122; -k, 122; -kAt 122; -ke, 122. (See tin.) -~AU."

... ..alPha

Itil.,..

41

I tirl}'i:-3s~Aili6. 21.

tUottano. 121. (See tin.)

t18anl,I24.

tll!anhl, 126. (See d8.) tid. 123. tliiiii')l. 90. (Su tUi.)

130, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, I tl~ 129,174, 178, 179, ISO, 181,185, I

tlsari, 121. tlatter, 119; ~!, 119. dkh. 82. tlnl, 117, 120. (See tin.) till. 60, 71. tlsar. i21, 19ft t!s, 29, 36, 117; =liso, 121. !23. (See t!el.) tI8I,23. til, 131. tu,60, 111, 127, 129, 130, 145, 172, 175, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 201; -log:. 190 (ph.); -log, 131; -10gBPJ. 129, 130. to, 19, 129, 130, 142, 168, 169, 170, 171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 178. 179. ISO; 181,-185,-201; --104,129; 130; -loganl, 129, 130. tii, 130, 131; -log, 131; -logan, iSO, iSi. tOha. 129 : tOh. 131. tAhan, 13i; -e; I:J1. tft paean, 130. di sabhan, 130. tub. 131; -lrI, 130; -arl. 131. tubar. 130.

I

ium, 154. tumha. 129; ana, 129. tur. 9, 96. tOra, 161. tor, i9R.

toy. ••• ___H,S. • A." LUIIIU', ':1'.. , •,"wI n

1l\~

\IU'~~

... ,

n,.,

."'l'" "-I.

tetuli,60. tekar, 131;

-a,

t~kari.)

131. (See tekar.

tej, 152. (8ep. tej.) tetban, 149. tethin, 149. tetben, i49. (See taha.) tethe.149. ten~, 150. (See tehar.) ter. 123. terhottarso. 121. terah, 42, 60, 118, 122. tere. 118. teUnI, 106. (See tel.) teU.83. teloll, 131. tesabh,13I. teh, 138, 139, 140, 141. tehlur, 139, 140; -A, 139, 140, 141. tehlri. 123. (Sel: tin.) tehan, 150. tehai', 150. (l~(!e tenl.) te, 138,139, 140, 141, 147. tekar, 139, 140. (Sfe tekar, tlkara.) tej,26, iii. (See tej.; .... n

~;;:;,

nn

ov,

......

11.

(See teJI.)

""'&A"" 1.t'7 ... ~ ••

teho. 147. tObirA. 149. (See tonara.) (ohani, i29, 130. .._

LU.

'Inn J.""" •

''''~

.lIU.

tchana, 129. (See tcha.... ) t04. 198. (See tur.) tor. 198. tonaliJ'. 77. (See ton.)

touhan, 131, 177; -log, i3i ; -Ioaaa, 131. ton, 92; tora, .129: tori. 113. to-h. !~9. 130, 131. toha, 129.

tltlul, 148. (8ee tatld.) tltlbat, 148. (Seg tatlhat.) t~h-ju!!. 149. tfh-blr•• 149. te,8. tell. 42. .......... __ 101

toban. 129: -1011. 174: -1~1l. 178. tohanUka. i31. --.......... /1\ .... IQI .v.....\&I __ ·' &Q& •

&M.a.

tetel.I48.

..

.aha

.w ••-_,

.IUII". l.,lJ.

..vaaraav,

ft

lC-U, 101.

...2 ..... t LOCLUI,

tel-sil, 78.

~

te!e, 149..

.2

....~

1 t\!"I

tOml.60. tdr. 16i. (See tor, tor.) tiija. 149. tlljA.149. tlbljl, 149. t!h!j!. 149. (8ee tahlw!.) tAkarA. 139, 140; _kar. 139. ifkari kal. 139. (See tekAr.) ...... ___ .___ .... n ,ellUU"e

,e:, 100. tl, 129, i30.

1:11:1, l!o

UU, 1 D" • flO1.A.,/I,.,/I,." \

.&vu.

!~~,

L.l~~.:_

'!

toha!!(l)kI; ~eeenhi ; ~e!!en; ·uI; -Mil; 167.

INDBX

toh·"(l)ki:, 190. tohan(i)lo~, 168, 169, 170, 17l, 172, 173, 174, 175, 179, 181, 188. tohan(I)lo~:, 189; ';Io~, 175, ISO, 181,188. tohanl, 130. tobara, 129•. tobiri, 113, 114, 115, 129, 130, 183, 185,196. tohad, 113, 173, 201. tobir, 79, 129, 130; -", no. tohiri, 113. to, 129, 130. totA,61. too, 1M. (See tooal.,..) tor, 122, 129, 130, 131, 198. tora, 105. tore, 130. (See tor, to, tii.) tohar, 131. tbaDs, 159; -anA, 61. thak, 152. (See thilkai.; thanalll, 61. thaparii, 61. thapua, 61. tbambh, 152. tharlyl, 61. (8ee tha:r.) tbibl, 61. (See thak.) than. 61. thanil, 156. tbAiiI-pulls, 98. thip, 153. thipl,61. thimh, i56. tliAmbu, 11. tha:r, 9 (ph.). tha:rl:, 11 (ph.). tbiri.82. thiU':oU, 98. thlh,61. thlr,61. thlri.I56. thuk, 158. (See thOk.) tburI thuri. (See th6th6.) thuthun,61. tbuthurl,61. thuobl,61. thu:nhl:,4 (ph.). thGk, 61. (See thuk.) mumii, 203. tbethar, 61. thorA, 26, 33, 61. thO;I'3, 9 (ph.,.

cbs. 3. (See du.)

263

dlhI, 23. dl, 127, 144, 162, 190. dakhln, 62; -ahA, 82, da~adh, 156. dagAbij, 93; ~i, 93. dAu~a:, 15 (ph.). daCJl'kA, 86. darkAr, 95. darkhis, 62, 120. darab,62. darbilr, 95. dar-mihi. 95. darwin, 93. darasan, 70, dAe, 6 (ph.).

dawi.62. dawilkhAni.91. dwa:dlsa:, 14 (ph.). dwa:dilsilfth, 14 (ph.). dAS, 6 (ph.). daa, 118, 120, )22. das ek, 125. das egirah, 125. daB panarah, 125. daa bArah, 125. daa bls, 125. das sal, 119. das haJilr, 11 O. daso, 124. dah, 49, 123. dahturl, 73. dahi, 122; -1, 122. dahl, 122. (Sl!e das.; dahottarso, 121. dahlil, 156. dAhio, 8 (ph.).

dahln", 29. (See ciibiDJl'.' dahl,62. dahl-bblt,97. (See dAhl.) da:l:, 7 (ph,), diI,62. dil:I:, 7 (ph.). dlt, 24, 35, 61, 62, 156;~, 35; -an, 108; -anhl, 108; -I, 108. dil~, 157. dilP,83. did, 62. (See diln.) dld,62. 41n, 62, 111. da:n, 9 (ph.). dill,62. dina, 32. dim, 62; -I, 83. dII-bblt, f17. "':lI, 9 (ph.).

TJDI ORIGIN AND DJlVBLOPlIIBn 0 .. BlIo.JPVBI

II

dlwat, 62. . dlhiDjl, 29. (See dahl••) dlAtl, 14 (ph.). dian. 107; -1,107; -h. 107; -hi, )07.. ella:, 8 (ph.). dll·, 107, 141; -ri, 141. dlyl, 31. dlbiyl, 83. dlkllw, 157. din. 127, 148. din-din, 100. din-dukhli, 25. din bhar, 100. dln-rAti. 97, 98. dllW, 16. dlhal,182, 189,195; -I, 20i; -e,17; -i, Ill. dlhl, 19. dlhi:. 19. dlhl, 100. dJhI, 190; -sanhl: -san; -sa; -sa, 190. dlhl, 190. dJlottareo, 121. dltb), 68. dldl, 106. dlndukhll, 25. (See dlndukhll.) dlhl,I90. (See dJhal.) du, 122, 165: -Ilunl, 124; ~DI, 122; -no, 124; -sal, 101. dul, 8, 62, 117. . dul, 120, 122, 124; -atuDl, 123; -cArl, 125; -BO, 121. dQdh mOhl, 26. ddr, 14. (See duwa:r.) dukkl, 123. dukkl. 123. (See du.) dukh, 20, 114. dukbl, ]56. duDa;a, 134. dutor, 198. dut8r', 198. du:dh, 7 (ph.). dudh. H3, 164. dudh..cJllal, 101. audh-aaDi, 50. dudh~uhlwI, 99. dudh-bUt,101. ~udh!..b!-,d, ~~8. uupailiiiijl,I". dubar. 25, 65. (See dDb......) dullllnl. 106. dubl, 89.· (Bee dflbl.) ~u:r.! (Su dar.)

durldr,., 94. dulahlaJ. 106. dulL.... 94. duwa:r, 14, 15. duWlr. 38. dwa:r, 15 (ph.). dueari, 121. (See dosar.) dub, 1M; -u,I34. duhlll, ] 98. dO, 117, 120; ~r.l, 32, 62, 124. (Sa du.) dOdh. 26, 62, 63, 159, 164. dOdh dahl, 97. (See dudh.) dOba~, 94. (See dubar.) dubl, 65. (See dubl.) diir, 42. dOsar,121. (See dosar.) d~khalasl, 161. d~khaukhi, 26. d6war, 26. d6slntar, 26. de. 152, 187, 189; -I. 187, 190; -u, 190. del, 200; -tla. 187. dekhali, 172. dekhall; -sanhl; -san: -81: . ea, 172. dekhalJ,172, 173; -JI,172. dekhall~hl, 173; -jl, 173. dekhlu, 172. dekhaiu; -sanhi; -san; -si.; -sa, 172. dekhale, 172, 183, 184, 185; -san; -si; -sa; -sanh) , 172. demaie hi, i 73; -sanhi; - .... ; -si: -sa, 173. deb, 190; ·-1. 183 desu; 185, 190. dewl),201. (See di.) dehl, 108. dea:d, 8 (ph.). dekb , 170, 18G. 187, 194. 196. dekh.,., 195. dUb.t, 175, ISO, 188. dekhat bit, 1eJ. dekhab, 174, iSS, 196. dekhabu, 174; -8i'l; -sa; ...... ; -aanhi,174. d~! 164, !7~,173, 183,186,188, 10, 196; -a, 172. dekhala; -sanhl; -san ~ ..... ; ..... 172.

I I II II I I I I

II II I

I I II

I II I

I

uur,

ee).

v, _ .

I II dek esl.33. 172. d~~'-~!.._ 1.73i

. I

b• l

-..alii. -_, .1'73.

-88Il;

-II;

INDBX

dekhAU, 190. dekbil, SO. dekhAO, SO. dekbltl, 174, 175;- -aubi; -san; --; -sa, 171. de~tl; -a&Dlrl; -san, -si, -Ba. '" dekbiti. 175; de~tl, 162, 174, 176. dekhltl-JI.174-. dekbitO. 175. dekbltu; -Bubl; -san; -sa; -sa, 175. dekhlte, 175. dekhlte; -sanhi; -san; -si; -sa. 175. dekhli. 161, 162, 167. dekh6.32. demui. 170; -asa; -asa; -asan; -asanhi. 170, 171. dekhuanf. 170, 171. dekhul, 170, 171; -jl. 170,171. demuO. 171; -Banbi, in, i72. dekbue, 170.. 171. dekho. 167. deorbl.60. deota:,8 (ph.). dewl".29. de. 190. det. 183. (ASee de.) deli. 191. dib.49. dikh, 26, 152. denani. -26. des. 26. dokindAr.93. donwll'Jt. 90. dosar. 90; -I, 90. doblrl,91. dokh, 62, 71. dOrokhl, lIO, 114. dhlnukh,23. (See dbanubl.)

...

~IU.

dhaI-bInhI, 194. dhaD, 164, 187, 188; -i, 187, 188; "'an. 187; -II, 187, 188; -11jl. 188. dbaDa sanhl; -san; -iii ; -aa, 188. dhaiiasl. 188. dbaDe. 187, 188; -aaahi ; -san; -iii; -sa. 188. (See dhar.) dhatlr. 196. dhaiiri.62. (See dhawai'.) dhaa. 83; -fII. 77. dhaal,203.

dIumI,200. dhaaulll, 62. db.uiilqr, 86. (8ee dhI:=!dI.)

266

dhAndha:, 10 (ph.). dhamak. 158. dhar. 70, 187, 194; -I. 187. (Set dhaD.) dhartl. 62. dhal'llfni.28. dharam, 38, 63, 70; -JII. 21. dhawar. 62; -I.. !l6; -I, 116. (B:'" dhl,lilrl.) dhas.152. dha:n. {) (ph.). dbln, 62, 68. dhip. 104. dhiir. lli2, jr~, i96; -Ii, 22. dhiwi dbupl, 102. dhi:a:, 14 (ph.). dhlA. 63. dhl:ja:, )4 (ph.). dhlrik. 203; -Ar. 203. dhlre dhlre. 199. dhuA,62. dhO', 66; dhOii, 79, 156. (See dbul.) dhukdhukA.160. dhudhJllkl,86. dhun. 153. dhuni. 63. dhunil.80. dhunlyi. -83. dhuni. 63. (.9u dlluD.) dhupdinl, 92. (See dhOPJII.) dhurpad. 63. dhubl. 63. (SPf! dhObl.) dbOI, 31. dhO\ta. 156. (l~f',e dhul.) . dbupJlt, 64. (Sell diiupdlini.) dhOrl. 106. dbObi. 25, 32. (See dhuhi.) dbenu. 63,86; =gI!. 63. dbenukJlt, 86. (See dhlnukb.) dho:3, 8 (ph.). dboAn. 8 (ph.). dho:a:,8 (ph.). dholl. 80, 191. dhol-pl'cbl. 194. dhoe.8. dhCklbaIIJI. 77. dbow t 69; -II, 80. dboblnl. 106. dhobl. 104. dhobl-niO. 98. dhowl, 31 •.

dIaokar-kee..... l02.

266

THE OBIGIN AND DBVBLOnlBlfT 01' BROJI"UBI

dhokhibiJ. 93: -1.93. dbokbi, 183.· . lllcawanl, 24. (Bu Dlc.) IIIm1J. 23. nllll'lva. 94 IlOl... n
--,,-, --- ,_"Y --_./

Die, 104.· (Bu nudAnl.) naikh. 181, 182; nalkh, 184: -an, 113. nalldW, 181; -sanbl; -san; -81;

I nahl. 152. 154. nahl; 134: (Bu nIh!.)na:, 16 (ph.). ill, 113, 127, 132, 133, 135, 144:,164, 173,175,198,200,201; (BuDibl.)

• ". I JiaU, H.

na:u:,7, 8 (ph.). (See naCwI.) DIG, 103, 104. iII-ummedl, 95. nA-uBsann. 95. -sa, 181. I nA-.j,AII,95. Daiimi, 184; naiimi, 166. iII-bAlik, 95. naIkbJ, 189; -sanbl; -san; -81; nA-llyak, 95. -sa, 182. na:k, 10 (ph.). nalkbl, 166, 181, 182; -JI, 181. iIIk, 103. na:g,'lO (ph.). JlAlkbe, 20 (ph~)~ nalkbe, 110, 157. Dla, 103; -Inl, 106. nalkhi, 110, 181, 182. nAgI, 52. natyl. 114. nA~lc, 197. (Su naAlc.) nalhar, 67, 73. na:Cj', 11 (ph.). nao, 124. (See naw.) I BAc, 24, 34~ 54. naCwI, 104. (See fiiii.) nAel BAel, 194. (See DlcawAni.) nauwawi , 104. nAtlru, 29. Dauwl, 104. DAtb, 156.

89.

Dakatl,49.

Dlthal,

nakal Dawis_, 93. naaad. 38. naapurlyi, 83. naalc, 11~ ; -I, 157, 178; -I, 144; -1, 144. (See niaic.)

nAd. 103, 104. na:p, 9, 12 (ph.).

fiachaUal', 38, 40.

naJrInI, 91.

DAt:I:, 15 (ph.). na-ti, 15. natalt, SO.

natlltlf, SO. nadlyl, 114. nadl, 196. IiAnla:ur, 8 (ph.). nabbe, 16: -80, 121. namaaklr, 203. narami, 155, 157. nariyan, U~ nirlyqa, 66. narlar. 40. (See IIIrlar.) narijar, 31. . . DaB, 124. naw, 118, 122: -raten, 101. nawl, 122: nlwl, 122.

nawottarao, 121.

iiiiwliit, SO, 119, iii. •naadInI,92. (8u Ills.) Da8lkhlr, 92. ......., ·67.

DBhal'JUlt.28; DBharnl,49;

nAp, 104, 153. Dlphl-nuksin, 98. na:bh, 9 (ph.).

I Dlbh,l04. na:m, 17.

Dim, 165, 195. niw, 104; -I, 130. (See nUt.) nAri. 106; nArI; 105.

I DAht,

198; -la, 198. (See ni.) nllcls, 155. nlkas, 152. nikls, 25, 155. nikllal, 51.

ni-kamlnl, M. nl-kharal, 94. nl-dharU, 94. nl-phal, 94.

I .... ~!-_~~ra._!,. 165. Ava _

m-han.,

94. nlccal, 134. (8u DleA.) nlJa, 146.

I ~g:,

!~. DIJe, au. nlJa:w, 15 (ph.). nja:w, 15 (ph.) .

nlthur, 25, 29, 68. nit·, 197. .

267

INDBX ~;21.

nlDiDbe, 119. nlbIh, 152. nlstAr, 157.

nim, 68.

nlman, 201. nlman-blur. 98. (Bee nIk.) niyar.25, 113, 197; -iyi. 83. (8u najic.) nlrantall', 98. nirekh. 152. nlhir, 29, 152. nistir. 157. (See nlbAh.) nisin, 72; -If, 29. nihil. 29. nihill"; 29, ]52. (See nlrekh.) ni:k, 20 (ph.). nik. 117, 201. niman, JI6, 117; -I. 116. nidi; 79, 113. nice, 113, 199.

nice, 195. nlccal, 134. nlbo.65. nu,182. nOn. 68, 71. DUn-til-Iakari, 98. non-tel. 97. nOhl, 198. (Su nih!.) ne:ur.8 (ph.). neU!".105. neoti.61. newat. 152. neh,67. neI, 67. nem, 42. nokar-okar, 98. nokar, 103. nonl.79. n3h, 43, 111.

palth. 153, 156; -al. 63. ptJr, 113. paIbA, 127. palbi. 186. paIhl, 140•.

palal,200. paUl, 124. (Bu paw.) paillJ, 186.

(Su pi.)

pall.Us. lIS. paids, US. pa'sathl. U9. pic-hattbl,101. (See plq(.)

plcawl, 122. ploottareo, 121.

pare. 10-3.

(See

pare.)

pakathl. 87. puar. 15S; -I, lSI. pAk:I:, 14 (ph.). pakA w.192. pakl'wlw.192. (8('(' plik.) pakbAi', 153. pacal. 84, 122. (Su plqr.) pacak, 158. plcuk.·158. pacapani, 118. paneiwan, ll8. pacabattari, lln. pachattar, 119, 121. paeis. 118, 120. padisi. !l9, ]21. paels, lI8, ]20, 121; -I so, 121. pace, i22. (S"r pac•. j pachar. 158. pacha!!.157. (Set' pachiUl.) pachim, 54; -aha. 82. paehiUi.89. pachatl. 157. pAch!l, 113. pich~. 113.

patak. 154, 11)7. patkA-patki, 195. patd,56. pattldAr, 93. pAth:a:,·15 (ph.). pa:tha:. IIi (ph.). pathirO, 33, 89. pathAwai. (,g. parh, 152; -al. 195, ]96; -ale, 186; ~ii, SO; -AlA, 165; =!ke, ]00; =i, 32.

parhani-hill'.9i. pararO,89. para), 58, 63. parI. 114, pare, 44. (See pire.) parl ,113. patal, 159; patai, 63, 109. pAt;a:. 15 (ph.). patii,166. patohu, 73. pathar, 61. iMtilAi, 16, 17 (ph.;. pathal, 61, 63. patthal, 176. padum,3S. panshi,23. panarah, 11S, 120, 121. panarahoUarso, 121. panre U8. j

268

TIDII ORIGIN AND DRVBLOPlDNT OJ' B!!onuB!

panliw, 156. pankha:, 15 (ph.). pamc, 166. piiiiclube, 119, 121.

panJl, 123. pay41,69. p.\J~4!t, 20 (ph.). pAr, 6, 16 (ph.). par, 70, 108, 110, 113, 159, 162, 164, 175, 176. para~, 22. parikh, 153. paragat, 48. parab,38.

pereml8ara, 134. paral, 196, 201. para8pal'Jll, 198. pare"" 29. parikh, 153. (See pai"akli;l') parCII, 153. paroa!. 70. prayigwllJl(, 90. palal, 192. (See pAl.) paliiD, 71. pawan, 124. pawa..D!r, 38. padro 155, 161. . pasar, 192; -al, 63; -i,28; -e, 192. pasir, 154, ]55, 156, 161, 162; -e, - 192. p.~'ee:rAI. 16 (ph.). paAArI.68. Dued.68. 40,63.

pahar;

Paharl-wllA, 90. paharil, 85. pahlr, 49, 153. pallU, 121, 122; -i, 84; -I. 122; -I, 1
piiql,35. pllda, 63; -I, 37. pI~, 36. plc411D1, 123.

pic-eat, W. pice, 122.

pice, 1~.

piJar,38; -fI, •• pld. II, 60.· plpar,M. plw, 68. -fI, 37. (Bee plw.)

pit, 152, 156,160,

192;~,193.

pikal, R9. (See pakJl(wlw.) paklw, 192. pilLet, 99. pil1al, 28; =!, 28; =1, 28. piche, 124. piche-piche, 100. piche, 124. plJi. 91. pa:thi:, 10 (ph.). plra-parl,98. plre, 36, 58, 63. pa:t. 9 (ph.). pitar, 116; -I. 116. pa:rt, 12 (ph.). pin, 23, 63, 68; -9',21. pa:ni:,9, 12 (ph.). pAnI, 24, 63, 66, 68, 78, 103, 110. 159, 190, 195, 196. pAPJt,64. pip-puny, 98 .. pa:mhi:, 11 (ph.). piyas, 69. pir, 198. pArakya, 86. pli. 192. palal. 192. palaki,57. plw, 153, 154. pAw, 63; -;a, 37. pati,124. _ pis, 72, 113; -6, 113. pa:sl:, 13. pAhun, 41; -Ii, 29. pitarlll, 25. (See pltarjl.) pi, 152: -at, 186; -AI, 8 (ph:); -Iwale, 193; =ewawaIe,193; -ii, SO; -a:s. 14 (ph.); -Ja:s. 14 (ph.) -yis. 25, 63; -yisJt. 82. plakkarJl(, '77. (See pi.1 plJari. 36, 41, 55. piels.49. plchlrl, 87. plchuarawl, 108. piche, 124. (See piche.) pit. 1M, 156, 161; -81",6. 127; -Ibl, 141; -all, 175; -41, 80 j -I. 194.

PitalJ'. 29.

pltrl(U). 19.'. pltilJl(, 29. pit-marui, 99. pita-putra, 98. pltliutJ(; N. piper, 64. pi"", (U), 193.

INDBX

plyl, 63, lUi. plyArI,31. plrtbl, 41; -prithiml. 62. plrthipati, 70. plri,156. pilabl.63. pi. 159, 186; -ai, ]86; -yal.186. pit. 152. (See pit.) p i t hi• 41 pijhi,25. p1r hi,66. pltar, 25, 40. 60. (See pltar;t.) pitimbar-,. 10l. piyar-dhotl, 100. pui. 14, 63. (See puwi.) pukir, ]58. puch, 25, 152, 153; -aI, 54; 176.

-an,

puC!hAle. 17. pujirl,81. puje, 164. puriyA, 58, 8a. putl, 6l. putti, 25, 27. pun, 25; -1,67. pur, 154. pumth, 87. pumn, 25. pus, 63, 7l. (See pils.). pfiws, 31. pilch, 42.; -ala, 105. (See puch.) pdt,63. pils, 42. (See pus.) pu:l, 9 (ph.). pet, 165. (See pet.) petdwi, J04. petAm band. 93. petAri,88.

penh-I&, BO. pe:nha:, 12 (ph.). peril. so. pet-'. 21 ; pet. 26, 56, 103. p6kharl, 27. pclkharl, 27. 'pokharl ,.83. po:I, 5, 8 (ph.). 'p&:h, 157 ; -lAw, 156. potbiyawi,I04. poth1y1, 104. J'OW, 61, 63. po:th1:, 9 (ph.). (8" paW.) po:q!!, 11 (ph.). pltbI,26. (8ee poW.)

pk,26.

269

phlr,23. (See phar.) pblsal, 23. (8cl'. phis.) phauk, 158; pbatlk. 1M. phatltl, 61. pta183:,7 (ph.). (81''' pbls.; phacpbacl, 160. phaJlhatl, 106. pharJlwl-w, 192. (Ste pbll.) phapw, 192. phao, 67. ph3r, 9 (ph.). phar, 45. 64, 70. (Sf'(' phlr.) phara-hallf, 91. pharhar, 73. Dharusi, 64. phlk,37. phAkl-phQkl, ON. phAr, 64. phis, 48,64; --,,37. phAsal, 23. phls:.>:, 7 (ph.). phigun, 40, 5:l, 64; -... 29. phlt, 152, 192; -ai, 89. phAt-phill. 160. phAr, 154, 192. phar-,wiw, 192. pharlw, 192. phAtalqt,8.5. phir, 6·L 192. phle, 154. phiki-lil, 100. phiklrl, 4; pblklrl, 37. ph1tlklri, 64. phlr.20f)' phlnu, 200. phirati, 78. phll-hil, 95. phI AdmI, 95. ph!dukin. 95. phi rupayl, 95. phO~,85.

ph6k, 158, 159. phuphuiu~. 84.

phurtl. 64, 197. phUiilliw, 158. phul-cubbbJ,99. (See phDI.) phul-wIrI, 109. 144. phD,114. . phlj,64. phu:l, 9 (ph.). phGl, 64, US2; -an, 109: -ani, 109; -8DhI, 109; -bajlll, 99. pIaeDI, usa. (8ee pbin.) . . . .-pber!. 102. U¥.

270

TBB ORIGIN AND DBVBLOnlBNT 01' BUOJPOl

pher, 109: =Bn, 109; =anh, 109: badal, 157. anhl,I09. bade, 113, 176. banaDi,77. pberl!-katabar, 100. pbin, 26, 64. (See phenl.) , bA'na:rAs, 18 (ph.). pbokac, 159. , benliinl, 100. banlin, 196. phoran.64. pbor1yi,83. , banlyl, 83. phorA., 29. ~annagl, 203. ,.. bans, 114.. pbon•• 99. banhuA,84. blklln4, 103. bapasl, 90. b;:,ne, 5. babard,92. b;,ne, 5. bAbue, 8 (ph.). ooni:, O. babul, 159, 191: babUl, 79; -01, balth, 23, 153, 154, 155, 160; -ak_, 91. 85; -akl • 86; -ai, 173. 191; -all, bAbOglri,92 (ph.). 170; -Aw, 154; -Awal, 191. bamhanan, 111; -lh; -hi, 111. balsAso, 121. (See bAIs.) oayaa, 69. baise, 190. ba~s, 69. balrl, !l3. ~ayills, !l8. baUrA, 156; -h., 82; -I, 190. bellis, 118. blman, n. baylsl, 119. bAe1, 8 (ph.). belsl, 119. bals, 69. (See bayas.) baraJ, 154. bakad, 79. baradbA. 156. baku, 157. bArma:.-ll (ph.). bakueA,92. barmba:, 11. bakbat, 197. b'rabmA, 105. bakhAn, 24, 65, 156. barbottar80, 121. (See bArah.) ba_rA, 88. baris, 165; -atl, 159. bAaAlcs:, 10 (ph.). balli. 165. bagaleA. 92. bawannl80, 121. (8ee bAwan.) bagbl-chI1, 24. (Set biiigh.) OAS, 6 (ph.). bagbelJ'. 85. b~s. 6 (ph.). bagbe)!, 85. bsstam-ba!rllU, 98. bAij':a:, 14 (ph.). babak, 158. baeAWli'. 81. babat. 196; -i. 78, 190. bajAri, 109. bahAn. 114. bajArl!, 173. bahattar, 119: -I, 119. baJb, 153. baharl,114. barb, US2: -atl, 78; -ai, lOtS; -antI, bihar, 114, 198. 79; -Ike, 116, 117. babin, 22; -I, 22, 49; -mabatArJ, barhanl, 79. 97. bArblga:, 12 (ph.). babut, 105. 198. barblA, 108, 156. bit, 162, 1M. barblyA,83. bI:dh, 7 (ph.). bar~ 20; -AkA, 116; -akawl, 116; bI:r, 113. (8ee bair.) -aid, 86; -shaD, 116: -a-ha'lqt, bI:s, 13. --91; -A, 113: -AI,80: -I, 105,116; blh, 104; -1,78, lOS. (See bAh.) -a, 116. . bI:hul, 7 (ph.). MdI.bt,24. (8ee bit.) ba:, 6, 20 (ph.). badlw~ 166. . bII, 117, i30, 201. I

I

I

• battle. 118. 121.

. bIla, 118. " bad, .1M; . -ciIfaD, 96i' -jiti. 9Gi \ baIeIao. 121. - - , "'Ill.' --.... , "e. _10. , AIr. ...\0 \ -........ .... , 9l\ l -...... lIU, ........ .....v, ......... VUe \ " . .-....... ~ . . . . , 1A v 1\1'''.'' ..,.. \r-..

'ft"

JNDBX

ba:ah. 10 (ph.). bAah. 24, 53, 65, 103. baaM-chll, 24. ba:ahl:, 10 (ph.). . bAeh-bandl, 93. ba:CJ'hl:, 11 (ph.). biehl, 106; -mAr, 99. bij, 156.. bIjan,78. ba:;';a:, 16 (ph.). biJD, 103. bIje, 165, 195. bit, 176, 180, 182. bali, ISO. ba:tu:, 13 (ph.). bite. 117. ba:rAh. 18 (ph.). birhaoJ, 106. ba:rhl, 13 (ph.). b!ri 182; -Ii. 181; -1,181,182. bira i -sanhl i-san i -si i-sa, 181. biri ; -sanhi; -san i -sil i-sa. 181. birn, 181; -sanbli -san; -sil; -sa, 181. bire, 181; -sanbl; -san; -sil i-sa, 181. ba:t,9, i7 (ph.). bit, 24, 57, 60, 127, 144, 199;,.. 21, 77. batiAlbl •. 24. batiilw, 156. ba:dl:,9.{ph.). ba:db, 7, 9 (ph.). bi:db, 7 (ph.). bIdh,I04. bin,184. binbe, 119; -so, 121. binar, 110; -an ; -ani; -anb; =lm!'!I, 110. bAnI. 113, 114, 166, 177, 178, lSI, 182, 184. bAnl,I66. bInh. 152, 153, 191. bip, 113, 116, 191. ba:ph, 9 (ph.). bipb. 104. bibi,126. bibtl&lrl, 92. (See babul.) biyu,69. ba:r, 9, 13. (See bI;r.) bir, 123.

biram-bAr,

un:

bArah, 118, 122.

I

271

barhottarso, 121. ba:re, 14 (ph.). bire, 118. ba:r~bh, 14 (ph.). bila, 134. ba:lu:,7 (ph.). balD, 103. blwali, 118; -I, j 22; -I, 118. bawanniso, 121. bisath, 119; -i. 119. bisan-osan, 98. bih. 203. (See blh.) bibar, Iii, H)8; -bhltir, 98. bla-hanjit, 9J. "'a'b .. 1. \ U& . , 16 1\}'ll./. biklil, SO. bliliril, R5. ble, 114; -ill, 84. blebawaDi, 78, 113. blah:I:, 15 {ph.}. blebl,25. bljull, 89; -mAral, 99. bltlyi,26. bitar, 154. blna, i6i. bini, 114. blntl, 25. blnatl, 67. blrlthi. 194. bUkul, 198. blla:, 15 (ph.). bll:a:, 15 (nh.). blla-blt, 98. . blsar, 72. blsltl,72. blswas.69. blbin. 25, 73. blhun, 114; -I; -I, 114. bls tis, 125. bls pads, 125. blsanl, 125. blsanhi, 125. bid, 123. (Su bls.) blra, 108. bls, 117, 118, 120, 122; -lao, 121; -paels, 125. bil:t. 7 (ph.). bujb,25, 152,153; -akkara, 77. bUff 13. bUfb, 13, 60. bun,9. bun:a:, 15 (ph.). bura. i45, 185. . btlk. US8.

I I

l

I

I

I

272

TBB OBIGDI AND DBVBLOI"IIBKT 01'. BBOJl'17BI

blc. 153. bit. 10. bit. 7, 42; bit. 26, 37. 42. 80. 104.· beills. 118. (See bayAlis.) beisl. 119. (See baytsl.) beal.l08. becai kinal. 98. (See bk.j bejaihl. 165. betl. 116; -patoh. 97. bitA. 130. beta:. 16 (ph.). be:tl:, 16 (ph.). betl,26. betha•• 78. beri. l22, 123. ber!. 122. betanA. 78. bes, 198. besi, 198. be, 175; -kutal; -cain; -jln; -talm ; -4hab; -dharak; -Dim; -pisal i -bowal; -hAth. 96. betA. 130. (See betA.) biti. 26. (See betl.) ber, 122; -I. 149. Desi. 198. b61lwa. 162. (See bal.) bolle. 185. bo-I-nl. 78. (See bO.) bo:u. 8 (ph.). bohla:. 10 (ph.). bojh. 1.1. bo8ha:. II (ph.). bodhAl. 9' (ph.). bo:ro. 6 (ph.). bOra. 103. bolllf. 77; -bol, 196; -awall. U4; -Iwi. 141. 145, 162; -e, 195. boll-boD. 195. (See bOl.) . bOt 152. (See bolle.) bOrii. 103. (See bo:ro.) . b51,26, 152, 194; -Iwa, 147; -1,0 194. bhAll. 16, 17 (ph.). bhall. 177; bhaD. 175. 194. bhatl, 176. bhaIljll, M. (See bblwaj.) bbltal, 161. bbala, 36, 46. 66. 106. b ....' .., 106. 0

0

bY""" 87.· bhlrlr,J&,31,36,41,G8. blair, 23. (Bee bbar.) bbiwar, •... bllAwrI, 37. eG.

J-hakar. 158. bhakas. 159. bhaaath, 154. bhaaat. 48, 53, 61, 65. bhaAul. 156. bhac:ak. 158. bhaj.152. bhAQAI. 14 (ph.). bharak, 158. bhat-rlnhlwl. 99. bhat-rinhA. 99. (See bblt.) bhatlra. 105. bhatljl. 41. bhatul.84. bhadrlhJf. 82. bhabhutl. 22; bhabhfit, 22. bhar, 152. bhir,23. bharatl, 78. . bharath, 48. bharatharl.48. bharam.38. bharl. 164, 191. bhali. 70, 145; -1,80. bhawltl. 61, 87. bhasul"Jll, 29. bhla.87. bhlj.152. bbl, 200, 201. bhll, 24,65; -bahini, 97; -hip. 9~ bha:i. 18 (ph.); bha:l:. 20 (ph.). bhikhl,52. bblaarJf.87. bhilli.l05. bhille. 165, 195. bhit. 23, 65, 103. bhir, 58, 65. . bha:t. 9 (ph.). bhit. 23, 24, 40, 61, 65, 161. bhitlkhor~ 24. bhit-ot. 49. (See bhatrlnhawl.) bhido, 32, 62, 65. bhirath. 48. bhlrl,83. bhilu, 71, 84:. bblw, 152. bhlwaj, 65. (Bee bhatljll.) bhl). 23, 37. 163. (Bee bhljal.) bblkhlrl, 70. bhUdllrl,81. bhlkb1rl, 21. (Bee bhlkh.)

bbltarl, 11'. bbltari, 114.

INDEX

burdi. 26: bhlkhi. 60.

makuaI, 51. makhaa, 52. ma cak , 0l~o 0. maciwala, 20l. maclu& ....

(See bbi-

hh hirI.)

_-fJal.65. (Su bhIJ.) ..r • bhIta, 105, 1 0 6 . · bhltar, 23, 37, 65, 114, 198. bhltar!. !!4. bhltarl. 114.. bhld 60 •

bhGI 9

273

I I---?--. . 3'"

.....

majD. iiliki. maJhUi. 8...86. ..... h'lr "9

•

~

:::~~:~ ;1:8R>g~wi. 99; -hir. 37. ::~:;-8. 57.

bhOI. 25, 65. bhOI.66. bhuk bhuki, 160. bhukh, 193; -abl, 193; _I, 114: -I, 33; -aa. 108; -an!!!. 108. (See bhOkh.) bhujlll, 32. bhutlh. 82, 116; _I, 116. bhu:a, 9 (ph.). bhuiU,67. bhulakkara, 77. (See bhOl.) bhullwl. 81. bhOkh, 156; -1,108. (See bhukh.) bhOI, 152; -cOk, 98, 160. bhulakkara. 77. bhullwa",'si ... bhOsl, 48. bMt. 154: -i. 57. bhel, 164. bhija, 111. bhira;·26, 65, 79. bhes. 26. bhC5h-O,7. bhojaa, 195. bhojan, 195. bhoJpuri)"l, 83. bho:mar, 11 (ph.). mlOal.72. mlYlini. 28. mlhaI.23. malbhi, 113. mAU. 8 (ph.). maOd,61. mAutl.9 (ph.). maCn. 31: -I blbI. 31. maOr. 40; ..-. 29. mIIlsl.72. maOslAutJt. 84. mauslAut. 60.

mAruI,84.

mIdIr,82. mAr, IllS, 81. makarI.3i.

I I

I

mata(n). 149. matan. 149. (See mati.) matalab, 145. matlwi, 104. matwili,60. matlyA, 104. mati, 110, 127, 144; -a, 149. mathanl, 62, 79. mathelli, 85. mathell,85. madne. i 14. man, 164; -Ii, 77; -a, 128. ma!'l..iwan, 191. maniw3. 108. manihil'JK,91. mantar. 38, 411,70. mandilli, 29; mandU. 113. mamliutli. 84. (See mimi.) mar. 70, 18? 188, 192; -ai, 70,188; -all. 142; -i. 183; -1, 187; -e, 192. (See mu.) marad, 105, 165, 201; -an, 145; -mehrirfi. 98. marllihl, 142. maraJl, 109. ::::i1l1, 190. marlwatl.I54. marlllA,201. (See mlr.) mArlca:. 5 (ph.). mal, 152. maiihiai.l06. maliyawl, l()f. (See mill., mas-mlchl. 97.

I

maslllJl(, 29; masin, 6H.

maBlIeI,92. mabatlrl. 10.5. (Su ma:l:.) mAhAatb, 15 (ph.). mahidiw, 29. mahiblbhan.66. mahibhirath. 48, M. mahl-rinl. 100. lDAbua:, 8, 11 (ph.). mabul.41. . I mla. ili2. (~mIIdi.j

I

274

THE ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT O. BHOJPVRI

mia, 37.

_1.1___

mlgur, 52. mlc, 103; -_. 35, mlj, 37, 162. _a.lt.. "" ••,,0,

~LJ

uo,

'1'1'"

J.J.':I-.

I '1

mljhll, 56. mltl, 34. (See mati.) mi:r. 13 (ph.). mlr, 36, 58, 68, lO:t

mlrwsrI, 49. mlth, 104. mAs, 36. mlhl, UO. (See mah.) ma:i, iii; ma:i:, i9 (ph.j. mAl, 24,30, 191; -bap, 97. mAti, 104:; -pita, 98. !!'.8j!.31. (Bee mallatar!.) mAkh, 68. (See mlkh.) mAkhan.68. mallg' , 127. USee mig.) ... ,K""ht'

..&ac&......... ,

~A

U"Z'.

majhi, 114. mati, 40. mati, 57, 82. (See mltl.) maQlkya, 86. mat, 161. mAth, 6i; -mAr, 98; -ii, 58. mAan, 5; man, 156, 202; -Inl, 106. ma:nI, 17. mAalk. 41. manus., 29; manus, 72. u-.ino, 202; milno, 201. mAml, 33, 106. mamiAUtJjl(, 84; mamilut, 60. mar, 1M, 155, 161, 164, 192, 194, 196; itA, 1M; _A_!!III'!, 102, 194; -I, 106, 194: -I, 94: -e, 1InA ,n .. _ • 'I'" llll~. 11110; - " , ll't. ma:rI, 13 (ph.). (See marlle.) ma:rh, 13 (ph.). mArh,I04. ma:l, 12 (ph.); 0..11, 70, 113; -godlm, 99; -madla,98. miii, i04. mallyawi, 104. maUya, 104:. rn,,:Uk. 13 (ph.) •. ma:lh, 12 (ph.); mAth, 104. ma:8tAr, 15 (ph.). mABtarllnI,I06.

mIh, 114;-., 114. mAbur, 91. ......., 01 ........... 'M&. _~

mla:a,· 11 (.ph;). rib!

....... iU,

11

~

J.O

1_1.. \

\pU.I'

mlthA, 104; -I, 124, 174, 184; -il, 193. (8e.e mlth.) minatl, 67. _.It .. n .. mIA, J.D~; -an,., ~.l; -ike, i99; -it 175. mlsal,72. mihitlrJ,73, mlstri, 73. _=..... e:o 1J'\...4 _ : . .... ,., (See Inith.) IU.lO, 010, UN: i -U, J. J./. mit. 68. mila, 52, 58, 103. mOgara.52. mOria, 156. mOh •. 68, 73, 199; -adekhai, 80. mu, Ul; -ita, 154; -atii, 188; -ai, 188; -913, 188; -aw, 192; eft!, 188; -itl-jl. 188; -1, lR8; -ljl, J88; -e, 165; -3, 188. muwal,34. (See mar.) mukad:r.i hij!, 93 . muki-mukJ, WI, 195. mukuti,38. muthl, 58~ muf,27. (See m&r.) muni"" 73. murukh, 38,41. murujA, 105. murugi, 105. f'!'A_

._~

I I

_ .... _ ...... .AI I_'L. \ l.aaUia .11&., -:R. \},'I_,_

mus, 41. mutawasa, 82. milt, 156. lOuratl, 22. mOrat, 22. ml, 108, 126, 127, 148, 159, 162, 167. 185. 191, me, 159, 164, 165, 176. lnelJi, 77. (8u mel.) mehantl, 199. mehlriirll. 142, 148. mehrlrD,33,89,105,201. mebrirliii, 100. 145. me:ht:, 7 (ph.). mel, 104; -A,79,.106. (See m • •) m6.128.

mach, 68; -I, 04 mar; 27. mur, 27. mo, 127, 128. mA,l28.

II m8l,128. I

me"" no.

275

IND1DX

mor, 127, 128;

~I,

108;

~!,

128:

-e. 128. more,128. marna-kara, 128. _ _. . . ~A

U&US--'

uu.

£ilnilllDH, .,,;:.

mo:rha:, 13 (ph.). mo:r, 11 (p~.). mora, 30. mol,71. lIlo1bl-siheb, lV\!. moha, 128, 129; -i. l3-l; -I, 128. mohan, 200, 201. mobari,88. mohar, 128. rnobArma:la:, 6 (ph.).

duw•• 147. raid,89. raw:, 100. raul, 146, 147, 170, 172, 173, 174. 175, 178, 179, lKO, 181, 188; -I. 167, 168; -sabh:, 100; -sabh:-i. 167; -sabh. 147, 170, 172. 173, 174, 175. 178. 179, 180, 181,188. raill sabli; -sabhan; -sablianl; -sabhanh; -sabhanhi, 107. raurA. 146, 147. raurl, 146, 147; -sabh. 147. rakblwir. 28. rakhwilrJjt, 00. rae, 152, 154. rallwi. 104. (See rAI.) rajput: 24, 40 .. ..1120"1120_ .'0, AI),. -,., _d ')1 .... rasiA, 30. rasid,162. rah, 176, 178, 170, 180, 182, 183, ~U:

~",

184, 185;

~ani~hi~t

91;

~ab,

179; -abl, 179. ranaba; -sanni; -san; -sa; -sa, 179. rahabl, 174, 179, 183; -jl, 179, 183, 185. rahabii. UiO. rahabu; -sanbl; -8an; -sA; -8a. ISO. rahAbe, 179. rAhAl, 16 (ph.). rahal, 179; -a, 178; -... , 179.

I~a.

rahali, 179. IS4; -sanhl; -san; -sA; -sa, 179; -hilt 1:12, 1:15. rahalt, In. 179, 1~2. !84; -JA. 179. 182. 183, 18-1; -hi, 132. 135. "AhAie, io, i7. 20 Ipo.j. rahale; -sanhl; -san; -sil; -sa, 179. rahalehA; -sa; -sa; -sanl. 132, i :j~).

rahale, 179; -hi, lOti. rahalu, 170; -sanhl; -san; -sA; ~sa,

yoth!,198. yamuna. 69. yini,198. yAne, 198.

& ....... ,

rahala; -sanhi; -iiiii; -si; -8., 179. ralaalM. 132, 135; -sa, laO. rahalahA, 52; -sanl; -sA; -8a, 130. __ L_IYL. ..., .......... ...

!7U.

rahaliiha; -sa; -sa; -sanl, 1311. rahlt, 175, IKO; -A, 17:i, ISO. rahita ; -san; -sa; -sa, n~o. rahfti, tHO; -sanh!; -san: -sa; -sa, IHo. rahiti. iKiI. rahid, 175. 1811, 18:4. 1M; -JI, 180 ]85.

-

rahltii, ISO. rahltu; -sanhi; -san; -sa; -sa, 180.

rahlte, 1811: rahlte; -sanhi; -san; -sa; -..,a, ISO.

rahihe, 11'10; -sanhi; -san; -sl; -8a,180. __ 1..'1 11101.1.1,

1"r: 1u,. .1 '~',

.1.(")".

rAhe, 16 (ph.). raheia. i96. rlut., 29. riut, flO, K4.

raul'. 45, 7n, 147; -fl, 29 . rllr. :l6, 70. ra:kb, lO (ph.); -I. 16 (ph.). rAkh, 103,152; -I, HJ6; -al. 89. rachach. 103. rAj, 55, W:J. f'ajihvA, 104.

ra:8a:, 11,16,17 (ph.). rAJA, 104-,11:1; -ojlr.98; -badsih, 99; -bahidur, 100; -bajar. 99; -parJA,98; iiiiranl,98. rlll-rltl, 100. rati, 70, 201; -diD. 97. rldhi.l06. ra:nl:, 13, 16, 17 (ph.). r!e!j 70.

278

mB OBIGIl{ ABD DBVJILOPIIlBNT OJ' BBOJl'l1Bt

\lI&arI,

ra:b, 9 (ph.). 116. db, 104. 118ar1, 116. ra'm on 1_" ) I .. t.....h& 8'7 • ,MV \.t"..... • I ...... ,. rim, Ill, !l3, 114, IUS, 203; ·1,' lakalho, 103. 108; ·.ltI. 25; ••111, 25. lakh·alakh, 22. (See 1Ikb,) flDI! dm r 2OS. JaA. iiSS. rlmalj. 73. lAlla:, 15 (ph.), IAg:a:, 15 (ph.). I'll', 31. laAllli, 176. del, 72. laAiWJI, 81. rlh.104. lagi. 114; laAI, 114. rlkhl,71. laaaal, 134. rlt, 22. 18J\(g)i, 71. riDhell. 191. l-\!!4, 1.0 (ph.). rilU, 58, 70. IAt:u:, lO (ph.). rlthl,.23. lathaura,87. . :ill, 22. lar. 154; 0011, 80; -Ak$(, 80; .Ik$(. rua:, 8 (ph.). SO. rukh-carnawl, 102. (See rOkh.) iat·marui, 99. (See lit.) ruah, ioS. tatiAw, 156. ruplyl, 127. lad, 191. rupayl, 113, 120. lAd, 191. rupiyl. 113. lapat. 158. rue, 152; -I. 191. lama.halll'. 91 ; .Iamahar. 116. rOlth, 34, 42. I lamahl, H.5. . rukh·carhawl, 102. I lamerl. 85. rOth. 160. IIAmPAt. 15 (ph.). rOpI, 64, 70. lAmph. 15 (ph.). -tol .. -ba'., I'"iJ \pa.,. I_L \ &-W,., 2"". I 11tD.l rlrJ, 33, 70. Jammar, 71. re, 203. lam:rda:r. 15 (ph.). re1l(1I), 193. IAmArda:f, 15 (ph.). riti, i93. IArika:. 6, 13, 16 (ph.). rlnI, lOS. larlki, 105, 122, 165; -mehrirO. nl-bll. 99. 97; -Iarlkl, 97. ril.bhlfl, 99. larUd. 122. rel-masOI,99. lallk:I. 116. r31, 187; .jl, 187. lalakaWA,116. row, 152; ·at, 196. (See rO.) I !alparhlyl, 102. r(;j. 165. 1_liI(U),193. (See III.) rO, 160, 186; -at, 187; -ai, 186; -it, laWaI, 106. is'i. lalitA, 106. rol, 31. lawaJatl, 78. ro:k, 13. I lawati. 201. rok, 158. lawatfke, 1'i. r6ti.164. laharl, 114. rop, 153. WaI, 112. rohO, 70. Ilr, 58. Ilph,30. laIkaIl, 111.124; -i, 111; -h. 111; IIkh, 70,119. 121, 123. -hi. 111. Iakh-aiakh, 22. 1iiDiI, 111, 116, 117. 120, 133, 145, lit. 196; .al, 195. 1.'7. I ":&At, 20 (ph.). laIId, Ill, :n6, 133, 146. I lIat, 11', 115. 176. laul&:l~ 23. iid 23 1aDr1-1ItbI, 98. (See JItbI.) III, '22, ·M, 70. ~.

I

277

.-elheb,I00. : liti. 79, 104. IItb1-lItb1, 101, 195. 1001,79. !a:tbl:, 10, 12 (ph.). loh, 104; -I. 70,73. 104. 16); -Ar, IItb1, 33, 58, 117, 122, 202. 32; -I-Iakkar, 97. la:rG, 7 (ph.). lohlr.-, 81. lIru, 70, 84, 103. IltA-lutl, 101. (8" lalmarul.) With, 123. lid. 191. wAste. 113. lad, 191. wokliad(t). 162. IIbh-hini, 98. 11m. 35, 116. sirsath. 119. (See sarlsatb.) lIyak, 116; -I, 116. sal, 119, 120, 129; -ek, 125. la:I, 13 (ph.). satikari, I:?:J. JAI, 116; -kill, 100; -topl, 100; saekara, 123. satikarani, 125. -paaarf, 102. (8" lalAU.) Wac, 54. sai karJllnhl, 125. (See iaw.) IIh, 73. saOp, 153; -aI, 42. la:.,hAnI, 12 (ph.). saetls, 118. llkhat, 196. saetills, 118. IlkhIUa, 110, 114. slUr, 15M. (See saUr.) IlkhAI, 80. slahAtI, 83. slrsI,59. IlkhIwat,.. 82. sltI, 115. Ilkhl-parhl, 194. Ilkhl,162. sak,153. Iipal, M. sakpaki, 160. sakar, .51. Illlr.40. sakal,196. IlIlwatl. 106. libal, 195, 196. sakir, 158. (See slkir.) iiDAle, i 7 (ph.j. ; sakelA, H3. 127. i .saalyiln, 53. IIkhl, 162. (8" Iikhl-parhl.) : sagyin, 53. lugarl. 88. saaun, 48, 53. luU.,I:, 15 (ph.). IAUkh, 15 (ph.). luccl-bAjl. 93. sankh, 165. lut, 152; ~erA. 85. lubudh, 38. saub, 12. saciI, fill. (&e sic.) lu:lh, 7 (ph.). sA'aa:I, 16 (ph.). IOkA,49. sajil. IS». (See slj.) Ie, 187; Ie, 152; Awa. 113. Ie; -lib', i73; -a:we, i8 (ph.); sarA Wiitiif, 82. samjoa, 5r,. -III, 176; -I, 187. sanJhl, 56. leca!:l, 161. sarsari, 160. leja:, 16 (ph.). sara~, 85. lina.78. sarak,., 86. l~aanl. 129, 130. 10:8. 16 (ph.); loa. 31, 53, 124, 129, satal, 84, 122. satnallyi, 102. 130, 141; -ani. 129, 130. I sat-larlyA, 102. lotan, 107 ; -I; -h; -hi, 107. ! satlottarso, 12l. lot, 71, 1M. ! satawl, i22. lo:t'. l) (ph.). lode,71. s.taw" 122. (8" lit.) 101...,.,21. aattl.l23. 10bbl.157. ,. satarab,.'iO,li8; -ottar80, i2i, 123. satre,118. lo~, 81. (&e lih.) Ila, 31, U. 124, 129. 130, 141. (See I =tahar.ui, 119. I _tahaDtarI, U9. 10:', 16.) I

I

278

TUB OBIGIN AND DBVBLOPMENT Oll' BBOJPt7BI

sathattar, 119. SAt:rI, 15 (ph.). satAIs, 118; -Iso, 12l. satlsl, 119. • stul,84. satya, 198. sattar, 22, H9; -i, 22, '10; -i, 119, 120; -so, 121. sani, 105. sAile. 115. santAnbi, 119. santiwanl, 118. sattawan, 118. satwanniso, 121. santi,115. sapan, 38, . sapOt,94. S;)phAn, 9 (ph.). SQphil, 80. sAb,20. sab-dlpti, 96. sab-raglstiir, 96. sab,69, 145; -ka:, 20. sabh, 66, 141, 145, 147; -an, 14:5; -i. 145; -kehfl; kihflke; -kihOki!, 147. sabhl, 145. samal, 197. SAme, 16 (ph.). samid, 34. SiiInUJh, 153; -~, 77; -aI, 56; -dir, 93. samujShr, 17. SAme, 16 (ph.). (8ee samal.) same, 67. samet, 113; samet, 115. samhar, 153. syim, 113. sarJO, 69; saryO, 69. sarpOt, 154. sarisath1, 28. (8ee slrsath.) satsathl, 119. sarso, 28. (8ee sarlso.) serhaJ, 73; -i, 55. Barldh, 38.

sari80, 38.

(8ee

8ano.)

sarfta:rAI, 16 (ph.). salim, 203.

saUlal, 91.

5y"istl, 69. sOBtl.69. auO, 7 (ph.).

SAsur,7 (ph.) . aasur, 70, 72; -.,29; -da~d,97. aah. 152. sahaJ•• 198. eahaJld!, 106. sahtl. 73. sudOl,73. sahdew.193. sahie,69. sahay•• 69. sabiJan, 40. sald,197. siUd, 198. sayad, 198. sal, 67, .72. sljh, 36; -., 22; -bihin, 97. slrh, 36, 60, 104. sip, 36, 37, 64, 104. slwan, 67. siwar, 24, 66, 72. sis, 72, 104; -., 37. sa:g, 13 (ph.); sig, 48, 103. sic, 23, M. sacill, 80. sij, 55. saji\Vat~, 82. sa:8h, 11. (ph.). sajh, 103. sitn, 45; -so, 121. sa"I,58. eat, 61, 71, 117, 120, 123; .8, 122, 123.

(~({ee

sad.)

satn, 61, U5; -I, ii5. sAdh, 63, 1M. sAdhun, 105. sin, 154.

sAmne, li5.

sir, 72, 104. sa:ri, 13. slUk, 70, 71. si.IIJIl,29. slsu, 72, 103; -piit~h, 97. sAhu, 73, 110, 114. slheb-baaln, 99. sAheb-loll, 100.

saw, 119; -Isal, 120; -Ado.aI,

sturl, 7 (ph.).

121i -a-tin sal, ]21. IAWAd, 14, .14 (ph.).

slkar, 34, 51. sl:kI, 7 (ph.). srlEur, 158. ...., U.

·sawld,69. sawlr,23.

ev=d,89.

30

(8ee sal.\

_ 1r0 . .'.'.' . . , u.J.

279

15DBX

se,133, 145, 146, 159,164,165,176.

el:ahl, 7. stghl,41. slahl-barilrl, 97,_ sic, 153. _'JL

'I

e!n

'11:'1'\ _

_I

.AJU, au,,", au•.,; -au,

183, 18.'1, 191, 193, 201. sit 132. 133. 135. 13~. 130. 140. 141. 146, 147, 159, i6""

1)0.

slii, 80, 191. sika:r, 16 (ph.). sb\h. 34. siylr, 31, 34, 41; -Jt, 29. siyar-Illarwi. i02. slra, 134. sirnAnli, 38. slrlmin, 38. slw, 71. slyal. 25. (See slil.) sltirim. 193.

_".a.JI:

......

'1Ha

IV".

s~.

semi, 35.

se:r. 11 (ph.). selog. 131. . se-sabh, 131.

sew, 154; -alt, ~n; -Alt. 80. "! sewar.42. a ........ XIr .... _ 1'1(\ 14". x "In '1A1i\ G'llEta'aaaa, I.'.'. """', -ii, 1.)1' ......... . I

.1 seh. 13M, 141. (See s~kari. sekar.) sikar. i:iU, i40 . sekar-man. 139.

eOrh. 59.

seman.

sukatba.87. sukathi, 49. sukrini, 91. sukul,38. 8ukha.128j8Ukh. 11,193; -al. 193;

sej. 26, 55. sethi. 4-2, 11M. (.'See seth.) senhl.42. (See se:nhl.) sehe. 147. (See seh.) sehO. 147. sothi. 57. soJh. 50; -Aka. I Hi; -akawl. 116. (See sOJh.) sot. 72; -I. m. so:na:. n (ph.). ___ Jl._ _ Ot

-i,193.

suaal.53. sut becawi, 102. (See sOt.) 8U1:al.184. sutl, 201. "

108.

seth. 72. l~eE' seiDl.) senurJt. 2U; senur. 7, 35. se:nhl. I:! (ph.). (See senhl.)

I

sui:, 8 (ph.).

___ 06._

i 90.' -- . ---.

sii, !99.

r!D

.,n~

'In~

"UIII&I~,

sudh, 63. sudhli, 156. sun,J 1._ lQ2, 163; -Ill. 190; -i. 194; '11\.'1 _ _ 1'\'"

80neke.82. so:nha:. 11 (ph.). sonhA. ]56; -(11). 193. (See sonb.; sovan, 118,. 122; -ottarBo, 121. sore. 118. soiab, 45, 76. sow. 69. soban, 200, 201.

-a-All:, .it1a;

-11:,

0)'*.

sun:r. 20. suphal, 94. subh. 65. sumtran, 38.

lumhlr,35. sur, 72. suruk. 168: -If. 85. suruj,-I64.' ..

eur:r.l, 176. suwalr, 39. sikh, ioo; -i, 52. sat, 25, 42. sut-bkawl, 102. sOn, 25. 8i.....,35. sOp,64. sOl-",', 101. 8ft.Ar,31. BOWI,31. &Ikad, 139, 140. (Bps &lbr.)

..,~.

-JII, 01 •

• U'II:, I, 1111.1.

I eohan!. 73, 78.

I sohia. 52, 73; -Jt, 29; -Inf. 106. I sojh. 116; -I. 116. (See 8OJhlkI.) I soDh, 35, -104. (See ionhi.) . 134.

I eehe!. bikaoi. 78. I hAW. 80.

(See hlk.j

I blrl-phorwl. 99.

. (See h1rJ.)

I ~tl~!..I~.". ~,~ _h~tek.) oar, "".

I bat 176, 200. 130, 134; -tl. 39. I hal, bal, 130, 132, 133, 177; I -logan, 133; -8ab, 133. 'I"''''. \~ee DIU'.,

1

L_W

u •••

a._I a,g,· .. WIIa

I. •• , •. ~

I.,., 1.'.1.

-loa;

280 ~, 18'1;

I bamlr', 128.

hao, 1'1'1.

hau', 177, 178. ... _....

uaUA,

,.,,,. 1.._••'

A I ' , . . .ua,

1 .,..,

&

"",

-J-, I.

I. ,

, ... 0

"'0.

haue, 177,201; -san; -saobi; -si; -sa, 178. baul,177. hAura:, 8 (ph.). ... " L __ " 1a::D

h.:~~~~1~27~27, 129, 1M, 1M, ham IGa, 127. ham logan, 127. ham sabh. 127, 147; -an. 127. haml ban, 127. 128 .

DalDa han, 129, 177 . his, 160; -ai, 191; -Awal, 191; -1 hamml, 127, 128. -boU,I94. hamirJl', 110. b!s:»:, 7 (ph.). hamira, 126, 127. hGSA.a, 6 (ph.). hamiri, 134. bl:sG,6, 7 (ph.). hamirl, 126, 127, 128. hao, 177. hames, 198; -i, 198. haytl, in. har, 45, 70, 72, 123; -iharl ; haya,I77. -jagah; -din; -bar; -bolli, 96; naK, 73; -w8s, 82. -roj, 96, 100. backl, 73 ; hac.kI, 86. hara, 134. baJlr, 119, 21; -ani; -anbf, 125. bL-i, 123. hat, 152; -a:u, 11 (ph.); .uk. 158, hadar-bls, 100. 159. bare. 193. harba.... 160. barnl. 86; barki, 73. hailni, 148. hardi-miral,99. hltlnl, 148. barM. 62, 72; ..pleel. 100. h6tini. 148. harni, 28, 72, 79, 105. hatihat, 148. haram-jidi, 106. hltAhat. 148. harJl'-lulrJl', 91; -mihur, 91. h~tlhat, 148. belkA, 49. hatlyi..,., 84. haluk; 73. hathagar. 92 .. (Su hith.) , hiiluiilanawl,108. hathaurJl'. 87. !tawi, 1~~. _ _ ___ ____ _. _ hathlalrJl', 22. (Su hitbl.) bawe, II7; bawe, II7, 130, 142. banhan, 159. bAMbi, 6 (ph.). (See hla.) • .... _ft· L. ... __1_ 1ft. I_I. \

. . . . . . ,.lUD.

I

nan9ll. -'ll.

I"IA ........, ~:. }_7_ (ph.). U

b:t:m, 16 (ph.). _. hAm, 6, 16, 17, 18 (ph.); -3ra, 6 (Dh.): -nlke. 20: -ra:se. 18 (Dh.). ham~ "i09,--iI3, ii4, 126: 127,-&128,

\1'0'1'

11Ul. 13U•.

I hll.203. hlkel.159. hikanl. eJIk. 160; in: i73: i7': 'i75: i77: i78: i 79: I hl,i: i91. 180. 181. 182. 183. 184. 185. 188. hArf. 58; -kGrl. 98: .bharal. 99; l,fA

lA'7

un

lA9

lA'7

lAQ

1'7n

(8ea

_A_ 1'7 \

199'; -a; 126"; -I: 167; -1,"167; \' patuki, 97. _. ~aaa, 126; ~ankI, 129 ~ ~m=, hlpbJ, ?3.

.

t:,; !::li)~i7~~~.;g)~~~: I =~,li:' (ph.). bit, 56, 72; -bajlr. 49; .blt, 50.

173, 174, 178, 179, ISO, J81, 188, 190; ·.an(I)kI. 190 i -an(I)kII-JA._!6?;._ •. _ •• __

IbAte·blte.

98.

~!L58:..1~.

I bAth, 61, 72, 104; -iGr. 97; -AIr. hamar, 128. bamIrI, 113, 114, 127. 1M, I.e, I DIk, kin, 98; -I&harI, 99.. hathadar. 92. ~~m!!!Dd..28~GD . -u..u,' ...;__ ".... I~~hl~·11\ft . a

DamaD., uri, lHj

1M.

'.'

. . . . . . . - . , li11i'. &.ao i

-Ka, l.r/.

aa;UI. 11',

H

1_'- \

II, 1'1: ,pa'I'

..

&0lI0.

I _ _ ' . _ , &vv.

INDEX

281

hithA,79. hurukn,73. hAtbi, 72; -othi, 9~; -ahora-palkl, hulas, n. 98; -will, 00. (See hathlsA~.) hu, 14i. hiiph-kamij,96. h~knrn, 134. (See hUar.) haph-likath, 96. hiW\na, H8. (Su hlStAnA', batlal.) hi..,., 2 i. ~ h~tiihat, H8. (See hatAhat, h6tahar, 104, 162, 151; -jlt, 160; -i, . hl1t.) 12~; ~!, 105; -i, 114. r he, 20:1. haUi, 122 heki rl", 1:1:1. hali, 122, 197, 198. hekarii, !:t~. (See hekar. Mkarl.) hali, 122. hekat'c, 1:,:1. bis, 37. hetha, :.!ti. (Sf(~ hethA.) hec;!=pal}(.lit, 96. hasa, l:l4. hed-milhtar, nli. hAbA,203. he~-ma8iur, HlO. hlaa, :JO. hen~han, 1:43. hla, 41. henhan; -m~; -logan, I:l:\. hlya, 31. hen, i:J:t hie, 15·'. he, ]32, ).&.7, HI!I. (8fe he.) hi:sa:, 15 (ph.). hckar, I:t!, I:J:J, ):H; -I, 1:'2. (See hlhAwA, 149, 150. hckanl, h~k~ldi.) hihA, )·19. !i;O. (See huhA.) heJun, 14U. (Sel' ho-Jun.) hicuk, 159. he-berm. 1·19. hlndii-iskiil, 99. hethA, 7:1. (See hetM.) hindu-musurman, !J8. hen~, ifill, (See hon~.) hindu-stan, 99. hlSljii, 14!J. hinkai, 13:l. hlnhAn, 132, 133; -ka, 132, ]:H; Mijll, 149. -i, 132, 133, 134; -11m, ]3~, 134. hlShlja.149. hinhani; -loa; -loaAnI; -lOganl, hl)hljl, 14U. hlSkara, I:J5. (Slle hokar.) !52. hQkari, 1:15. hfnhl, I:J2, 134. hlStlna, U8. (See hl!linii. h&t5ina.) hlnhl kar, 132; -a, 132; -I, I:I~. hotahat, 14S. (See haH'lhat, hetahinhiki. lit!, 134. hat.) his:a:, 15 (ph.). (See hI:sa:.) ho, la·l, 13;;, 165, ]76, 17M, IR3, hisa:b, 7 (ph.). 185, 18M, !!ii3. hisab-kUab, 98. ho:i:, Ii (ph.). hlsab-pattar,98. hoiti, 178. hisibi,83. hoibi,178. hir-l,72. hoI. 178, U~:i, lli5, 187; -jl, 178, hiihiwA. 149, 150. 183, lliu. hiihl, 149. (See hIhl.) hokh, 178; -a, 178, 185. hunihan, 136. hunhaD, 134, 135, 136; .. ki. 1:J4, hokha; -san hi; -san; -sa; -sa. 178; .. SU, ]71-1. 135, 137; -log; -loganI ; -logani, hokhT, 178, ) Ii:i, I til); -jl, ) 7ij, lR3, 134. 185. hunhani, 134, 135; -kA, 134, l:J;), 137; -log i -lol1an1 ; -loglni. ):J4. hokhu, liM. hokhe, i6, 178. hunb6kari, 137. hokho. 178; hokho, 79. bunuU, 135. botek. 148. (See bAtek.) huDhukara, 135, 137; -a, 13i. honf. l;)0. (See heni.) bunhukari, 135. hobar, 150. hunhuki, 134, 137. he, 79, 127,!34, 136, 136, Ja7, 147, hunrai, 158. 157,2Ol. bul'Jfkl, 86.

THE ORIGIN AND DRVBLOPMBlI'T

a..= ..

MV .. ,

111:.

.&&U.

holA, Ill. hour, 135, 136, 137. houri, 137. hckire. 135. 136. ~oke, 31.

or BHO.JPUBI

honkar,130. honbAn, 136. . honhan: 136.· -1011: _. -lollan. _ . 135;. -sab..

I I I

hoJur.. 149. (8= hijun,)

· MAP SHOWING BHOJPURi AND ITS SUB- DiALECTS

~

.."I I.. c, --.-I_~JLrl"_,-1~·O--!.~;~f-·-~-d t'

_ _r -_ _

@lATlC !$

JClE ••

Ethics: Origin and Development

Read more

Bhojpuri lok gatha

Read more

The origin and early development of the Chinese writing system

Read more

Island Colonization: The Origin and Development of Island Communities

Read more

The Origin, Development, and Refinement of Medieval Religious Mendicancies

Read more

Language: Its Nature, Development and Origin

Read more

Baloch nationalism: its origin and development

Read more

The Origin of Species

Read more

The Origin of Evil

Read more

The Origin of Species

Read more

The Origin of Philosophy

Read more

The Origin of Evil

Read more

The Origin of Species

Read more

The Origin of Philosophy

Read more

The Origin Of Stars

Read more

The Origin of Species

Read more

The origin of tyranny

Read more

Origin of the Moon

Read more

The Origin Of Truth

Read more

The Origin of Mountains

Read more

The Origin Of Truth

Read more

Marching On!: The Salvation Army - Its Origin and Development

Read more

The origin and transmission of the alphabet

Read more

The Origin of Concepts (Oxford Series in Cognitive Development)

Read more

The Origin of the Samaritans

Read more

Origin and Evolution of Gymnosperms

Read more

Origin and Refining of Petroleum

Read more

Origin of Mitochondria and Hydrogenosomes

Read more

Origin and Evolution of Viruses

Read more

Origin and Evolution of Telomeres

Read more

Recommend Documents

Ethics: Origin and Development

Pëtr Kropotkin Ethics: Origin and Development 1922 The Anarchist Library Contents Translators’ Preface . . . . . . ....

Bhojpuri lok gatha

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.com to remove the watermark ~c~f~~ ~o ~O, ~rO f1:fiiifo (SI'l:fllT) -~TQ...

The origin and early development of the Chinese writing system

THE ORIGIN AND EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHINESE WRITING SYSTEM By WILLIAM G. BOLTZ AMERICAN ORIENTAL SOCIETY NEW H AVE...

Island Colonization: The Origin and Development of Island Communities

This page intentionally left blank Island Colonization New or recently sterilized islands (for example through volcan...

The Origin, Development, and Refinement of Medieval Religious Mendicancies

The Origin, Development, and Refinement of Medieval Religious Mendicancies Brill’s Companions to the Christian Tradit...

Language: Its Nature, Development and Origin

LANGUAGE ITS NATURE, DEVELOPMENT AND ORIGIN '" OTTO TESPERSEN 1A""(JfI GEORGE AL~EN 8& UNWIN LTI RUIIIN HOUlE MVnUM ...

Baloch nationalism: its origin and development

BalochWarna.org Table of Contents List of Maps Acknowledgement Abstract A Note About Transliteration and Calendar Fore...

The Origin of Species

The Origin of Evil

The Origin of Species